Internet Archive
(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Open Source Books | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections

Search: Advanced Search

Anonymous User (login or join us)Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Miscellaneous papers relating to Indo-China and the Indian Archipelago, reprinted for the Straits branch of the Royal Asiatic Society"

TRUBNER'S 

ORIENTAL SERIES. 



"Sallantgne 

HALLANTYNE, HANSON AND CO. 
EDINBURGH AND LONDON 



MISCELLANEOUS PAPERS 



RELATING TO 



INDO-CHINA 

AND THE INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO. 



REPRINTED FOR THE STRAITS BRANCH OF THE 
ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY 



/ THE "JOURNALS" OF THE ROYAL ASIATIC, BENGAL ASIATIC, 
AND ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETIES; THE "TRANSACTIONS" 
AND "JOURNAL" OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BATAVIA; 
AND THE "MALAYAN MISCELLANIES." 



SECOND SERIES. 
VOL. II. 



LONDON: 
TRUBNER & CO., LUDGATE HILL. 

-. 1887. 

[All rights reserved.} 



CONTENTS OF VOL. II. 



VIII. Account of the Malay MSS. belonging to the Royal Asiatic 

Society. By Dr. H. N. van der Tuuk .... 1-56 

IX. Memorandum of a Journey to the Summit of Gunong Benko 57-69 

X. Account of the Island of Bali. By Dr. R. Friederich . . 69-200 
XL Notices on Zoological Subjects. By Messrs. Diard and 

Duvancel . . ' 200-209 

XII. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. By Dr. W. Jack . . 209-295 
Notes to this Article. By Sir J. D. Hooker and the Hon. 

D. F. A. Hervey 296-302 

General and Geographical Index 303-306 

Index of Latin Terms 307-309 

Index of Malayan and other Oriental Terms 3 I o~3i3 



MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS. 



VIII. 

SHORT ACCOUNT OF THE MALAY 

MANUSCRIPTS BELONGING TO THE ROYAL 

ASIATIC SOCIETY. 

By H. N. VAN DER TUUK. 

["Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society," N.S., vol. ii. p. 85-135. ! ] 
A. RAFFLES COLLECTION. 



No. i (large folio of 460 pages) contains the *-> 
sy. About the hero see "Malayan Annals," translated 
by Leyden, chapters xiv. and xvi. A small extract is 
found in Crawfurd's " History of the Indian Archipelago," 
ii. p. 51. Manuscripts of this work, the text of which 
might be available, are in the possession of Mr. J. Pijnappel, 
at Leyden ; and of Mr. E. Netscher, at Riyow.* The 
last chapters of this tale are found in No. 2,607 f the 
manuscripts of the India Office, commencing with that 

1 [This article has been revised from the Dutch translation in " Bijclragen," 
III. vol. i. pp. 409-74. In the references to other collections of Malay MSS. 
the following abbreviations have been used : I.O. = India Office Library 
("Tijdschrift van Nederlandsch Indie," 1849, v l- ' PP- 385-400); B.M.= 
British Museum (" Bijdragen," III. vol. vi. pp. 96-101); L. = Leiden (ib., III. 
vol. v. pp. 142-78) ; Bat. = Batavia (L. W. C. van den Berg, " Verslag van 
eene verzameling Maleische etc. Handschriften." Batavia, 1877.] 

* I shall make mention of other copies, as it is my opinion that no Malay 
composition ought to be published without a supply of manuscripts bearing on 
the same subject. Texts from one manuscript, such as those published by 
Mr. J. J. de Hollander, in Holland, are not to be depended upon. Even 
Quotations, found somewhere, I shall take notice of, as it may be useful to 
the editor of a Malay text to consult them. 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. B 



2 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

part where the king of Malaka intends to make one of 
his sons king on Mount Siguntang* 

This composition is very interesting, as it exhibits a 
faithful picture of Malay life, and is written in genuine 
Malay, i 

No. 2 (large folio of 288 pages; the last four pages 
are filled up with doggrel rhymes by some transcriber). 
This manuscript appears to be a transcript made by a 
native of Java, for a great many words belonging to the 
Malay dialect of Java occur in it ; as, for instance, 
iiribajig, flower of the hibiscus rosa Sinensis ; bbpcug, 
pock-marked ; kulbn, west,| &c. It also abounds with 
Javanese titles, as dZmang, ngabc/ii, kandtiruivan, &c. 
The manuscript is in many passages too corrupt to be of 
use in editing the text. The transcriber has often changed 
words he did not understand into such as resembled them 
in sound, or nearly so.f But what is very strange, it has 
now and then a form less corrupted than the Javanese ; 
v.g. nantabdga (p.i88) instead of the Javanese antaboga (a 
corruption of the Kavi anantabJiogd). As to the contents, 
it follows the Javanese poem only to a certain extent, 
whilst it oftens contains passages which are not explicable 
otherwise than by supposing that a Javanese original has 
been translated or imitated, which did not deviate so much 
from the original Kavi poem, as the one published by 
Mr. A. B. Cohen Stuart. Although it is evidently taken 
from the Javanese, its first and last pages contain matter 
not found either in the Kavi or Javanese work, whilst no 
trace is found of the introduction, wherein the king, Jdya 
Bdya, in whose reign Mpu SedaJi, the Javanese author, 

* See No. 66 of my " Kort Verslag der Maleische Ilandschriften in het East 
India House, London," where the reader will find a full account of those 
closing chapters. As the numbers in that account havr been since changed, I 
shall give here the present numbers in the India Office Collection. 

1 [B.M. 9 ; L. 1762 ; Bat. 186. Copious extracts are given by G. K. 
m in liis " Bloemlezing uit Maleische Geschriften" (1878), vol. i. 
p. 1-104; vol. ii. p. 58-120.] 

t Even Dutch words, as, for instance, j^J (blaauw, blue), occur in it. 



So, for instance, we find passim A-&)^ (Ar.) instead of LpJ (alms, 
largesses of a king to priests and religious mendicants). 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 3 

lived, is spoken of in laudatory terms ; moreover, the title 
Barata yuda (Bharata-yuddha), which is given to the 
Javanese version, is not known in Malay ; and the great 
war between the Koravas and Pandavas, wherever it is 
alluded to in Malay compositions, is always called ptirang 
Panddiva Jdya, " the war of the victorious Pandavas." 
Not until we reach p. I 34 do the contents of this manu- 
script resemble the Kavi and Javanese composition. The 
Malay author says in the opening that his work, although 
containing the story of the Pandawa Pancha Kalima* 
gives a great many beautiful tales in the beginning, and 
afterwards the tale named Hikayat Pandawa Jaya. These 
beautiful tales are, he says, a collection of Javanese 
dramatic compositions (Itilakoii), to which he gives no 
particular names. I shall, on another occasion, 1 make an 
analysis of the whole and divide it into three parts. The 
first will give a rapid view of the contents from pp. I 
1 34, being what is not found either in the Kavi or Javanese 
work. The second will be more circumstantial, as it may 
illustrate the difficult passages of the Kavi original, and 
will comprise what is found from pp. 134-208, being the 
record of the great war. The third will give only a brief 
account of the contents from p. 208 to the end, as it 
deviates in this part almost in every respect from the 
Javanese version,! which closes with a eulogy of king 
Jdya Bdya, of which no trace is found in this manuscript. 
The library of the India Office is possessed of two 
manuscripts bearing on the same subject, but only con- 
taining the description of the war. They are numbered 
2,384 (small 4to, 234 pages), and 2,605 (8vo, 176 pages). 
Both commence with introducing to the reader the chief 
heroes who figure in it, and then speak of Kasna's% 
mission to demand the half of the kingdom in behalf of 



* Translation 

1 [" Tijdschrift voor de T. L. en V.," vol. xxi. p. 1-90.] 

f Of the Kavi version only twelve copies (!) have been lithographed by 
order of the Dutch government. It is not complete, ending with the combat 
of Arjuna and A'svatthama. 

J Krisna, 

B 2 



4 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

the five sons of Pandn* To enable the reader to form a 
judgment of the difference of the texts of the three 
manuscripts, some specimens are here given. 

The names of the four holy men (j'isi) that join Kasna 

when setting out for Hastinapura as mediator are in No. 

2,603 : jlj 1 * (*>>> J l^> < -^-^< a "d ^j*^', in No. 2,384, 

j~>y> t^, .Ajw>l^ > ^ft 5 ^ 5 and ^^^^ J and in this 

manuscript, j\ , ^ , ^^ , and ^y> f!>t 

The passage where the Javanese version speaks of a 
human sacrifice being performed by either of the contend- 
ing parties runs in No. 2,384 as follows: 



&c. 

No. 2,603 nas : 



&c. 

This manuscript has (p. 147) : 



&c. 

* Lcyrlon ("As. Rcs. !r x. 1 78) mentions the following separate tales about 
i, The tale about their gambling ; 2nd, that about their 
borrowing a hall ; 3rd, that about their selling lime. 

t In the K:ivi poem they are J\nasunlia, A'anva, Janaka, and Narad a 
(the Javanese has the same, only differently spelt, according to the Javanese 
pronunciation). 



MALAY MANUSCRIPTS. 5 

The Kavi (x. 6) has : tuwin pa/fa tlas wiakaryya 
bhisuweng* tgal paprangan \ rawan ngaran i bang tawur 
nripati paudava murwwani \ kuiiaug tawur i sang nripcug 
kuru ya Jc aril nd brain nana j rikati sine rind pa sang dwija 
sagotra viatiyalaga. " Then they all performed a sacrifice 
on the field of battle, Rawan was the name of the victim 
of the Pandawa king, commencing ; as to the victim of 
the Kuru king, a brahmana was . . . . , thence he was 
cursed by the twice born, to die with his [whole] family in 
fighting." This remarkable passage will perhaps attract 
the attention of some Sanskrit scholar, who may succeed 
in explaining it. In No. 2 I (see below) I have not been 
able to find it. 1 

No. 3 (large folio of 244 pages, imperfect at the end) 
contains the t-sU^vJ J^ ^^1 _ %*&) <&^- It is one of 
the Panji tales, containing the adventures of Inu Kartapati, 
prince of Kuripan. This manuscript commences with the 
king of Kun'pan's getting a son, called at his birth 
Asmara ning rat Onddkan Jay a. Then the birth is 

* Instead of bhisitiva (bhismvang is bhisuwa + ing) a manuscript on palm 
leaves in my possession has bhisu-cng (bhisna + ing). I should like to read here 
bliisa-i<a (abJiisawd], The Malay text gives no explanation, as it is evidently 
influenced by the Javanese version, where sagotra has become the name of a 
person. Moreover it identifies Rawan with a son of Arjuna (of the name of 
Irawan\ who is afterwards killed by a demon (xii. 17). The word w*wJ u3 
in the Malay version is probably a substantive made from wvJU^, which 
occurs in the Hikayat Kumala bahrin with the sense of to turn off the evil 
influence of a ghost from a person who is supposed to have been visited by 
a ghost, and in consequence of it has got some disease (compare the Ngaju- 
Dayak palis). .j~J U*9 must then have the meaning of what is used to turn 
off the evil influence of ghosts. 

1 In the Malay Panchatandaran (ed. Van der Tuuk, p. 46, 1. 17), there 
is the following allusion to this human sacrifice : (T 




Dharmaraja is the name by which Yu- 

dhishthira is known in Malay tales [I.O. 87 ; Bat. 143 ; J. J. dc Hollander, 
" Handleiding bij de Beoefening der Maleische Taal- en Letterkunde," 5th 
edition, p. 336, No. 2]. 



6 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

related of L&smining purl Cliandra-kirana, the princess 
of Daha, also named Puspaning rat* and betrothed 
to the above-named prince of Kuripan. This princess, 
when yet a girl, was carried off by Batdra Kdla, 
and placed with her attendants in a forest, where she 
changed her name and that of her waiting- women. The 
prince of Kuripan goes, attended by his followers, in 
quest of his intended bride, and in his rambles for that 
purpose takes the name of Rangga Ariya Kuda Nastapa, 
his followers too changing each his name. 

No. 4 (folio of 246 pages and ending abruptly) and 
No. 73 (small 4to. of 420 pages) both contain the <&le* 
^Ujjo ^jb, an imitation of the Persian <3>li J=^L. On 
comparing the introduction, where the owner of the 
parrot (^j*^ &jjjt*) is spoken of, I found the readings 
to be nearly the same. In my possession is a copy 
(folio of 90 pages) wherein the parrot tells thirteen tales. 
In the library of the India Office there are two manu- 
scripts of this composition (Nos. 2604 and 26O6). 1 The 
former contains twenty-two tales, but the latter only ten, 
whilst the introduction about Khojah Meymun is wanting 
in it.f According to Abdu-llahJ the Moonshec this 
composition also goes by the name of ^-^-y* ^^p* <&^^ 
after the parrot's owner. The two manuscripts of the 
India Office seem to belong to one and the same version, 
and only differ in the proper names, which have been 
changed to Malay ones in No. 2606. The versions in 
both differ from my manuscript. 

No. 5 (folio of 315 pages) contains the ^^\ y\A &Ks>. 
It is an imitation in prose of the Javanese poem, the com- 
mencement of which has been published by Mr. J. J. de 
Hollander in the Reader, p. 158 sqq., at the end of his 
" Handleiding bij de Beoefening der Javaansche Taal- en 

* Compare under No. 14. 1 [Now 285 and 327 ; L. p. 178 ; Bat. 173, 174.] 
t Sec further " Kort Verslag der Maleische Handsclmftcn van hot E. 1. 

House," p. 394. [For a Makassar version see B. F. Matlhes, " Kort Verslag," 

No. I, and for one in Bugi, ib. No. 90. 

See his Journal, p. 95 of the Singapore edition. Of this Journal there 

is also a reprint in the fourth volume of Meursinge's " Maleisch Leesboek ;" 

and a French translation by Dulaurier. 



MA LA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 7 

Lcttcrkunde" (Breda, 1848). A translation, as it would 
seem, of the Javanese poem is to be found in Roorda 
van Eysinga's " Indiu " (Breda, 1843), p. 502 (3de boek, 
eerste deel.). No. 1 1 (folio of 1 5 I pages, only written 
half-way down, the open spaces being perhaps intended 
for a translation) contains the same tale, but considerably 
abridged. 

No. 6. See No. 31. 

No. 7 (folio) contains : 

I. (7 1 pages) <^;L,J^J )*. This poem has been edited 
with a Dutch translation and annotations by Mr. R. van 
Hoevell, in vol. xix. of the " Transactions of the Batavian 
Society of Arts and Sciences," but may be had separately. 
A review of this edition is to be found in the " Indisch 
Magazijn" and the "Gids" (1847), and quotations from 
another manuscript in Roorda van Eysinga's "Maleisch- 
Nederduitsch Woordenboek," under ^^ , /*s^ > uk*j|j , 
^>J , )\) , ^Jsx^, , ^JJsx~ , and f~u* . Another copy is 
contained in No. 36 (folio of 130 pages, and ending 
abruptly). Both manuscripts may serve to correct the 
edited text. I subjoin here a specimen of the various 
readings : 

The printed edition, p. 3, line 9 from below, has ; 

Satdlah (baginda sampey}* kapantey \ di Wiatiia pdrahu 
(di atas lantey)*\ \ langkap (lah sakaliyaii)\ kajang dan 
lantey \ (bdik) lah putdri duduk bdrjuntey \\ 

Page 5, line 5 from above : 

Tidurlah anakku bulang hulu \ biyarlah ayahnda bdrjalan 
ddhulu || (anakku pandang) IF hatiku pilu \ bagey di Juris 
dangan sambilu \ 

Page 6, line 4 : 

Sambilan bulan sdmbilan hari \ (kit kandung)** di dalani 
(Jiutan duri)\\\ 

Page 6, line 2 from below : 

* No. 7 has sampey baginda, and No. 36, sampey luwan turun. 
t No. 36, tarlalu basey. J No. 36, dan. 

Nos. 7 and 36, correctly ndik. 

H No. 7, anak kupandang. ** No. 7, kukandung. 

ft No. 7, rightly diri. 



THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

Bdrjalan lali baginda (laju mannliJi} * \ r as an a Jidndak 
(bdrbalik}\ kambaliV 

II. (69 pages) ^>y+ ^f f. This poem has been 
twice edited by J. J. de Hollander, once in the Reader of 
the first edition of his " Handleiding bij de Beoefening der 
Maleische Taal- en Letterkunde," and once separately 
(Leyden, 1856), from an untrustworthy transcript evi- 
dently made in Java. The version of this manu- 
script has hardly anything in common with that of the 
one edited, but corresponds in many respects with that 
recension of the poem, from which Marsden has given 
extracts in the Reader at the end of his Grammar. The 
king mentioned in the opening is called here Sari nara- 
inddra di CJidmpaka Jajar, but in the one edited Ratu 
Socha windu pura nagara. As proper names of females, 
Kin Tddahan and Kin Pangalipnr occur here ; whilst the 
name of the heroine is sometimes shortened into Kin 
Tdbnh, for the sake of rhyme and metre. Wira Dandani, 
Wira Pdndapa and Wira Kdrta are found as proper 
names of males. The hero, the prince who fell in love 
with the heroine, goes here by the names of Pnspa 
Kdnchana, Raden Inn,\ Anak Manidri, Inu Bangsawan, 
Radcn Inn Kartapati,^ and Anak Inn. The beauty of 
the heroine is compared to that of Januwati^ the goddess 
of love (yangyang kdsmna), and the celestial nymph Nila- 
ntama. Instead of taman (garden), this manuscript makes 
often use of the Kavi Idlangun** Padnka Mahddewi, 
Paduka Matnr (?), and Paduka Liku are mentioned as 
inferior wives of the old king. The pages of the king 
employed on errands are called here pangdlasan, instead 

* A correction by the editor instead of the words of the manuscript, sayans* 
tarjalan. No. 7 has the true reading (sayang tarjali). t No. 7, balik. 

1 [L. p. 178 ; Bat. 256 ; de Hollander, 1. 1. p. 309, No. 2. A Makassar prose 
work of that name is described by Matthes, 1. 1. No. 9.] 

$ Rhyming on iarmangii. See also the extracts in the Reader of Marsden's 
Malay Grammar. 

A name of I^anji. 

' The name of Samba's sweetheart (see under No. 15). 

** e.g., mari-lah dmas arinitt^sjtn, kita mandi kalalangitn, and tdngah hart 
baginda ban^tn, fiirgi mandi kalalangun. The native tales speak always of 
delightful gardens, where a bathing-place is one of the first requisites. 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. < } 

of badnwanda. This version, moreover, docs not end so 
tragically ; Indra bringing the two lovers back to life, 
accosting the heroine with anakgaluh** One of the charac- 
ters represented is Si-Tnguk,\ who is described as a kind 
of Falstaff, big-bellied and fond of fun. There is also a 
version in prose which goes by the name of ^l^ol <&ls> 
c^s;^J. In this version, the heroine is the daughter of a 
king of Wanggar, and the waiting-maid, who dies with 
her, is called here, as in the printed edition, Kin Bayan. 
One of her most beloved nurses has the name of Antamsmi, 
and is addressed by her with kakak or the Javanese cmbbk 
(elder sister). The principal attendants of the hero are 
Panta Wira Jay a and Jaran Angsoka. The place where 
the heroine is killed is here the wood (Jav. alas) Puchangan. 
The lovers are brought to life by Bdtara Kala, who 
changes them into lotus flowers, and then veils them in 
a cloud of incense. The residence is called in the end 
Sochawindn, but elsewhere or\\yPura nagara. The late Mr. 
H. C. Millies, at Utrecht, had a manuscript of this version. 
It is not worth publishing, but may be available for a new 
edition of the poem, of which there is a manuscript also 
in the library of King's College, if I recollect right. It 
is beyond all doubt that the poem as well as the tale 
belong to the widely spread cycle of the tales in which 
the adventures of Panji are related. : 

III. (26 pages) ^J^ Jo-L* j*&. This poem is known 
on the west coast of Sumatra by the name of <^s\~> \* 

c - j >rV */ 

itt^*. I possess two manuscripts of it (Svo of 36 pages, 
and small 4to of 68 pages). A prose version of it is 
contained in No. 2,715 of the manuscripts of the India 

* In the Panji tales the princess of Daha, the intended wife of Chekel, is 
commonly called Raden-galnh. 

t One of the personating characters in the Panji tales. 

See Raffles' "History of Java," ii. p. 88 sqq., i. 335 and 392 ; Cohen Stuart's 
Djaja Lengkara, and Roorda's Lotgevallen van Raden Pandji, in the "Bijdragen 
tot de taal- land- en volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Indie," vol. ii. p. 167 sqq., 
and vol. vii. nieuwe volgreeks, p. i sqq. [Bat. 247 ; L. p. 178 ; de Hollander, 
1. 1. p. 308, No. i.] 

In the end of this manuscript this proper name of the mother of the heroine 
is spelt 



io THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

Office, and has been described in my " Kort Verslag der 
Mai. Handschriften van het E. I. House." 1 

IV. (io pages) l^J ^<jj j*,. This is a collection of 
erotic verses put into the mouths of two fishes (a tambara 
and a kakaf) who seem to be desperately in love. 2 

No. 8. See under No. 17. 

No. 9 (folio of 1 60 pages) contains, as do No. 37 
(151 pages, and ending abruptly) and No. 55^ (small 
4to of 262 pages) \jyj> I^Jj) <k\&*. This tale contains 
the adventures of Indara Putara, son of Bakdrma Puspa^ 
king of Samanta-pura, and is replete with wonderful 
narratives. The hero is carried off by a golden peacock ; 
is sent by the king Shahsiyan to Barma Sdqti ; kills 
a giant or demon on Mount Indara Kila ; \ finds the 
wonderful sea in the midst of the world (tasik samu- 
ddrd) ; meets with the princess Kumdla Rdtna Sari ; 
contends with the prince Lela Mangdrna in exhibiting 
supernatural feats ; is carried off by a genie (of the name 
of ^j^J), whose son (called ^jJe^J) he kills ; meets 
consecutively with mountains of gold and other precious 
metals, the seas of wonder and love ; journeys in a 
cavern during a month ; kills a serpent (of the name of 
J^Joo), and a demon (called Ujfj>j) ; meets with Ddrma 
Gangga, who instructs him in supernatural means of 
conquering his enemies, and with Barma Sdqti, &c. At 
last our hero comes home, and is made king of Samanta- 
fjira with the title of Sultan Indara Manginddra. No. 5 5 
terminates with a great many erotic verses not found in 
the other copies. Many quotations from this work are to 
be found in Werndly's " Maleische Spraakkunst " (pp .1 33, 
157, 162, 170 (twice), 171, 174 (three times), 176, 185, 
1 8 6, 191, 193, 194 and 195), in Roorda van Eysinga's 

1 [Now No. 292 ; Bat. 251, 252; de Hollander, 1. 1. p. 317, No. 66.] 

8 [Lithographed at Singapore, a. H. 1291.] 

* Another copy is in the possession of Dr. Reinhold Rost (small 4to, 148 
pages). 

1* Of course most proper names occurring in this account are transliterated 
guessingly, such as they would be pronounced by a Malay at first sight. 

% "Where Arjuna performed penance to get supernatural arms. Such proper 
names deserve being taken up in a Dictionary, as they occur very often. 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 1 1 

"Maleisch-Nederduitsch Woordenboek" (under pantas.pan- 
dey, puji and gftmk\ and in the annotations of Mr. van 
Hocvell on the Sair Bidasari (pp. 289, 305, 333, 335, 
348352,375 and 399). Specimens of the reading of 
the three manuscripts : 
No. 9 : 

eb 
eb 




No. 37 : 




No. 55: 



1 [L. 1690, and p. 178; Bat. 168; B. F. Matthes, "Kort verslag van 
^lakassaarsche en Boeginesche Handschrifcen," Nos. 13 and 94.] 



12 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

No. 10 (folio) contains a collection of transcripts of 
treaties between the Dutch E. I. Company and several 
native States in the Indian Archipelago. The first treaty 
is that between Admiral Speelman and the king of Gowa 
(Mangkasar), and the last that between the E. I. Com- 
pany and the king of Johor and Pahang. 

No. ii. See under No. 5. 

No. 12 (folio of 444 pages) contains the l*^J <^j\&. 
^Ijvg-i*. It is very seldom that tales are divided into 
chapters (J.xsj), of which there are here sixteen. In the 
commencement of the tale there is a kind of summary, 
wherein the hero is said to be a great king, who visited 
Mount Qaft China, and the land of the inferior gods 
(dcwa), subjecting men and ghosts to his sovereignty. 
On p. 2 a State Samanda-puri is mentioned. Its king 
was called Sariyawan, and was sprung from Indara Dewa 
Mahardma Rupa, whilst his queen was of mere mortal 
extraction. He had two sons called Raja Ardan and 
Raja Marsddan. The two princes went with a large 
retinue to the forest Samanta Baranta, where a dewa of 
the name Sardma Dewa was in the habit of enjoying 
himself. This god hated the king, their father, who had 
caused his residence to be destroyed in former times. 
He changed himself into an old man and visited the 
princes, saying that he wished to serve them. Contriv- 
ing to separate them from their followers when engaged 
in hunting, the god transformed himself into an elephant, 
whom Ardan so hotly pursued, that he got the start of 
his brother, and at last found himself entirely alone. 
The god then flew away with the prince to the sky, 
but was killed by the young hero. Ardan, having arrived 
again on this sublunary orb, made the acquaintance of a 
risi called Bdyu Rama, who told him that he was not to 
revisit his country for many years. The prince remained 
in the dwelling of the holy man, who instructed him in 
all sorts of supernatural sciences. Marsddan goes in 
quest of his brother, and in his rambles arrives at 
Inddrapura, where he marries the king's only daughter, 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 1 3 

and succeeds his father-in-law.* Ardan has a great 
many adventures of the same kind, delivering a princess 
with her waiting women, &c. Banna SJiaJidtin, the hero 
of the tale, is a son of Marsddan Shah, king of Kalingga 
deiva^ and his eldest brother is called here Rdjadirdja. 
This work is replete with pantuns, some of which are 
worthy of notice. The late Mr. P. P. Roorda van 
Eysinga possessed a manuscript (two volumes in folio), 
which he would have published, but for want of a 
sufficient number of subscribers : what has become of it 
I cannot say. J. J. de Hollander (" Handleiding bij de 
Beoefening der Mai. Taal- en Letterkunde," 3rd edition, 
p. 332) says, I know not on what authority, that the 
author was SJieikJi Ibn Abu Omar. 1 

No. i 3 is a number I could not find. Dulaurier has 
also omitted it in the list he gives (" Journal Asiatique," 
3rd series, x. 69) of titles of the manuscripts of this 
collection. 

No. 14 (folio of 456 pages : on the back of the cover, 
Charang Kurina) contains the ^.jJ^ ;Us &le*. It is a 
tale belonging to the Panji cyclus. The commencement 
is about the king of Kuripan having two sons, the eldest 
being Kdrta Buwdna, and the youngest Raden Asmara 
Jaya, surnamed Ondakan Rawisarangga, who was betrothed 
to the princess of Daha, called Raden Puspita-ning Rat.\ 
The name by which this tale goes is the assumed name 
of the princess when she had fled from her father's 
residence in order to follow the prince, in the garb of a man. 

No. 15 (small folio of 180 pages) contains the <&l5C^ 
fV- cbW-* The plot of this tale is nearly the same as that 
of the Bhaumakdvya,\ relating the adventures of Boma 

* Called Bakdrma Dali raja. The proper name Bakdrma is very frequent 
in Malay tales, and is a corruption of the Sanskrit vikrama; it is often con- 
founded with Pakarma. 



t The manuscript has^J >t ^ c^ji (p. 32). 

1 [According to the same authority (5th edition, p. 353), the printing was 
actually commenced in 1856, but discontinued in consequence of the editor's 
death. See also L. p. 178.] 

% Compare under No. 3. [B.M. 8.] 

Edited by Friederich in the "Transactions of the Batavian Society/' 



i 4 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

(the Sanskrit Bhaiuna, son of the earth). He was the son 
of Bisnu ( Vismi) by the goddess Pdrtiwi (Sans, prithivl, 
earth), and became a powerful king, whom even the gods 
stood in dread of. As he, demon-fashion, annoyed the 
penitents, Kdsna (Kris no) sends his son Samba against 
him. Boma is at last killed by Hanoman, after having 
himself killed Samba and Arjuna, who were, however, 
called into life again by Nardda (Naradd) sent by 
Batara Guru for the purpose. The celebrated episode* 
of Ddrmadeiva and Ddrmadewi is here inserted in the 
same way as in the Kavi poem, Ddrmadewa following 
Bisnu when incarnating himself into Kdsna and becoming 
Samba, whilst Ddrmadewi, after having burnt herself, 
becomes Januwdtifi and so is reunited to her former love. 
This tale is also named <~-^~> ~, &\&*. The R.A.S.'s 
MS. (see also under No. 21) slightly differs from the one 
in the India Office (No. 2905,* 4to, 120 pages). Raffles 
("History of Java," i. p. 388, first edition) mentions the 
Javanese version under the titles Buma Kalantaka and 
Embatali. The first name is no doubt Bhaumakalantaka 
(the death of the demon Bhauma, kala being used in 
Javanese to denote demons and Titans), as may be 
inferred from the Kavi poem, p. 233, where it is Bhau- 
mdntaka (Bhauma's end, the hero dying by the hand 
of Vismi). The Kavi version bears (ap. Raffles, 1. 1.) the 
name Anrakasura, which is to be corrected into Nara- 
kasura (the demon Naraka, another name of Bhauma). I 
shall give on another occasion an analysis of this Malay 
composition. 3 

No. 1 6 (folio of 206 pages). A duplicate is No. 62, I. 
(158 pages). The two manuscripts differ but slightly. 
They contain the ^~q U~J dJ.Ke*. The work has been 
edited by Mr. P. Roorda van Eysinga (Batavia, 1821), who 

* This episode is often alluded to in Malay tales and poems (comp. under 
No. 7, II.). 

t Y<ij nawaii is her constant name in the Kavi poem, where she is never 
called Ddrmadewi. 

1 [Now 87.] 

a [This account is to be found in the Batavian "Tijdschrift," vol. xxi. pp. 
91-101. Cf. Bat. 142.] 



MALAY MANUSCRIPTS. 15 

has also given an analysis of it in the tenth volume of 
the " Transactions of the Batavian Society." The episode 
of the singing peacocks has been published from another 
version by Meursinge in the third volume of his " Maleisch 
Leesboek." In the library of the India Office there are 
two manuscripts, Nos. 2429 and 2430 ( ? ). Mr. J. 
Pijnappel has also a manuscript. A new edition of this 
work is desirable, as that by Roorda van Eysinga has 
long been out of print. Quotations from it are found in 
Werndly's "Maleische Spraakkunst," pp. 142, 157, 170, 
171, 172, 1 80, 182, and in the preface xl., xli. 1 

No. 1 7 contains : 

I. The ;th book of the ^J=>,LJ) ^l^j (drtina kdbon 
sagala raja raja). No. 42 (folio of 440 pages : on the 
back, Makota sagala raja raja) contains but five books of 
this work, and No. 8 (folio of 367 pages) only four books 
and a few pages of the fifth ; this copy is written with 
vowel-signs." This excellent work, complete copies of 
which are very rare, is divided into seven books, each 
book containing a certain number of chapters. The 
author calls himself Nuru-ddlu ibn 'All ibn Hasanji, son 
of Muhammad, of the Hamid tribe, and a native of Ranlr 
(see No. 78, IV.), and he composed it at Achih (Acheen)in 
the year of the Muhammadan era 1040, by order of 
Sultan Iskander II. Aliyu-ddm Mu'rayat* SJiah Johan 
bar dawlat lillu-llahi fiTalam:\ The first book (many 
chapters) treats of the creation of heaven and earth ; the 
second (many chapters) is about prophets and kings ; the 
third (six chapters) on just kings and clever ministers ; 
the fourth (two chapters) on pious kings and holy men ; \ 
the fifth (two chapters) on unjust kings and foolish 
ministers ; the sixth (two chapters) on honoured liberal 

1 [I.O. 89, 90 ; B.M. 4; L. 1693 ,1737, 1747 ; Bat. 170-72 ; de Hollander, 
1. 1. p. 352, No. 80. On the Buginese redaction, see Matthes, 1. 1. p. 32, 
No. 98, and p. 95, No. 12366.] 

3 [See also No. 70, I.] 



t The shadow of God on the world 



16 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

men and heroes ; the seventh (five chapters) on intelli- 
gence, and on all sorts of sciences, medical, physiognomical, 
historical, c. Everywhere a great many tales are given, 
which might be used for a new Malay Reader. This 
work gives more than it promises, which in Malay 
literature may be called a miracle. The twelfth chapter 
of the second book contains a summary of the history of 
Malay States ; the thirteenth the history of Achih up to 
the time of the author. In the first chapter of the fourth 
book there are several tales about the celebrated Ibrahim 
Ibn Adham, corresponding to some extent with the tale, 
published by Mr. P. Roorda van Eysinga (Batavia, 1822) 
and D. Lenting (Breda, 1 846) under the title " Geschie- 
denis van Sultan Ibrahim vorst van Irak."* I have in my 
possession a manuscript (4to, 194 pages) containing only 
the first four chapters of the seventh book.i 

II. An incomplete copy of ^^JsXJ! gto' (see under No. 

42). 

No. 1 8 (folio of 202 pages) jjJu* s^^s^. This col- 
lection of historical tales has been published for the 
greater part by Dulaurier in his " Chroniques Malayes," 
and translated by Leyden (" Malay Annals," edited by Sir 
Stamford Raffles). This MS., however, contains chapters 
not found in other copies, and not translated by Leyden. 
The last chapter but one, for instance, is about Sang 
Naya's conspiracy against the Portuguese at Malaka. 
There are several versions of these chronicles, as the 
reader will see from the various readings in Dulaurier's 
edition. No. 35 (folio of 117 pages), No. 39 (folio 120 
pages), and No. 68 (small 4to) end with the death of 
Hang Kasturi, the last named number having besides an 
entirely different introduction, and being properly but an 
abridgment. In No. 76 (small 4to) only a part is found 
commencing with the chapter on the depredations of a 
Mangkasar prince (^^ -i^), and ending with the 
conquest of Malaka by the Portuguese. No. 80 (4to of 

* The Sundancse version has the title " Ilikayat Surtan Oliya He'nu Ibrahim 
waliyullah," a copy of which is in my possession (small 4to, 90 pp-) 
1 [L. 1694 and p. 178.] 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 1 7 

3 1 2 pages), and No. 5 of the Farquhar collection (small 
4to, 259 pages) both end also with the conquest of Malaka 
by the Portuguese. There are a great many copies of 
this work* in Holland as well as in the Indian Archi- 
pelago, in the Government offices, and in the possession 
of individuals. 1 

No. 19 (folio of 331 pages) and No. 20 (folio of 365 
pages) contain the^U-^1 3j*J> Jb <uK^ . This is again 
one of the Panji tales. The title is after a name by 
which the prince of Kuripan was known when he was 
changed by Batara Indara into a woman. The begin- 
ning of the second volume is not connected with the last 
words of the first, being <0cu* ^^ 



No. 43 (small folio of 142 

pages ; on the back of the cover, Hikayat Pangeran Ke- 
suina Agung) contains the same, but only its last part,t 
the beginning words being fr U^ 



The name of the hero is in 
this volume^U^J ^^ A)lj. No. 51 (small 4to of 149 
pages ; on the back of the cover, Hikayat Dalang pudak 
Asmara] is the same, but the usual commencement is 
wanting, its first words being c ^ 



&C. c 

No. 20. See under No. 19. 

No. 2 i (small folio of 669 pages) contains the 

* That it contains for the greater part but fabulous history is beyond all 
doubt, as even the history of Malaka is tainted with the Panji tales ; see, for 
instance, the chapter about the king of Malaka going to the court of Majapahit, 
and marrying a princess of the name of Chandarakirana (compare under No. 3). 

1 [L. 1703, 4, 1 6, 36 ; Bat. 188-90 ; de Hollander, 1. 1. p. 356, No. 2. The 
work was lithographed by Keasberry at Singapore in 1830, and a reprint of 
this appeared at Leiden in 1884. A French translation, by M. Devic, of part 
of it (to page 123 of the Leiden edition) was published in Paris in 1878.] 

"t This part is often found separately, as may be inferred from Bahru-ddln's 
list (containing an account of Malay compositions found at Surabaya], whereia 
we find a 



SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. 



iS THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 



,%- ) JoJ> . This is a collection of loosely connected tales, 
the greater part of which relate to the persons involved in 
the contest between the Kanrawas and Panda-was. To- 
distinguish this composition from that which only relates 
to the war, I propose to call the last <^U jboJ y <k\** , 
on account of its being so popular (see under No. 2), and 
the first ^J^ gx3^|jx3 &Kfe * As to the contents of this 
number, it is evident that it is an entirely different work, 
and by no means to be identified either with No. 2, or the 
two MSS. at the India Office (see under No. 2). The 
commencement narrates the birth of Pardsu Rama and 
Deiva Barata, sons of ^jj y*<~} by the celestial nymph 
Manik* Then Santdnu is mentioned, and the birth of his 
children, who had a peculiar fishy smell about them, as 
they had been cut out of the belly of a fish, who had 
swallowed the seed of Santdmt. On p. 2 Parasdra cures 
the stinking princess Diirgandini, and calls her afterwards 
Say oj ana Snganda (sweet-scented at the distance of a 
yojana), taking her as his wife. She becomes the mother 
of Biydsa. Another part of the narrative is about Basmaka, 
king of Mandira-sapta, who had three daughters, called 
Amba, Ambi, Ambalika. Amba becomes the wife of 
Dewabrata, who kills her by inadvertence. He therefore 
vows to surrender his life to a woman, burns his wife's 
body, and then goes to his brother, Parasurama, who con- 
soles him and changes his name into Bisma. On p. 34 
\ve find mention made of the birth of Ddstardtaft Pandu 
Dciva Nata>\ and Widura Saqma.^ Dastard ta was born 
blind, because his mother, when visited by Biyasa, from 
fear closed her eyes ; Pandits body was white as crystal 
because his mother had covered herself with a white veil 
when she conceived him ; Widura Saqma was born with one 
lame leg, as his mother had pulled his leg (?). On p. 38 
the birth of Kama is related : he was the son of Sangyang 

* This title I derive from the first pages of No. 2, where the author calls the 
part of his work not bearing directly on the war by this name (see under No. 2). 
j [Probably Menaka.] 
f- Dhritarastra. J In Malay the name of Pandit. I'ia'jira. 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 1 9 

Rawi* by Dewi Pdta.\ After this, the meeting is related 
of Bisnu and the goddess Partiivi (see under No. 15), 
and then the birth of Darmadeiva and Ddrmadcwi (see 
under No. 15). On p. 91 we have the birth of Ktisna 
(Krisnd) and Kakarsana (a surname of Baladewa]. The 
last chapters relate the contest of Boma against Samba 
(see under No. 15). Although this composition is but a 
collection of narratives with no plot whatever to deserve 
the name of Jukayat, it is very interesting, as it introduces 
nearly all the persons acting in the hikay at parang Panddwa 
Jay a, and the hikay at Maharaja Boma? 

No. 22 (folio of 720 pages ; the commencement is want- 
ing) contains the +\) ^j~ &^=>- It is a very elaborate 
recension of the Malay Ramayana, from which Marsden 
has given extracts in the Reader at the end of his 
Grammar. A far shorter version has been published by 
Mr. P. P. Roorda van Eysinga (Amsterdam, 1843). A 
MS. in the Dutch India Office contains also a version of 
it as elaborate as this ; it is in two small 4to volumes 
(marked Ned. Kolonien. Handschriften C. No. i), the first 
volume being of 475, and the second of 654 pages. 2 

No. 2 3 (folio of 69 8 pages) and No. 4 5 (4to. of 2 7 8 pages). 
Two copies of the c^>U A-^lj J^^ <^ql<s>. The first 
number corresponds in version with a manuscript belonging 
to the Dutch India Office (folio of 1 8 5 pages, and marked 
Ned. Kolonien. Handschriften C. No. 2 1 ; it is not finished), 
but is more elaborate. No. 45 seems to belong to the 
same recension as the two copies of the India Office (No. 
2,875 small folio, and No. 2,691 large 4to|). Another 
version is contained in No. 27 (folio of 347 pages), and 
No. 28 (folio of 348 pages: on the back of their cover, 
Hikayat Dalang Indra Kcsuma). Both these volumes are 
divided into chapters, each of which contains a tale, 

* The god Sun. t Instead of Parta, Sansc. Pritha, i.e. Kunti. 

1 [See above, No. 2.] 

2 [This MS. is now the property of the Leiden University Library, and is 
there marked No. 1689 ; Bat. 141 ; de Hollander, 1. 1. p. 336.] 

See my " Kort Verslag der Mai. Handschriften van het East India House 
te London," [p. 385, Nos. 50 and 51; L. 1699, 1709; Bat. 136, 137. On 
the Buginese recension, see Matthes, 1. 1. No. 85, and p. 94.] 

C 2 



20 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

connected with the chief story ; the first volume contains 
fifty-four tales and the beginning of the fifty-fifth, whilst 
the second commences with the fifty-sixth tale. The 
title, JsC^ &c., of this Panji tale is after a name which 
the hero takes on his rambles in search of the princess 
of Daha, disguising himself as a man of the lowest class. 
This is one of the most interesting Malay compositions, 
and has influenced almost every literary production of the 
Malays ; on another occasion I shall give an analysis of 
it. This cycle of stories has received by mistake also the 
name of t>y~& <^^ &^=* from its commencement, where a 
Batara Naya Kasuma, an inhabitant of IndrcCs heaven, is 
spoken of as the grandfather of Kdrtapati. 

No. 24 (two folio volumes of 446 and 450 pages) 
contain the ^U> dallJ g)j dLJu- . The first volume 
commences of course with Adam, whose son was Shlth 
(ci_^wi>), whose son was Nurchaya t whose son was Sang- 
yang Wcnaug, whose son was Sangyang Tunggal, whose 
son was Guru, who had four sons and one daughter, being 
Sangyang Sambu, Barahma, Mahddewa, Bisnu, and Dewi 
Sari. Bisnu became king of Java with the title Prabu 
Seta (? fcs^ft*-). Then a chapter treats of the Ratu Sela 
Panvata of Citing Basi. It ends with Pangcran Dipati 
taking the title of Susnnan ]\Iangku Rat Senapati, &c. 
The second volume commences with Susunan Mangku 
Rat being at Banu Mas, and ordering the Dipati of Tcgal 
to be fetched, and terminates with Susunan Pakubuwamis 
reign in Karlasura. Two quotations from this work have 
been given by Dulaurier in the " Journal Asiatique " for 
1846. 

No. 25 (folio of 304 pages). This Panji tale goes by 
the name of ~ c^JU cJol * cuKe* from a name the 



heroine assumes when leading the life of a penitent. The 
commencement treats of the prince of Kuripan, called 
Kuda Jaya Asmara, surnamed Ktirtapati, who was 
betrothed to the princess of Daha, Radcn Galuh Chandam- 
kirana puspaning rat. A god falling in love with the 

* From the Javanese endang (a female penitent or nun). 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 2 1 

said princess asked her of Batara Guru, but meeting with 
a refusal, as she was to be the wife of Ktirtapati, dropped 
her with her two waiting-women into a forest, where she 
led the life of a penitent, and changed her name and that 
of her companions. She is afterwards married to the 
prince, here passim called Raden Inn, who succeeds his 
father with the title of Pdrabu Anom ing Knrlpan, the old 
king retiring to the woods to do penance. 

No. 26 (folio of 239 pages). This Panji tale goes by 
the name /*j~~ \) ?*> <&l^=>. The commencement is 
almost the same as that of No. 23, relating the birth of 
/;/;/ Kartapati, and that of the Raden Galuh Pnspaning 
rat, surnamed Chanddrakirana. Going in quest of his 
love, who is carried off by Batara Kala into a forest, the 
hero takes the name Mesa* Tainan Panji Jay eng Kasuma. 
Afterwards in the course of the narrative he is called Sira 
Panji Wila Kasuma (p. 73 of MS.), but often merely Sira 
Panji. After a great many adventures he becomes king 
of all Java.f Werndly in his " Maleische Boekzaal " 
mentions a Hikayat Mesa Tainan Wila Kasuma, and van 
Hoevell, in his annotations on the Sair Bidasari, has given 
quotations from a Hikayat Panji Wila Kasuma, pp. 301, 
326, 334, 339, 362, 363, and 374. 

Nos. 27 and 28. See under No. 23. 

No. 29 (folio, 645 pages ; ends abruptly). This Panji 
tale has the lettering Hikayat Naga Bersru (on the fly- 
leaf within). I dare not decide whether this is right, as I 
did not succeed in finding the reason for this title. Leyden, 
in his "Dissertation on the Indo-Chinese Nations" (As. 
Res. x.) speaks of a Hikayat Naga Bisaru& or story of a 
princess of Daha, who was changed into a serpent, and 
banished to a lake. It is a pity he gave no explanation 
of the name. At all events this manuscript belongs to the 
Panji tales. It opens with the king of Kuripan asking 

* Jav. Matsa (Mahisa, buffalo) is frequent in proper names of Javanese per- 
sonages, and is sometimes rendered by the equivalent Javanese kZbo. 

t Amuter jagad jawa (Jav.). 

This bisaru and bersru ot the lettering, I should like to explain by^ w*> O 
in the sense of to cry invoking the gods. 



22 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

for his son, the Raden Inn Kartapati, the hand of the 
princess of DaJia, Chandarakirana, The hero is here 
passim called Sira Panji and Sari Panji. 

No. 30 (small folio of 74 pages ; the wrong lettering 
on the back of the cover, SalasilaJi nabi Muhammad, is 
owing to the first words, which make Nuru-ddln a descen- 
dant of the prophet's) contains the $y &js*2*> y^>^. It is 
a genealogical account of the kings of Cheribon (properly, 
Chi-rcbon\ commencing with a confused tale about Sheykh 
Nuru-dd{n y surnamed the Suhunan Gnnnng Jati, one of 
the apostles of the Islam in Java. It is probably translated 
from a peculiar dialect of the Javanese, its language being 
anything but Malay, and mixed up with Javanese and 
occasionally with Sundanese words too. Besides the said 
Suhnnau ("Reverend"}, other celebrated apostles, as the 
Suhunan's Kali Jaga t Ampel Danta, and Bonang are per- 
sonated here as people endowed with miraculous gifts, and 
the conquest of Majapahit, Bantcn (Bantam), and Pajajdraii 
(called here too by its ancient name Pakuivaii) is briefly 
narrated. The Panembahan Sura SoJian, called also 
Moivldna Plasanu-ddln, introduces, according to this 
chronicle, the Islam in Pajajaran, the Lanipong country, 
Indarapura, Bangka-nlu (Bencoolen), and Balo. His elder 
brother, the Panembahan Pakung Wati rules the country 
from Krawang to Cheribon, he himself that from Bantam 
to Krawang. This manuscript makes use occasionally of 
the linguals .} and L.* From it some valuable materials 
might be gleaned for a work on Javanese history, the last 
pages containing an account of the kings of Cheribon 
down to Sultan Anom. 

No. 3 i (folio of 41 1 pages) contains the jUj> sli- &lo. 
The hero is the son of Shah Partsad\ Inddra Ldqsana, 
king of TMraf t \ situated in the neighbourhood of Mount 
Qdf. This king, although powerful, was forced to pay 
tribute to the monkey-king Baliya Inddra^ whose residence 



* e.g. ^S^^y^ and^aJ (bhatani). f 

According to the Malay history of Kama the same as />a/i, and brother of 
Si/^r/wa. Malay compositions borrow from each other proper names ; so, for 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 23 



was Kurdari (<&^j^). The king's eldest son, called in 
the commencement Qnbdd Lcla Inddra* and afterwards 
Shah Qubad JoJian ' Arifin, could not put up with his 
father's disgrace, and resolved to deliver his parent from 
the allegiance to the monkey-king. He is in several ways 
assisted by genii, who prove to be his relatives, and wages 
war against the powerful enemy. This manuscript ends 
abruptly, the last words being 






Another copy, in which some of the proper names are 
different, goes by the name of ^*JiJ! ^^ <&l=* (No. 6, large 
folio of 414 pages). The father of the hero is called here 
Shah Pftrmat Inddra Laqsana, and the residence of the 
monkey-king Kdrdar 0^)- An entirely different version 
is I. (85 pages, and ending abruptly) of No. 58 ; it goes 
by the name of IjJuJL* I^Jol ^f^ s^ g|^ dJ.K^. The 
hero is in this recension the son of Bakariiia\ CJiandara, 
king of Baranta Inddra. A specimen of the readings of 
No. 3 i and No. 6 deserves being inserted : 

No. 6 : 



instance, we find Inddra Kila (mountain, where Arjuna lived as penitent), 
Alinlaraga (name of a cave, where Arjuna did penance, Sanscr. and Kavi 
I'itaraga. passionless), and other proper names from the Kavi poem Vivaha 
(in Malay, Z^ A-J <q^^ ^i^^ ^ rom a Titan conquered by Arjuna) 
occurring in other compositions. Such proper names ought to be received 
into the Dictionaries. 

* Werndly in his " Maleische Boekzaal " mentions a tale about a person of this 
very name, and Bahru-ddln (list of Malay works to be had at Surabaya) has a 

AJ uol<J g)j <& 

t See under No. 12. 



24 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

***' 




No. 32^ (? folio) contains : 

I. (11 pages). An account of various ceremonials, 
customs, and laws e.g., of the chief ministers a king should 
have, the flags they wear, &c. 

II. (5 pages). A short story about Indarapura being 

* Dulaurier in his list speaks of two folio volumes, both containing \* c JJ 1 > 

but I have only found one, on the back of which the number was obliterated. 
That number is consequently all but certain. 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 2 5 

attacked by todak- fishes,* and the stratagem by which they 
were defeated. 

III. (5 pages). The first arrival of the Portuguese, and 
their stratagem to get possession of Malaka.f A trans- 
lation of it by Sir Stamford Raffles is to be found in the 
"Asiatic Researches," xii. p. 115. 

IV. Coloured figures representing the flags used by the 
sovereign and his chief ministers (belonging to I.). 

V. (63 pages). A tale the commencing words of which 
look more like a chapter than like a separate tract. 
They are : 



&c. 
The last words are : 



It relates the adventures of Dewa Bisnu, son of the 
king spoken of in the commencement ; from which it is 
probable that the title should be ^~j ^ &l^ . 

No. 3 3 (folio) contains : 

I. (i i pages). A collection of laws, commencing with 
the finding of goods, and what is to be done with them. 

II. (44 pages). Laws, some of which are maritime. 

III. (8 pages). Fragments of a law book, beginning 
with the fencing of cultivated fields. 

IV. (6 pages). =^ ^\^ ^/^V ^ <-^ About the 
ominous qualities of the days of the months, having mystical 
names, mostly those of animals. The same is found in II. 
of No. 74. 

* The same is told of Singapuni (see " Malayan Annals," p. 83) and of Barus 
according to the Sair Raja T^tkt^mg ( ix2J gl) v*-^). 

t The same narrative is found in one of the last chapters of No. I. 



26 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 



V. (3 pages). &*> <^~ c/^V ^ <-^ On the 
seven ominous times. The same is XVI. and XXXVII. of 
No. 34, and IV. of No. 74. 

VI. (6 pages). ^J <^L^ ^^ ^ J*=^ On the 
five ominous times. Compare the " Bataksch Woorden- 
boek," p. 419. The same in No. 34 (X. and XXXV.) 
and No. 74 (V.). 

No. 34 (folio ; the number obliterated, and on the back 
of the cover, nndang nndang) contains : 

I. (i page). A fragment from a law book. 

II. (i page). ^ ^J^JL. ^_Tlj ^f\s^ Ja c^b On 
the serpent turning itself round in the sky, the position of 
which is to be known, especially when going to war. 1 

III. (3 pages). Charms and antidotes. 

IV. (15 pages). Malay laws., commencing with the 
fencing of cultivated fields. The maritime part has been 
published by Dulaurier in the sixth volume of Pardessus's 
" Collection de Lois Maritimes." 

V. (7 pages). Treaty between the Admiral Speelman 
and Hasanu-ddln, king of Gowa, and other Mangkasar 
chiefs (compare No. 10). 

VI. (i page). Chronicle of Mangkasar, commencing with 



&c. (continued in VIII.). 

VII. (i page). Contract of 'Aliyn-ddin of Gowa with 
the Malay merchants. 

VIII. (3 pages). Continuation of VI. (continued in XII. 
and XVIII). 

IX. (9 pages). A chapter on the law of inheritance. 



X. (2 pages). See VI. of No. 33. 

XI. (6 pages). Customs and laws commencing with 
the duties of the Bandhara, Tumanggung, and other 
functionaries of the Malays. 

XII. (2 pages). Continuation of VI. 

XIII. ( i page). A fragment about the discontinuance 
of praying according to the words of the prophet. 

1 [Compare " Bataksch Wooidcnbock," p. 327.] 



MALA y MANUSCRIPTS. 2 ^ 

XIV. (i page, 54th page). Formulas used as charms. 

XV. (i page). On ominous days ( ( j~s > ). 

XVI. (3 pages). The same as V. of No. 33. 

XVII. (i page). c^jJl JU; * ^l^- J.3 J^3 

XVIII. (4 pages). Continuation of VI. (continued 
in XIX.) 

.XIX. (3 pages). A fragment of a work on supersti- 
tions and continuation of VI. (continued in XXVI.) on 
charms, commencing with the means of seducing a 
woman, &c. 

XX. (i i pages). Receipts against diseases, commenc- 
ing with a precept about the regular course of a woman's 
sperm (^^y> ^ W>) 

XXL (p. 78). Table of ominous events, which have 
to be expected on each day of the month. 

XXII. (p. 79). Receipts, commencing with a prescrip- 
tion against stomach-ache. 

XXIII. (p. 81). The letters of the alphabet with 
their mystical meaning under each of them. 

XXIV. Regulations for the chief of the Malays settled 
at Mangkasar, his power, &c. 

XXV. Prescription to conquer a woman's obduracy. 

XXVI. (p. 82). Fragment of a chronicle (VI.) and 
continued in XXVIII. 

XXVII. Continuation of XXIV. 

XXVIII. Continuation of VI. 

XXIX. Combination of letters attributed to prophets, 
angels, and holy men. 

XXX. (p. 98). A precept of the wise Loqmdn about 
the future of a just-born child. 

XXXI. (p. 99). On the ominous signification of 
earthquakes, lightning and eclipses, according to the time 
of their appearance. A fragment of a similar work is to 
be found in de Hollander's Reader, p. ^|A. 

XXXII. (p. 103). About the choice of the ground to 
erect a house upon, to make a field of, &c. 

* See Herklots' " Customs, &c." p. 395. 



28 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

XXXIII. (p. 1 06). Means to know how a man and 
woman live together. 

XXXIV. (p. 1 1 o). Means to know whether stolen 
goods may be recovered. 

XXXV. (4 pages). See VI. of No. 33. 

XXXVI. Astrological tables of the planets according 
to the days of the week. 

XXXVII. See V. of No. 33. On p. I2O ; an illustra- 
tive table. 

XXXVIII. (p. 121). A figure illustrative of the ser- 
pent's position (see II.). 

No. 35. See under No. 18. 

No. 36. See under No. 7. 

No. 37. See under No. 9. 

No. 38 (small folio of 87 pages), No. 59 (small /j.to of 
138 pages), and No. 71 (small 4to of 196 pages) con- 
tain the <u^J ^ dLK &Ko * In the last-named 
number the introduction is wanting. Some fables from 
this book have been published by J. J. de Hollander in his 
" Malay Reader," p. I 8 sqq. I possess a manuscript of it 
(4to. of 205 pages). A specimen of the various readings 
of these four manuscripts may not be out of place. The 
reader may compare with it the fable published on p. I 8 
of the above-cited work. 

No. 38 : 



Jy ~& t^j| cjo^ < 



* On the west coast of Sumatra it goes by the name of 
si-tandmli} after the name of the bull who became the lion's friend 



MALAY MANUSCRIPTS. 29 

No. 5 9 : 



jJ^^" t_3l cJo^ 

oJ*^ tMJy ^ <^ 
1 ^1 ^ ^Usi 1 J1 

cMJU, 
No. 7 1 : 



My Manuscript : 



Hence it appears that the manuscript from which de 
Hollander published some fables must belong to another 
recension than these four manuscripts. All these versions 
are from the Persian.* 

* The Tamil version has been translated by Alxhi-llah the Moonshee and 
published at Malaka [in 1835, 85 lithographed folio payes]. It is divided in 
the same way as the Panchatantra, and bears the title of ^A^J^J ^/-J . f A 



30 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

No. 39. See under No. 18. 
No. 40 (folio of 320 pages) contains the 
j*^w^. The hero is the son of a king of ^ in West Java. 
This king had two wives, the younger being Amas Ajcng, 
who bore him a son called <^_~J ^U^. She slanders the 
elder, making the king believe she had tried to poison 
him. The elder queen is defended by her son, who in 
consequence falls into disgrace, and is incarcerated. The 
queen herself is conducted into a forest to be killed, but 
the executioner, pitying her condition, leaves her in a 
grotto, where ^bj ^Lq supplies her wants. She is there 
delivered of a son, who receives the name of lr>! ,j~-y ^^ 
jz~*j&u*. The story ends in a strange and abrupt way, 
as if not finished. I do not think it probable that this 
composition is the same as that mentioned by BaJiru- 
ddm under the title +y~& ^ ^ f~* &l5se, which is deci- 
dedly a Panji tale. 

No. 41 contains a Malay translation of a Javanese 
Wnkon* It is a miserable composition, not readable 
without the Javanese original. 

No. 42 f and No. 64. Two copies of the c5ft LJLJl gti. 
This work has been published with a Dutch translation by 
P. P. Roorda van Eysinga (" Der Kroon der Koningen." 
Batavia. 1827). A great many quotations in Werndly's 
" Maleische Spraakkunst " are from a better manuscript 
than that used by Roorda van Eysinga. 

No. 43. See under No. 19. 

No. 44 (4to of 303 pages) contains the J&tf ^U &l&, 
a Panji tale ; the title is derived from a banner (tunggnl), 
the baneful influence of which occasioned a great mortality 
in the land,J being pulled up (c/iabut) by the hero. It 
opens with the god Naya Kasuma (see under No. 23) 

r.ew edition, by the writer of this account, appeared at Leiden in 1866; it 
has a valuable introduction, and philological and critical notes. A Dutch 
translation, by Klinkert, came out at Zalt-Bommel in 1871. See also de 
Hollander, 1. 1. p. 368; L. 1729, 1757; Bat. 184, 5.] 

Raffles' "History of Java," i. p. 745 sqq. "Tijdschrift voor Indisclic 
T?al- Land- en Volkenkunde" (Batavia, vol. vi. and vii.). 

4- See also Nos. 17 and 47 II. 

J Compare Cohen Stuart, 1. 1. p. 153. 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 3 1 

descending into the world, and taking the name of Mesa 
Pdrta Jaya Kdlana Baujdran. He becomes king of 
J\IajapaJiit, with the title Pdrabn Wira Kdrta, after having 
married the only daughter of the old king, who retired to 
do penance. His sons become kings of Knripan, Daha t 
Gagdlang, and Singasdri. In the course of the narrative 
Kdrtapati and CJianddrakirdna are again the most conspi- 
cuous characters. In his perambulations the said prince 
calls himself Ki-rmnang Panji WanJian* (?), and the 
princess of Daha, when leading the life of a penitent, 
assumes the name of ^jy>^ <^U*J jj| (compare under 
No. 25). The language of this tale is crowded with 
Javanese words and expressions. As humble pronoun of 
the first person, pun titiyang\ (the man) is here used as in 
the Balinese. 

No. 45. See under No. 23. 

No. 46 (large 4to of 306 pages) contains the &l=^ 
^Jjw* jjJ. The hero's father is Karma ludara, king of 
Kangsa Inddra. This king has heard of a certain white 
elephant, and orders Parba Indara to catch it. Parba 
Inddra, failing in executing the orders of his master, is 
discarded from the court, and leaves with his family. He 
arrives at a hamlet, where a Sheykh Jddld was living in 
religious solitude, and settles there. He afterwards begot 
there a daughter called Siti\ Mangdrna Lcla Chahya, 
with whom the new king, Pakdrma^ Raja, falls in love 
when coming accidentally to her father's hermitage. Siti 
Mangdrna is after due time delivered of a son, who is the 
hero of this tale. This prince leaves the residence, and 
rambles about to increase his knowledge of the world. In 
the course of his rambles he meets with the white elephant, 
who was a princess of the name of Lela Rdtna Kumdla, and 
had been transformed by a demon, of the name of Dewa 



* The manuscript : -.Y^} A Hikayat Mesa Kiramang is mentioned 
in the "Journal Asiatique," 1833, by Jaquet. 

f Compare the use of ulun as pronoun of first person, being the same as iihm 
(Lampong) and tihma (Malagasy spelling olomi) \vhich signify man, and 
ngivang (pronoun first person) and wtvang (man) in Kavi. 

The Arabic g % See under No. 12. 



32 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

Rdqsa Malik, out of spite, as he wanted her for his wife, 
but met with a refusal at her father's hands. Another 
copy of this tale is in the library of the India Office 
(No. 2,871, folio volume), 1 where the introduction is entirely 
different. According to the last words of that manuscript 
this tale goes also by the name of I^Jol ^+* g\j Sjl=* 

el? rA 

No. 47 (4to) contains : 

I. The^w^^jJ [;Jol <j^~ &K=*. The hero is a son 
of a king of Kuripan by Sakarba* a daughter of Indara, a 
king of Rating, who had made himself universal sovereign 
of the world (c*_>l^ ^^\ \j&^) ; having subjected the kings 
of Gujarat, Mogol, Abyssinia, MacJiulipatam, Bengal, &c., 
he sends a fleet to conquer Java, going himself thither 
with his sons through the air. Mesa Inddra Dciva 
Kdsuma opposes the conqueror. Amongst the places the 
Indian king besieged is Pajajdran, the king of which had 

o 

a son called Amas Tanduran, and two daughters, called 
Raden galuh Kuim'tda Rdsmi, and Raden galuh Dcwi 
Rina (?). The opening of this tale is anything but clear. 
It is besides crowded with Javanese expressions, as for 
instance, mdngambaJi jumantdra\ (to tread the air). 

II. (64 pages). Fragments of the c ^ r LXJI glS (see 
No. 42). 

III. (18 pages). o Jji J&u^ &&\ ^^j&tyu*. Another 
copy in No 62. This short tale about Muhammad's 
miracle of making the moon pass by halves through his 
sleeves, has been published by Robinson at the end of 
his " Principles to Elucidate the Malay Orthography." t 
There are a great many manuscripts of this legend.^ 

IV. (5 pages). ..XJ ^y <&K^. On the duties of a 
married woman, about which the heroine of this tale 

J [Now 210; B.M. i; Bat. 157, 158.] 

* Corruption of the Sanskrit Siiprabka. [See " Bataksch Leesboek," vol. 
iv., p. 115.] 

T The Sanskrit dyumantara. 

J P. 222 sqq. of the Dutch translation by E. Netscher [p. 181 of the original 
work]. 

( >ne in the possession of Mr. II. C. Millies at Utrecht, and another in mine 
(small 8vo, of 28 pages). 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 33 

consults the prophet* A copy is in the possession of 
Mr. H. C. Millies, where the proper name is spelt UJ^3. 

No. 48 (small 4to of 210 pages) contains the 3 QJZ* 
j^=>^JI ay&je* j*z&& ^J\ <-_aJaJ.f It is translated from 
the Arabic of Ibrahim Laqanl, by the Sheykh Shihabu-ddin, 
surnamed the Pilgrim, and son of 'Abdu-llah Muhammad, 
sumamed the Malay (^jWJl). 

No. 49 (4to of 56 pages).^ A poem, the title of which 
is uncertain. It contains the celebration of a king of 
Bintan, and the splendour of his palace, garden, &c. The 
first verses are : 



The last verses are : 




<^.. 0^ 



* It goes also by the name of &*Ju,v c^ 1 "^ ^i^^ according to de 
Hollander, 1. 1. p. 331, No. 14. [On the Makassar recension, see 
1. 1. No. 33, III.] 

t Another commentary on the same work is called, - yZ Jo i^Jl 



^ The lettering on the back of the cover (Karangan Banian] is wrong. 
Dulaurier infers from it that it is about the foundation of Bantam. 
The Arabic ^-s^* . 
SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. D 



34 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

No. 50 (small 4to of 96 pages) contains the 
^^IjJl i.e., the adventures of Tamlum-dddri, an inhabitant 
of Madlnah, and originally a Christian. It is taken from 
the t^l^aaJI pfc. He was carried off when bathing 
during the night, which the prophet had prohibited, by a 
spirit (jin) to the country of the genii, that were yet infidels, 
and stayed there seven years and four months. He meets 

in the course of his rambles with the Antichrist (Jlij), 
appearing in the form of a large bitch big with barking 
puppies, and becoming large when hearing bad reports 
about the Muslims, and small when they are favourable ; 
with female cannibals on a certain island, with the angels 
Jabardil and Mikail, and the prophet Hilir (^*oc*), who 
gives an explanation of the wonderful things Tamlm sees 
and cannot account for. He meets a bird, too, which 
gives him a delicious beverage out of its bill, and is no 
other than the bird of Ishdk, and leads the erring faithful 
upon the right way. He sees a man filling out of a pond 
a tub with the bottom off, being a usurer. On his return 
to this sublunary orb, he finds his wife re-married, and 
squabbles with her husband. ' Umar ()*-) could not 
settle the quarrel, as Tdmlm, not having shaved and 
pared his nails during his absence, looked quite another 
man, and was not recognized. 'All (<J^-) then recollects 
a communication from the prophet about a sign by which 
Tdmim could be identified, being a whitish spot as large 
as a ddrham behind the knee. 1 

No. 5 i . See under No. 1 9. 

No. 52 (4to of 140 pages) contains the e_j>b g^&Ke*. 
In the opening a king of Gunung bdrapi rantuw panjang 
tdbing bdrukir is introduced, called ^y> &U* jt?&^=>. He 
had forty wives, one of whom only, called Inddra Sort, 
became pregnant. Sending away the other thirty-nine 
on account of their sterility, he was cursed by them to have 

1 [L. 1719 and p. 178. A lithographed text edition appeared at Singapore, 
a. II. 1297. On the Makassar recension, see Mntthes, 1. 1. No. 10. Con- 
cerning 7'amini ibn AAsu-dd&ri, see Slane, " Ibn Khallikan's Bibliographical 
Dictionary," vol. ii. p. 21. ] 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 3 5 

a hog as a son. After a pregnancy of seven years the queen 
was delivered of a boar of a terrifying appearance, with tusks 
as yellow as a ripe plantain fruit* The king ordered his 
minister to throw his son into the woods, where the young 
hog conquered the king of the hogs, being assisted by a 
princess who was doing penance on the field of their 
contest. Having been victorious, he was bathed by that 
princess, and treated in her residence as her son. After 
taking leave of her, he is carried away by a ji/t, &c. 
This composition is replete with pantuns, and the text is 
not much corrupted. The language is genuine Malay as 
far as I have read it. After a great many adventures, 
the hero returns in a human shape to his father's residence, 
and is then called Inddra Btirma Kala. 1 
No. 5 3 (small 4to) contains : 

I. (98 pages)f the ^<~v*~4 d)K=*. It has been. 
published at Singapore (lithographed). 2 There are a great 
many manuscripts of this tale. The one in my possession 
has been vitiated by a Batavian transcriber, who has, for 
instance, changed ^iU~ into *.^^^ ! 

II. (26 pages) ^J j*&, ? It commences with exhor- 
tations to children, and is a miserable jingling of rhymes 
about a great many fishes, introduced in it as would-be 
poets. The composition may be serviceable in correcting 
the existing Malay Dictionaries in the wrong pronunciation. 
of fish-names. I possess a manuscript of it. 

No. 54 (small 4to of 293 pages) contains the &K=* 
^Uvs} A*=J . In the commencement there is a kind of 
summary, relating that the hero was harmed by a genius 
called ,q*&~ )^=> , that on his rambles he came upon 
Mount Langkdri Ratna, where he saw two princes of the 
genii, that he encountered the princesses Sakanda Kumdla 



1 [B.M. 1 8.] 

+ The lettering Angkasa Dewa is a mistake owing to the tale commencing 
with these words. % Si-miskin ("the poor one.") 

- [In 1857 and 1879; Bat - J 75 17&] 
3 [Printed at Batavia in 1865.] 

n 2 



36 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

Indara and Bumdya Inddra, fought the king Makiitcv 
Inddra on account of the first-named princess, and was 
thrown by order of that prince into the lake Inddra Sdtu- 
nang, where he was swallowed up by a serpent, in whose 
belly he met the princess Bdranta Maya ; and a great 
many other adventures of the same kind are told. The 
hero was the son of Sahfar Tsaf Inddra* king of Bu- 
rangga Dciua. In one of the chapters ,3^^ ^ is said 
to be king of a State situated in the cavern of Mount 
Dew a Rangga Inddra. 

No. 55. See under No. 9. 

No. 56 (4to of 412 pages ; on the cover Badiiilzaman 
Anak Hamzah). In the commencement are contained the 
adventures of ^^ 1 --^> sa ^ * ^ e ^ e son f Hamzah;\ 
then follow those of his father, and of 'Uniar Maya, with 
whose death it closes. Perhaps it is but a part of the 



No. 57 (4to of 332 pages) contains the l^Jol 

Manginddra CJmwdcJia, king of Inddra Pdr- 
changga, had two sons called Raja Shdhjohan Mangindara 
Rnpa and Raja TJiahir\ JoJian Shall. The king having 
dreamt of a wonderful musical instrument which sounded 
one hundred and ninety times when but once struck, and 
longing to have it, the two young princes go in quest of 
it. They are adopted by a ghost, of the name of ^Ju* gl;, ' 
who tells them where to find the wonderful instrument. 
He changes their names, calling the eldest prince Inddra 
Mahddcwa Sdqti, and the youngest Bisnu Dcwa Kainddra- 
an, surnamed Inddra Ldqsana. The brothers are separated 
afterwards, each of them achieving a great many stirring 
feats by the assistance of the jin, their adopted father. 
Extracts from this composition are to be found in 



t ()!' the &j4* <&=> de Hollander in his "Reader" (p. 82 sqq.) has 
published extracts; and another extract is to be found in Roorda van 
Jiy-si lira's " Beknopte Maleische Spraakkunst" (Breda, 1839), p. 102 sqq. 

1 [There is a MS. at Leiden, 1. 1. p. 178.] 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 3 7 

Marsden's "Malay Reader" at the end of his Grammar, 
according to a manuscript but slightly differing from this 
one, of which the lettering on the back of its cover, Indra 
Jayangan, is a mistake for Inddm Kiydngan, as the extracts 
published by Marsden have it. 
No. 5 8 (small 4to) contains : 

I. See under No. 31. 

II. (34 pages). ^5oU >a^ ^>^ &L&^ , which is a 
more elaborate version of this tale than that published by 
de Hollander (Breda, 1845), and corresponds more with 
that of the manuscript from which quotations are found 
in Roorda van Eysinga's " Maleisch-Nederduitsch Woor- 
denboek" (s. vv. /laram, haji, cldyuui, churi, khiyanat, 
kJicjiiali, darah, dapat, dakap, dandam, diri, ridla, rambut y 
zadaJi, saldsey, sdlam, sandscJiaya, swat, sayid, sisi, shetan, 
tsahib, pandey, and saJidya). In this manuscript the 
heroine's brother is called JJbU, <__^ . There was, and 
perhaps still is, also a MS. copy of this tale in the posses- 
sion of Mr. Frederick Muller, at Amsterdam. On the 
west coast of Sumatra the heroine goes by the name of 
Johor Malbgan, which name occurs in Bahruuddln's list too. 
Of the Sumatra version * I possess an incomplete copy. 

No. 59. See under No. 38. 

No. 60 (small 4to of 106 pages) contains the &Ks* 
^y* sU*.f Another copy is No. 66 (small 4to of 223 
pages). The hero, assuming in the course of his rambles 
the name of Indara Jaya, this very popular tale goes also 
by the name of <^U l^Jol djKsu . Part of it has been 
published by de Hollander in the first edition [and 
in the fifth from p. \pv to p. \6^] of his " Handleiding 
bij de beoefening der Maleische Taal- en Letterkunde,'* 

* About a Javanese version, see Raffles' " History of Java," i. p. 394 sqq. 
[L. 1691, 1727, 1777 ; Bat. 121-3. ^ ee d e Hollander, 1. 1. p. 351. An 
edition by the same appeared at Breda in 1845.] 

f The Persian pronunciation, sM-i mardan has occasioned the name 

^sl J w* :^Ar cited by van Hoevell in the annotations to the "Sair Bidasari." 
^^ \*> i 

On the west of Sumatra <%JV- &vw is pronounced sa-i alani ; hence confu- 
sion in the title of the dwarf deer between shd-i 'a/am di riinba and shaykh 
*(] lain di riinba,. 



3 8 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

p. nv-lTl- It is also called after the hero's father, 
& S^ f& * ^^^ * fc ^ s men tioned by Leyden 
(" Asiatic Researches," x.) under the title Hikayet Biker- 
madi(tya). A translated extract about the creation of 
the world is to be found in No. 60 of the " Indo-Chinese 
Gleaner." A copy, too, is found in a volume, containing 
the Hikayat Palanduk Jdnaka, belonging to the library of 
the India Office (No. 2673 ?). I possess a manuscript 
copy of it of 38 pages folio. 1 

No. 6 1 (small /j.to. of 150 pages) contains the &lt* 
^Jl ^j~** (sJiamsUr-lbarri). The hero, called "the sun 
of the earth," f is the son of Ddrma Dikdra, king of 
Paruwa Chnkdra Nagara in Hindustan. His name he 
owes to his being predestined to be a powerful king, ruling 
over the earth and sea, whence he was surnamed " the 
moon of the sea." J When twelve years old he was 
carried off by an infidel jin, in consequence of which he 
had a great many adventures before he returned home. 
On his return he succeeds his father with the title of 
Sultan Qamru-lbahrin. 

No. 62 (quarto) contains : 

I. See under No. 16. 

II. See under No. 49, III. 

III. (About 60 pages) JjL~ <-T~}.J~> - It contains one 
thousand questions put to Muhammad by a learned Jew 
of the Khaybar tribe. Having been answered by the 
prophet satisfactorily, a great many Jews of the said tribe 
embrace the Islam. It is translated from the Persian. 
A manuscript of this composition (small 4to of 156 
pages) I saw at Barus in the possession of the Tuwanku 
of Sigambo-gambo. A copy is also in the possession of 
Prof. H. C. Millies at Utrecht. It is a very interesting 
work, and reproduces the popular belief of the Malays 



* Wikramaditya. No. 60 has ,5 s 

1 [I-O. 373; B.M. 14; L. 1733; Bat. 149, 150, 151. There is a Makassar 
recension, 1. 1. No. n. See de Hollander, 1. 1. p. 347 f.] 

t The manuscript explains the Arabic name by artina matahari di darat. 
v*3* explained by bulan yang dit&pi Idut. 



MALAY MANUSCRIPTS. 39 

about a great many questions of the Muhammadan faith. 
The orthodox priests condemn it as well as the 



IV. (8 pages) ^ ^j J 5&.L* ^y <OJ) 

Moses' ascent on Mount Sinai. 

V. (5 pages) )\ <ul?U &l=* is a tract about the 
duties of a married woman, expounded by the prophet to 
his daughter. A copy of it is in the possession of Prof. 
H. C. Millies at Utrecht. 2 

VI. (6 pages) jZj^j} <*M1 Jj~^ 3t^=^- The prophet is 
shaved by Gabriel, and his hair gathered by the celestial 
nymphs for the purpose of making amulets of them. 
Published at Batavia (1853, m I2mo, Lange and Co.). 8 

No. 63 (4to of 349 pages ; on the cover, Raja 'adil\ 
It contains the ^^i=s? &lc*.* The wrong lettering is 
owing to the commencement, where a just king (Raja 
'ddil) whose name is not mentioned, is forced to flee from 
his dominions, and is afterwards made captive by an 
unjust king. This MS. however, contains another version 
than that from which de Hollander has given extracts in 
his "Reader" (p. 131 sqq.) and transliterated in his "Hand- 
leiding tot de Kennis der Maleische Taal " (Breda, 1845). 
The name of the person who found the child of which 
the queen was delivered during her flight with her con- 
sort, and which she was forced to leave, is here ^Jw^. 
The last tale in this manuscript is the story of Solomon 
and the Queen of Saba.f The text is pretty good, 
but occasionally corrupted. The introduction especially 
differs widely from that of other versions I know. I 
possess a copy (folio of 50 pages), wherein the number 
of tales told by Bakhtiydr amounts to nine. Its version 

1 [Bat. 82-86 ; Leiden, 1. 1. p. 178. Lithographed at Singapore in 1879.] 
[L. 1744 ; Bat. 94.] 

3 [L. 1720; Makassar version, Matthes, 1. 1. No. 32.] 

* The Persian original was translated by Lescalier (" Bakhiiyar, ou le 
Favori de la Fortune." Paris, 1805). 

t Of this story there is an elaborate novel on the west coast of Sumatra, 
where it is called ,j~jUj i^jZi &\&* . I possess three manuscripts of it, 
all written in the Menangkabovv dialect. [An edition of it, with translation 
and notes, by Mr. D. Gerth van Wijk, appeared in the xli. vol. of the 
" Verhandelingen van het Batav. Genootschap.''] 



40 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

differs from that of de Hollander's text. This tale goes 
also by the name of -1^)1 ajKs^ , t^s- &A\j <sjl5vs* (from 
the name of the hero's father), and according to de 
Hollander, also ^A^ 3i\s, which last name, found in the 
Leiden MSS., is by far not so popular, and does not 
convey an idea about its contents. 1 

No. 64. See under No. 42. 

No. 65 (small 4to of 152 pages) contains the 
^jjyM j*&, a poem the plot of which is taken from the 
Javanese. It belongs to the Panji tales* relating the 
adventures of Panji and Angarcni, daughter of \hcpati7i, 
with whom he fell in love after having been betrothed 
to Sckar Taji, the princess of Kadiri. His father ordered 
Angdrcni to be killed when Panji was absent, having 
gone in quest of game.t This composition proves to be 
the story which has suggested the plot of the ^ ^* 
g&>j*4$ (see under No. 7). This manuscript breaks off 
abruptly, and is to such an extent replete with Javanese 
words, that a Malay would not understand it. 

No. 66. See under No. 60. 

1 [L. 1718, 1723, 1750; Bat. 132-4, 179. Printed at Batavia in 1880. 
Makassar translation, ap. Matthes, 1. 1., No. 89.] 

* Other tales belonging to this cyclus, and not existing in this collection, 
are i. t>)~*& PrriW> f~~* ^i^^ (jayeng kdmrna is Javenese, and means 

"victorious on the battle field," and is often changed in Malay into Jaya 
Kasiuna), from which quotations are to be found in van Hoevell's annotations 
(p. 301, 326, 334, 362, 363, and 374). n. ^ \y$ }+, >~*~- ~3 &Kr> 
(after an assumed name of Chandarakirana, when dressing as a male, and 
roving about to subject the States she came upon). in. 

(No. 2,602, India Office). 2 iv. \j jj ^ ajr> (?) 




v. 



~-jJ> j+.~* dj^(.see under No. 40). vn. (see II. under No. 

7). vili.^l^jij 45^ ^i^^ (a translation of which into Mangkasar is to 
be found in Mattlies's " Makassaarsche Chresthomathie"). There are more tales 
belonging to this cyclus, as may be inferred from some manuscripts in the 
British Museum. 

2 [Now No. 69. See the account of it, 1. 1. p. 389.] 

t The plot does not differ materially from that of the tale of which Mr. 
Taco Roorda has given an elaborate analvsis (see Lotgcvallen van Raden 
Pandji in the " Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van N.I." 
Vol. vii. Nieuwe Volgreeks). Compare also Raffles' " History of Java," ii. 88. 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. . .\ i 



No. 67. ^U ^b 41^- Published by Dulaurier in 
his " Chroniques Malayes." A list of countries dependent 
on Majapahit, found in this manuscript, is published by 
the same in the "Journal Asiatique'' for 1846. 

No. 68. See under No. 18. 

No. 69 (small 4to of 128 pages). According to the 
lettering on the back of the cover, the title would be 
ty~J ;jl J~ J^ J&J1 c_ib. It is an ethic work, 
laying down rules for ministers and great functionaries as 
to their conduct when officiating. It is illustrated by 
tales. In the commencement the manuscript says that 
the tale came from Sultan Aliyu-ddm Shah, son of 
Mansur S/ta/i, king of Pdtani. On page 10 there is a 
story about the sagacity of the dwarf-deer (palanduk*) 
settling a contest between an alligator and a young man 
about the propriety of the alligator eating the young man, 
who had delivered it when about to die on the dry land. 
The last tale is about a Sultan Al-alam Shah. 

No. 70 (small 4to) contains : 

I. (186 pages). The seventh book of the ^lx~J 
^yJ^lsJI , an ethic work illustrated by a great many tales. 
According to the last words of this manuscript, the 
whole work is divided into seven books. On p. 163 the 
narrative about Siti 'Abasah (see No. 76) is found. 

II. (8 pages). A small collection of tales,t belonging 
most probably to a larger composition (to I. ?). The 
first tale is about Moses and Qdrun, who bribed a preg- 
nant woman to say that Moses had committed adultery 
with her. The second is about a certain $k trying to 



* The ^^s *Ju3 cut* , two copies of which are in the Library 
of the India Office (Nos. 3,049 and 2,603 [now Nos. 67, 96, and 373. A 
text edition was brought out by N. C. Klinkert at Leiden in 1885]), has a great 
similarity with the European tale about Reynard the fox. (See " Kort Verslag 
der Maleische Handschriften van het E. I. House te Loriden.") The/dUtaufoe 
acts in the Indian Archipelago the part that the fox acts with us. 

t Such small collections of tales, the title of which is either arbitrary, or not 

to be fixed from the contents, are often found in the possession of the poor, 

who cannot afford to buy manuscripts of the extent of the Bustdmt-ssaldthtn, 

Taju-ssaldthin, and the like. A collection of the same kind is the 

V^nj **$ in Xo. 2,603 (Library of the India Office). 



42 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

outstrip Moses by the force of his penance. The third 
is about Moses' death. The fourth is about a woman 
called dJ^JjJI fcuJj getting ten-fold back what she had 
given to the poor. The fifth is about a man of the 
name of ^~~ ^1^ seeing the mercy of God to the just. 

No. 71. See under No. 38. 

No. 72 (small 4to of 44 pages ; on the back of the 
cover, Kitab rasnl). It contains the < Ji- gbW** 
another version of the " Story of King Skull "* g)j 
the plot being the same as that of the 
_jlv*J f There are a great many copies of this tale. 
Prof. H. C. Millies at Utrecht, possesses a copy (small 
8vo) bearing the title sUv^b J^- ^Ks> (the Persian/ is 
here strange). Of the story of King Skull there is a 
copy in the India Office, being the third tale in the 
J^ij ^.J djKs> (No. 2,6o3). 1 I myself possess two copies 
of it (one evidently mutilated by a Batavian transcriber). 

No. 73. See No. 4. 

No. 74 (small 4to) contains ; 

I. Laws of Malaka, Johor, and Salangor. 

II. (n pages). See IV. of No. 33. 

III. (i page). Receipts, commencing with that 
against a kind of leprosy. 

IV. (10 pages). See V. of No. 33. 

V. (8 pages). See VI. of No. 33. 

VI. Fragments of a religious work. On the last 
pages are found coloured tables representing the five 
ominous times (belonging to V.) 

No. 75 (small 4to ; on the cover, iindang undang) con- 
tains : 

I. (6 pages). A fragment from a law book. The 
first chapter is about people having plantations and 
neglecting to fence them. 

II. A fragment from some work on Muhammadan 

*' Translated, " Asiatic Journal," 1823. 

t Edited by Fraissinet under the title of " Geschiedenis van Vorst Bispoe 
Kadja" (Jircda, 1849). 
1 [Now 96; L. 1781 ; Bat. 106-109.] 



MALAY MANUSCRIPTS. 45 

law, commencing with the rules about selling and buying 
( -j), and ending with the law of inheritance (^/\y>). 

III. (2 pages). A fragment from an Arabic work on 
law with Malay interlinear translation. 

IV. (15 pages). An Arabic-Malay Dictionary. 
Under each Arabic word the corresponding Malay is 
written. The last seven pages are not filled up with the 
Malay. I possess a complete copy, and a fragment of 
another work of the same kind. 

No. 76 (small 4to) contains : 

I. See under No. 18. 

II. (9 pages). <u*L.. ~z~* &K^. It is properly but a 

tale taken from the ^^UJI c)^^ (* No - 7) but often 
found separately. Two copies are in my possession 
(small 4to of 20 pages, and small 8vo of 24 pages). 

III. (23 pages). A fragment from a work on religious 
observances, commencing with the sacrifices (^1^3). 

IV. (small 8vo of 13 pages). Fragments of a work 
containing Malay laws, and commencing with goods found 
on the road. 

No. 77 (small 4to) contains : 

I. (4 pages). &M ^^ <^Ju* j*J~. 

II. (6 1 pages). Maritime laws. 

III. (20 pages). Orders issued by Sultan Ahmad 
Tdjuddln Hallm Shah of Kddah (sJo), some of which 
refer to the suppression of piracy (Muh. year 1133). 

No. 78 (small 4to) contains: 

I. (62 pages) <^Uj vi ( j^^s>\ y ^*^. A poem, cele- 
brating the conquest of Java by the English forces under 
Lord Minto. The first words are : 



It closes with the description of a market, and teems with 
Batavian Malay words. 

* The Dutch Maarschalk (Marshal). 

t Meester Cornells is the name ot a district of Batavia, where there are 
barracks. 



44 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

II. (2 pages) &]ji ^AJ^ j*&. A short love-letter* in 
verses, of which the following lines may serve as a 
specimen : 



j 

No. 79 (small 4to) contains : 

I. (46 pages) the laudatory terms Malay letters com- 
mence with, varying according to the rank of the person 
addressed. The specimens given here are nearly all in 
Arabic (continued in III.) 

II. (7 pages). Fragments of a Muhammadan law work 
containing the fines to be paid for wounds inflicted. The 

\Ui^ is here explained by JJ> ^^o <tfj3 <j~^ * f^\ 
\lj ^j~> <__ -J ^>lj. Each of the Arabic law terms is 
explained by a Malay phrase written under it, and con- 
taining the amount of the fine ; an example will suffice : 
(wound touching the pericranium) is explained by: 

* Jo 



III. (49 pages) continuation of I. It closes with the 
model of a letter to the Dutch Governor-General and the 
Dutch India counsellors (Raden van Indie). I. and III. 
are consequently fragments from the kit ah tarasitl, a book 
in which precepts are laid down how to write letters.! 

IV. (7 pages) c^laJ! *\SL~, d)L; (a figurative title, "the 
physic of hearts "). The author calls himself Nuni-ddui 
Ibn 'All Ibn Hasanjl Ibn Muhammad Hauudi\ This is 

* In No. 2,609 (India Office) there is a love-letter, the title of which is yet 
to be ascertained. Its commencing verses are : 



jo j| 

ij 
It contains 18 pages. 

t See Newbold, ii. 338, and Matthes, " Makassaarsch Woordcnboek," 
j. v. tnrasolo.] 

. (See about this author, Note I in the Appendix. ) 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 45 

a treatise about the sense to be attached to the word 
&jli. He composed it, he says, in order to combat 
those that entertain wrong opinions about the nature of 
God. 

V. (8 pages). A tract, the title of which I could not 
ascertain without reading it through. It begins with 
stating the best time for building a house, and contracting 
a marriage, and closes with a recommendation of forbear- 
ance towards a slave, even when guilty. It is addressed 
to 'AH (^^^\ eac h article ending with ^- b, 

VI. (2 pages). Questions and answers about the sense 
of ~wJLo (testimony), perhaps belonging to IV. 

VII. (9 pages). <0y jA &LO ^f^ ^ &\~>} A tract 
on the qualities of God. 

VIII. (34 pages), jl&^l SJ^a^ .* This treatise is 
divided into two introductory chapters (px&), four books 
(c_>lj), and one concluding chapter 

The first introductory chapter : 



The second introductory chapter : 
The first book : 
The second book : 
The third book : 
The fourth book 
IX. (15 pages). Arabic fragment from a commentary 
on the Qur'an, with Malay translation. 
No. 80. See under No. 18. 

B. FARQUHAR COLLECTION. f 

No. i (small 4to of 5 I pages ; within, Chcrita Siiltan 
Iskander}. It contains a pretty good copy of the 



* It is translated by jljl^S 1 -j&v* ^^^ ^ note ^ ^ ie transcriber calls 
the author ^l jj 1 ^y -i^Cj (the same as the author of IV. ?) 

f The manuscripts of this collection were not numbered. I have put numbers 
on them in nccordance with the list Dulaurier gave of them, with the exception 
of two volumes he did not examine. 



4 6 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 



]j commencing with what is reserved for the 
Sovereign. The seventeenth chapter is about people 
going to hunt. 1 

No. 2 (small 4to of 202 pages ; imperfect at the end). 
It contains the ^y^l ) ^AxCJ g\j &K& . The last 
pages give the history of the defeat by Alexander of a 
king who was a worshipper of the sun. A small extract 
from this tale is to be found in Roorda van Eysinga's 
" Malay Reader" at the end of his " Beknopte Maleische 
Spraakkunst" (Breda, 1839), pp. 120-123 ; and innumer- 
able quotations from it are to be found in Werndly's 
" Maleische Spraakkunst," and in Roorda van Eysinga's 
" Mai. Nederduitsch Woordenboek ;" some also in van 
Hoevell's " Aant. op de Sair Bidasari." 2 

No. 3 (small 4to of 1 7 5 pages) y>j} ^j <^^ J*^ 

.^.c^ ^^ , relating the war of the Dutch Company with 

the Chinese, and the well-known murder of the Chinamen 

of Batavia under Valkenier. It is translated from the 

Javanese. 

No. 4 (small 4to of 80 pages) 

This interesting work was composed at the request of the 
Sefior Gornador ^^jj'at Malaka in the Muhammadan 
year 1 193. It is an account of Malay observances during 
the pregnancy of the wives of chiefs, the birth of their 
children, &c. After the introduction it continues thus : 



UK On p. 71 there is an 
elaborate description of the bier of a king. 

No. 5. See No. 18 of the Raffles' Collection. 

No. 6 (small 8vo) contains : 

I. (17 pages). An erotic poem, the title of which I 
could not ascertain. The first verses are : 



1 [B.M. 20.] 

2 [L. 



2 [L. 1696, and at p. 178; Bat. 112, 113; a Makassar translation, ap. 
Matthes, 1. 1. No. 87.] 

3 De Bruijn ? 



MALAY MANUSCRIPTS. 47 



And the last : 



II. (14 pages). A love-letter in verse. The last verses 
are literally the same as those on the two last pages of II. 
of No. 9, commencing with 



The last verses are : 



III. (i i pages). The same as I. of No. 9. 

IV. (27 pages). According to the end the title is 
ta. The beginning verses are literally the same 

as those of II. of No. 9. 

V. (23 pages). A poem without title commencing: 



The last words are : 

v^;L. t^U^ ^y ^^ 

^s > >l^t> 



No. 6^ (small 4to) contains : 

I. (14 pages). The same as I. of No. 6. 

II. (19 pages). A love-letter in verses. The last 
verses are : 



48 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 



No. 7 (small Svo of 5 5 pages). According to the end 
the title should be ^^ g)j <5^ ^^ )*> It is a 
tragic love-story, as the hero dies.* 

No. 7* (small Svo of 55 pages). Another copy of 
No. 7. 

No. 8 (small 4to of 175 pages, imperfect at the end ; 
within : " Presented by Colonel W. M. G. Colebrooke, 
6th July, 1832"), contains the &JJv&J! ajJjJ .f The Malay 
author calls himself Muhammad sayn& son of Jalalu-ddm y 
an Achinese of the Shafi-'i sect. A quotation from this 
composition is to be found in van Hoe'vell's annotations 
on the " Sair Bidasari," p. 378, where he cites p. 983 
of the manuscript. The author of this work says, that he 
took the subject from the ^^fcl^Jl II of Abu 'Abdillah 
Muhammad ben Yusuf Assanusl Alhasani. 

No. 9 (small 4to) contains : 

I. (17 pages) c^i j** , A poem where flowers are 

introduced singing pantuns, in this way : 



* On page 45 we find : 



txsv*^ (frequent spelling of the Ar. gyc*) mcrat, is in poetry used for 

"to die," of princely persons whose disease is compared to an ascension to 
heaven. 

f Also mentioned in Bahru-ddln's list. 

lie is the author also of a Malay work called ^-J ,q3 jl^j) t Q.;^ 
+] yc*\ & w-j^J JSA- d-jjJ) (a copy of which I saw at Batavia, small 410, 
of about 30 pages). [See Van den Berg's " Verslag," p. 7, No. 36.] 

Nila-utdma, name of a celestial nymph ("Tobasche Spraakkunst," 30, 
VII. /;). 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 49 



II. (7 pages). A collection of pantuns, commencing 
with : 

s*J ^ US; 



(See No. 6, II.) 

No. 10 (small 4to of 53 pages). 



c, . This work deserves being published ; its language 
is pure, and the text, as far as I have examined it, not 
corrupted. 

NOTE i. 
About the Author of IV. of No. 79 (Raffles Collection). 



The author, who calls himself also ^^-Jl^Jl , from Rdnlr, 
the place where he lived (U&w**), composed, besides the 

JJ ^UwJ (No. 17), also the following works: 
I. (No. 39, large 4to, India Office at Batavia) 



II. (No. 3, small 4to, India Office at Batavia) 
3 c/ 1 c 



III. (No. 24, Library of the India Office at Batavia) 
vJ^-^l? C^^ ^>*^* ^ ^LJ^I j\j~\ , commenced under 
Iskandar II. 'Ala uddin, and finished under the queen 
Tdju-Palam Tsafiyatu-ddln? 

IV. (No. 14, Library of the India Office at Batavia) 



1 [Van den Berg, 1. 1. p. 8, No. 40.] 3 [/*., p. 3, No. 10.] 

SECOND SF.RIES. VOL. II. E 



50 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

V. c^b ~1 



composed by order of 'Sultan Muqul 
Mardyat S/id/i* against the tenets of the Pantheistical 
sect, the followers of which were put to death by the said 
king of Achih, their books being burnt before the mosque 
Bcyturrahman. I saw a copy of this work at Barus 
(small 4to of 40 pages), from which I took this notice. 

VI. &> aJL^ ^j] <u^lo J1=JI ^$f> <> &^J 
^ ^yL.1 i ^J pjb i$f- o^^-i a refutation of 
Shamsu-ddiris heretical tenets (cf. VII.). 

VII. 



J C*J> 

Ai c) 4 ^ c^^ 1 ' composed under queen Tdju-l- 
'dlam Tsafiyatu-ddln SJiah,\ daughter of Sultan Iskandar 
Muda Johan bardowlat, son of Sultan 'Aid u-ddin 'All 
Ri-dyat Shah, son of Sultan Farmdn Shah, son of Sultan 
Mutlafar\ S/id/i, son of Sultan 'Indyat Shah. It is divided 
into two books, the first giving an account of the religions 
from Adam till Muhammad, and the second summing up 
the heterodox tenets of several Muhammadan sects. The 
purpose of the author was to combat the opinions of 
Shamsuddln of Pasey and his followers. A copy in 
small 4to (of 72 pages) is in my possession. 

VIII. c^UJI JaOJ &LJI C U A fragment of this 
work is found in a manuscript belonging to the Batavian 
Society (No. 5 5 ?). 

0> -> 

IX. ^Jo^l jjJ ^iJs*=Jl &a=*. A copy of this work 
exists in the Library of the Batavian Society (No. ?).l 



t atfc, 

j| Jsu^J as the Arabic introduction has. Shamatara is an Arabic 



corruption of Samuddra, the ancient name of Pasey, which occasioned the 
whole island to be called by the Portuguese, who sailed with Arabic pilots, 
Sumatra, a name with which natives, not used to mix with Europeans, are not 
acquainted. 

H X. ^JbUv*JI Ll^-o. See Roorda van Eysinga's "Indie," III. I, 
pp. 413-435 [and Van deu Berg, 1. 1. p. I, No. 3.] 






MALAY MANUSCRIPTS. 51 

Most of these works are directed against the popular 
writings of HamzaJi of Barns* and the above-named 
Shamsu-ddin of Pasey. The works of Hamzah are, as 
far as I know : 

I. g*)\sb\ )\y~, 1. I saw a copy of this at Barus 
(small 8vo of 24 pages). I read only the preface, which 
says, that it is an abridgement of a greater work of the 
same name and by the same author ; and that there are 
three works of this name, the two already mentioned, the 
large and the abridged one, and one treating on <$&> , 
^5^1^ and ^j&ju*. This is all I could read, as the 
owner would not lend it me even for a day. 

II. <^M ;>c-~ j*&> an allegorical poem/f wherein the 
soul of man is spoken of as that of a bird (kalow tdrbagn 
siburung pingcy, 'aldmat badan di makan ulat, if the 
pingey flies away, it is a sign that the body will be eaten 
by the worms). 

III. &\y> j*. An allegorical poem, wherein mankind 
is spoken of as a vessel tossing about on the waves. A 
small fragment is in my possession. 

IV. }*> gV~ j** . A copy is in my possession 
(small 4to of 14 pages). It is also an allegorical poem, 
speaking of mankind as forlorn and indigent. 

V. ^la*~J1 .qUtfJl j~$\ < &&, a short exposition of 
God's nature, qualities, and works. Werndly knew it 
(see his "Boekzaal," p. 354). It is quoted in the second 
book of the Tabydn (see above, in the specification of 
Ranir's writings, No. VII.) as a book deserving to be 
burnt. \ 

^^jA^uJu! Fantsur being the ancient name of Barus [see above, 
vol. i. p. 164]; hence the Barus camphor *lj >*^") * s ca ^ e ^ in- Arabic 



t The poems of Hamzah were yet much read in Valentyn's time, but that 
he was a native of Barus that author did not know (see " Beschrijving van 
Sumatra," p. 21). 

J The other books, the author of the Tabydn speaks of in this way are the 
1 the &*&. the 



the d-JJ M and the 

E 2 



52 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 

VI. ^o j^w ^UeJ^. Jj cs^-" <-r*^- It is men- 
tioned in the Tabyan, and seems to be an exposition of 
the sayings of the prophet. 

VII. j&\ j j*& . A fragment is in my possession. It 
has the same tendency as No. III. 

The works of Shamsu-ddln * of Pasey are : 



^ . It is cited in the second book of the 
Tdbydn. A badly mutilated copy is in the Leyden 
University Library (No. 1,332). The Sultan in whose 
reign it was composed is there only called u^L* t>j^y* 

II. <^jj*ojJd\ &y*z* ^q^^O CJ*^ ^ saw a ^ P a ^ang a 
copy (8vo of 1 6 pages), but the owner would not part 
with it. It is a commentary on the anything but trans- 
parent poems of HamzaJi of Barns. 

III. ^^Jl i\j+. Werndly (" Maleische Boekzaal") 
knew it, and says of it, that it is divided into 211 questions 
and answers, explaining the principal religious terms. In 
the preface to his " Grammar " a small quotation from 
this work is given. 

NOTE 2. 

TJie Manuscripts of tJie India Office not mentioned in my 

" Kort Verslag der Maleische Handschriften van 

het E. I. House te Louden? 



1. ^ gVjl^ ^K=*. (See No. 15 of the Raffles 
Collection.) 

2. Another copy of the ^U ^!JCL &y> &\A . (See 
No. 2 of the Raffles' Collection.) 



* He calls himself sometimes <OJIj^- j| . lie seems to have lived 
at Achih (Ar. 6^\ ). A namesake of his is cUs^ $ U I ^.jJ l^^a-iv 
<OJI \*CL9 ^j|, and is cited as the author of the above-mentioned cCj^l* 
11 .J1. 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 53 

3. ^JsxS^.4.^ (17 pages in No. 2,906,* 4to). Arabic 
with an interlinear Malay translation. It contains the 
first precepts of the Islam in questions and answers. The 
commencement is : " If people enquire of you : ' What is 
the iman f ' the answer is : ' I believe in God/ " &c. The 
author is p+>\J\ ^\ yc* ^\ ^ VX^SK* <^-JM f\, sur- 
named of Samarqand (^JjJj^vJl). This little book 
goes universally by the name of Samarqandl. Copies 
with an interlinear Javanese translation t are numerous 
in the west of Java. A commentary on it (,5^ Cj^* 
^JvxSj^vJJ) is in the Library of the Batavian Society 
{No. 29) ; it has an interlinear Javanese translation. 
Two copies in Sundanese are in my possession, one of 
which is in the Arabic character. 

4. (No. 2,672, folio) contains : 

I. (133 pages). Another copy of the <j-U) ^W- fA* 
It is of the same version as the other manuscript (No. 
2,610). 

II. (127 pages). Another copy of the J}^ <k\=* 
^-Xws^ (or il^3 c;U djK=> , so called after a miraculous 
chopping-knife the hero was possessed of). It seems to 
belong to the same recension as No. 2,877.+ 

AMSTERDAM, November 25, 1865. 



* The other 51 pages of this volume contain: (i) the several positions of 
the body when praying ; (2) the application of the five letters of J**^J I 
to the five obligatory prayers ; (3) the formulas of prayers for the dead ; and 
{4) on marriage (^^J AZ\ 

f A copy is in the Library of the Batavian Society (No. 26). 

There may be other Malay manuscripts in the Library of the India Office 
which I have overlooked, the Persian, Arabic, ram Malay manuscripts being 
mingled together. I am in hopes the deficiencies in this notice may be filled 
up by other scholars, who will also call attention to the many valuable Malay 
manuscripts in the Libraries of London. A New Malay Chrestomathy is 
urgently needed at the present time, as those published by Marsden, Meursinge, 
and de Hollander, are anything but trustworthy, each of the texts they contain 
having been taken from a single manuscript only. It is only by a careful com- 
parison of many that a text can be furnished which may be depended upon by 
persons desiroXis of obtaining an adequate idea of the grammatical structure of 
the Malay language, and reluctant to trust the assertions of those who pretend 
that Malay is devoid of grammar. 



54 THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY'S 



NOTE 3. 1 

The proper name si-lindiing dalima (Raffles Coll., 
No. 7, III.) had better be taken to mean "she who excels 
the granate-apple in beauty." Thus we have in Menang- 
kabau tales the name of a princess si-lindnng bnlan, "who 
surpasses the moon in radiance" (compare the Batak 
name nan-chilok mata ni ari, " Miss Sun-stealer," see 
" Bataksch Leesboek," IV. p. I 5 7). In the prose edition 
of the poem, the heroine of which goes by the name of 
j*J J cJcJu- , the proper name ^J^ 9^v also occurs 
(p. i 5 of the I.O. MS.) ; the heroine's father is there called 
Dewa Laqsana, who had transformed himself into a 
granate-apple which, being eaten up by Sari Buniyan, 
became the cause of her pregnancy. 

NOTE 4. 
To Raffles Collection, No. 62, V. 

Mr. Engelmann informs me that there is also a 
Sundanese recension of this work, a copy of which (small 
4to, 36 leaves) is in his possession. In it the prophet's 
advice is not only given to his daughter Fdtimah, but 
also to another female whom he calls Mnrtasiyah. I 
suspect that this proper name is nothing but the feminine 

C J 

of ^cfbSy* (a cognomen of Fatimah's husband l Alt\ so 
that the second female recurring in the Sundanese 
recension has got in through misunderstanding. It is 
worth noting that <j& has become s, since this consonant 
is pronounced / both in Sundanese and Javanese (e.g.,. 
vialarat i.q. Arabic yu). But as ^ is pronounced 
as a sibilant by the Persians and Indian Muhammedans, 
it is not improbable that the Sundanese redaction was 
subject to Kling or Bengali influence. The forming of 
female proper names by means of the termination ah is a 

1 [The following additional Notes (3-10) .ire found in the Dutch translation* 
of this " Account." See the note at the beginning of this article.] 



MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 55 

well-known fact.* May not the Malay word rubiyah be 
explained as formed from ^) (my lord), as the Malays 
generally know so little of Arabic that it could not well 

* 

occur to them that ^j is properly used only in reference 
to God ? On the west coast of Sumatra they call rubiyah 
a female who keeps the five prescribed prayers (j^^^ 
jj&yi), reads the Koran, and, in short, lives in the fear of 
the Lord, while strangely enough ! mande (mother) 
rubiyah, is a nickname for a procuress, or the keeper of a 
house of ill-fame. The name d*-J; (Raffles Coll., No. 
70, II.) appears to convey an illusion to rubiyah. The 

usual cognomen of Fatimah in Malay is lyb^l ; hence 
they say of an unchaste woman : *J 



NOTE 5. 

Ad No. 79, II., and No. 77, III. 
On aJ^S for &j see the "Annotation to Panjatandaran" 



(Leiden, 1866), p. xxii. 

NOTE 6. 
Ad Raffles Coll., No. 2. 

Mr. Cohen Stuart informs me that from an interpreta- 
tion given him by a Balinese, he has also been led to 
correct bisuwa into bkishawa a reading which I had 
already suggested in my pamphlet, " Taco Roorda's beoe- 
fening van't Javaansch bekeken" (p. 22, note 2). 

NOTE 7. 
Ad Raffles Coll, No. 7, II. 

Concerning inu compare vol. iv. of the "Bataksch 
Leesboek," p. 213. 

* The Javanese from Bulkiyah (for Bulqis] is probably due to a Menang- 
kabau form Bulkik (cf. "Tobasche Spraakkunst," p. 50). 



56 MALA Y MANUSCRIPTS. 

NOTE 8. 
Ad Raffles Coll., No. 14. 

Rawi sarangga, as one of the names of Panji, must 
mean "ray of the sun," and have been chosen as a 
pendant to ckandrakirana> " ray of the moon," the cog- 
nomen of his betrothed. Compare in Batak the use of 
bulan or mata ni bulan for a daughter, and of mata ni ari 
for a son. Sarangga must be a corruption of sdrangga, 
" light," so that rawisarangga literally means " sunlight." 

NOTE 9. 
Ad Raffles Coll., No. 30. 

Chi-rebon is Sundanese, and originally the name of a 
river. The Javanese, not understanding its meaning, 
have changed the word into Cherbon, Chrebon. 

NOTE 10. 
Ad Raffles Coll, No. 65, note. 

Jayeng kasuma has been rendered according to native 
ideas (jayeng kusuma being, i.q., jayeng sekar). On this 
subject I owe to Mr. Cohen Stuart the following interest- 
ing note : " I would rather think of a real field or 
meadow, than of a battle-field, and take kusuma in the 
sense of a woman (see 'Bataksch Leesboek,' vol. iv. 
p. 127, note 2). Such terms of honour, taken from love 
conquests, are not unknown in Java ; I have known at 
Solo a certain Jayeng Resmi * (' conqueror in love '), 
Jayeng Rana (the last word in the sense of pudendum 
, &c." 



* Resmi, however, must mean "beauty," and not "love ;" see "Tobasche 
Spraakkunst," p. 52, note 2. 

t In Malay rana ( ,\|^) means " a princess," and is a corruption of ratna 
(M.,P. 50. 



JOURNEY TO GUNONG BENKO. 57 

IX.* 

MEMORANDUM OF A JOURNEY TO THE 
SUMMIT OF GUNONG BENKO,! 

OR THE SUGAR LOAF MOUNTAIN IN THE INTERIOR OF 
BENCOOLEN. 2 

["Malayan Miscellanies," vol. ii. (Bencoolen), 1822, pp. i-n.] 

THIS mountain, which stands detached from the regular range of 
hills, forms, by its peculiar and remarkable shape, an excellent 
landmark on this part of the coast. It lies about 18 miles N.E. 
of Bencoolen, but its exact position and distance had never been 
correctly ascertained. Two attempts had been made by Euro- 
peans to ascend the mountain, but without success, and a general 
impression prevailed that it was utterly impracticable to gain the 
summit. Remarkable mountains of this description are generally 
believed by the natives to be the residence of spirits, arid their 
summits are considered as Kramats or places of peculiar sanctity. 3 
A Kramat of this nature was said to exist on the top of the Sugar 
Loaf, and it was reported that the natives sometimes adventured 
to visit it from motives of superstition. It was therefore resolved 
to make another trial, in the expectation that it might afford the 
means of correcting and extending the observations already com- 
menced on the coast, with a view to a more accurate survey of 
this part of the country. 

* [For the foot-notes the editor is indebted to the Hon. D. F. A. Hervey.] ' 

1 We should spell it Bengkok. This, which means " winding " or " crooked," 
hardly tallies with the English name ; but the Malays doubtless refer to.different 
characteristics, possibly indicating the tortuous path which leads to it. 

2 The Malay name to which this is the English approximation is Bengkahiilu. 
H&lu is source, of a river, and might imply that the Bencoolen river had its 
source in the Bengkok mountain. But while the mountain is here called Benko', 
it figures in Baron Melvill's map as Boengka (Bungka) [and in Favre's "Dic- 
tionary," as well as in the account of the Dutch expedition (" Midden-Sumatra," 
Reisverhaal, 1881) as Bukit Bungkuk, or Dwarf Mountain. Veth, in his " Geo- 
graphical Dictionary," calls it Bukit Bongso.] 

3 For accounts of similar legends regarding Mount Ophir near Malacca and 
Gunong Dato in Rembau, see "Journal S.B.R. A.S.," No. 13, p. 257 ; and " N. 
and Q.,"No. 2, p. 41, and Note ; [on haunted mountains generally, "Journal Ind. 
Arch." i. 319 ; G. A. Wilken, " Het Animisme," p. 139 ; J. B. Neumann, " Het 
Pana- en Bila-stroomgebied in Sumatra" (1886), p. 294, and "Midden-Sumatra,'* 
Reisverhaal, vol. i. pp. 150 and 405.] Besides these Kramats, there are those 
formed at the tombs of holy or great men, where Chinese, Hindus, c., all 
come and pay their vows, whatever may have been the religion of deceased, 
so long as he has established his reputation. 



5 8 MEMORAND UM OF A JO URNE Y TO 

A party of gentlemen accordingly proceeded from Bencoolen on 
the loth of June, 1821, for the purpose of effecting this object. 
They crossed the Bencoolen river a little above Tanjung Agung, 
and proceeding through the Lumba Selapan district, halted the 
first night at Lubu Pooar, a small Rejang village on the banks 
of a stream which falls into the Sungey Lamow. 1 Thus far the 
journey was accomplished on horseback, but it was found im- 
practicable to carry the horses any farther, and the party pro- 
ceeded on foot to Punjong, a respectable village situated on the 
banks of the Simpang-ayer, and the residence of the Pasirah of 
the tribe of Marigi, the chief of the four into which the Rejangs 
are divided. The others are called Bermani, Saloopu, and Joru 
Kallang. On the third day they reached Rejak Bessi, the last 
village in the direction of the mountain, where they rested for the 
night. It is situated on the Ayer Kiti, a stream which falls into 
the Simpang-ayer below Punjong. The journey from Lubu Pooar 
to this might with ease have been accomplished in one day 
instead of two had the weather permitted. 

The mountain was now to be attempted, and in order to ensure 
success, it was arranged to pitch a tent in the forest in case the 
ascent could not be accomplished in one day. From Rejak 
Bessi they proceeded over hilly ground gradually rising for about 
five miles, when they found their progress impeded by the in- 
creasing steepness of the ascent, and then halted under an over- 
hanging rock, where the tent was pitched, as it was impossible to 
carry it any further, even if space could have been found to erect 
it on. The course from Rejak Bessi was through deep forests 
which precluded them from seeing the mountain. The last view 
they had of it was at Rejak Bessi, which it appeared to overhang, 
and whence they were able to form some idea of the difficulties 
they were likely to encounter from the steepness of the ascent 
and the precipitousness of the declivities. Soon after quitting 
Rejak Bessi they crossed a small river on a temporary bamboo 
bridge thrown across a deep chasm between two rocks, which 
confined the stream within a narrow channel after being precipi- 
tated over a fall of considerable height. A fine view of this fall 
was commanded from the bridge, which was itself suspended 
about one hundred feet above the stream, and the whole formed, 
with the surrounding forests, a beautiful and romantic scene. 
About ten o'clock they commenced the ascent of the cone along, 
the rocky bed of a mountain torrent, until they arrived in front of 
a perpendicular face of bare rock stretching completely across the 
ravine which had hitherto afforded a passage, and seeming to bar 
all further progress. This difficulty was surmounted by placing 
two of the longest bamboos against the rock underneath where 
the bare root of a tree projected from above ; by the aid of these 

1 More correctly Li mail or Lcmau. 



THE SUMMIT OF GUNONG BENKO. 59 

held fast at the bottom, and afterwards secured by a rattan at the 
top, they succeeded in clambering up to the tree which overhung 
the precipice. The next acclivity terminated at the head of 
another ravine, where their progress was again checked by a 
jutting rock rendered moist by the trickling of a small spring of 
water from among its crevices. Here the guides declared that 
further ascent was impracticable, and that from thence the party 
might return as soon as they pleased. The fact is, they were 
extremely averse to their proceeding, fearing the vengeance of the 
evil spirits if they conducted strangers to the summit ; they were, 
therefore, advising to return at every difficulty, and the ascent was 
ultimately accomplished without their aid, or rather in spite of 
them. The appearances around were calculated to confirm this 
assertion, but before determining to return they examined the 
extent of the precipice, and crossing the ravine, perceived that the 
opposite side, though almost perpendicular, had a thin coating of 
soil and moss, with numerous roots of trees half laid bare, by 
laying hold of which with the hands and placing the toes in 
the niches, they at length reached the ridge which formed the 
right-hand shoulder of the hill. Along this a path was found, 
sometimes along the base, sometimes over the face, of a suc- 
cession of bare masses of rock, which it was necessary to 
clamber over by the aid of such twigs and roots as occa- 
sionally fastened themselves in their fissures. The last of 
these precipices was perhaps the most dizzy and dangerous, as it 
was necessary to make a step or two on a narrow ledge on the face 
of a cliff of such height that the eye could not discern the bottom, 
and thence catch at a dry stump barely within reach, by swinging 
from which it was possible with a considerable effort to clear the 
rock. The denseness of the moss and the stunted appearance of 
the trees now indicated their approach towards the top, and at 
length about two o'clock they found themselves on the summit. 
This was a bare spot of not more than four or five yards in. 
breadth with a precipice on each side partly concealed by brush- 
wood. Of those who set out together from the foot of the hill a 
few only reached this point, by far the majority giving up in 
despair at different parts of the ascent, but the labour of those 
who persevered was amply recompensed by the view which) 
opened from the summit. The line of the coast from Laye 1 on* 
the north to a considerable distance beyond Buffalo Point on the 
south was distinctly marked ; the vessels in the basin of Rat 
Island were distinguishable with the aid of a glass, and the white 
ramparts of Fort Marlbro' were easily discerned. To the south, 
they looked down on the hills of Bukit Kandees,- or the Lion's 
Hump, and Bukit Kabut (the hill of mist), which formed a straight 

1 This appears as Lais in the Dutch maps. 

2 Kandis is the name of a tree (Carcmia mergucnsis) bearing an edible fruit.. 



<5o MEMORAND UM OF A JO URNE Y TO 

line with the Sugar Loaf. Inland the view was obscured by a 
cloud, which was evidently directing its course towards the hill, 
and it was necessary, therefore, to take the desired observations 
and bearings with all possible dispatch. This was done with a 
small compass, none of the larger instruments having been got up. 
The character of the vegetation was decidedly Alpine, the rocks 
and trunks of the trees being covered with dense moss, 1 and many 
of the shrubs belonging to genera of higher latitudes, such as 
vaccinium, rhododendron, &c. There is also found here a shrub 
which the natives consider a substitute for tea, 2 remarkable by its 
thick glossy leaves ; it will form a new genus in the family of the 
Myrtaceee. Having finished their observations, they made haste 
to descend, as the cloud was now rapidly approaching the hill and 
threatened a deluge of rain. They found the descent fully as diffi- 
cult as the ascent had been, but it was occasionally facilitated by 
fastening a long rattan to a tree above, and then sliding along it 
down the steepest places. It was necessary, however, to be 
cautious not to slide with too much velocity in order to be able to 
keep a footing when the rattan slipped from the hand. When 
they had got about half-way down, the cloud, which had now 
enveloped the hill, burst in a flood of rain, and rendered the 
footing still more insecure. The steepest parts, however, were 
then past, and the trees for a short while afforded some protec- 
tion, but by the time they reached the lower ravines, the waters 
began to swell, and the latter part of the descent was in the very 
bed of the torrent. They arrived at the tent about an hour before 
sunset, and found the spot completely flooded ; the rain had in no 
degree abated, and it was impossible to find shelter for the whole 
party of natives, &c., which was very numerous ; it was, therefore, 
determined to make a push forward to Rejak Bessi, rather than 
pass the night in so uncomfortable a situation. A sharp walk 
brought them to the village soon after dark, and a good night's 
rest repaired the fatigues of the day. The next day was spent at 
the same place, both for the purpose of resting the people, and of 
bringing up the tent which had been left in the forest. On the 
1 6th they travelled to Punjong, and the following day they com- 
menced their return by another route, striking across the country 
in the direction of Bukit Kandees to the Bencoolen river. Sam- 
pans had been previously ordered to be in readiness at Tanjong 

1 On Gunong Beliimut in Johor, at from 2,000 feet onwards, the trees and 
saplings are thickly clothed with dripping moss, making stems only wrist-thick 
appear thigh-thick ; hence the name "the bc-mossed mountain," from himuf, 
moss. 

2 There is a similar shrub on the summit of Mount Ophir at a height of about 
4,200 feet, a spray of which stirred in boiling water gives it a very pleasant 
aromatic fragrance. This quality was discovered at the suggestion of Governor 
.Sir F. Weld, who discerned in the plant a likeness to others he had seen 
possessing this quality on a mountain in one of the Australian colonies. 



THE SUMMIT OF GUNONG BENKO. 61 

Sanei, and they arrived there about eleven o'clock, having in the 
latter part of the journey forded the main stream of the Bencoolen 
river no less than eleven times. About twelve they embarked on 
the sampans, and placed the baggage and some of the followers on 
bamboo rafts ; the first part of the course was a constant succes- 
sion of rapids, in shooting down which some management was 
necessary to avoid being upset upon the trunks of trees and other 
obstacles that lay in the way. Twice, by being driven against 
these, the boat was filled with water and with difficulty saved from 
being swamped. Below the junction of the Rindowati, 1 the depth 
of the river increased and the current became more regular ; and 
at length they landed near Bencoolen about nine at night, having 
thus accomplished, aided by the rapidity of the stream, in one day 
what would have occupied several in ascending. 

Gunong Benko' is not estimated to exceed 3,000 feet in height,* 
but its shape, and its standing boldly out from the general range 
of hills, render it the most remarkable visible from Bencoolen. It 
is almost entirely composed of masses of basalt or trap, which is 
the most prevalent rock along this part of Sumatra. The whole 
of the country traversed on this occasion is exceedingly broken 
and irregular and but thinly inhabited. In the neighbourhood of 
the hill it is a complete forest and very wild, presenting an infinite 
number of romantic and beautiful views. The soil near the rivers 
is remarkably rich, and that of the forest tracts is little inferior, 
particularly in the bamboo groves, which indeed are generally 
found to prevail on the finest lands. The greater part of the rice 
is cultivated in ladangs, 2 but there are a few sawahs. At Tello 
Anou is a small nutmeg plantation where the trees have never 
been manured, yet seem as thriving as any about town. The 
forests abound with noble timber trees ; few animals were seen ; 
of monkeys the Kra (S. fasticularis), and Chingkau (S. cristatd), 
were the most common, and the loud cry of the Siamang (S. syn~ 
dactyla) was frequently heard, though they did not come in sight. 
It is very singular to observe the young of the Chingkau and 
Simpai (S. mclalophos) embracing their mothers, that of the former 
being fawn-coloured, while the adult is nearly black, and the latter 
having the young black while the mother is fawn-coloured, ap- 
pearing exactly as if they had exchanged young ones. 

At about half the height of the mountain the temperature of a 
small shallow spring was tried where it oozed from a cleft in a 

1 Perhaps for rindu hdti, desire of the heart i.e. an enchanting stream. 

* [In the new atlas of the Dutch East Indies, by Stemfoort and ten Siethoff, 
the height of the " Suikerbrood " or Sugar Loaf Mountain, is given as 1,029 
metres; in Veth's "Geographical Dictionary" as 3,287 Rhenish feet. In the 
latter it is also mentioned that on the Ilth of August 1857, Lieut. F. G. Steck 
made a successful ascent.] 

2 Ladang, plantation on high ground, dry cultivation ; sazuaA, padi or rice- 
field in swampy ground, wet cultivation. 



62 MEMORAND UM OF A JO URNE Y TO 

rock and found to be 68 Fahrenheit. The temperature might, 
however, have been lowered by evaporation ; therefore it can 
scarcely be assumed as a true mean temperature, or employed in 
calculating the height. It may, however, be remarked that the 
mean temperatures given by Mr. Leslie for the level of the sea in 
the different latitudes will certainly not apply to the low latitudes 
in the eastern islands : 83, which is given as the mean tempera- 
ture in latitude 3, is far too high for Bencoolen, where the range 
of the thermometer throughout the year is usually from 74 to 
5, rarely falling below 70 or rising above 87 or 88 . 1 

The people who inhabit the interior are Rejangs, and speak a 
different language from the Malays ; they extend northward as far 
as Laye. From the Sillebar 2 river southward, the Serawi tribe 
prevails, and the space between that river and the Bencoolen is 
occupied by the tribe of Dua-blas. Similar customs, with slight 
shades of difference in each, prevail among all these tribes. At 
every village where the party stayed for the night, the gadises, or 
virgins, paid a visit of ceremony in the evening, making a present 
of betel or siri, and receiving some trifling articles in return. 
This custom is general, and it is necessary to be provided with a 
sufficiency of fans, looking-glasses, or such like articles in con- 
sequence, as the number of the young ladies is often very con- 
siderable. Sometimes an entertainment is given in honour of the 
visitors, and then all the beauty of the surrounding villages is also 
called in. 

These entertainments, which take place also on occasions of 
marriages, &c., are not unamusing, and to a European have the 
additional interest of novelty and originality. They are given in 
the Balei, or public hall, a large building generally in the middle 
of the village, appropriated to such purposes and to the accom- 
modation of strangers, &c. When European visitors are present, 
the ceremonial is generally as follows : The gentlemen being 
seated near the upper end of the room, the gadises, dressed out in 
their best attire, make their appearance about nine o'clock, and 
seat themselves on the floor, previously spread with mats, in a 
semicircle, with their attendant matrons behind them; each brings 
her siri box of various material and elegance according to the rank 
or wealth of the parties. The chief of the village or one of the 
elders then makes an harangue in the name of the ladies, wel- 
coming the strangers to their village, and concluding with the 
presentation of the betel. An appropriate answer is then to be 
made, and, after taking out the siri leaves, a small present is put 
into each box, proportioned in some degree to the rank of the 
parties ; this, however, may be put off at pleasure till the conclu- 
sion. The amusements of the evening then commence, which 

1 This is almost identical with the Singapore temperature. 
a That is Salebar or Selebar, from Ubar, broad. 



THE SUMMIT OF GUNONG BENKO. 63 

consist, on the part of the young people, of dancing and singing ; 
and of the old, in smoking opium in a circle apart to themselves. 
The musical instruments are commonly kalingtangs, which are a 
species of harmonicon formed of a series of small gongs arranged 
on a frame. 1 A space is cleared on one side for the dance, which 
is performed by five or six of the young gadises ; the step is slow 
and sailing ; the salindang, 2 or scarf, is adjusted in a particular 
manner over the shoulders so that the ends may be taken in the 
hand, and the motions of the arms and management of the flowing 
scarf are not the least graceful part of the performance. 

The singing of pantuns in alternate contest is an amusement 
which seems to be peculiar to the Sumatrans, and of which they 
are very fond. It may either be formally commenced by two 
parties, who seat themselves opposite to each other after having 
danced together, or it may be begun by one of the ladies from the 
place where she happens to sit. She begins a series of pantuns 
in a kind of recitative or irregular song ; a bujang, or young man, 
answers her in the same manner, and the contest is kept up in- 
definitely, or until one of the parties is unable to give the proper 
answer. The girls and young men relieve each other occasionally 
as one or other happens to get tired. 

The Malay pantuns, strictly so called, are quatrains, of which the 
first two lines contain a figure or image, and the latter give its 
point or moral. Sometimes the figure or comparison is accurately 
suited to the subject, and then the application may be omitted in 
recitation, the more to try the ingenuity of the respondent ; some- 
times the whole is couched under one or more figures ; while in 
many the beginning seems only intended as a rhyme, or, at least, 
has not obvious connection with the subject. 3 Among the Rejang 
.and Serawi people a greater latitude is allowed to the seramba* or 
pantun, the figure is pursued to greater length, and a kind of 
measured prose is often employed in place of confining themselves 
to the trammels of verse. The pantun is frequently framed into 
a kind of riddle, whose meaning it requires some ingenuity to dis- 
cover, and a blundering answer to which excites much mirth. 
These pantuns frequently contain words derived from the lan- 

1 On the same principle as the Javanese gambang, in which pieces of wood 
take the place of the glass in the harmonicon, ranged over a hollow case or 
trough. 

2 In the Straits selendang. 

3 In the majority of Peninsula pantuns no meaning is to be attached to the 
first two lines as far as any connection with the remaining two is concerned. 
ISee H. N. van der Tuuk's "Bataksch Leesboek," vol. iv. p. 107, ff. ; and J. 
Pijnappel in "Bijdragen" for 1883, pp. 161-75.] 

* [The scope of the serambahs is somewhat wider than that of the pantuns. 
They are called berduwi, when young people sitting in rows sing them in the 
daytime ; begandai, when sung standing ; and nyambri, when they are sung in 
the evening, sitting. Specimens are given in "Midden- Sumatra," iii. 2 (iS8i), 
PP- IS-35-] 



64 MEMORAND UM OF A JO URNE Y TO 

guage of Sunda, which has been partially introduced into the 
poetry of all the tribes to the southward of Kataun, while to the 
northward the Menangkabau dialect prevails. The origin of this 
distinction is referred to the period of the wars between Imbang 
Jaya, a Javanese prince, and Tuanko orang Muda of Menang- 
kabau, the traces of the Sunda dialect marking the limit of the 
possessions of the former. 

In these contests the pantuns are supposed to be extempo- 
raneous effusions, and perhaps sometimes are so in reality, but in 
general their memories are so stored with established verses, that 
they are not often put to the task of invention. Of their force 
and meaning it is extremely difficult to convey a just idea by any 
translation : whoever has attempted to transfuse the spirit of an 
Oriental composition into a European language must have felt 
the difficulty of doing so satisfactorily, where the whole structure 
of the language is so different, and the whole current of ideas seems 
to flow in another channel. This is particularly the case with the 
pantun, whose chief merit consists in conciseness and point, and 
in conveying a deeper meaning than is contained in the literal 
words and expressions. The figures and allusions are often quaint, 
but occasionally evince a considerable degree of poetic feeling and 
force of imagination. 

It is not only on these set occasions that pantuns are employed, 
they enter largely into their more common intercourse, and are 
essential accomplishments to all who aspire to a character of 
gallantry, or who hope to woo and win their lady's love. Skill 
and readiness in this kind of poetry is with them a passport to 
female favour, much in the same way that a readiness at compli- 
ment and flattery in conversation and the art of saying soft 
nothings serves the European candidate for the smiles of the fair ; 
much of this kind of flirtation goes on independently of the open 
and public display of skill, and is often accompanied with the 
interchange of flowers and other mute symbols, which have all a 
mystic meaning intelligible to those who have been initiated into 
this secret mode of communication. Making due allowance for 
difference of customs, of wealth, and of progress in civilization, 
there seems to be much in the conduct of these entertainments 
and in the general deportment of the Sumatrans towards women 
to indicate that they possess somewhat of that character of 
romantic gallantry which marked our own earlier ancestors, and 
there might be found as much delicacy of feeling and perhaps 
more of the poetry of the passion in their courtships, than in the 
over-refinement of modern English society. It must also be 
remembered that no people can be more jealous of female honour 
than the Sumatrans, and that all this is conducted with a strictness 
of decorum far greater than is observed in the free intercourse 
permitted by European custom. 



THE SUMMIT OF GUNONG BENKO. 65 

A few examples of the different kinds of pantuns may not be 
unamusing, though it would be as difficult to convey an idea of 
the effect with which they are applied at the moment and on par- 
ticular occasions, as to record the sallies and evanescent sparkles 
of wit that sometimes enliven our own tables, and which like the 
champagne that inspires them, would seem flat and dull if repeated 
next morning. Of the Malay pantun of four lines, several exam- 
ples have been already given by Mr. Marsden, the strictness of 
their form and limits perhaps render them better suited to transla- 
tion, but they are considered by the people of the interior as too 
stiff and prosaic and as deficient in that boldness of allegory and 
recondite allusion which they consider the perfection of their own 
longer ones. The following are specimens of the Malay pantun, 
applicable to different occasions, such as the opening of a court- 
ship, complaints of inconstancy, coyness, &c., expressions of com- 
pliment, of affection, of doubt, of ridicule or displeasure, and 
others which the reader may much better imagine to himself than 
they can be explained by words. In some the connection of the 
figure and the sentiment will readily be perceived, in others it is 
obscure, particularly where the allusions are idiomatic or have 
reference to popular fables or belief, and in others there is none 
at all. 

Memuti 1 umbak di rantau Kataun 
Patang dan pagi tida berkala 

Memuti bunga de dalam kabun 
Sa tangkei saja iang menggila. 

" The waves are white on the shore of Kataun, night and day 
they do not cease to roll; many are the white flowers of the 
garden, but one alone hath made me distracted with love." 

Guruh berbuni 2 sayup sayup 
Orang di bumi samoa bembang; 

Jika ada angin bertiup 

Ada kah bunga mau kambang. 

" The thunder rolls loud and deep, and the inhabitants of the 
earth are dismayed ; if the zephyrs should now breathe upon it, 
will the flower expand its blossoms ?" 

Ayer dalam bertambah dalam, 

Ujan di ulu bulum lagi tedoh ; 
Hati dendam bertambah dendam, 

Dendam daulu bulum lagi sumboh.s 

1 In the following notes the common (Straits) Malay forms are referred to : 
mgmutih, from fritik, white ; petang. 

3 Bunyi; Sayup means primarily as far as the eye can see, or the ear can 
hear. 

3 Seihboh) cured. 
SECOND SERIES. VOL II. F 



66 MEMORANDUM OF A JOURNE Y TO 

" The deep waters have increased in depth, and the rain hath 
not ceased on the hills ; the longing desire of my heart hath in- 
creased, and its former hopes have not yet been accomplished." 

Parang bumban l di sabrang. 

Pohon di hela tiada karuan ; 2 
Bulan pernama niatalah bindrang, 

Sayangnia lagi di saput awan. 

" The reed is cut down on the other bank, it is now at the 
mercy of the stream, draw it towards you ; the moon is at the full 
and shining, a cloud as yet intercepts her light (literally affec- 
tion)." 

Ulak berulak batu mandi. 

Kian berulak tenang jua ; 3 
Hindak bertunah tunah ati, 
Dewa membawa bembang jua. 

" The stream becomes still behind the sunken rocks, and the 
waters are smooth and calm amid the eddies ; I try to quiet the 
uneasiness of my heart, but there is a fairy that still disturbs its 
peace." 

Permata jatu di rumput, 4 
Jatu di rumput bergelang gelang ; 

Kasih umpama ambun di ujong rumput, 
Datang matahari nischaya 5 ilang. 

" The jewel fallen on the ground, though fallen among the 
grass, is glittering still, but thy love is like the dew on the flower/ 
quickly disappearing when the sun comes forth." 

Telah lama tiada ka rimbo, 

Bumban berbua garangan kini ; 
Telah lama tiada bersuo, 

Dendam berubah 7 garangan kini. 

" It is long since we have been to the forest, perhaps the bum- 
ban (a species of flowering reed) is now gone to fruit ; it is long 
since we have met, perhaps thy affections are now estranged." 

1 Bcmban ; this plant, except for its more branching character, somewhat 
resembles the bamboo. The stem is hollow, but contains a pith ; it is split 
up to make sieves and mats, and the leaves are plaited into baskets. There 
are two kinds, mangifera thai pa and maranta disticha. 

2 The tree is being drawn (by the stream) uncertainly i.e., hither and thither, 
benderang. 

3 The eddies whirl over the bathing rock; often though they whirl (the 
surface) is calm. 

4 Rumput, the grass ; but many plants are called rumput. 

i 6 Lit., surely. Lit., on the point of the grass. 

7 Lit., changed. 



THE SUMMIT OF GUNONG BENKO. 67 

Jeka sungguh bulan pernama, 

Mengapa tiada di pagar bintang ; 

Jeka sungguh tuan bijaksana, 2 
Mengapa tiada dapat di tintang. 3 

" If indeed the moon is at the full, why does she not appear in 
the midst of her stars ? If indeed thou art true and faithful, why is 
it denied me to behold thee ? " 

Unggas bukan, chintayu bukan, 

Kira-nia daun selara tubbu ; 
Aches bukan, Malayu bukan, 

Pandei nia amat bermain semu. 

" 'Twas not a bird, neither was it the Chintayu,* 'twas only a 
withered leaf of the sugar cane ; she is not of Achinese, neither 
of Malayan race, yet is she deeply skilled in the arts of deceit." 

Bagimana menangkap landak, 

Di hasop pinto-nia dengan api ; 
Bagimana mula berkahindak, 

Deri mata turun ka hati. 

" How is the porcupine to be caught ? smoke his hole with fire. 
How is desire first kindled ? from the eyes it descends to the 
heart." 

A few specimens of the longer and more irregular Seramba of 
the people of the interior will be sufficient, and the Serawi dialect 
is selected as differing least from the Milay. The following may 
be supposed the opening of the contest. 

Pandak panjang rantau di Musi, 

Maso meniamo rantau Tenang, 
Rantau A man pandak sakali ; 

Hendak anggan wong ku puji 4 
Mimpin bulan sanak bintang 

Anak penakan mata hari. 

" Long and short are the reaches of the Musi (river), think you 
they are the same with the reaches of the Tenang, the shortest of 
all the reaches of the Aman ; willing or unwilling I will address 
my opponent, I will take the moon by the hand, though she is of 
the family of the stars and a daughter of the sun." 

It may be answered as follows : 

Burong terbang mengulindang 
Sangkan terbang pagi pagi, 

1 Lit, why is she not fenced in by the stars? 

5 Usually in the sense of wise, prudent. 3 Ditentang, lit., meet face to face. 

* The chintayu is a fabulous bird, said to delight particularly in rain. 

4 Praise or compliment. 

F 2 



68 A JOURNEY TO GUNONG BENKO. 

Hindakkan bunga jeruju ; 

Amun wong sintano bulan, 
Rinchang sintano matahari 

Timbang betating berteraju. 1 

" The bird flies swift and straight, it flies early in the morning 
in search of the Jeruju flower ; if a person resembles the moon r 
and is also compared to the sun, take them up and try them in 
scales. 

Titiran pikat nibang hari, Ingunan si Jiwo Jiwo, Jadi kampong 
burong tiong, jadi koum punei siulan, Bringin di mana garangan 
masak, merangei meruntuh daun, sanalah dio maridawan, Amun 
sakali kali lagi, Taulah aku di idar' o, Hindak niabong ayam tang- 
kap, Hindak berjudi kandong pitis, Hindak siri rai peliman, 
Hindak bunga, karang ko tuboh, kundang wong di rindu jangan, 
amun asso rindu kan dio, tangisi kian dalam hati. 

"The turtle dove kept by Si Jiwo Jiwo calls day by day, the 
minas are collected together and the tribe of pigeons ; where the 
warringin tree is with ripe fruit, bare and stript of leaves, there they 
are all chattering ; Since once more it has come to my turn, if you 
wish to fight cocks, take up your bird, if you wish to game, bring 
money in your purse, if you wish to eat siri, draw the siri box 
towards you, if you wish for flowers, string thyself (i.e., thou art 
thyself a flower), if you desire a lover, do not pine for him, if you 
do feel a longing towards him, conceal your feelings within your 
breast." 

As an example of the puzzling questions or figures with which 
they sometimes try each other's ingenuity, the following may be 
taken : 

Ada kayu indan sabatang, Tumbuh di padang raaha leber, 
Beringin bukan Beringin, Kruya bukan Kruya, Bodahan ganio 2 
ampat dahan, bedaun ganio ampat daun, sadahan chondong ka 
langit, niat ka mana bulan bintang, sa dahan chondong ka laut, 
niat ka mana raja ikan, sa dahan chondong ka gunong, niat ka 
mana gaja indan, sa dahan chondong ka bumi, niat ka mana anak 
Adam, Amun teritti 3 sili warang, wong ku angkan dio guru, Amun 
de teritti sili-warang, wong ku angkan anak murid. 

" There is a great tree, growing on an extensive plain ; it is not 
a beringin, neither is it a kruya ; of branches it has only four, of 
leaves, too, it has only four ; one branch points to heaven, what 
will become of the moon and stars ? one branch points to the sea, 

1 Lit., weigh by taking in the hand and scaling. 

2 Bgrdahan hanya. 

* Form olarti. l\eti i.s found in Straits Malay ; thus tereti'\'->=>tcrarti. 



AN ACCOUNT OF THE ISLAND OF BALL 69 

what will become of the king of the fishes ? one branch points to 
the mountains, what will become of the great elephant? and one 
branch points to the ground, what will become of the children of 
Adam ? If you understand my riddle, I will take you for my in- 
structor ; if you do not understand my riddle, I will take you for 
my disciple." 

In these examples several words occur which are foreign to the 
Malay language; some of these, as wong (orang), indan, sili, &c., 
belong to the Suncla dialect ; and others, as amun (if), peliman, 
asso, angkan, &c., are Serawi. 

To conclude this paper, the following are the results of a series 
of trigonometrical observations made by the late Captain H. 
Auber, for determining the distances and height of some of the 
more remarkable hills in the neighbourhood ot Bencoolen. 

Distance of the Sugar Loaf from Mount Felix, 17-84 miles. 

Perpendicular height of the Sugar Loaf, 2601 feet. 

Distance of the Laye or Sungey Lamau Hills, 28-37 miles. 

Perpendicular height of their highest points, 7,797 feet. 



X. 

AN ACCOUNT OF THE ISLAND OF BALI. 
By R. FRIEDERICH. 

["Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society," N.S., vol. viii. pp. 157-218; 
vol. ix. pp. 59-120 ; vol. x. pp. 49-97.] 

Dr. Friederich's valuable paper was originally published in vols, xxii. and 
xxiii. of the " Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap' (1849-50), 
under the title " Voorloopig Verslag van het Eiland Bali." Part of it (pp. 
1-39 of the present volume) was translated for Dr. Logan, and published in 
the "Journal of the Indian Archipelago," vol. iii. pp. 119-137, 235-250, 
whence it is here reproduced in a thoroughly revised form. The remaining 
.and by far larger portion appears now for the first time in English ; the trans- 
lation having been made by Mr. A. II. May, at the suggestion and expense of 
Major-General Sir George le Grand Jacob, C.B., K. G.S.I., who is greatly 
interested in Balinese literature, and has long been desirous of obtaining a copy 
of the Ravi Brahmanda-Purana, according to Dr. Friederich the only Purana 
known to the Balinese. 

INTRODUCTION. 

I MUST request the indulgence of friendly readers for the following 
paper on Bali. Not having prepared myself for this labour on Bali 



70 AN ACCOUNT OF 

itself, I had not the means of collecting and properly arranging all 
my materials. I could only use for this purpose a small portion 
of the valuable manuscripts of the priests which were placed at 
my disposal. I could not avail myself of the information of the 
natives as to many points, and I was deprived of a great part 
of my manuscripts. These circumstances will, perhaps, in some 
degree excuse the many deficiencies, best known to the writer, of 
this preliminary account. I have divided this work into three 
sections ist, language and literature; 2nd, religion, worship and 
cremation ; 3rd, castes and royal races. With this is given a short 
description of the Balinese calendar. 

In the "Tijdschrift voor Neerland's Indie," IX. vol. iii. p. 340, an 
explanation from the Sanskrit is given of the name Bali in the 
paper Usana Bali : subsequently the title of a work, Bali Sangraha, 
became known to the writer. This work, which however appears 
no longer to exist, was presented by a pandita to one of the 
princes of Bali. The name is explained thus Baliw^esha^ 
sangraha = kumpulan. Following the Indian manner of composi- 
tion, where the word, which must be taken to be in the oblique 
case, is placed before that in the nominative, it is to be explained 
thus The gathering of the excellent (the heroes). With this the 
Sanskrit sangraha entirely agrees. Bali is then not to be con- 
sidered as " offering," but as the nominative of the theme balin r 
a strong person, powerful, a hero. The name Bali signifies, thus, 
a hero, and the name of the country given in Usana-Bali, 
Bali angka, " the lap (birthplace) of heroes," is a very beautiful 
denomination of the holy land, and one which expresses the bold 
spirit of the nation. 

Crawfurd and Raffles first drew attention to the great importance 
of Bali in a religious and scientific respect. After their time little 
progress was made towards a knowledge of the island, and thus 
the Balinese (from their wanting that courtesy which the Javanese 
exhibit, which however only shows their submissive character) 
have been considered as a rude uncivilized people, from whose 
knowledge not much was to be expected. It cannot, indeed, 
be said, that the whole population of Bali, in arts (wherein they 
clearly are behind) or in science, stand above the Javanese, but the 
priests bring before our eye the stage at which the Javanese stood 
before the introduction of Mohammedanism. They are, also, the 
only remaining preserves of the old literature and religion. To 
them must every one repair who desires the elucidation of the 
Kavi. They are the expounders of all laws and institutions ; and 
of the knowledge of antiquity they have scarcely lost or forgotten 
anything from their faithful adherence to traditions. 

Should circumstances permit, I hope, after some time, to follow 
up this preliminary account by an extended work on this remark- 
able island. 






THE ISLAND OF BALI. 



LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. 

The language of Bali, 1 like that of Java, is divided into a High 
and a Low, the first being spoken by the lower to the higher 
orders, and the last by the higher to the lower. The High 
Language is nearly pure Javanese, but it does not entirely agree 
with the present high Javanese. It possesses many words which 
now belong to the low tongue of Java, while other high Javanese 
words cannot be used in it without giving offence. It is thus 
easy for a Javanese to understand the high language of Bali, but 
he is not able to speak it with purity. The Low Tongue, on the 
other hand, has very little in common with the Javanese, and it 
agrees more with the Malayan and Sundanese, so that it is easily 
learned by men from Western Java. This language is that of the 
original inhabitants of Bali before the arrival of the Javanese. 
It has naturally undergone some changes, but, in general, we find 
in it a rude Polynesian 2 dialect, which, in the recognized relation- 
ship of all these languages, agrees most with the least polished 
dialects, the Sundanese and original Mahy ; while it is far behind, 
and greatly differs from, the polished language of Java, which, in 
the course of more than a thousand years, has been brought to its 
refinement. On Bali, four hundred years ago, there were yet 
savages or half savages without a finely elaborated language. 
The same we may suppose to have been the case with the Malays 
before the reception of Muhammedanism, and with the Sundanese 
before the kingdom of Pajajaran came into existence. From this 
alone, that is, from the original relationship between all the 
languages from Sumatra to Bali and further to the east, which has 
been only distinctly preserved where the people have remained 
in a lower stage of civilization, we may explain the agreement 
between the low Balinese tongue and the Sundanese and Malay ; 
an immigration of Sundanese or Malay into Bali is not at all to 
be thought of. The Javanese conquerors found this language the 
prevailing one on Bali, and could not expel it, and, for this reason 
in particular, that the population of Bali was very numerous, and 
was brought under subjection more by the greater civilization of 
the Javanese than by the force of arms. The Javanese conquerors 
preserved as a high language the Javanese which they brought 
with them ; for their intercourse with the people of the land they 
had to learn the original Polynesian tongue, which alone was 
spoken by the former, and which, to this day, has a wider 
prevalence on Bali than the low language on Java. . It is still 

1 [R. van Eck, " Beknopte Handleiding bij de beoefening van de Bali- 
neesche taal," p. 1-8; H. N. v. d. Tuuk in " Tijdschrift v. de taalkunde," voL 
xxv. p. 245 ; Dr. Brandes, " Vergelijkende Klankleer," p. 108-11.] 

2 [Here and in the sequel we should prefer the term "Malayan."] 



72 AN ACCOUNT OF 

exceedingly difficult for a common man to express himself intel- 
ligibly in the high language; and to speak to each rank of a 
higher or lower degree with full conformity to the laws of polite- 
ness, is an accomplishment which many even of the young princes 
have not attained. The agreement between the Balinese and the 
Sundanese does not confine itself to words alone. Both have also 
only 1 8 letters, while the Javanese possesses 20; these 18 were as 
much as the Polynesian organs originally required; the second 
</and /are properly foreign to these languages, and the distinct 
pronunciation which the Javanese give to them is not easily dis- 
criminated by the ear. Notwithstanding, these characters, as well 
as the capital letters, exist in the writing of the Balinese, but are 
only used to express the corresponding Sanskrit characters / and 
d or dh (cerebral), in the same manner as the aksara murda or 
gde, the capital letters of Cornets de Groot. 1 Further, the Sunda- 
nese and Balinese agree in preserving the pure pronunciation of 
the vowel a in all cases where the Javanese corrupt it to o (a). 
The a is also in these languages, as in the Sanskrit, of far greater 
range and predominance than the other vowels. The only de- 
generation is to fepet e, and this may also be considered less as 
a short e than a short ejaculated ^, which is commonly used with 
a nasal sound following it (;;/ or n and ng). 

The language of Java must originally have possessed a closer 
relationship to the Balinese. This we conclude principally from 
the appearance of Malay, and also (according to Humboldt, vol. i. 
p. 198) of Tagala words, in the Kavi. At the period when the 
Kavi formed itself, the Javanese language could not yet have been 
so refined as it might have been if it had been formed in the 
course of ages in civilized Hindu States. 2 The Malay words of the 
Kavi, which do not exhibit themselves in the present Javanese, 
are ou'ginal Polynesian, and reveal to us the union which once 
existed between the languages of Sumatra, Western and Eastern 
Java, Bali, and probably all the Eastern islands, and which, 
chiefly, in the Eastern or proper Java alone, has been obscured 
by a higher civilization. The influence of the polished Javanese 
has also, it is true, made itself felt in the Sunda territories, but the 
high language of those parts is far less developed than that of 
Java ; it probably first began with the establishment of the king- 
dom of Pajajaran ; as on Bali with the arrival of the Javanese. 
On Bali the division into castes operated most, which rendered 
necessary a subordination in the manner of speaking also. By 

1 [And of the subsequent authors of Javanese grammars, T. Roorda, J. J. 
de Hollander, Jansz, Halkema. The ten letters in question are called capital 
because they are substituted, except when final, for their equivalents in writing 
names of objects to which honour is due, such as deities, princes, &c.] 

2 [The results of the labours of V. der Tuuk, Kern, Brandes, and other 
savants tend to modify these conclusions ; see the following notes.] 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 73 

the Javanese, however, the language must have been rendered so 
complicated, since it was developed by them during more than a 
thousand years. A further knowledge of the languages east of 
Bali will probably still more confirm this position : the languages 
vf all these islands are dialects differing from each other, which 
have departed the less from the original parent the less and the later 
tfie people have received Hindu civilization. Besides the spoken 
languages, we have on Bali the written language ; this is in poems, 
with the exception of the more recent, the Kavi, and in the sacred 
writings of the priests, the Sanskrit 

Humboldt (vol. i. pp. 188-203) has written best on the origin 
of the Kavi language. 1 Some modifications, however, in the con- 
clusions of Humboldt must be introduced by the fact that pure 
Sanskrit writings are still found with the priests on Bali. 

Kavi is explained by Humboldt to be "poetical language" 
(Kavi "a. poet," kdvya "a poem"). With this explanation that 
of the Balinese agrees ; they say that Kavin or Kakavin signifies 
** to make comparisons," "to speak in comparisons." This is the 
mode in which poetry is formed ; comparisons are the ornaments 
and marks of poetry. The explanation of the Javanese by Khavi 
(strong) scarcely needs to be mentioned. Khavi is an Arabic 
word ; first known in Java in the Muhammedan era, and in Bali 
not at all. How could the Arabs have given the name to a 
language which they neither produced nor cultivated, but, on the 
contrary, have nearly destroyed, because it was the prop of 
Hinduism and of all the institutions on Java which the Arabs 
sought to overthrow and cast into oblivion ? It is due to the 
Arabs and their followers that the Kavi is no longer understood 
on Java, and that Kavi works have nearly disappeared there, 
while an abundance of them has been carefully preserved on Bali. 
The verb kavin or kakavin has caused the works to which that 
name is applied by the Balinese to be regarded as marriage 
poems, because it reminds us of the Malay kavin (to marry). 
Both words, the Balinese and the Malayan, appear to be referable 
to the same Sanskrit word. From kavya by the suffixing of the 
Polynesian an, kavyan is formed ; this, by the contraction of ya 
to e commonly (however improperly) used in Java, gives kaven ; 
and from this, by a careless pronunciation with the common 
permutation of e and *, are formed kavin and kakavin. This is 
then at once the Balinese word for "poetry" and the Malay for 
" to marry," because the marriage songs (Jiymenaea] form a prin- 
cipal part of the festivity, and that which most strikes the ear.- 
Respecting the origin of the Kavi language, it would seem that 

1 [See tlie later contributions, ap. Brandes, 1. 1. p. 73 ff.] 

2 [It is obvious that the Malay and Javanese word kdwtn, marriage, to 
marry, which is a Persian loan word, has nothing but the sound in common 



74 AN A CCO UNT OF 

some new ideas must be kept in view. The priests did not hold 
the Kavi but the Sanskrit as the sacred language ; this language is 
still found on Bali in the Vedas, the Brahmandapurana and other 
mystic writings or tuturs [that is Sansk. tantra. ED.]. We cannot 
therefore agree with Crawfurd, who considered that the Kavi was 
the language of the priests (Crawf. "Arch." vol. ii. pp. 17, 18). 

The Hindus, and particularly the Hindu-Brahmans who came 
to Java, brought with them the Sanskrit in their sacred writings, 
and, perhaps, also a Prakrit dialect. That they knew and could 
speak a Prakrit dialect may be concluded from the comparatively 
late period of their arrival from India, which we place at the 
highest 500 years after Christ; at that time, however, the Sanskrit 
had been at least 800 years a dead language in India. On the 
other hand, against the idea, that they spoke Prakrit, pleads 
strongly the fact that we do not find a single Prakrit word in the 
Polynesian languages, that none of the assimilations, contractions 
and elisions which characterize the Prakrit appear in the Indian 
words of the Kavi ; but it is this very fact which points the way to 
an explanation of the origin of the Kavi. 

In the Sanskrit words on Java and Bali we find corruptions, 
which have not originated in an Indian mode. To this class 
belong the contraction of va to o, ya to e, the indistinct pronun- 
ciation, and the permutation thence arising, of u and 0, of / and e ; 
further the permutation of ra and re (kcrret, formerly recognized 
by me as ri-vocalis], which however, as well as the preceding cor- 
ruptions, never appear in good Balinese manuscripts. To this 
class belong also the corruption of the prefix pra into/tfr and 
per ; the omission of the initial a in Sanskrit words, for example 
jutgraha for anugraha, which are interchanged with the non-signi- 
ficant initial letter a of Javanese verbs. The pronunciation of 
Anusvara as Jig, e.g. in ong, should not be ascribed to a corrup- 
tion ; as this pronunciation appears to stand nearest to the 
unsettled sound of the Indian letter. The change of the Indian 
v to b in Byasa, Balmiki, Baruna, is to be considered less as a 
corruption than as an accommodation of the Sanskrit idiom for 
the preservation of the vocalic pronunciation. I, therefore, believe 
that the few changes in Sanskrit words have had their origin in 
Java, and that not a single Prakrit word has been introduced into 
the language of that island. 

Thus the Hindu immigrants into Java, though they certainly 
spoke the Prakrit, as we must presume if we consider the time of 
their arrival, appear to have abandoned that language at once and 
adopted the dialect of the country. The reason for this must be 
sought in the circumstance of the Hindus arriving but in small 
numbers and finding a large population of natives; further, in 

with the Old Javanese and Balinese word kawin t which is a poem framed 
after a Sanskrit original.] 



THE ISLAND OF B A J.I. 75. 

their being partly Buddhists, the adherents of which creed always 
adopted the manners and language of the nation to be converted,, 
in the different countries into which they came. By the Buddhists 
the devotees of Brahma were likewise compelled to yield with 
regard to language, in order not to irritate the people whom they 
wished to subject to their own worship and institutions, and to 
give thereby full play to the Buddhists. Thus Buddhists and 
Brah mans lived together in Java on peaceful terms, and the 
worship of each became not indeed blended with, but augmented 
and modified by, the dogmas of the other. We have noticed this 
already on an earlier occasion when viewing the ruins of Pram- 
banan and Boro Budo; in the course of this account more distinct 
proofs will be given of this hypothesis in different places. The 
Kavi works are written partly by Sivaites, partly by Buddhists ; 
both use the same dialect, and the works of both are held in high 
regard by the people, though the Siva Brahmans of Bali appear to 
entertain a predilection for the genuine Sivaitish works. 

Those friendly relations appear to be one of the chief causes of 
the existence of the Kavi language. The introduction of a foreign 
language was not practicable on account of the Buddhists, and 
because the original population of Java was too large ; still the 
necessity was felt of augmenting the dialect of the country in 
order to express, in the tracts written for the people, ideas relating 
to worship and science, for which no terms were then existing. In 
this way the people became accustomed to a number of Sanskrit 
words employed by their instructors in religion, and by gradually 
introducing more and more foreign words, a distinct language 
was formed, destined exclusively for writings and teaching. This 
language could not of course adopt the inflexion of the Sanskrit, 
for, in order to understand it, the people would have had to be- 
inade acquainted with the entire Sanskrit grammar, which would 
have been too troublesome for a nation like the Javanese to 
acquire, and moreover the imparting of it was not for the 
interest of the priests, whose secret writings, containing un- 
adulterated Sanskrit forms, remained unintelligible for the rest of 
the people. 

The fact that the Buddhists formed the Kavi without the intro- 
duction of words from the Prakrit, seems also to prove that their 
secret writings were in Sanskrit. In Ceylon and the further Indian 
Peninsula the books of the Buddhists were composed in Pali (a 
dialect of the Prakrit) ; but, in China and Tibet, in Sanskrit ; the 
promulgation took place earlier in the northern parts than in those 
towards the south, and, for this reason, the books were still written 
in the ancient sacred language of all India. If, therefore, the 
Buddhists brought their books to Java composed in the Sanskrit 
language, their introduction must have been in a comparatively 
ancient time. It has been observed already that this newly 



76 AN ACCOUNT OF 

formed dialect 1 was chiefly intended for the converted people, 
while the priests preserved in the Sanskrit the religious books 
used by them alone (the Vedas), and whatever they wished to 
keep secret from the people (Brahmandapurana and the Tuturs). 

The Kavi contained all those works by which the religious 
ideas and the cherished mythology of the priests were communi- 
cated to the people. It thus became a sacred language to the 
people, and the holiness attached itself to all the words, prin- 
cipally however to the Sanskrit, which were rendered conspicuous 3 
by capital letters (the aksara g'de or murdd). For the priests of 
Bali this language is that of pleasure ; they always use it for their 
poetical compositions ; almost every one of them composes a poem 
of greater or less extent, which is communicated to their colleagues 
and scholars. But the Kavi is not sacred to them ; they greatly 
distinguish between Kavi and Sloka. Sloka is the usual Epic 
measure of India, in which, in Bali, the Mantras (secret writings) 
and also the Vedas are written. The name Sanskrita, as signifi- 
cative of the language, is unknown in Bali. It is not even of a 
very old date in India, having come into use to contradistinguish 
it from the Prakrita, the vulgar language, ^loka (the measure 
used in the epic poems of India) is used at present in Bali as the 
denomination of the works composed in that measure, the language 
of which is Sanskrit. Those are sacred and must be kept hidden 
from the people (rahasyd). The Kavi has various epochs ; in the 
opinion of the Balinese there are three principal ones, viz. : 

1. The epoch of Ayer Langgia ; in the compositions of his 
age, according to the Siva Brahmans, the Kavi appears in the 
most beautiful and oldest form. He reigned in Kediri, and was 
one of the ancestors of Jayabaya. In his time the worship of Siva 
seems to have been predominant. 

2. The epoch of Jayabaya ; of his time is the Barata Yudda, 
less esteemed than, for instance, the Vivaha, and indeed of a more 
recent style, also many works of Buddhist authors. His period 
cannot be ascertained from the Balinese records ; according to 
them he reigned in Barata Varsa (India), but this is the India 
transferred by the Barata Yudda into Java. His period would 
appear to comprise the reigns of several rulers, since so many 
works are ascribed to him. 

3. The epoch of Majapahit, where we meet with still greater 
admixtures of the vulgar language, and less acquaintance with the 
riches of the Sanskrit. This period is succeeded by a fourth one, 
formed by the continued poetical compositions of the priests and 
of some princes in Bali. These, at least the priests, have pre- 
served the knowledge of the Kavi, and even augmented it by new 

1 [On the nature of Kavi and the position it holds with regard to Javanese, 
.see the note to V. d. Tuuk's article " On Malagasy," and the references.] 

2 [See, concerning the term "capital," the note above at p. 72.] 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 77 

Sanskrit expressions, which they take from the secret writings. 
From this we are inclined to trace their immigration into Bali, and 
the large stock of knowledge they are still in possession of, to 
another part of Java, perhaps Kediri, and not to Majapahit. The 
tale of Ibiva Brahmans having come to Majapahit from India 
shortly before the destruction of that empire is altogether unknown 
in Bali. How is it, moreover, possible that those Brahmans 
should have acquired so speedily the knowledge of the Kavi and 
of the native language ? The priests of Bali have been in Maja- 
pahit, how long is uncertain; but they descended from Kediri, 
and from thence probably it was that they brought their greater 
knowledge. These accounts can be brought into accordance 
with the account in question of the arrival of &va Brahmans at 
Majapahit, if we here, likewise, bear in mind the transfer of 
Baratavarsa into Java, Kediri with its king Jayabaya lay in 
Baratavarsa ; Majapahit seems not to have been comprised in it. 
The literature of Bali from its nature is divisible into 

1. Sanskrit works, with Balinese paraphrase; they include the 
Vedas, the Brahmandapurana, and the greatest part of the 
Tuturs. 

2. Kavi works : (a) the epics sacred to the people, viz., the 
RAmayatfa^ Uttarakdnda and the Parvas : (b) the lighter Kavi 
poetry, as the Vivaha, Barata Yudda, &c. 

3. Javanese-Balinese compositions, written partly in the native 
measures (Kidung), such as Malat ; partly in prose, as the his- 
torical narratives Kenhangrok, Rangga Lave, Usana, Pamendanga. 

Some of the works in prose, especially the law-books, cannot be 
classed in the third category ; they exhibit the ancient language 
strongly intermixed with Sanskrit, yet they cannot be called Kavi 
works, from the absence of measure, and this alone is the charac- 
teristic of the Kavi language. From this also the poetical language 
is determined. 

To the accents which are used in the writings of Bali (vid. 
"Tijdschrift" IX. vol. iii. pp. 254-56) must here be added a sign for 
the long M differing from the ordinary Suku, and everywhere used in 
good manuscripts, where the Sanskrit exhibits the long u. This 
long M is called Suku Mud, and according to this, "Tijd.," ib. % 
p. 255, 1. 3, is to be corrected; the kerret (ri-vocalis) is called Guung 
makerret (Guutig is chakra, makerret, joined to kerret). The long 
/, with a small point in the common figure, is called ulu mija. The 
Balinese have very indistinct notions respecting long and short 
vowels ; however, they, at least the learned priests, use the long i, the 
long u, and the tedung as signs for the long a, precisely following 
the tradition where they must stand according to the Sanskrit. 

The priests are also in possession of a work on the euphonic 
laws, called Sroyanchana. 

In earlier accounts it has been noticed that in Bali no inscrip- 



78 AN ACCOUNT OF 

tions on stone or metal are met with, nor any older characters 
than the present current writing. This is naturally explained from 
the letters only having been introduced since the fall of Majapahit 
or a very little before. Although we meet with no modes of 
writing of a more ancient date, yet in the new writing all the 
richness is preserved which ever was possessed by the Sanskrit 
writing in Java. It is only in the Balinese manuscripts that we 
find reproduced, with the greatest purity, the numerous signs of 
the Sanskrit, which were superfluous and unpronounceable in 
Polynesian idioms. Nearly all doubt which may be entertained 
of the proper powers of the Sanskrit letters, as they have been 
received in Java and Bali, will be removed by the examination of 
the writing of such manuscripts as the Vritta Sanjaya, and prin- 
cipally of the numerous Sanskrit words occurring there ; any pos- 
sible faults will be corrected and excused by those who are con- 
versant with the subject, if they consider the many transcriptions 
of such manuscripts which are made in Bali, and how easily some 
corruptions and inaccuracies might find their way into them 
among a small nation, shut out from the source of their civiliza- 
tion, and for 400 years dependent on themselves. 

SACRED WRITINGS NEWLY DISCOVERED. 

The first rank in the Balinese literature, as in that of the Hindus, 
is occupied by the Vedas. According to the communications of 
the priests, they are not complete in Bali, but only fragments, 
although, to judge from appearance, tolerably large ones, of all the 
four Indian Vedas viz., i, of the Rig- Veda ; 2, Yajur-Veda (com- 
monly inaccurately spelt Yayur Veda) ; 3, Sama- Veda ; 4, Artava- 
Veda (a corruption caused merely by the transposition of the r, 
easily explained by the mode of writing the Indian-Balinese r 
above the line ; the Indian name is Atharva- Veda}. The author 
of the Vedas is Bagavan Byasa ( Vyasa in India). 

The Vedas contain the formulas of prayer as well for the private 
worship of the Panditas, performed in their houses, as lor the 
feasts, great offerings and cremations of the people, when the 
Panditas mumble them inwardly. They are a mystery to all 
except the Brahmans, and the Panditas instruct the younger 
Brahmans in them in secret. The metre appears to be the epic 
loka, as further illustrated in the Article on Metre, and the lan- 
guage a pure Sanskrit. From their being written wholly in Slokas, 
we may suppose either that the Vedas were brought into that 
metre in ancient times, and in that form introduced into Java and 
Bali, or that the knowledge of forming Slokas existed in Java. If 
the names of the Vedas were not well known, I should rather 
incline to suppose that they never had been in possession of the 
genuine Vedas, since in India the metre of the Vedas is guarded 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 79 

by ample commentaries, and must be regarded as an integral and 
sacred part of those ancient scriptures. The whole of the Brah- 
mandapurana has been communicated to me on the condition of 
my not making any uninitiated person acquainted with it. In the 
same way, I may hope to obtain, also, further information about 
the rest of the mystic writings, and about the Vedas themselves. 

The Vedas have also been in Java, since the priests of Bali are 
of Javanese derivation and had their abode in Kediri and Maja- 
pahit. Any direct arrival of Brahmans from India is not known 
in Bali, and even the immigrants into Majapahit, shortly after the 
destruction of that empire, appear not to have adopted the Vedas 
of India but of Java, and it is even doubtful whether they arrived 
directly from India, or only from some other part of Java, since 
the Panditas know nothing of such an arrival from India, while 
they nevertheless trace their genealogy through Kediri to India. 
From the tenor of the Brahmandapurana in Bali we may draw 
conclusions as to the character of the Vedas. The genuine Indian 
pieces in the Vedas, which appear to be written in lokas, are, 
probably, accompanied by a Balinese or Kavi comment, which, 
after the lapse of some time, became necessary even for the priests, 
in order not to lose the true sense of the original texts. 

It is an object of the greatest importance to get possession of 
the remains of the Vedas in Bali. The religion can only by their 
means become thoroughly intelligible ; they further give the 
standard for the determination of the state of Hinduism when it 
spread to the islands, and, if compared with the antiquities 
of India, especially through a more intimate knowledge of the 
history of the Vedas in that island, will be of service in 
ascertaining the age from which the Indian influence, and the 
civilization of Polynesia consequent on it, may be dated. Sdrya- 
sevana (worship of the sun) signifies not only the religion of the 
priests, but also the book containing those parts of the Vedas 
which are used for that worship. I saw the outside of the manu- 
script; it contained about eighty lontar-leaves. In respect 
of contents the Brahmandapurana come nearest to the Vedas ; 
it is also called shortly Brahmancla. We find in India eighteen 
Puranas, among which is the Brahmandapurana. These eighteen 
are the sacred writings of all the different Indian sects. Six 
are especially holy to the votaries of Vishnu, six others to those 
of iva, and six keep the mean. The more special sects have 
embraced chiefly one Purana, as representing the abstract of 
their worship, as the worshippers of Krishna the Bhagavata- 
purana. In this way it is easily explained how, in Bali, the 
Brahmandapurana only should be in use, and how the Panditas 
should not have preserved even the slightest recollection of 
the other seventeen Puranas, so little indeed that the names 
mentioned by. me were altogether unknown to them. . We 



8o AN ACCOUNT OF 

find in Bali but one Sivaitic sect, and the adherents of it have 
acknowledged the Brahmandapurana, perhaps already in India, as 
the only book of instruction. The Puranas are, as we know, the 
sacred books of the sectaries, and the priests in India did not 
trouble themselves much with the sects and their controversies, 
but, adhering to the more purified worship of the Veda, held the 
religion of the other people in contempt. Hence it is that the 
Puranas in India are, chiefly, in the hands of the people. In Bali, 
on the contrary, they are guarded by the priests like the whole of 
the holy scriptures, and even hid from the people. In Bali, 
everything relating to religion is in the hands of the priests, and 
on the great ignorance of the people in all that is necessary 
according to the sacred literature for their temporal and celestial 
happiness, is founded the unlimited power of the priests, who are 
the organs of the Deity for the blindly believing people. 

The contents of the Brahmandapurana are : the creation, the 
ancestors of the world under the various Manus, the description of 
the world according to Indian notions, the history of the ancestors 
of old dynasties, besides mythology and mythic chronology; it is 
composed by Bagavan Bydsa (the holy Vyasa). He is also known 
in India as the author of the Vedas^ of all the Puranas and of the 
Mahabharata ; his name signifies [expansion, amplification, in 
contradistinction to samdsa, i.e.] composition, and Prof. Lassen is 
of opinion that it is a personification of the recension of those holy 
writings. (In what period did this take place ?) It is worthy of 
remark, however, that in Bali he (as the compiler of the said 
works), as well as Valntiki, the author of the Ram ay ana, are 
known, since from this we may complete the traditions from 
India. 

The Brahmandapurana is written in Slokas like the Indian 
Puranas ; and it is to be lamented that we cannot get possession 
of the Indian Brahmandapurana ; a comparison of both of them 
would furnish us with a large amount of revelations on the pro- 
gress of the literature, as well as on the relation of the Balinese to 
the original Indian worship. The Slokas seldom follow each 
other unbroken ; generally, we meet with only a fourth or the half 
of a Sloka, followed by an extended paraphrase in the Balinese 
language. Under the head of Religion we shall give a few 
examples. 

EPIC POETRY. 

Rdmayana. This is the oldest Indian epos, composed by 
Valmiki, who is also in Bali acknowledged as the author of it. 
Here, however, it exists as a Javanese elaboration by M'pu Raja 
Kusuma, also called Jogisvara, or prince of the penitents, father of 
M'pu (Hempu} Tanakung and of another poet M'pu Dharniaja, 
composer of the Svaradahana. The language is pure Kavi, with 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 81 

a peculiarly large number of Sanskrit words. The Indian Ra- 
mayana contains seven Kandas, large divisions, again divided into 
Sargas, chapters ; in Bali we find no Kandas, but the whole nar- 
rative of the first six Kdndas is placed together and divided into 
twenty-five Sargas. 1 The yth, the Uttara Kdnda, is no part of the 
narrative, but forms a separate work in Bali, the author of which, 
however, is accounted to be the same Valmiki. The separation of 
this Kanda from the rest of the Ramayana is a proof that it was in- 
troduced from India as a different piece, not forming part of the 
large work, in favour of which position the contents also speak, the 
Uttara Kat.ida giving an account of the history of the family of Rama 
after his death. From this we conclude that in India, at the period 
when the Ramayana was communicated to the Javanese, the 
Uttara Kanda was not yet annexed to this work. We, likewise, 
do not find, in the Java-Balinese Ramayana^ the long stories of 
the Bala Kanda, the history of Rama as a child, where Vasista, 
the priest of the house, tells him tales of the time of old. Those 
narratives, partly very beautiful, such as that of the Sagarides and 
the descent of the river-goddess Ganga on the earth (vide A. W. 
von Schlegel's " Indische Bibliothek"), are episodes not forming 
part of the Ramayana ; they have, however, so many charms, 
especially for a people like the Javanese and Balinese, who take 
every story for truth, that the absence of those tales in the Java- 
Balinese Ramayana is surprising. We ascribe their absence to 
the same reasons as the separation of the Uttara Kaiida from the 
Ramayana ; at the time when the Ramayana found its way into 
Java, it was not so voluminous as at present in India, and com- 
prised exclusively the history of RAma. As to the Mahdbharata, 
it has long since been discovered by European scholars from the 
contents, and the form of different parts, that in this work, as it at 
present exists, we have before us a conglomerate of Indian myths, 
which have been interpolated, partly in recent times. The same 
seems to be the case with the Ramayana, though the interpola- 
tions are not met with so repeatedly, and are not spread through 
the whole work. For a careful critical comparison of the Indian 
Ramayana with that of Bali I am at present in want of an edition 
of the Indian one. In Java, up to this time, there is only known 
a Javanese elaboration of the Kavi composition, the Romo ; this 
is far behind the Balinese Kavi work both in language and style, 
and is looked upon by the Balinese as a corruption. The Romo 
probably was not composed until the Muhammedan era, and pro- 
bably when, on the cooling of the religious zeal, the beautiful 
ancient literature was still remembered, while the knowledge of 
the Kavi was forgotten. 

I have borrowed a good manuscript of the Ramayana from the 
highest and most learned priest in Badong, the Padanda Made 

1 [Kern, in "Bijdragen" for 1883, i. p. I.] 
SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. G 



82 AN ACCOUNT OF 

ALENG KACHENG in Teman Intaran. It contains the Ramayana 
complete on 210 lontar-leaves, and is written very fairly, with 
great care in the use of uncommon signs, and with attention to 
the euphonic laws. Of this manuscript the last leaf with the sig- 
nature is wanting, so that it cannot be ascertained how old it is. 
For my use the little that was deficient has been transcribed from 
the text of another manuscript. This latter was written in the 
year (of Sakci] 1693, corresponding to the year of Christ 1771; 
and in Bali at Bandharapura (the Sanskrit name of Badong). 
Badong signifies as well the small kingdom of that name, as the 
residences of the princes of Badong, situated at no great distance 
from each other. We may translate Bandharapura, " the town of 
union," or "the united palaces of the princes, " pura meaning a 
town and a royal palace. The Balinese word badong has also the 
same meaning. It is written with alpasastra (small letters), which 
makes us think of capital (Kavi and Sanskrit) letters. The usual 
Balinese letters may indeed be said to be small ones (alpa\ it 
compared with old writings still existing in Java. However, we 
find no other letters in Bali than the common recent current 
writing, and even the learned priests have lost every recollection 
of more ancient letters. Inscriptions on stone (as noticed already) 
are not found, and the letters of the Sanskrit shown by me to them 
were perfectly unknown to them. We can thus make nothing 
more of alpasastra than that the writer humbly acknowledges that 
he makes use of the imperfect letters, since the want of greater 
knowledge does not permit him to write better and more correctly. 

The last words contain an invocation of the Deity, and we find 
them with slight variations at the end of several manuscripts ; they 
are pure Sanskrit, and correspond to the invocations at the begin- 
ning of Sanskrit works : Siddir astu, tatastu, ong Sarasvati namah, 
cng fmung Gaiiapataye namah, ong sri Gurubyo namah, " Be this 
the accomplishment, be it thus (?) : Ong adoration to Sarasvati, 
Ong adoration to Ganapati, Ong to the gurus adoration ! " The 
word fmung is not very clear nor Sanskrit. The invocation of 
tat-astu (let this be) appears also superfluous ; if we explain it by 
tatha astu (may it be), the sense becomes no better. Sarasvati 
is the goddess of letters, the consort of BrahmCi. In every 
Balinese year she has a feast, where the whole of the manuscripts 
are brought forth and consecrated in the temple. Ganapati or 
Ganesa, the son of Siva and Parvati, is the god of arts and 
cunning, the Indian Mercury. His cunning is invoked in India 
as well as on Bali, in order to overcome the obstacles which are 
likely to be met with in the composition of an important work. 
The gurus are on earth the parents and spiritual teachers ; here, 
however, are meant the celestial gurus, the Pitaras, or " spirits of 
the departed members of the family," who receive a daily worship. 

The Ramayana is divided into twenty-five sargas or chapters. It 
begins with the incarnation of the god Vishnu in the family of the 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 83 

Icing Dasarata of Ayodhya (the present Oude) ; he becomes the 
son of Dasarata by his wife Kosalya (Sanskrit Kausalya) ; his half 
brothers are Barata by Kekayi and Laksmana by Sumitra. His 
teacher is the Muni Vasista, who instructs him above all in the 
Danurrcda, " the art of arms/' At an early age, the pious king 
Visvamitra, the rajarsi, royal rishi (vide the Rajarsis in Bali, his 
successors), when he was recognized as an incarnation of Vishnu, 
invoked his aid to deliver his hermitage from the Rakshasas who 
had made war against it. This he accomplished, and bent the 
bow of Parasu Rama. From this the tale turns to his nuptials 
with the fair Sita, and to the intrigues of his stepmother Kekayi, 
who forms the design to raise her son to the throne. After that 
he voluntarily retires into a hermitage, and subsequently into the 
forest of Dandaka, accompanied by Sita and Laksmana. Laks- 
mana mutilates the Raksasi Surpanaka who wooed for his love, 
and by this excites the hatred of RCivana, the prince of Langka 
(Ceylon), and brother to Surpanaka, against Rama and his com- 
panions. JRiirana ravishes the beautiful Sita, and Rama seeks for 
her in vain. He makes an alliance with the monkey-king Sugriva, 
and his son the swift Hanuman. Hanuman discovers the hidden 
spot where Sita was concealed, and then begins the war of Rama 
and his monkey- warriors against the Raksasas of Langkapura. A 
large part of the work is filled with instructive conversations 
between the monkey-princes and Rama, and their relations, espe- 
cially between Vibisana, the brother of Rdvatia, and the latter. 
Finally RCivana is slain by Rama, who with his supernatural 
weapon chakra cuts off his ten heads. Sita is purified by Agni 
(the god of the fire), and disappears in mother earth. Rama 
becomes king of Ayodhya, and retires in old age to the forest 
hermitage, where he dies. 

The Ramayana and the Paruas are to the Balinese a sort of 
pattern for princes. The adat of the princes, and of the second 
and third castes, is contained in those works, holy to them, whilst 
the Vedas and other secret writings furnish the rules for the Brah- 
mans. The princes and the chiefs of Bali are to regulate their 
lives in accordance with the Epic writings, and as long as they do 
so peace and quietness shall prevail and increase in the country. 
In the present time, however, many princes are charged with 
indifference to the sacred precepts, and with being, thereby, the 
cause of the diminution of the fortune and prosperity of Bali. A 
virtuous prince, before undertaking the smallest matter, examines 
first the conduct of the old Kshatriyas and demigods, as it is 
described in the ancient holy literature. The conduct of those 
ancient heroes is ever in the recollection of the princes of to-day, 
in order to regulate their actions according to the holy patterns, 
wherever they may find themselves. 

A king is to have the accomplishments of the eight gods of the 
points of the compass viz., Indra, Yama, Surya, Chandra, 

U 2 



84 AN ACCOUNT OF 

Anila, Kuvera, Baruna } Agm (according to Ramayana, lontar-leaf 
181). 

UttaraMnda. This, as we have seen, is the last (seventh) divi- 
sion of the Indian Ramayana. The author is likewise Balmiki 
( Vahnlki). Up to this time I have not had access to it ; it is, 
however, the history of the brothers of Rama, and contains also 
stories altogether unconnected with the family of Rama. A more 
recent Kavi work is the Arjuna-rijaya, which borrows its subject 
from the Uttarakanda ; of which hereafter. Kanda (compare the 
" Kanda" of Raffles, vol. i. p. 373 et seg.), division in India, is used 
in Bali like Parva for all sacred writings ; those Kavi works, 
however, whose names are Kanda and Parva, are chiefly destined 
for the princes and nobles of the second and third caste in Bali, 
whilst the works written in Slokas are confined as holy to the 
priests and Brahmans. The Ramayana and the Parr as (of the 
Mahabharata) have not been long known to the whole people ; 
they were a secret of the priests and chiefs, and contain rules for 
the latter in their government and for every action during their 
temporal life. In every undertaking and in every event, persons 
of rank are bound to conduct themselves in accordance with the 
precepts contained in those works. Contempt or indifference in 
following those sacred writings would bring disaster on princes and 
people alike, and the entire happiness of the country is indis- 
solubly dependent on the imitation of those holy works. 

Parvas (of the Mahabharata'}. The second great Indian epos 
is the Mahdbharata, composed by the Muni Vyasa (Bal. Byasa}. 
The name of Mahdbharata is not known in Bali, but its eighteen 
divisions or Parr as are known. The names of those eighteen are 
correct. Six exist entire and two are incomplete. From the 
name of Mahdbharata being unknown, it would appear that tJiis 
ivork at the time it was brought from India to Java did not bear 
this name, nor perhaps any general ?iame at all, but that its divi- 
sions were already regarded as sacred writings. In that case, the 
name Mahabharata is only applicable to a small part of the whole 
work, since the war of the Bharatas, that is, of the Pandavas and 
Kurus, occupies not more than 20,000 Slokas, whereas the whole 
work contains above 100,000. The rest consists of interpolated 
narratives of various descriptions, which, as occasion admits, are 
inserted loosely or annexed. How much the Balinese Parvas did 
contain of the Indian ones, it is impossible for me to decide, 
without being in possession of the Indian Mahdbharata ; the 
pieces contained in them stand, however, in high esteem, and are 
faithfully copied. They have : 



1 Adiparva 

2 Virataparva 

3 Bismaparva 

4 Musalaparva 

5 Pnutanikaparva 



6 Svarga-Rawanapan'a 

and pans of 

7 Udyoga Parva and 

8 AsramaweuafMva. 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 85 

The names of the remaining ten they give as follows : 



9 Saba Parva. 

10 Aranyaka Parva 

1 1 Drona Farva 

12 Kama Parva 

13 Salya Parva 



14 Gada Parva 

15 Svatama Parva 

1 6 Soptika Parva 

17 Stripalapa Parva 

1 8 Asvamedayajnya Parva. 



Along with them they mention also the Santika-parva, although 
they expressly said there existed no more than eighteen Parvas: this 
can, therefore, be nothing but another name for one of the above eigh- 
teen Parvas} Vyasa, the author, whom we have already mentioned 
in speaking of the Brahman dapurana, is the son of Parasara, the 
grandson of Sakri, who is the son of Vasista, the domestic priest 
in Ayodhya, teacher of Rama, and supposed progenitor of one of 
the most distinguished castes of the Brahmans. This family was 
nearly extirpated through Sakri, the son of Vasista, being devoured 
by one of the Raksasas. Vasista was ready to immolate himself 
by the flames, but was prevented on hearing from out of the wornb 
of the mother, the cries of his grandson, who afterwards was called 
Parasara. He then resolved to spare his life for the education of 
the child. Upon this he performed his domestic worship, and 
while muttering the Veda a fire broke out, into which all the 
Raksasas were drawn down by an irresistible force and destroyed. 
This furnished the subject of a painting in the private temple of 
the raja Kassiman of Gunong Rata, where we see the holy Vasista 
performing his worship in the manner still observed to-day by the 
Panditas, and hosts of Raksasas, by the power of his words, 
falling into the self-existent fire. 

The Balinese maintain that the family of Vasista lived in 
Baratavarsa (the eldest holy name of the Brahmanical India, 
which, however, comprised only a part of the valley of the Ganges 
between Ganga and Jamuna). Vyasa, the writer, is also called 
Hempu or Mpu Yogisvara. This is a name of frequent occurrence, 
and signifies even the highest divinity Siva. It is, however, 
explainable by the fact that a saint or Padanda, who retires from 
the world, becomes identified with the Deity, and is himself called 
Siva. In a certain sense, the Deity is himself the author of all the 
holy scriptures, since he enters into the composer and speaks and 
acts by him. 

* These are, especially, the works whose deficiency the Brahmans, who spoke 
with Crawfurd, regretted. They requested me to communicate them to them, 
which I did as far as my pieces extended, with the promise to provide, also, 
the large remaining part. The Indian books themselves are of no use to them, 
since they do not know the writing. I was thus obliged to dictate them word 
by word. 

1 [See, on this specification, Weber in his " Indische Studien," vol. ii. pp. 
136-9. Also van cier Tuuk, " Notes on the Kawi Language and Literature," 
(1881), p. 7; and Kern, "Over de Oudjavaansche Vertaling van't Mihab- 
harnta," (Amsterdam, 1877), pp. 2-4]. 



86 AN A CCO UNT OF 

The Bismaparva contains 102 lontar-leaves. The Adiparva is- 
nearly of the same size. The Prastanika-parua, which I saw, con- 
tained only sixteen lontar-leaves, but was not complete. The 
names are all Indian ones with the exception of Svatamaparva, 
which seems to be a corruption of Atvatth&maparva, thus called 
after a hero of the Mahabhdrata, a son of Drona. Stripalapa- 
farva is called in the Sanskrit only Strlparva ; palapa seems to be 
formed in the Polynesian manner from alapa (harangue). 1 The 
language of the Pandas is, like that of the Ramayana, pure Kavi^ 
and more difficult to be understood than the other important Kavi 
works. In addition we have a Kapipan'a, containing the history 
of Sugriva, Hanuman and their ancestors in the monkey-dynasty. 
There exist also the Chantaka or Khdaka-Parva ; this is a sort 
of dictionary, where all the synonyms are classed together after 
the manner of the Javanese dasanama ; it was compiled by Kavi- 
dasi, the follower of Byasa ; it commences with the numerous de- 
nominations of the gods, and is for that reason of great importance 
for the mythology. It is, however, written in prose, and, like the 
Kavipawa, strongly separated from the eighteen holy Parvas. An 
Agasti (or Anggasti] Parva came also to my knowledge, in which 
the holy Agasti (the star Canopus and leader of Rama in his cam- 
paign against the south of India) gives instruction to his son Dre- 
dasya ; this work is not to be confounded with the Pawas of the 
Mahabhdrata. 

To the ancient Indian literature pertain further the books of the 
laws, especially that of Manu. The Balinese law-books are, like- 
wise, drawn from them, although they are written neither in Slokas 
nor in Kavi, and we shall, therefore, speak of them after the Kavi 
literature. The original law-book of Manu, Mdnavadharma-sdstra, 
is not known in Bali either by that name or by that of Menava 
Sastra (as the name is said to be on Bali by Raffles, vol. i. p. 991). 
Prabu Manu, however, is mentioned as the founder of the law,, 
and the Indian origin of the Balinese law and law-books is thus 
certain. The Purvadigama or Siva Sdsana, especially, is said to- 
have Manu for its author. ( Vide infra.") 

COMMON KAVI LITERATURE. 

i. Barata Yudda. With respect to its contents, the Barata 
Yudda stands nearest to the Parvas. For a considerable time it 
has been regarded as the only version of the Indian Mahabharata 
in our islands. But we have now found on Bali the original pieces 
of that epos. The Barata Yudda is formed after four of the 
Parvas viz., after the Bisma, Drona, Kama, and Salya-Parva ; 
the author is Hempu (or M'pu) Sdah, who lived in the time of Sri 
Paduka Batdra Jayabaya, Prince of Kediri, and wrote his works. 

1 [Or, rather, to be a corruption of praliipa.] 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 87 

by the order of the latter ; the design of the Prince was to obtain 
by the composition of the work a kadigjayan, a subjugation of the 
world. In this also an Indian idea is conspicuous ; by the per- 
formance of great offerings, by sumptuous works of architecture, 
and by works of literature, the prince thus engaged becomes not 
only famous, but he also acquires extraordinary power, by which 
he is enabled to subject the universe to his will. Such was also 
the aim of the great offering of the prince of Lombok (in Sep- 
tember, 1846), who, not being recognized by all as the legitimate 
chief, sought, by offerings and abundant alms, to prove his royal 
right and to strengthen himself for warlike enterprises. The time 
at which the manuscript of which I made use was composed is 
the year of Saka 1724 (corresponding to the year of Christ 1802). 
To judge from its outward appearance, I should have taken it to be 
much older; in forty-six years the lontar-leaves have already become 
much injured, and it seems to prove what is said, also, of Indian 
manuscripts, that they cannot survive a hundred years. This, 
probably, is also one of the causes that in Java, in so short a time, 
almost the whole of the ancient literature was lost, and that, when 
the desire for the old literature was revived, hardly any of the old 
manuscripts could be discovered. In Bali, also, we must not look 
for very old manuscripts ; however, those which are guarded and 
transcribed in the families of the priests may almost be considered 
as original, since in these families the knowledge of language and 
religion is preserved with the minutest care. Some faults are, of 
course, also possible here. 

The place where the manuscript was written is Svechchanagara, 
also called nagara Sukavati, situated in the kingdom of Gyanyar. 
I have noticed above that Badong has also a Sanskrit name (Ban- 
danapurd) ; this is the case with all distinguished places in Bali ; 
this place has even two nearly accordant Sanskrit names. Suka- 
vati is the city abounding in pleasure ; Svechcha-nagara, the city 
of well-being. We perceive here, again, how far the Indian 
element, and thereby the Indian language, has penetrated into 
Bali. However, all those places have also Polynesian names for 
the populace the Sanskrit ones are frequently known to the 
princes and priests only. 

The name Barata Yudda was formerly translated "penance, 
combat," and commonly written BrdtCi Yudda ; brata (Ind. vrata) 
is penance, and the heroes of the combat acquiring perfection by 
penance, the explanation had appearance in its favour. But we 
find in the manuscripts of the priests of Bali constantly Barata 
Yudda, with the capital b (according to De Groot), corresponding 
to the Sanskrit bh t and followed by the fdung (or tarung], repre- 
senting the long a ; the name cannot, therefore, be brought into 
accordance with brata, which originated in vrata. Barata, as we 
find it written, signifies, however, " a descendant of Bharata " (the 



88 AN ACCOUNT OF 

old Indian ruler of the universe), and we have thus in our work 
" the combat of the descendants of Bharata." Now the Kurus and 
the Pandavas are descendants of that ruler, and nothing can be 
more appropriate than such a title for the work. This explanation 
has already been offered by Raffles, but the reasons which render 
it irrefutable we first learned from the good Balinese manuscripts. 
The conclusion of this work agrees much with that of the Ramci- 
yana, and is Sanskrit : Ong sri devyebyo namah, ong fmung Gana- 
pataye namah, ong siddir astu, tat-astu hastu, ong dirgayur astu. 
" Ong adoration to the happy gods ! Ong adoration to Ganapati ! 
Ong may the accomplishment be, may that be ! Ong, may there be 
long life ! " Devyebyo must be devebyo. What gods, however, are 
meant is not clear. Sarasvatl and Ganesa cannot be intended, since 
the latter is invoked separately ; tat-astu is here made more forcible 
by the addition of another astu ; the word fmung here likewise pre- 
cedes Ganapati. Dirgayus, " long life," is a thing for which the 
Indians and Balinese, and especially the composers of literary works, 
always supplicate the Deity. It is not necessary to draw the 
attention of those who are acquainted with Sanskrit to the inflected 
Sanskrit forms, and to the proper observance of the difficult 
euphonic laws of that language, occurring here and at the conclu- 
sion of the Ramayana. In an enumeration of the Kavi works of 
a less sacred character, the Barata Yudda is placed at the head, 
because the contents are closely connected with the holy Parvas. 
It stands, however, in less esteem, and is more recent than some 
other Kavi works e.g., the Vivaha. The language is also not a 
very pure Kavi, but more intermixed with the ccmmon bhasa. 

2. Vivaha. This is known from the Javanese paraphrase of 
Gcricke, published in the twentieth volume of the " Transactions of 
the Batavian Society." The contents and arrangement of the 
narrative in the Kavi Vivaha is the same as in the translated para- 
phrase. The language is a very pure and beautiful Kavi ; it is 
likewise not composed in the common Javanese song-form, but in 
the metres derived from India (to be afterwards described). The 
author is M'pu Kanva, not Kanno, as we find in the Javanese 
Vivaha, which word has been formed by the usual Javanese corrup- 
tion of va into o. Kanva is the name of an Indian Muni or Saint. 
Our Kanva, however, we may be sure, was a Javanese, perhaps of 
an Indian descent. He, too, lived in Kediri under Ayer Langgia, 
the ancestor of Jayabaya. 

Hempu S'dah and Hempu Kanva seem to have been adherents 
of the Sivaitic sect. We find here few or no traces of Buddhism 
in the Barata Yudda and Vivaha. 

3. Smara dahana, the burning of Smara (the god of love) : a 
well-known Indian myth. The god Siva is interrupted in his 
penance by Smara (or Kama), that is to say, he loses the fruits 
of his penance by falling in love. Enraged by this, he burns the 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 89 

god of love in flames which issue from his body. The god of love 
is therefore also called Anangga (the bodiless), because his body 
was burnt by sira. This work, too, is of the time of Ayer Langgia, 
Prince of Kediri. The author is called M'pu Darmaja, son of 
Raja Kusuma, the composer of the Rdmdyana Kavi. 

4. Sumdna Santaka comprises part of the Indian Raghuvanta. 
Raghu, the ancestor of Rama, begets the Adia ; she is permitted 
to chose her consort after the Indian royal custom (Svayamvara, 
also so called on Bali). Her husband Devindu died, and she then 
gave birth to Dasarata, the father of Rama. This work also is 
composed in Kediri or Daha under Ayer Langgia ; the writer is 
M'pu Monaguna (the name signifies " whose prominent attribute 
is silence, mauna"). The writers of the three latter works bear 
Sanskrit names, and belong to the Sivaitic sect ; the names of the 
Buddhist writers are in the language of the country, and, in this 
circumstance, likewise, the characteristic of that religion is con- 
spicuous, which made its way chiefly by yielding to and adopting 
the manners of the numerous and widely different countries into 
which it was propagated ; whilst Brahmanism, rigidly adhering to 
the ancient traditions, and holding in contempt all that is foreign, 
is nowhere found beyond India except in Java and Bali, and per- 
haps in parts of Sumatra and Celebes. 

All the three above-mentioned works are in a peculiarly good 
style, and highly esteemed, and this chiefly because they are of 
Sivaitic authorship. 

5. Bomakdvya ; the song of Boma (or Bhauma)*, " the son of 
the earth ; " he is begotten by Vishnu from Pritivi (the earth), 
and has, as son of the earth, a demon form and disposition. 
He is a Ddnava (that is, like the Grecian Giants and Titans). 
He waged war against Indra, the god of (the lower) heaven, and 
triumphed over him. (Indra is also overcome by Ravana, the 
giant-king of Ceylon, and his power appears everywhere as 
secondary, against which the evil spirits are proof.) One of the 
higher gods (Vishnu or Siva) must subject his adversaries in order 
to restore peace and order on earth. Here it is sang Krisna, the 
well-known (eighth) incarnation of Vishnu, who kills Boma, and 
delivers Indra from his distress. Boma is killed by being lifted 
up from the earth, which constantly re-invigorates him. The 
author is M'pu Bradah Boda, that is, " a Bauddha, a Buddhist;" 
he wrote in the time of Jayabaya of Kediri. Under that king 
Buddhism seems to have found its way for the first time into 
Kediri (the largest empire which existed in Java before Ma- 

japahit}. 

6. Arjuna Vijaya (" the triumph of Arjuna ") is formed after 
the Uttarakdnda in like manner as the Bdrata Yudda after the 

* Buma Kalantaka, by Raffles ; the name Anraka Sura has not yet come to 
my knowledge in Bali. (Raffles, vol. i. p. 388). 



90 AN ACCOUNT OF 

four above-mentioned Parvas. It contains the combat of 
Arjuna with jRavana and his victory. Rdvana is here bound, but 
not yet killed, because his time has not yet arrived. He is to be 
destroyed by Rama. Whether we are warranted in supposing, 
here, an expedition of the Brahman Hindus against the South of 
India and Ceylon, previous to that of Rama (who is considered 
to be a personification of the subjugation of those regions), further 
research must show. The composer is M'pu Tantular Boda t 
likewise a Buddhist in Kediri M&feTjayabaya. 

7. Suta Soma. The ratu Detia (Danawa, Demon). Pur- 
usada had made captive all the kings of Baratavarsa and 
conquered the ratu Darma. He is overcome by Suta Soma 
and his relative Prabu Maketu. It contains many episodes, 
and also the history of Rama. The subject is said to be taken 
from the Ketaka Parva (vide supra), although we should not 
have expected it from the nature of that work. The author is 
the same who composed the Arjuna-Vijaya viz., the Buddhist 

Tantular of Kediri. 

We have thus compositions from older works in the epoch of 
Jayabaya, or at least of the successors of the King of Ayer 
Langgia ; it appears that the older Kavi language then began to 
be difficult of comprehension, and that the favourite subjects of 
literature were, therefore, translated into a more comprehensible 
language. The influence of the Buddhists in this innovation is 
not to be mistaken. 

8. Harivangsa. This likewise is an Indian poem, commonly 
joined to the Mahdbharata (the Indian one is translated by 
Langlois in Paris and obtainable in Calcutta) ; this piece, too, 
invites us to a comparison between India andfava, the Kavi and 
the Sanskrit. The contents, according to the priests, are : the 
conduct of Krisna towards Rukmini (his wife), and the war 
against the two princes Jarasanda, father-in-law oi : . Kama, ruler of 
Magada, and Chedi or Sisupala. This work was written in Maja- 
pahit* and is thus of later origin than the preceding ; the author is 
M'pu Penulu Boda, likewise a Buddhist. The King of Maja- 
pahit at this period was Brayang V basing Suka, father of Bra 
Vijaya (Brovijoyo), who, according to Javanese records, was the 
last (Hindu) prince of Majapahit. 

These are the most important works of the Kavi literature, so- 
far as I am yet acquainted with it. 1 With these, however, we are 
far from having exhausted Balinese literature. We have besides 

* Majapahit is the literal translation of the Sanskrit Vilvatikta (corrupted 
Vilatikta, Us. Java), the bitter vilva (aegle marmelos) ; this then at least is 
not a fictitious fruit, and the name of Majapahit not unmeaning, as it was 
formerly considered (vide Raffles). 

1 [See also R. van Eck in tlie Introduction (pp. vi.-viii.) to his edition of 
Megantaka % in the Batavian " Verhandelingcn," vol. xxxviii.J 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 91 

them, first, the law-books written in prose; further, the Tuturs, or 
" instructive writings," of which nothing can as yet be ascertained, 
since they are for the most part secret writings. Further, the 
Babads, or historic-genealogical works, partly written in Kidung 
i.e. the newer (Javanese) measure, partly in prose. Moreover, we 
have pure Polynesian myths ; above all, those of Panji, which 
are likewise written in Kidung. Then there also exist little essays 
on the transmigration of the soul, on erotic subjects, &c. ; and 
finally there is the Balinese " Kalendar," a work of the utmost 
importance. 

BABAD, OR HISTORICAL ESSAYS.* 

1. Ke?ihanrok. He is a son of Brahma and progenitor of the 
rulers Q{ Kediri, Majapahit and Bali. It has not as yet been 
ascertained in what epoch he must be sought for. His residence 
was in the Kampong M'dok, whose situation is not known in 
Bali, but is supposed to be in Baratavarsa. It is written in 
prose, and contains forty or more lontar-leaves. I am only in 
possession of the first part, which has no more than seventeen 
leaves. His mother is called Kenhendok. The god Brahma met 
her, much in the same way as the Greek Zeus knew how to win 
his numerous loves, whilst she, as a married woman, was amusing 
herself in the field. 

2. Rangga Lawe. Siva Budda (N. B.), ruler of Tumapel, is 
made captive for misgovernment by the King of Daha or Kediri, 
and his empire Tumapel is overthrown. The chief minister of 
Kediri is Rangga Lawe ; he at a later time disagrees with his 
sovereign, and is finally vanquished and put to death. The work 
contains a minute description of the Court of Kediri and the 
position of the grandees of the empire, and may serve as a pattern 
of the constitution of the old empire in Java. It is, especially r 
maintained on Bali that the Court of Majapahit was altogether in 
the same style, and that all the rules of the Court of Kediri were 
carried to Majapahit. For this reason it would be desirable to- 
have this work published (text and translation), accompanied by 
the necessary notes ; this, however, can only be usefully done in 
Bali. The manuscript in my possession contains sixty-seven 
lontar-leaves, each of four lines front and back, and is written 
very neatly. It was written in Garogor (Glogor) in Badong^ on 
the day of Saneschara Kaliwon Landep, in the month Kasa, the 
thirteenth day of the increasing moon, in rah 9, tcnggck 6, 
corresponding with the year of Christ 1847, Saturday, the 26th 

* The name Babad is also met with in Java (vide Raffles, " Literature," vol. L 
P- 393) an d it a l so comprises, following him, all the historic works and new 
chronicles. Raffles spells it Babat. In Bali I find the word written Babad*. 
[See also J. J. Meinsma, " Babad Tanah Djawi," vol. ii. pp. 1-15.] 



9 2 AN A CCO UNT OF 

of June. It commences with a metre of fifty-two syllables in each 
line, the stanza as usual of four lines. 

3. Usana Java. " The ancient institutions of Java," a work 
containing the subjugation of Bali by the Javanese of Majapahil 
and the settling of the Deva Agung in Gclgel, with the distribu- 
tion of the lands amongst the grandees of the Court. One 
manuscript of it had twenty-nine lontar-leaves, and was derived, 
as they told me, from Pasuruang ; it, however, probably, came 
from Bali to this place, and seems to be little or not at all known 
in Java. It is written in prose. In that work a predilection for 
Arya Damar and his family is plainly manifested, whilst it passes 
over the Patih Gaja Madda, the founder of Mengui and ancestoi 
of the powerful family of Karang-Asem, almost in silence. For 
this we may find reason in the circumstance that it was originally 
composed by a follower of the dynasty of Arya Damar. Accord- 
ing to the postscript it was written in Galogor by Pam'chuttan (in 
Badong), on the day Rediti Pahing (Sunday), in the week Dun- 
ulan, in the month of Kanam (the 6th), on the thirteenth day of the. 
dark half, in the year i (rah), of the tenggek* 6. This would be 
the year 5 1 ; if we take the eighteenth century, we should have 
1751 of Sa&a, corresponding to the year 1839 of the Christian era. 

4. Usana Bali. The contents of it are known from the " Tijd- 
.schrift voor Nederlandsch Indie/' Qth year, vol. iii. pp. 245-373. 
There I have said that it is a work exclusively intended for the 
people, and not esteemed by the priests. It is otherwise with 
the Usana Java , which is held in honour by all castes, at least in 
Badong. 

5. Pamendanga.\ A sort of chronicle of more recent times. It 
-contains sundry confused histories of priests and kings, of the 
distribution of Bali amongst the original Pungavas of Gclgel, and 
genealogies of kings, of Karang-Asem, for instance. Respecting 
the division of the vice-regencies among the Pungavas, this work 
widely differs from the Usana Java, and its value and style are far 
inferior to those of the latter. It is also written in prose. Other 
Babads are found in the family of every prince ; if it were possible 
to gather the greater part of them from the different States, they 
certainly would spread much light on the history of Bali, if care- 
fully compared with each other. 

TUTURS, OR DOCTRINAL WRITINGS. 

These are divided into two classes : the secret writings of the 
priests, and such as are also current among the other castes, espe- 

* Tenggek is a period of ten years. Rat, a single year of that time. Sup- 
posing the era to be known, we find from it the year of SaAa. 

t From the Pamendanga a play is derived, performed by a single person in 
.topengs (masks) ; (it represents the more ancient history of Bali viz., of the 
Deva Agungs. 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 93 

cially the second and third. The former are extremely numerous, 
but since they are kept secret, we can only mention the names of a 
limited number of them. They seem to be written, like the Vedas, 
in &lokas. The names I obtained are the following : 

1. Buvana Sangksepa (the shortening or contraction of the 
world or of men). 

2. Buvana Kosa (the treasure of the world). 

3. Vrihaspati Tatva (the Tatva, truth, the essence of Vnhas- 
petti, the star Jupiter, teacher of the gods). 

4. Sarasa Muschaya (sarasa is explained by isi, the contents ; 
it is, however, probably sdrasa, the lotus ; muschaya is not very 
clear, but is explained by kumpulan, " accumulation," " gathering ;" 
this is one of the works enumerated by Crawfurd. 1 

5. Tatva Jnana (knowledge of substance, essentia). 

6. Kandampat. 

7. Sajotkranti. 

8. Tutur Kamoksa (vide infra). Under this denomination exist 
numerous works ; it means, " instruction for blessedness, or for 
delivery from the transmigration of the soul." 

The second class of the Tuturs, current, also, among the other 
castes besides the Brahmans, are, for instance : 

1. Rajaniti (wisdom of kings) ; it contains rules for the policy 
and the government of kings, and it is in many respects analogous 
to Machiavelli's "Princeps." 

2. JNitipraya or Nitisastra (superabundance, or manual of 
wisdom) : it is of a similar character with the former. 

3. Kamendaka Niti (rules of wisdom of the sage Kamendakd}. 

4. Naranatya (nara "men," natya " the mimic"). 

5. Ranayajna (the sacrifice of the battle). 

6. Titi dasa gunita ; this belongs properly to the first division, 
but has been made by Padanda Vahu Ravuh into Kavi under 
the name of Nitisara (compendium of wisdom). 

LAW-BOOKS. 

These are written in prose. They comprise most of the Balinese 
books which are mentioned by Crawfurd and Raffles. The 
accounts of them, however, differ from each other. Raja Kasiman 
names them : 

i. Agama. 2. Adigama. 3. Devagama (somewhat difficult to 
understand). 

4. Sarasamuchchaya (the same we have just met with among 
the secret writings). 

5. Dustakalabaya (the fear of the malignant Kala), a law-book, 
in which in particular the faults committed by children are pun- 
ished. 

1 [It should be s&ra-samuchchaya t the aggregate of truth.] 



34 AN A CCO UNT OF 

6. Svarajambu (the voice of Jambu), that is, "the command, 
the law of India," fambu-Dvipa. 

7. Devadaiida (in very old language), it conies in use when 
Vishnu appears incarnated upon earth. 1 

8. Yajfiasadma (yaj/la "sacrifice" sadmaT) 
The Pandita in Taman Intaram mentions only 

i. Agama* 2. Adigama, the two law-books mentioned by 
Raffles as the basis of the law for the common people. Raffles 
calls the latter Degama. 

3. Piirvadigama or Sivasasana, the above Adigama, or "the 
command of Siva, 1 ' of value exclusively for the Brahmans. 
4. Devagama, the dgama of the Devas. 

5. Svajambu Svarajambu; the meaning is doubtful; perhaps 
svara, "voice," "command," and/aw/^, in lieu Qi Jambu Dwipa 
(I?idia), thus, " the voice of the law of India." 

The principal law-book from India (ap. Raffles' Menava Sastra, 
Ind. Manava-dharma-sastrd] is wanting, according to all inquiries 
for it which I made among several priests and persons of rank. 
They, however, are aware that all their laws have been derived 
from Prabu Manu (the ruler of Manu), who, in different ages, 
under different names, holds the government of the world. I 
found it mentioned only in the Sivasasana, the law-book of the 
Brahmans, under the name Dharma-sastra Kutara- Ala navadi ; 
adi has here, it would seem, the true Indian sense "and so forth" 
so that the translation will be " the law-books, that of Kutara 
Manava and the others" Kutara t is also mentioned by Raffles 
as "a law-book," and is not explained by Humboldt. Kutara 
appears to me to be the same as Uttama viz., the name of the 
third in the line QlManus. The conversion of Uttama into Kutara 
is quite possible, and supported by a passage of the BraJunanda- 
pur&na: Utara Manu, lont. n. Uttara is the comparative, "the 
higher" and Uttama the superlative, "the highest" degree. The 

1 [A Dutch translation of this short code (35 sections) appeared in the 
Batavian "Tijdschrift," vol. xviii. pp. 295-309.] 

* Agama is explained by Wilson, Sanskrit Diet., "a Sastra or work on. 
science and of divine origin." In the Malayan and common Balinese language 

signifies religion ; in the names Agama, Adigama, Dcvagama, it has evidently 
more the old Indian meaning, and especially that of law-book. Adigama seems 
to have originated in Adhi and Agama, with the omission of the first A of 
Agama, a carelessness which is frequently met with among the Sanskrit words 
in the Kavi e.g., Svatamaparva for Aivatth&maparua. The a in Polynesian 
words is a euphonic prefix, which was then omitted in the Sanskrit words 
likewise. 

t Kutara is, following Wilson, " the post round which the string passes 
that works the churning-stick." This explanation is here in no way applicable. 
[The whole question as to the existence, on Bali, of a Manava-sastra and a 
Kutara-sastra has been fully treated by Dr. J. C. G. Jonker in his work, 
"E'jn Oud-Javaansch \Vetboek" (Leiden, 1885), pp. 11-20]. 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 95 

k before Utara I am inclined to regard as the Polynesian prefix, 
added through ignorance. Opposed to this conjecture, it is true, 
is the fact that the law of India must have been framed by the 
first Manu, Svayambhuva Manu ; but we have various law-books, 
and these are even yet not all known. Possibly the original 
Balinese law-book has been derived from another Indian one, 
although the contents are upon the whole the same as in that of 
Svayambhuva. 

This Dharmasastra Kutara Manava is either now in Bali and 
kept secret, or it is one of the works which existed in Java, but 
were lost and were not brought to Bali. It is mentioned along 
with the Sarasamuchchaya, which we learn to be one of the 
Tuturs ; further, along with the Kamandaka, a Tutur for obtain- 
ing advantage or intrepidity. A learned Brahman is expected to 
be acquainted with all these works. It was not without the 
greatest difficulty that I got the Sivasasana into my hands ; how- 
ever, I may hope to obtain in the like way insight into the 
remaining law-books and the Tuturs. The Sivasasana was bor- 
rowed by me on the same condition as the Brahmandapurana 
viz., not to show it to any one of the people. The manuscript of 
the Sivatasana in question was written on the day Mahulu Pahing 
Anggara (Tuesday), of the week Sungsang, in the year of Saka 
(Sakawarsa) 1682 (A.D. 1760), in the month Sravana, on the 
eighth day of the white half, in Vilatikta* After this the writer 
makes his excuses in the customary manner for the bad and 
careless writing, and he has great need to do so, for the manu- 
script abounds in faults ; he pleads his inexperience (muda) 
and inferiority (hina dtna). He adds further that the work is 
a secret writing (rahasya\ and concludes with the well-known 
invocation : 

Siddir astu, tat' astu astu 
Ong Saras watie namah 
Ong g'mung Ganapataye namah 
Ong sri Gurubyo namah 
Ong ong Kamadevaya namah 

Respecting these invocations, we refer to what is said under 
Rainctyana and Barata Yudda. Here only is added " Ong 
adoration to Kamadeva!" He, the god of love, would thus 
appear to be peculiarly the favourite deity of the writer. The 
god of love is indeed highly honoured and praised in many of 
the newer poems, a circumstance the analogy of which we find 

* Where this Vilatikta is to be sought for in Bali remains uncertain ; it is 
(Vilvatikta) the Sanskrit name for Majapahit. It is possible that the work 
was originally written in Majapahit, and that the copyists in succession retained 
the name of the city where it originally was composed, although they them- 
selves were in Bali. 



96 AN A CCO UNT OF 

again in India. We give here the prologue, the text and the 
translation of the Sivasasana : 

"This is the Purvadigama &asana-sastra-saro-dretta* first 
composed by the accomplished old teacher, the raja Purohita, 
who knows all qualities, who resembles the rays of the sun, who 
dwells in the hearts of all mankind ; Misraharana, who, as the 
highest precious stone, outshines all the divine teachers of iv& 
(of the Sivaite sect), the lowest, the middle, and the highest; 
further is he named the first Guru, the great saint. The same 
asked for ashes, after he had obtained permission to ask for ashes 
of the children and grandchildren of Sa?2g J3as?na?igkura(?) ; the 
same commanded him thereupon to compose the Scisanadigama 
Sastrasarodreta for all priests, as many as hold the religion of 
o/rtf ; for the Panditas of Siva as well as who live in the cities, 
the perfect ones, as also those who choose to dwell partly in 
cities, partly in the country, also for the host of the learned, who 
take care of processes, who settle disputes between all men, at 
the Court and in the country, this is their number. Assuredly the 
Adigarnasastra sarodreta must contain the laws for the conduct 
of them all." 1 

There further exists in Bali a law-book, called Svara, issuing 
from the Deva Agung, and in force for all princes and persons 
of rank. It cannot, as yet, be ascertained whether it is the same 
work as the Svarajambu (or Sva/anibu), but it seems to be a 
different one, since the addition of Jambu in the latter points to 
its Indian origin. 2 

Tatwa or Tutur kamoksa (vide above) contains rules for a 
religious life, with special directions from the birth of a man up 
to his death. It frequently prescribes fasting (Ind. vrata, brata, 
votum). In accordance with those writings not only the Padanda? 
regulate their lives, but also the princes and those of rank who 
aspire to the condition of holiness; they attain, thereby, the 

* This word must be divided, it would appear, into two parts ; Purvadigama 
sasana, " the command, laiu of the Puruadigama" and Sdstra Saro dreta, "in 
which is contained the essence of holy works." The Saro is inserted instead of 
Sara, and we thus find the nominative case in place of the theme in a composi- 
tion. This seems to be an error founded very likely in the want of acquaint- 
ance with the meaning of the Sanskrit terminations and inflexions, but offering 
at the same time another proof of the preservation of the inflexions in the 
memory of the Panditas. \Saro-dretta = saroddhrita, "gathered from the 
essence of the S.-L"'\ The SivaSdsana or Piirvddiganiatasana is the law-book 
for all the Brahmans, in the cities as well as in the country, and for those in 
whose hands the jurisdiction is deposited as well as for the rest. It is not,, 
however, applicable in the decision of the lawsuits of persons belonging to 
one of the three lower castes. 

1 [The transliterated Kavi text, with Friederich's explanatory notes, is here, 
for obvious reasons, omitted.] 

2 [See P. L. van Bloemen Waanders in the Batavian " Tijdschrift," vol. viii. 
(1859), pp. 201-27, and the Introduction to Jonker's work previously men- 
tioned.] 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 9; 

dignity of Rest (a saint, without sin), and the priests become 
Brahmarsi, the princes Rajarsi ; the latter, of course, as it is 
natural, in consequence of their birth, rank below the former. 
Every prince must properly aim at this dignity, and the Abisckn, 
"the anointing" of the chief prince, is dependent upon it. Uy 
becoming Resi and by the Abiscka^ not only the dignity of the 
prince is raised, but he is, thereby, as it were, received into the 
caste of the Brahmans the like rule is also observed in India. 
The predecessor of the last sovereign of Pam'chuttan was Resi^ 
and had received the Abiseka ; even as the former Deva Agun&s. 
At present there is no prince of Bali who has received the 
Abiseka. The Raja Kassiman, however, aims at the dignity 
of Resi. 

MALAT. 

The Malat * contains the history of the celebrated hero Panji, 
who had his adventures on Bali also. The work is as voluminous 
as the Ramayana ; it is, however, not written in the Kavi measure 
or language, but in Kidung, which means the newer Java-Balinese 
measure. The subjects contained in it are exhibited to the public 
in the Gambuh (dramatic performances by men, who speak them- 
selves). The same is the case with the Ramayana. The Barata 
Yudda and Vivaha are represented in the Vayang Kulit in the 
same manner as on Java. Of the Indian drama nothing seems to 
have found its way into this island. The names of the most 
famous of the Indian dramas are unknown there. The tale of the 
Sakuntala is known from one of the Parvas, and the original nar- 
ration we find also in India in the Mahabhdrata. But the 
magnificent drama Sakuntala of Kalidasa is not known. The 
reason of this is, probably, that most of the Indian dramas are of 
late times, and, perhaps, at the time the Brahmans came to Java, 
were exclusively found at the courts of the princes of Ujjayinl, 
Kashmir, Ayodhya, &:c., so that the Brahmans could not be 
acquainted with them. Besides, the drama forms no part of the 
sacred literature, and the Brahmans might have neglected it for 
that reason. 

RELIGION. 

The religion of Bali, as is well known, is the Hindu, and in fact 
the two great Indian creeds, the Brahmanical and the Buddhist, 
exist there. The adherents of the latter are few in number, and 
live in Karang-Assem in the dessa of Buddha Kling (Crawfurd) 
and in Gyanyar, in Batua?i. These Buddhists, whom no European 
has ever visited, appear, however, to hold a modified form of 
religion. Crawfurd remarks that the people of Boleleng had 

1 [R. van Eck, in "Bijdragen," III. vol. ii. pp. 3-5.] 
SECOND SERIES, VOL. II. H 



98 AN ACCOUNT OF 

spoken rather contemptuously of the Buddhists, but I have not 
noticed this in the southern part of Bali. It is true they are said 
to be allowed to eat all kinds of animals, cows for example, which 
the worshippers of Siva are forbidden to eat, and dogs and other 
unclean things, but they are not accused of actually eating them. 
As for the relations between Sivaism and Buddhism, the Panditas 
state that Buddha is Siva's youngest brother, and that the two 
sects exist peacefully sjde by side, although the Buddhists do not 
worship Siva, and the Sivaites do not adore Buddha. In the form 
of worship, however, an intermixture of the two religions is ap- 
parent, for, on great feasts, e.g., the Panchdvalikrama, a priest of 
Buddha is invited to join the four Panditas of Siva, and performs 
his devotions sitting towards the south, while the other four 
throughout the service sit towards the remaining cardinal points, 
and in the middle. At the cremation of princes, moreover, the 
holy water from a Sivaitic Pandita is mingled with that of a 
Pandita of Buddha, and is used in this form by the worshippers 
of Siva. The intermixture of the two religions is also shown by 
the frequent mention of Buddha in the Kavi writings, and by the 
Buddhist composers of these writings, these works being also held 
in honour by the Sivaites. This, however, applies more to Java, 
whence all those writings came, but it is partly applicable to Bali 
also. So much is certain, that the Buddhists in Bali (and in 
earlier times in Java) were not fanatics, and that they left the 
Hindu Pantheon undisturbed, whilst they worshipped Buddha as 
the only true God. 

SIVAITES. 

The great majority of the Balinese hold the Brahmanical belief, 
and belong to the sect of Siva. There is no^trace of the other 
sects (Vishnuites) in Bali, and the worship of Siva has absorbed, 
as it were, that of all other gods of the Hindu Pantheon. The 
religion may be divided into the private worship of the priests and 
\\~\z. public worship of the people. 

THE DOMESTIC WORSHIP OF THE PRIESTS. 

The domestic rites of the Panditas remind us of the ancient 
Veda-worship of the Indian Brahmans, and in fact owes its origin 
to it. In old times the Brahmans in / India did not worship the 
gods of the people ; Brahma, Vishnu or Siva, and all the rest of the 
gods connected with them, had no existence for those men they 
adored the celestial bodies, especially the sun, and yfo? (Agni] and 
various stars. The domestic worship of the Brahmans in Bali has 
also the sun for its object, and is called suryasevana (worship of 
the sun) ; it is performed without temples or idols and with but 
few offerings. Upon asking what the sun meant, I was told that 
it was Siva, and therefore we may presume that the Brahmans no 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 99 

longer hold the ancient faith, and have adopted the ordinary 
service of Siva. Siva, however, has become so idealized, at any 
rate by the Brahmans, that he may very well be identified with 
the supreme (solar) deity, and in the popular creed of India Siva 
is also the representative of fire, and bears the sun as the third 
eye in his forehead. We, therefore, adhere to the hypothesis, 
that the Brahumns in Bali have preserved the ancient worship of 
the Indian Brahmans, which is based on the Vedas alone, and takes 
but little or 110 notice of the gods of the people, and that, although 
they conduct and regulate the worship of the popular gods, they 
do not themselves take part therein. 

I have been permitted to see the domestic devotions of a 
Padanda. They are performed between nine and eleven o'clock 
in the morning, on a fasting stomach, and are obligatory at least at 
full and new moons, in addition to which most Panditas perform 
them on every fifth day (Kalivon, according to the Polynesian 
week of five days). Especially holy priests, and those of high 
rank, such as the Padanda Made A ting Kachcng in Taman 
Intaran, observe them daily. On ordinary days, however, the 
service is not so long as on Kalivon, and on this day again it is 
shorter than at full and new moons. On the latter occasions, 
too, the priest is arrayed in his full vestments. The place of 
worship is a Bale, in one of the priest's inner courts. The portion 
of the Bale* where the ceremony takes place is surrounded on 
three sides with a lattice-work of bamboo : that of my Padanda 
was only open to the west. The Padanda is clothed in white, 
with the upper part of the body naked, after the Balinese-Indian 
manner. He sits with his face to the east, and has before him a 
board upon which stand several small vessels containing water 
and flowers, some grains of rice, a pan with fire, and a bell. He 
then mumbles, almost inaudibly, some words or prayers from the 
Vedas, dipping the flowers into the water and waving them and a 
few grains of rice before him (towards the east) with the forefinger 
and thumb of his right hand, whilst at the same time he holds up 
the pan containing fire. After having proceeded with his prayers 
for some time, during which he makes all kinds of motions with 
his fingers and turns his rosary, he appears to be inspired by the 
deity ; Siva has, as it were, entered into him ; this manifests itself 
in convulsions of the body, which grow more and more severe, 
and then gradually cease. The deity having thus entered into 
him, he no longer sprinkles the water and flowers towards the 
east alone, but also towards his own body, in order to pay homage 
to the deity which has passed into it. The bells are not used in 
the ordinary daily worship, but only at the full and new moons 
and cremations. 

* The names of the Bale are: Yasa, Mahantcn, Mahari, Boat; the holy 
water is called Sevamba^ i.e., sdiva and amdAas, " water of Siva." 

H 2 



ioo AN ACCOUNT OF 

By this ceremony the Padanda is completely purified ; all his 
actions, even the partaking of earthly food, are holy. He 
then eats (but only once in the day) ; while he is doing so no 
one but his children, who wait upon him, may approach, and 
they keep silence. The remains of his food are like Amrita 
Ambrosia), and are eagerly solicited and consumed by those 
present -including the princes, if they have a Pandita in their 
house, or happen to be in his house. The water which the 
Pandita has used during his devotions is looked upon, in accord- 
ance with the Vedas, as holy ; it is called toya tlrta (water of a 
holy place), and is bought by the people for their purifications, 
for sprinkling corpses and for offerings. This is one of the 
sources of income to the Panditas. In addition to his domestic 
worship, he performs the public religious ceremonies (see below), 
and conducts the cremations and the offerings for the departed. 
In his own house, moreover, he occupies himself with the Vedas, 
with the sacred and the common Kavi literature ; he teaches his 
children and those (chiefly princes and men of rank) who come to 
him as pupils. He is also the people's astronomer and astrologer, 
and alone knows how to regulate the calculation of time according 
to the different divisions of the year (see the Balinese Calendar). 
Finally, he consecrates the weapons. Every new weapon to be 
wrought is brought to him before the operation : he places some 
mysterious signs upon it, especially the word Ong (om), and until 
this has been done, the weapon is of no value or power. When 
the weapon is quite finished, the owner makes offerings and the 
Pandita reads the Vedas over it to insure its effectiveness. 

RELIGION OF THE PEOPLE. PLACES OF WORSHIP. 

The chief places of worship are the sad-kahyangan (the six 
temples) so-called /car' e^o^f. They are all dedicated, under 
various names, to Siva. The principal and oldest temple, the 
founding of which is narrated in the Usana Bali, is (i) in Basuki, 
at the foot of the Gunung-Agung, the holy mountain in Karang- 
Assem ; the name of the deity is sang Purnajaya, and his weapon 
tuak (a sword-like creese). 

(2). Vatu Kahu, in Tabanan, at the foot of the peak of Tabanan, 
called Barattan or Vatu Kahu ; the name of the deity is sang 
Jayaningrat, the weapon panah (bow). 

(3). Uluvatu, on the point of the table-land (bukii) in Badong, 
picturesquely situated above the sea, over which the rock on which 
the temple stands projects. This temple is the prahu of Devi 
Dann. The deity worshipped here is sang Manik Kumavang (the 
brilliant precious-stone) ; his weapon is tumbak (lance). 'I 'he 
access is difficult, through rocks and wild places. The temple can 
only be approached with the Sovereign. 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 101 

(4). Yehjentk (Jcruk- water), in Gyanyar, in the interior, in the 
Kampong of Narangkana ; the deity is sang Putra Jnya (the 
prince of victory) ; the weapon pedang (sword). 

(5). Gira/ara, in K/ongkong, on the coast ; the deity is Sanging 
Java (the triumphant one) ; the weapon is sambuk (whip). 

(6). Pakcndungan, in Tabanan^ on the coast. The name is sang 
Manik Kaleba (kalcba = dumila/i, brilliant) ; the weapon dining 
(sword-like creese). 

These are the principal temples, in which the rulers make offer- 
ings for the whole people. In U/nratu, the feast-day is the 
twenty-first of the Balincse year ; in Basuki, on the full moon of 
the month Kapat or Karttika (in September or October). A few 
other places, although of less consequence than those already men- 
tioned, are of special importance. 

(i). Sakcnnan, on the island Serangan, belonging to Badong. 
The deity worshipped is sang hyang Indra ; his weapon is the 
J>njra (Sanskrit vajra\ which really means lightning, but accord- 
ing to the drawing corresponds to the so-called thunderbolt. His 
feast is on the eleventh day after the Balinese new year. 

(2). Jcmpul, in Bangli, also with Indra as its deity. 

(3). Rambot Savi, i&jeinbrana, near the frontier of Tabanan. 

(4). Samantiga ; and (5). Kcntel Guii, both in Gyanyar. It 
is not known what deities are worshipped in the last three. These 
places are sacred through the supernatural power which issues from 
the gods adored there. 

We have besides in each dessa one or more Panatarans (natar, 
a court ; the offerings to DurgA, KAla and the Bhutas, are placed 
upon the ground, in the court). In these Durga, the wife of the 
malignant Kala, and the chief of the Bh&tas or Rakshasas (evil 
spirits), is worshipped. The worship of these latter occupies the 
people almost more than that of the beneficent gods, for the perni- 
cious influence of these beings must be guarded against in all sorts 
of ways, whereas the beneficent gods are more easily propitiated. 
Other temples are called Puri and Pangastanan ; the former are, 
principally, for persons of the highest rank, and the latter for the 
people ; here Siva is worshipped with his family. Another name 
is ParAryangan^ an assemblage of temples for all the gods and 
Pitaras (the shades of the dead). The small temple -houses are 
called Kahyangaii) place for a deity (flyang). To these belong 
also the Sadkahyangan. Finally, there is in every house a number 
of small temples, called Sanggar (in Crawfurd, Sangga). Among 
these there is Mcru t a temple with several roofs one above the 
other, rising up in the form of a pyramid, dedicated to Siva. The 
rest of the small temples are mostly devoted to the service of the 
Pitaras. The house-temples of the princes are of some import- 
ance and costliness, but they are not built in the best taste. 
Among these, besides the Merits, which are of wood, we find also 



102 AN A CCO UNT OF 

the pyramidal erections of stone. Padmasana (the Padmasana 
must be dedicated to the sun ; Siva is the sun), the apex of which 
is truncated and provided with a sort of stool, upon which incense 
is burnt to Siva, in his three forms viz., Sadd-Siva, Para ma-Sim 
and Maha-Siva (the incense being of three sorts : M'nyan, Madya- 
gawu and Chandana] ; and Chandi, a complete pyramid, not 
truncated. Besides these buildings, one finds several Bales t partly 
of masonry (Gdong Chanti-l) inlaid with Chinese porcelain and 
glass-work and ornamented at the back with pictures, and partly 
of wood (Gdong Tarik\ upon which the offerings are placed. 
The Mem and Padmasana are chiefly regarded as the seats of the 
supreme deity; the Merits are also provided with li/i^as, which 
however are, usually, merely of pointed wood and are fixed in great 
numbers in the roofs. The extremity of the Merits and also of the 
other small temple-houses is generally covered with an inverted 
pot or sometimes a glass, a circumstance that reminded me at 
once of Buddhism, since this seems to represent the dome (or 
bubble) which is the distinguishing feature of all Buddhist temples. 
The Sivaites, however, will not admit this, but they give no 
explanation of this ornament. The linga is also found in great 
numbers on the wails surrounding the temples, and here is of 
stone, shaped like the specimen which I have sent from Bolehng 
to the Batavian Genootschap. The original signification of the 
linga is almost lost ; the word now means simply "the most excel- 
lent one." In addition to the above, we have temples on the sea- 
coast, dedicated to the god of the sea, Baruna ; and further, small 
houses in the sawahs and on the roads, dedicated to Sri t the 
consort of Siva ; in the latter the passers-by strew a few grains of 
rice, if they have any with them. 

THE GODS WORSHIPPED. 

In India, according to the popular belief, Brahma, Vishnu and 
Siva, or the Trim Art i (Trinity), are the supreme gods. It is well 
known that the Brahmans, originally the first caste, pay but little 
honour to these gods, and that the Vedas place other deities above 
them Vishnu and Siva, indeed, playing a very subordinate part 
therein. The popular creed is further subdivided f into two great 
sects, the one worshipping Vishnu, and the other Siva, as its prin- 
cipal deity. In India, also, Brahma is not made the object of any 
special worship ; as creator he is neutralized, as it were, for his 
work of creation is accomplished, while the attention of mortals is 
absorbed by Vishnu, the preserver, and the dreaded Siva, the 
destroyer. It is certain that no Vishnuites ever came to Bali, nor 
probably to ancient Java. The only idols in Java which un- 
doubtedly represent Vishnu are mostly found in conjunction with 
Siva, and, it would appear, are merely added to make the retinue 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 103 

of the latter god larger and more splendid. It may be safely 
asserted that Vishnu has nowhere been the chief object of 
worship. 

In Bali all the characteristics, names and attributes of Vishnu 
are given to Siva ; he combines in himself the power of all gods, 
all others being as it were but other forms of himself. Siva is 
the highest invisible firmament (akasa}, or dwells alone in the 
heart ; Brahma, fire, icliicli through smoke becomes water f or 
Vishnu. Hence it is also that a Padanda is called Siva ; if Siva 
were not the all-comprising deity, completely idealized, that 
designation would not be applicable to these holy men, whose 
power, through the study of the Vedas, is greater than that of 
the common gods. Siva's heavens are, the Merit, Kailasa, 
Gunitng Agitng (Srarga or Indrahka ; Vishnu/oka or Brahmaloka, 
and Srvaloka are the three heavens rising one above the other). 

In the Indian mythology we find several gods (Vishnu, Durga, 
Ganeta, Skanda, &c.) provided with many^rms, to indicate their 
power. In Bali, four arms are given to Siva alone, while all the 
other gods, unless they assume a demoniacal (Rakshasa) shape, 
have but two arms. Siva also has a third eye in his forehead 
(signifying in India the sun, but not recognized as doing so here) 
(tnata trinetra} His names are : Paramesvara (the supreme 
lord) ; Mahesvara (the great lord) ; Mahadeva (the great god) ; 
brlkanda (the throat of eloquence?); Sudasina (with pure 
throne) ; Givaka (meaning uncertain) ; Sangkara, Garba (the 
foetus); Soma (the moon); Vrekanda (?) ; Kritlirasas (clothed 
in a tiger-skin) ; Garbaduta (garbha, foetus, and duta, messenger) ; 
Ganggadara (he who carries the river Gangga in his hair) ; Hara 
(he who grasps) ; Kamari (the enemy of Kama, the god of love) ; 
Vrishaketana (he who has the bull in his standard) ; Durjadi, 
probably more correctly Durjati ; Triambaka (he who speaks 
the three Vedas] ; Kawandi, Sarvajha (the omniscient) ; Viskandi, 
Fisnaki ; 13 a ma (Varna, the left-handed); Mredda, Ugra (cruel); 
Suit (he who bears the trident) ; Gandsara, Ganadipa (the lord 
of hosts); Isa (the lord); fsana (ditto); Kandali, Matsya- 
durita (matsya, fish, and durita, sin); Pasiipati (the lord of 
creatures) ; Tripurari or Tripurantaka (the enemy and des- 
troyer of the demon Tripura ; also Vishnu's name). Vrikshakctu 
(he who has a tree in his standard) ; Sambu, Srava, ear, and 
JBara, nature ; Dara (the holding one) ; Krisnarsa, Kusadi (he 
who has the Kusagrass as his first attribute) ; Saddakaripu (the 
enemy of the Saddaka} ; Sima (sinia, whole, or slma, boundary) ; 
Pramesti or Faramesti (the highest); Nandakavahana (he who 
rides on the Nandi) ; Kamadahana (he who has burnt the Kama} ; 
Girlsa (the lord of speech) ; Pravesada, SAli (domestic ?) ; 
Jli'atma (the soul of life) ; Isvanukara, Pitambara (covered with 
a yellow garment); Berava (Bhairara, the terrible one, also a 



1 04 AN AC CO UNT OF 

subordinate deity in the demon-shape). Nllakanta, and Nila- 
lohita (with a dark blue throat, from drinking the poison that 
comes forth from the troubled sea) ; Sani (saui, the name of the 
planet Saturn, and sani, worship) ; fsvara (the lord) ; Dristaketu 
(with plainly-visible standard) ; Uinapati (consort of the Uma] ; 
Chaturbuja (with four arms). 

Part of the manuscript of the Chaniaka-Parva was wanting 
here, but many more names were mentioned to me from memory. 
Siva appears to have in all not less than a thousand names in 
Bali, as in India. The following are further names : Bima (he 
who is to be feared) ; Rudra (also a special class of eleven gods 
of this name) ; Sara (nature) ; Kapalabrit (he who wears a skull- 
chain); and finally Jagammta (the lord of the world). f This last 
name always means Vishnu in India, but, in Bali, Siva is the 
supreme and almost the only god, and thus Vishnu's principal 
name is given here to Siva. 

SIVA'S ATTRIBUTES.* 

These are different in his various forms and temples. He has 
the rosary (gnduha genitri, Sansk. akshamdla) ; the fan (iibas-ubas^ 
Sansk. chamara). These two symbols represent him as a peni- 
tent. He has further the trisida (the pointed trident, to be 
distinguished from the trident without points, which, e.g., the 
JBagaran Trinavindu in the Batavian Society's Collection carries, 
and which the Balinese call Tckan. Both tridents stand with 
their points upwards ; the inverted trident (of Vishmi) I have not 
yet met with. Siva also has in Bali, as in Java, the Padma (the 
lotus), which in India belongs to Vishnu ; this, however, is not 
regarded as the lotus-flower, but as a weapon. We have already 
mentioned other symbols of Siva in the Sadkahyangan, namely, 
Tnak, a sword-like creese ; panah, the bow ; tumbak, the lance ; 
pdangj a sword ; sambuk, a whip ; and duuiig, a sort of creese. 
With the exception of the creeses, all these symbols are also 
Indian, and belong to Siva in India; the creese, however, is 
purely Polynesian. The bow and the sword proper are not used 
in Bali, and which are only known there from the religion and 
the writings. 

From Siva is to be distinguished Kala ; originally they were 
one and the same, but Siva is the bright (white) god of light, 
while Kala is the dark (black), terrible and destroying one. 
Kala is worshipped, with Durga and the Bhfttas, in the Paua- 
tarans and in the houses. The feast of Bayakala, the day before 

* Siva became incarnate as Arjuna Vijaya. His wife, Devi Yajnavati, 
commits suicide upon hearing a false report of the death of her husband, and 
at the prayer of the holy Pnlastya is called to life by sans hyang Sagara (the 
ocean) by means of Mntasanjivana (life-giving Ambrosia). 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 105 

the Balinese new-year, is dedicated to him, and he must be pro- 
pitiated by bloody offerings. The offerings placed daily before 
the houses and in the niches of small pillars, or in the walls, are 
also intended for him and the Bhtitas. 

Siva's consort is Unui. This is one of the many names of this 
deity, but not the principal one in India. In Bali it is used more 
commonly than Parvatl ; she is also called Giriputrl (daughter 
of the mountain; Parvatl has the same meaning). Durga is 
distinct from her, as Kala is from &va. (Durga in conflict with 
Mahishasura does not appear in Bali.) She is also called Devi 
Ganggd and Devi Danu (the goddess of the mountain lake ; this 
great mountain lake lies in the midst of the great Balinese range 
of mountains) [Us. Bali, p. 274]; in this character she is wor- 
shipped on the Gunung Batur, which rises from the middle of a 
mountain lake (Damt, Jav. ranu\ and she is regarded as the 
cause of eruptions and of the overflowing of the waters which is 
indispensable for the cultivation of rice. As goddess of the rice- 
fields she is called Sri (in India Vishnu's wife is called Lakshml, 
who here is also Siva's wife) and has her temples on the sawahs 
and on the roads between them. She is also worshipped along 
with Siva. The same applies to Ganesa, who possesses no 
temples and but few images in Bali. On account of his mis- 
shapen form, he is not beloved. 

Brahma, like Vishnu, has no special temples ; on great festivals, 
small-temple houses are erected for both deities, when offerings 
are made to all the gods, but after the festival these are taken 
down again. The following are other names for Brahma : Cha- 
turmukha (provided with four faces) ; Prajdpati (the lord of 
created beings, the creator) ; Padmayoni (born out of a lotus ; he 
is supposed in the Indian Mythology to have come forth out of a 
lotus which rises to the surface of the sea out of the navel of 
Vishnu as Narayana, resting upon the bottom of the sea). 
According to the Balinese conceptions, he has only one head ; 
if he is represented with more than one head, with four arms and 
other extraordinary limbs, he is to be regarded as Brahmamtirti, 
or as a Rakshasa (m&rti, the body, form, figure, does not precisely 
express this idea). The same is true of Vishnu and other gods. 
Brahma, the creator, has been deprived of all his distinguishing 
features ; he has no temples either in India or in Bali, and he is 
entirely subordinated to Siva, the supreme deity, and although he 
appears in the Brahmandapurana as the creator of the latter, 
Siva, when once created, possesses far greater power than 
Brahma the creator. Brahma and Vishnu are looked on in Bali 
as emanations or forces of Siva, and as related to each other ; 
Brahma represents fire, Vishnu water ; the fire through smoke is 
changed into water, and so Brahma's force passes into that of 
Vishnu. Siva himself has the dkdsa, the highest firmament, as 



1 06 AN A CCO UNT OF 

his element, and he dwells in the hearts of the purified.* (See 
as to Sadti, Parama, Mahd, Siva, Us. Bali, p. 307.) Brahma's 
symbol is the dan da (staff) ; a staff is carried by the Brahmans, if 
they become Panditas and hence it is that they are called 
Padandas " provided with a staff." The danda, however, is also 
regarded as a weapon, and includes the idea of punitive justice. 

Brahma's wife is Sarasvatl, the goddess of eloquence ; she, too,, 
has no special temples, but she has a feast-day in each Balinese 
year, in the week of Vatu Gunong, on the day of Saiicsc/iara 
Manis (Saturday). On this day all the manuscripts are brought 
into the house-temples and consecrated ; the old prince Kassiman 
brings his in procession to Gimong rata (his country residence) ; a 
Pandita is called upon, and reads the Vedas over the manuscripts, 
whereby their holiness is renewed. At the same time offerings of 
rice, kwe-kwe, sirih, &c., are made to the goddess, and the floor 
of the temple is sprinkled with holy water. Sarasvati's names, 
according to the Chantaka-Parva, are : JBagi (bhaga, knowledge) : 
BCisa (language) ; Giva, Givasa, Veda (Science) ; Vidayana (yidya, 
knowledge, ay ana, road) ; Baradi, Yani, Sastravid (the learned in 
writings); Sudevi (the good goddess); Darl (the holder); Sumari, 
Ganggadari (she who holds the gangga) ; Prajnadari (she who 
holds learning) ; Kastavit, Darjiinandari, Nilasiki, Satradana. 

Vishnu is scarcely worshipped at all in Bali; as god of water 
less honour is paid to him than to Banuia, although the latter is a 
sea-god of inferior rank. The principal temples on the sea-coast 
are dedicated to Siva ; we have already spoken of the erection of 
a temple for Vishnu on festivals. Vishnu is nevertheless an im- 
portant personage to the Balinese ; in his various incarnations^ he 
is the hero of most of the Kavi works ; it might be said that Siva 
is the high andinvisible, Vishnu the incarnate god, who has acquired 
infinite fame by his deeds on earth, and whose conduct serves as 
an example for all the actions of princes and people. His names, 
although better known from the Kavi writings than from religious 
worship, are as follow : Narayana (he who floats upon or in the 
waters) ; Sori (Sauri, also a name for the planet Saturn) ; Chak- 
rapani (he whose hand is armed with the Chakra) ; Janardana 
(he who is plagued by men with prayers) ; Padniandbha (he who 
has a lotus-navel ; see Brahma Padmayoni) ; (the holy) Kesi ; 
Kesa (the fine-haired) ; Vekunta ( Vaikiintha, the careless one) ; 
Vistara (collection ?) ; Srava (srava, the ear ?) Indravaraja (the 
younger brother of Indra) ; Govinda (a name for Krisna as a cow- 
herd) ; Garuda-dhvaja (he who has the Garuda in his standard) ; 
A'csava (Kesa) ; Pundarlkakslia (the lotus-eyed) ; Krisna, PltAm- 
bara (with a yellow garment) ; Siva also is so named above) ; 
Visvaksena (visvak, everywhere, scna, an army ; whose army reaches 

* SadA-Siva (the eternal Siva) is a well-known name for Siva in India, not 
for Ijrahmft. 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 107 

everywhere). Svabil (self-born) ; Sangkhi^it who has the angkha % 
shell-trumpet) ; Danavara (perhaps Danan'iri, the enemy of the 
Danavas, the demons) ; Hanoksaja (?), Vnksa (this must be 
vrisha, the bull, also a name for Vishnu); Kapi (the ape); 
Basudeva ( Vasvdeva, the father of Krisna, literally " the god of 
riches," or Vasudeva, Krisna) ; Madava and Madusndana (the 
conqueror of the demon Madii). These names are given in the 
Chantakaparva in ttokas ; with a few slight alterations we obtain 
pure inflected Sanskrit : 

Visnu Narayana Sori, Chakrapani Janardanah 
Padmanaba Resi Kesah, Vekunta Vistara Srawa 
Indravaraja Hupendrah, Gohvinda Garudadvaja 
Kesavah Pundarikaksah, Krisnah Pitambarochatah 
Visvaksenah Svabu Sangkhi, Danavara Hanoksajah 
Vresah Kapi Basudevah, Madava Madusudana. 

Besides these, his avataras are well known viz., Matsya, fish ; 
Vardha, wild pig ; Kurma, tortoise. To these must be added 
two local ones, not known in India viz., Pati Gaja Madda, 
founder of the Karang-Asem family, and the cock Silingsing, the 
apotheosis of cock-fighting. Parta and Maruta also are incarna- 
tions of Vishnu, slain by Ravana. The following are yet other 
names for Vishnu : and Vamana and Tripurantaka (the dwarj 
and the conqueror of the demon Tripura ; the latter name we have 
also found to belong to Siva, and it has reference to the fifth 
Avatdra] ; JVarasing/ia, man-lion (in the fourth Avatard) ; Rama 
(in the seventh Avatard]; Purusottama (the most excellent of 
men, with reference to his numerous incarnations). His symbols 
are, in the first place, the chakra sudarsana (the disc, which, being 
well slung by him, penetrates everything, and returns to him); and 
then the sanghka (the shell-trumpet), the gadd (club), danda (the 
staff, also belonging to Siva and Brahma) ; the same applies to 
the tuak (a sword-like creese, which in one of the sadkahyangans 1 
belongs to Siva as a distinguishing symbol). In images of Vishnu 
and Brahma we also find a circular mark on the forehead ; this is 
a third eye, but appears to point to the Indian tilaka, the mark of 
the sect. No other remembrance, however, of this tilaka (which 
name is unknown here) has been preserved, and the Balinese 
seem to draw the mark on the foreheads of the gods in accord- 
ance with a tradition which is no longer understood, or endeavour 
to keep secret the origin of this sect-mark, in order that the form 
of religion, at present existing, may be regarded by every one as 
the only and true form. According to the statements of the 

1 [/.*., the six heavens. Sanskrit linguals are often represented by the 
corresponding (unaspirated) dentals in Kavi and Balinese ; while, on the other 
hand, Sanskrit dentals frequently pass into linguals in those languages. Thus, 
sad= Sanskrit shad; but danda ^ from which padanda, = Sanskrit danda, \ 



1 08 AN A CCO UNT OF 

priests, Vishnu and Brahma are invoked in the Vedas, and do 
indeed appear in the Indian Vedas, although as gods of a very 
inferior rank ; if they play a higher part in the Vedas of Bali, we 
should again be compelled to entertain some doubts as to the 
authenticity and originality of these Vedas. 

Vishnu's wife is $ri. We have already met with Siva's consort 
under the name Sri, as protector of the rice-fields and goddess of 
fertility. According to Indian ideas, this is always Vishnu's wife ; 
but just as many of the names and attributes of Vishnu are in 
Bali given also to Siva, so Sri, originally the consort of Vishnu, 
appears in Bali as one of the names of Siva's wife. We have 
already said that Vishnu and Branum are but other forms of Siva ; 
and so also their wives belong, as special forces (Sri, goddess 
of fertility, of abundance ; Sarasvati, goddess of eloquence and 
learning), to Siva, the supreme deity. Laksml is unknown as a 
name for Vishnu's wife. As Vishnu's consort, she has no special 
temples. The mark on her forehead, and on that of Sarasvati, is 
called peryasan, derived probably frornyasas, Jav. yasa : fa?ne, and 
in that case meaning excellence. The signification of this word, 
however, is not clear; and upon asking whether this were the 
sectarial mark (Tilaka), I was answered in the negative. 

We have thus found that the three supreme gods of the popular 
creed of the Hindus are looked upon as expressions of one and 
the same force, are worshipped together, and regarded, as it were, 
as one being. Siva in the popular belief also is almost the sole 
god; the inferior gods, with Indra at their head, are his le^er 
forces. The different names of the gods mean for the ignorant 
people, it is true, as many different gods, but the priests hold 
other views. 

We will here say a few words respecting Indra and the inferior 
gods, and will then give an enumeration of the gods, as, according 
to the Brahmaiidapuraua, they were created. 

Indra. This deity, the prince of the Devas, that is, of the sub- 
ordinate gods, who require the Amrita to keep them alive, and 
who are often brought into danger and vanquished by doers of 
penance and giants, has, singularly enough, special temples in 
Bali. Sakennan, in the island oiSerangan in J3adong, sx\&Jempul 
\nJBangli, we have already become acquainted with as such. The 
explanation of this we think is, that our Sivaitic sect has suc- 
ceeded in making Vishnu (and Brahma) of little importance, and 
in causing him to be regarded as a part, an emanation or force of 
Siva, but did not find it necessary to deprive of his worship the 
popular Indra, the example of princes, who is glorified in so many 
poems. Indra could never be inimical to the consequence of 
Siva, and was therefore harmless to the imported Sivaism, and, by 
allowing him temples, the prejudices of his devotees were perhaps 
spared from a blow. His temples and attributes are even of 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 109 

considerable importance. He ha^ also the third eye. The fol- 
lowing are among his names: Satakratu (worshipped with 100 
offerings) ; Trinetra (provided with three eyes, like Siva) ; Sahas- 
ramtra (provided with a thousand eyes ; these are the stars, Indra 
himself the visible, heavens, while the higher, invisible firmament, 
akasa, represents Siva ;) Devaraja (the king of the Dcvas or sub- 
ordinate gods) ; SacMpati) the husband viSachi. 

His weapon is the bajra (vajra, lightning; here, however, 
represented as a kind of weapon in the form of a thunderbolt). 

Indra's wife is SafM, only remarkable on Indra's account. 

The eight gods of the cardinal points (Lokapald) are named 
very frequently in the writings ; in the religious worship they are 
less prominent. In the Ramayana, lont, 181, these eight gods 
are enumerated as follows : Indra, Yama, Sfirya, Chandra, Anila, 
Kuvera, Baruna, Agni. We meet with the same names again in 
India, only Nirriti appears there instead of Surya, and fsaril 
instead of Chandra. The order in which they stand, beginning 
with the east and going round by the south, is however different, 
and in India is tolerably fixed : Indra, in the East ; Agni, N.E. ; 
Yama, S. ; Surya (or Nirriti'], S.W. ; Varnna, W. ; Vayu (or 
Marut, Pavana, and in Bali Anila, all meaning wind}, N.W. ; 
Kuvera, N. ; Chandra (or tsani), N.E. " Usana Bali," p. 261, gives 
the eight cardinal points thus : (i) Purva, East; (2) Gneha, S.E.; 
this is Agneya (" Wilson," " the South-East quarter "), to be derived 
from Agni, fire and the god of fire, whose throne is in the south- 
east ; (3) Daksina, south ; (4) Neriti (Sansk. Nairriti, belonging 
to the south-west quarter, to Nirriti ; Nirriti, according to some, 
Surya, according to others, presides over that point of the com- 
pass), S.W. ; (5) Paschima, behind or west; (6) Vayabya (Sansk. 
Vayavya, belonging to Vayu, the wind, compare Anila, Pavana], 
N.W. ; (7) Uttara, north ; (8) Esania (not Resanid], answering 
to the Sansk. aisanya or disani, "belonging to ham" N.E. Here, 
therefore, we have the names of the cardinal points accurately 
preserved by adjectives derived from the names of the guardian 
deities ; even the less-known Nirriti and ham are not forgotten. 
It cannot surprise us, however, that in Bali all the cardinal points 
are attributed to various forms of Siva, although this alteration 
seems to be of later date. 

Yama and Baruna are the only gods besides Indra of any note 
in the religious worship ; they also are, to some extent, identical 
with Siva. With Indra in his heaven we find the Varapsaras (the 
most excellent Apsaras], and the Vidyadaras and VidyAdarh (male 
and female spirits), as well as the Rests ; the last are the human 
beings who have become gods, after having attained, through a 
holy life, to Indra's heaven ; his heaven is called Svarga, or 
Indraloka, and is the ideal of a royal dwelling ; the descriptions 
of it agree with the Indian accounts. Even this heaven and its 



no AN ACCOUNT OF 

inhabitants are not safe from the attacks of foes (see the Vivaha, 
the combat between Indra and Havana [the latter is called 
Indrajit, the vanquisher of Indra] ; and other myths) ; its in- 
habitants are also liable to become human again, at least they 
require the Amrita in order to preserve their divine power. 
Indra's heaven lies beneath that of Vishnu (and Brahma), and the 
latter beneath that of Siva. It is not until it reaches Siva's 
heaven that the soul attains the repose and release of trans- 
migration (Moksa), But little is heard in Bali of Vishnu's heaven ; 
it is known rather from tradition f than from religious doctrine. 
Every man endeavours to reach Siva's heaven (which is to be 
sought on the Kailasa, the Meru, or the Gunung Agung, in Bali, 
at its highest point) ; but only a Padanda appears to have a right 
to immediate entry therein. The rest of the people have to be 
satisfied with Svarga, Indra's heaven, where they hope to live for 
ever, entirely after the Balinese manner of living, but without care 
and with greater splendour. The attainment of the Svarga is in 
some cases immediate ; a Bela or Satia who follows her husband 
into the fire, passes into that heaven at once ; a prince, who sacri- 
fices himself and his adherents in defence of his country, goes with 
all his followers to Indra's heaven, where, probably, they fall again 
to fighting. Cremations also, if they be accomplished according 
to rule which is difficult, as the priests can very easily discover a 
fault, if they have not been consulted as to all ceremonies, how- 
ever insignificant are considered to bring the subject of the 
cremation to Svarga. But this last means of entry is not looked 
upon as so certain as the two others ; the Balinese say of several 
princes that, although they were burnt with all proper ceremony, 
they still wander upon earth in the form of animals (frogs, snakes, 
&c.). Another obstacle is the judicial power of Yama, who 
judges the dead with strict impartiality in the lower world 
(Naraka). Perhaps the postponement of cremations for two 
months, and sometimes for several years (up to twenty), has 
reference to this preliminary judgment by Yama, and the punish- 
ments imposed by him ; here, however, as is the case in most 
religions, there is a palpable inconsistency : it is believed that the 
souls of the dead, provided that no outward observances have been 
neglected, pass immediately into Svarga ; it is at the same time 
believed that the soul must first be judged by Yama (the Indian 
Pluto, and the lord, Jehovah, who, according to the Old Testa- 
ment, will punish Jewish sinners), and must, for all sins, perform 
penances which will last millions of years, and which hinder them 
from reaching Svarga. Doceant thcologi meliora ! 

Baruna (Sansk. Varuna} is the god'of the sea; the temples on 
the sea-coast are dedicated partly to him and partly to Siva. 
Vishnu also is stated to be a sea-god, or god of water (represented 
in India on this account with the inverted trisida], but he has no 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 1 1 1 

temples either in this or in his other capacities. The subordinate 
Baruna, however, for the same reason as Indra, is not erased from 
the list of the gods who are worshipped. Baruna is sometimes repre- 
sented as a youth, in the same manner as Indra. He is then dis- 
tinguished by the pasa. This should really be a sling, with which 
he catches up the dead bodies, &c., and Yama the souls ; in Bali, 
however, the pdsa, contrary to the meaning of the word, is a long 
.dart, round which a serpent winds, and which ends in three teeth 
(like the trisula). Baruna has usually a monstrous figure with the 
head of a Raksasa, from which a serpent's tongue projects, and a 
huge serpent's tail turning upwards, the rest of the body being 
human. This serpent-form indicates his nature as sea-god. The 
deva agun sagara (agun must be agung; Crawfurd, On the Island 
of Bali, " Asiat. Res." vol. xiii#) is the same as Varuna. 

Yama, the god of death and of punitive justice, is^ identified 
with Siva (and Kala) ; he has no special worship, but Siva is also 
worshipped under the name of Yama. He is called sang hyang 
Darma (justice); and Prctardja (the prince of the departed). 
His severe punishments (e.g. the boiling of a soul in a copper 
kettle for thousands of years) are very well known. He is regarded 
as a god, not as a Raksasa, although he has teeth on his cheeks 
and his forehead (dangstra, comp. Ganesa], and, besides this, the 
well-known tusks of the Raksasas (siyung or chaling) his symbol 
is the gada, club. 

The rest of the gods of the cardinal points have, as it were, no 
worship. Surya is the same as Siva, and the worship of the 
priests is addressed to him ; masuryasevana (worship of the sun). 
Chandra, the moon, in India an attribute of Siva, did not become 
known to me as such in Bali, but all principal feasts are regulated 
according to the full and new moon. To insure success, all great 
undertakings (offerings, cremations) must be carried out in the 
first, or white, half of the moon. Anila or Vayu (Bal. Bayit) has 
no worship at all, but is regarded as the vital principle ; in fasting 
(brata) the doer of penance shall live by the vayu alone. The 
vayu in its various forms come also under notice in the healing of 
the sick. The physician causes his vayu to pass into the sick 
man's body. The Padandas are, therefore, in great request for 
curing sick people, because their vayu is particularly holy. 

Kuvera, the god of riches (Bal. Kubera}, known only from the 
myths. Still less is known of Nirriti and Isarii. Agni, finally, 
the god of fire, is frequently invoked in the Veda-worship in Bali, 
as in India, but has no temples, and is not worshipped by the 
people. 

To the family of Siva, but still as subordinate gods, belong 
Ganesa and Kartikeya or Skanda, his sons. I have not yet 
become acquainted with the latter in Bali ; of Ganesa (commonly 
called Gana\ on the entrances, there are images of stone (Ganes'a 



ii2 AN ACCOUNT OF 

images are introduced into Bali by Kabu Ayu ; compare Abdullah 
in the T. v. N. /., 2, 161 seq.) and paintings, all tolerably rude. 
The stone images are sometimes to be found in the temples of 
Siva, and Ganesa then appears publicly as a subordinate, attendant 
deity, very much resembling the Raksasas that keep watch. 
Special worship and offerings for him are unknown. In literature, 
however, Gana is as important in Bali as in India. He is the god 
of learning and of cunning (also of the orang dagang and of 
thieves). He is called Ganapati, lord of hosts (he is the leader 
of the yet inferior gods) ; Vindyaka (the leader, in reference to 
the same idea) ; Sarvavigna (from san>a, all, and avigna, without 
obstacle i.e., he who overcomes all obstacles); Vignakarta (utgna, 
obstacle, karta probably from krit, to cut, to solve he who 
removes all obstacles). In the drawings which are made of him, he 
holds in his right hand the pustaka, a book of lontar leaves as a 
symbol of learning. Of the rest of his (Indian) attributes, with 
the exception of the moon, I have seen or heard nothing. He 
has an elephant's trunk (tulali) and elephant tusks (gading}, and 
also the dangstra (which we have found in Yama), on his cheeks 
and forehead. It is only in Ganesa and Yama that these mis- 
formed parts do not indicate a demoniacal nature ; they belong 
otherwise only to the Biitas and Raksasas, and to gods who by 
choice assume demoniacal forms. All the rest of Ganesa's body is 
entirely human, and he has onjy two arms, the reason of which we 
have already seen above in Siva's f case. Independently of the 
preference given to the worship of Siva, the sole and supreme god, 
the absence of homage to Ganesa may also be explained by his 
shape. Everything monstrous is regarded in Bali with a certain 
repugnance ; it is true, the numerous representations of demons 
conflict with this statement, but then these are the hostile spirits, 
which are overcome in great measure by the beneficent gods. It 
is especially remarkable that the form of an elephant is looked 
upon as unlucky, although I cannot assert that this was always the 
case. A former prince of Boleling kept an elephant and used to 
ride out upon it ; his conduct was universally condemned, and to 
this is ascribed the fact that this prince was punished by the gods 
with the loss of his kingdom. The abhorrence of the tiger is more 
natural ; if tigers make their appearance in a kingdom of Bali, it 
is believed that that kingdom will speedily fall (come under the 
dominion of the evil spirits).* The rhinoceros, on the contrary, 
enjoys great honour, although not in life. The Deva agung and 
also the prince of Lombok have asked the Netherlands Govern- 

* In the greater portion of Bali tigers do not occur ; they swim over to Jtm- 
brana from ffattyuwanng, and remain in that nearly uninhabited district and 
in the mountains of Tabanan and Boleling. The high cultivation of the country 
prevents them from spreading further. "Their appearance is a sign that men 
must depart. 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 113 

ment for one of these animals for great sacrificial festivals ; they 
use the blood and fat for the preparation of various offerings, and 
the excrementa as medicine. 

Kama, the god of love, and his wife Rati, have, so far as I 
know, no special temples, but yet are much honoured among this 
very erotic people. Kama also is again, as it were, a form of Siva 
(see " Us. Bali," p. 275). Other names of Kama are sang hyang 
Smara (about equal to the Latin citra, for " to be in love ") ; also 
Anangga, the bodiless, for, according to a myth, Siva has burnt 
his body ; and Manobu, born in the heart. 

Vasuki y the Indian serpent-king, nearly coincides here with 
Ananta (eternity), or Antabhoa, the serpent upon which Vishnu 
rests. Vasuki also belongs here to Siva's retinue ; he dwells in 
the various principal temples in which Siva is worshipped (in the 
sadka/iyangans). After the time of worship in Basuki, at the foot 
of the Gunong agung (which place is named after the same ser- 
pent), it is supposed that he goes through the air to Ulnvatu, the 
sanctuary on the point of the table-land (in Badong\ and so round 
to the other Kahyangans as well. He is then to be seen as a 
fiery streak in the sky. The brightness comes from the precious 
stones with which his immense head is adorned. Many apparently 
meaningless fables exist about Vasuki (in Bali always called 
gasitki). As yet I have not succeeded in extracting the " sachen 
aus diesen sagen." I have long thought of a former serpent- 
worship, especially as a Padanda is also called Bujangga (serpent), 
and in the " Usana Java," Siva, Buddha, and Bujangga are called 
sons Sang of Haji (adia, as it seems to me, " the first "), a circum- 
stance which indicates very strongly r the existence of three different 
forms of worship viz., the purely Sivaitic, the Buddhistic, and the 
serpent-worship (?). Of purely Indian myths, that of a former 
destruction of the serpents, in which Taksaka, Vasuki, and a third, 
at the prayer of a penitent, alone were spared, is known in Bali 
from the books. This sacrifice of serpents (Sar'payajna) was 
accomplished by king Janamejaya, the great-grandson of Arjuna 
Vijaya (compare the Raksasa- Yajila of Bagavan Vasistd). The 
bird of Vishnu Garuda is frequently represented in Bali, always in 
monstrous Raksasa shape, with a beak and wings, but at the same 
time with tusks; in other respects it has a human body. His 
parents are Kasyapa and Vinata ; Aruna is his brother. The 
most inferior persons of the Indian mythology, such as Kinnara, 
Kiinpurusha, Uraga (serpents), Detya, JDanara, Pisacha, and 
others, are known in the literature of Bali. For the most part, 
however, we meet only with the Gftndaroas t the Vidyadars, and 
Apsaras, in Indra's heaven, and the Detyas as giants of antiquity; 
the Raksasas and Bhiitas (real beings, evil spirits) as enemies of 
mankind and opponents of the beneficent gods, dreaded, yet 
always to be propitiated. 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. I 



ii4 AN ACCOUNT OF 

In the last-mentioned we clearly recognize the principle occur- 
ring in all religions, of a good and an evil supreme power, the 
conflict between which in the Hindu doctrine, it would seem, is 
never, and never will be, decided. A union, however, of the 
two powers is clearly apparent in the fact that Kala and Durga, 
the heads of the Raksasas and Bhittas, are regarded as no other 
than Siva and his wife, since the gods possess the power to change 
the latter into Raksasas. 

The accounts relating to the Bhiitas are confused ; there are a 
great number of names for a few of them e.g., buta Vilis, buta 
Larehan:* they are also named after the shape which they assume 
e.g., Imtit hulu asu, " the buta with a dog's head " (asu, Sansk. srci, 
dog), buta hulu Icinbu, " the buta with the head of a cow." A col- 
lective Balinese name is dagan ; their haunts are chiefly burial- 
grounds and unclean places, and at night they break into the 
houses which are not protected from them by means of offerings. 
With the people in general the Liaks 1 are still more common than 
the Bhutas. The former are human beings, who, by the knowledge 
of certain mantras (magic formularies), can alter their shapes and 
also render themselves invisible, a bright light, proceeding from 
the place of the tongue, alone remaining; they are obliged to feed 
on carcases, and chiefly haunt burial-grounds and the places where 
corpses are kept for cremation. They also take out the entrails of 
sleepers, so that the person thus robbed must die in a short time. 
Their mistress is Rangda ning Gt'ra, the widow of Gira, whose 
history is found in the Chalon-Arang (a JBabad) ; she lives on the 
Gunnng agung, where the Liaks hold their assemblies. Fire-flies, 
which are very numerous and of large size in Bali, are sometimes 
said to be Liaks ; moreover, the accusation of being a Liak often 
affords reasons for declaring a person to be innocent. 

THE CREATION. 

According to the Brahm&ndapurdna, where the world is 
created from an egg (anda\ four beings come first into existence, 
through the penance performed by Brahma ; two of these are 
Siinandti and Sanatkumftra, and the other two are not named. 
Then the heavens, the rivers, the sea, the mountains, plants, 
shrubs, time, &c., come into existence. He (Brahma) further 
creates the Dcvarshi (the divine Rishis}, Marichi, Brigu, 
Anggira, Pulastya, Pitlctha, Kratu, Daksha, Atri, Vasishtha. It is 
not till he has done this that he creates the Paramesrara, the 
Supreme Lord, a name for Siva ; the latter is at once regarded as 
Brahma's grandfather ! He is called Bava, nature ; San>a, all ; fsa, 
lord; Bima, the terrible one; Ma/nidcva, the great god. His body 

* Also Kiika., servant of Dnrga (in India Kalika is another name for Durga). 
Xlika was probably originally the same person as Durga. 

|\\'ilken, 1. 1. p. 22: and R. van Eck, " Balineesch Woordenbock," s. v. 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. \ 1 5 

consists ( i ) of Aditya-Sartra, sun-body ; ( 2 ) Vcscirira, water-body ; 
(3) Bay it sari ra ; (4 ) Agtiisarlra, fire-body 5(5) Akda t the higher 
invisible heaven; (6) Mahapaudita, the great Pandita ; (7) Chan- 
dra, the moon ; (8) Batara Guru, the teacher. He is therefore 
called Ashtatanu, with eight bodies. He must be worshipped 
through the Sadhaka, the full priest, or the performer of the cere- 
monies. Kalpa, form, and Dharma, justice, are children of 
Brahma, sprung from his spirit. It is stated here from which 
parts of the body of Brahma the Devarshis carne forth. 

The lord then created the gods (Devas), the Asuras (evil spirits), 
the Pitris (shades), and man. He also creates out of his own 
body the Yaksha, a sort of demon ; Pisacha, lemures ; Uraga, the 
serpents which are worshipped ; Gandharva, heavenly musicians ; 
Apsaras, the heavenly female dancers; Gana, the hosts, whose 
leader is Ganapati ; Kinnara, elves ; Rdkshasa, demons ; and, 
finally, the animals, pasu. 

Then the four castes are created : the Brdhmans, out of 
Brahma's mouth ; the Kshatriyas, out of his arm ; the Vesyas ( Vais- 
yas), out of his thigh ; and the Stidras, out of his foot. Then 
Dharnia (the Dharma already mentioned above), and Ahingsa 
(husband and wife), jus fife and the sparing of everything that is 
alive ; these are the two principal virtues of the Buddhists. It 
appears, therefore, that in the ancient combination of Brahmanism 
and Buddhism in Java, Buddhistic doctrines crept even into the 
Brahman dapurdna. I cannot say for certain, however, whether 
these are not found in the Indian Brahmdndapurdna as well, this 
work being hitherto but little known to Europeans. (There are 
many repetitions in the manuscript.) Then Svayambhuva Manu, 
(" the first Manu" the Manus govern the world during a certain 
period, kalpa, " from the one creation to the other ") and batari 
atarfipa are created ; they beget the batari Rati, the wife of 
Kama, the god of love. Then follows the genealogy of the race 
of Svayambhuva Manu and their relationships with the nine 
Derarsis. The descendants include twelve Yamas, and Lakshml 
(in India, Vishnu's wife). Buddha is the son of Buddhi, the 
understanding. The rest of this race are attributes of nature, of 
the mind, the heart, and also the body. Nilalohita (Siva) has a 
thousand children, the Sahasra Rudra. Sri is the daughter of 
the Devarshi Brigu, married to Vishnu; their children are Bala 
and Buddana. Sarasvati is the wife of Purnamdsa, the full moon. 
Agni is the son of bagavan Anggira and Smriti, tradition ; among 
his descendants is Parjanya, the god of rain. The holy Pulaha 
is the ancestor of the Kshatriya Daha, the warrior-caste vtDaha or 
Kcdiri : this royal family, represented in Java in Majapahit, and 
in Bali in the race of the Dcva Agimg, thus derives its origin from 
a Devarshi, and ought properly to belong to the Brahman caste. 
They are the grandchildren of Kamya and Priyabrata. 

I 2 



n6 AN ACCOUNT OF 

The 60,000 Balakhilyas, who are all Brahmachari i.e., students- 
of the Vedas (compare the 60,000 Sagarides in the Balakanqa of 
the Indian Ramayana}, are children of Kratu and Sannati. 
Besides a great number of other mythological personages who do 
not appear in the religious worship, but are sacred to the Brah- 
mans, we find here the seven Rishis, who existed in the time of 
Uttama Manu, the second successor of Svdyambhuva Manu : they 
are Raja, Batra (Badra), Urddabdhit, Lawana, Anaya, Satapa, and 
Saka, and are descended from the Dei'arshi Vasishtha. 

We give here a few examples from the original : 

Agre sasarjja bhagavan manasam utmanah samam. 

" In the beginning the holy one created the soul, which was 
like unto himself." This is explained thus : mayoga batara Brahma 
m'tu tang Resi patang siki sang Nandana Sanatkumara. " Batara 
Brahma held the yoga (was sunk in meditation), thereby originated 
the Resis, four in number : sang Nanda7ia and Sanatkumara^ 
The other two are not named ; according to the Indian tradition, 
however, Sdnanda (sic) and Sanatkumara are two of the four first- 
born sons of Brahma. It still remains to be investigated whether 
the sons of Brahma are representatives of the (world-) soul, which, 
with the means at present at my disposal, I am not in a position 
to do. 

Tatwasrijat punah Brahma. 

" After that Brahma created again." Here follows in the Bali- 
nese commentary the creation of Siva, and an enumeration of his 
different characteristics and bodies. T/u's, then, appears to be an 
interpolation into the original work : the Sanskrit text says nothing 
about it, and this creation is certainly not in its proper place. But 
with a sect such as that in Bali, Siva could not be created later on 
iv ithout losing importance ; therefore advantage was taken of^he 
Sanskrit words, which scarcely any one understood, to glorify Siva 
by means of an incorrect commentary. Tatwa has been formed 
here out of tato-asrijat ; the a has not been elided, but has been 
altered with the preceding o into wa ; in the Sanskrit the word 
should be tato-srijat. This Tativa occurs again in the next half- 
sloka, but there it can only be explained by tatha "so," " in the 
same manner." 

Tatwa devasurapitrin manushyako-srijat prabhu. 

" So also the Lord created the gods (Dei'a\ the Asuras, the 
Pitaras, mankind." 

In Manushyako (see above) there must be an error ; manusyaka 
is a " multitude of men," but this does not suit either the sense or 
the metre in this passage ; had it to be brought into the metre, it 
would be nianushyakam asrijat prabhuh, which gives a syllable too 
many ; moreover the fdung (the sign of the long a) is wanting in 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. \ 1 7 

-the manuscript. We have altered the Sanskrit text into manush- 
yansclia "and the men (mankind)," which agrees admirably with 
the sense, and leaves the metre undisturbed. Our passage is re- 
produced in the Balinese commentary thus : 

Muwah mayoga batara Brahma, mijil sang deva sura pitr; 
man usa, tuhun sangkanika mijil saking manah hikang deva, ring 
lambung sangkaning pitrO, ring pasva sangkaning manusa, jagana 
*sangkaning Asura. 

"And further was batara Brahma sunk in meditation; thereby 
came into existence the Devas, Asuras, Pilaras, and mankind ; 
the place whence they sprung (out of his body) was : the Devas 
came forth out of his mind (manas) ; the Pilaras out of the hollow 
under his arm ; man out of his side (for pasva we must read 
parhva} ; his thigh was the place whence the Asuras came forth." 

The time also when they came into existence is stated, and this 
certainly has an astronomical meaning, since in India also the 
Devas and Asuras play an important part in astronomy (see 
Bentley on the Indian Astronomy). The Asuras are born at noon, 
man in the morning, the Devas at midnight, and the Pita-Pitarah 
(the worshipped shades of the departed) in the evening. 

We will add a brief sketch of the survey of the world as it 
appears in the BrahmCindapurana. 

The world is divided into seven Dvtyas (islands) : Pushkara- 
dv'ipa (the lotus-island), Kronchadv / ipa,Kusadvlpa,Sangkadv'ipa (Skt. 
SdkadiApd), Sahnalidvlpa, Plakshadvlpa, Jambudv'ipa. The last, 
the island of the famfat-frnit, is India and the adjoining countries. 
All these islands are surrounded by the ocean, and lie round about 
Merit, the centre of the earth, like lotus-leaves. The islands are 
under the rule of the grandsons of Svayambhuva Mann, the first 
of the seven Manus, who govern the earth for the space of a kalpa, 
a long period of time (see below). They are named Savana, 
futitnan, Vapushmanta, Medhatithi, Gomeda, Avya and Agmdhra. 
The last rules <y*vc Jambudrtpa. Jambudv'ipa itself is divided into 
nine varshas, more or less distant from Meru, which is sometimes 
to be regarded as the North Pole, and sometimes as the centre of 
the earth ; great ranges of mountains, mostly fabulous, divide 
these varshas from each other. The children of Agmdhra are 
.(i) Nabi, (2) Kimpurusha, (3) Harivarsha, (4) llavrita, (5) Ram- 
yaka, (6) Hiranyaka, (7) Kuril, (8) Bhadra, (9) Ketumala. Most 
of these nine also give their names to the varshas, over which they 
preside, (i) The land (the varsha} of Nabi is to the south of the 
Himavan (Himalaya'] this is therefore India proper. (2) Between 
Himavan and Hemakiita (the golden peak) is Kinnaravarsha, 
under the prince Kimpurusha. The Kinnaras or Kimpurushas 
(literally " what sort of man ") are barbarous nations in the north 
of India, represented with horses' heads ; they are a sort of 
centaur, and indicate the nomadic equestrian nations of the north 



nS AN ACCOUNT OF 

(in Tartary}. The Hemakuta is a mountain range to the north of 
the Himalayas, in Tibet ; it is not loftier than the Himalayas, but 
is represented as being so. In this range also is the fabulous 
Kailasa, Siva's seat. (3) Naishadavarsha : NaisJiadJia is a range 
of mountains to the east of Hcinakiita and south of Ilircrita. A 
country iu the south-east of India also bears the name of Nlshadha r 
well known through its prince Nala (Naishadha, in the Maluibha- 
rata the episode is published by Bopp). Here, however, we 
have to do with the northern Nishadha, of which Harivarsha is 
prince. (4) llin'rita (or Hilavrita) the name of prince, country,, 
and mountain range. This is the highest and most central range 
on the earth, according to Indian ideas; Merit, the highest 
mountain and the seat of the gods, is situated in it. (5) The 
region north of Ilavrita and Nilaparvata, called Ramyaka or 
NllararsJia. Nilaparrata, the blue mountains, are as mysterious 
as Ilarrita with Merit ; we do not find either in the position indi- 
cated by the Indians, but we may perhaps suppose the Aryans 
(Arya, the Indian), who descended to the plains of India from 
the mountainous regions of the north-west, to have brought with, 
them some knowledge of the ranges (Altai, Caucasus) of northern 
and western Asia. (6) Hiranyakavarsha to the north of Sreta- 
parvala, the white mountains, northwards of Nilaparrata- 
(7) Kururarslia to the north of the Sringavcin range ; this is the 
Uttara-Kuru. the most northern and the coldest land, but the 
land whence the Aryans appear originally to have come. Accord- 
ing to the Zendmyth, it was in ancient times a fertile, inhabitable 
land, and was changed into a cold wilderness by Ahriman (the 
evil spirit). In this may, perhaps, be recognized a trace of a 
remembrance of the changes which have taken place in the 
climates of our earth, such as that to which the fossil bones found 
in Siberia bear witness. (8) Bhadravarsha, to the west of 
the Malyaran (the ilowery mountain), which itself lies to 
the east of the Mem. Bhadrararsha is thus by the side and 
to the eastward of the great chains of mountains. (9) Ketumciln. 
dwells to the east of mount Gandamddana (delightful to the 
smell). This is the country lying to the west of the other Varshas 
(Persia?). We, therefore, have (i) India proper, as far as the 
I [imalayas ; (2) the region between the Himalayas and ffemakfita 
(Tibet); (3) the region between Hemaknta and Jlarrila (with 
A/em); in our enumeration this is No. 4 (Tartary, Mongolia?) :. 
(4) the region to the north of Nllaparrata, north-east of the J/ivv/ 
(Eastern Mongolia, Manchuria?) ; (5) the region to the north of 
Xi ] etaparvata, north of the previous country (Eastern Siberia ?) ; 
(6) Uttara-Kuru (northern and western Siberia to the Arctic 
Ocean). These six form almost a continuous series from south to 
north, with the Merit as a centre. Then come to the east Nilavarsha. 
(China ?) and Bhadravdrsha^ and to the west Ketvm&lavarsha (Per- 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 119 

sia and the western regions). Concerning the rest of the varshas 
nothing further is mentioned ; the narrative proceeds to enumerate 
the princes who ruled in India proper, descendants of Nabi, 
the eldest son of Agmdhra. Nabi is an Emperor, the universal 
ruler ; he is also a Kshatriya. From Nabi and hir, wife Manudwi 
are descended successively (i) Rishaba, (2) Bharata, who dwells 
south of the Ifimaran in Bliaratavarsha, (3) Siunati, (4) Tejasa, 
(5) Indradyumna, (6) Parameshthi, (7) Prati/iara, (8) Pratiharsha, 
(9) Unnata, (10) Bhava t (n) Mudgifa, (12) Prafastavi, (13) 
Vibhu, (14) Prithu, (15) Nakta, (16) Gtf/tf, (ijjfara, (18) F//, 
(19) Dlman y (20) Ma/ian, (21) Bochara, (22) Toshta (Tushta\ 
(23) Viraja, (24) 7fa/tf, (25) TV? (!). These are the Kshatriyas 
(princes) in the second great period of the world's existence, Tre- 
tayuga. Several of these names are those of the Jaina deities ; 
fat Jainas are disguised Buddhists, who still exist in India. These 
names give us a hint towards the comprehension of Buddhism in 
Java. Were the Buddhists of Java Jainas ; and have we to 
attribute to that sect the union of the Buddhistic and Sivaitic 
religions and doctrines in Java and Bali ? The Jainas at any 
rate worship the Brahmanical gods besides the Jinas, and have 
even retained the institution of the castes in order to protect 
themselves from the persecutions of the followers of Brahma. 

Under Svayambhuva Manu there are further eleven Rudras 
(see the feast of Ekadatarudra), twelve Adilyas (the twelve solar 
months), eight Basils (Sanskrit Vasum Vasudeva\ twelve Sadhyas, 
ten Visvadevas, two Sanggis (?), twelve Bargawas. And further 
there are the Devas, Asuras, Gandharvas, Yakshas, Pisachas, 
Rakshasas ; these are immortal, it is true, but yet are born again. 
Their lifetime and that of man varies according to the different 
yitgas (Satya, or Krita-, Treta-, Dvapara-, Kaliyuga\ and gradually 
decreases. In the Tretdyuga man attains the age of 188 years, at 
the close of the Tretdyuga 147, in the Dvaparayuga 126, at the 
close of the same 105, and in the Kaliyuga only 84. The lifetimes 
of the inferior gods differ in the same proportion. The angulas 
(inches) are given as the measure of time, but at present I am 
without any explanation of their astronomical meaning. Hereupon 
the work speaks of the Manva?itaras, the periods of time in which 
a Manu governs ; these are also called kalpa, and they contain seven 
chaturyugas ; according to the work this appears to be the time of 
one Mann, but the latter is really but one chaturyuga (a combina- 
tion of the four Yugas, a Kalpd] ; there are, however, seven 
Manus, and the seven chaturyugas are, in fact, the time of the 
duration of the world. After each kalpa-cx chaturyuga the world 
is destroyed and created again. 

Here follows a description of Chaos. Manu alone was in 
existence. He (not Brahma) then creates a series of beings ; 
Deva, Rishi) Asura, Pitri, Manusha, Bhuta, Pisacha, Gandharra, 



120 AN ACCOUNT OF 

Yaksha, and Rakshasa. Mann is called here Sumantia (?) and 
sa/ig Sista (the instructor) He instructs* the beings who through 
his penance have come into existence, in the SadachCira (the right 
conduct); this consists of lobhadeya (lobha, "greedy desire," 
sensuality, covetousness, and adeya, probably from ada, sumere, 
tollere ; thus " the putting away of greedy desire ") 1 ; kshamd 
(patience), satya (truth, truthfulness), Tidy a (knowledge), ijyd (the 
making of offerings), dana (alms-giving). The attributes of the 
Sad&ch&ra are seven in number {Saptakani charitrani}. 

The stages in the life of a Brahman are also given : ( i ) Brah- 
ma chari, he who lives as a pupil with his Guru; (2) Grihastha, 
the head of a family, the married man, whose duty it is to exercise 
the dharma (right) ; this consists principally in rearing a son, who 
must make offerings for his forefathers (Pitara/i), and in hospi- 
tality; (3) Vaikhanasa, the hermit in the forest-hermitages (asrama); 
(4) Yati, an ascetic, who has brought into subjection all that is 
sensuous, and only occupies himself with yoga (meditation). They 
are also called in India Satiny a si, and are saints. The Yati is 
further called Sadhaka ; this word, which is also used as a title of 
the Padandas, is not found in Wilson; but Sadhana means, among 
other things, accomplishment, and good works, or the moral doctrine 
and the ceremonies of the Hindu religion, as a means for attaining 
purity and release from the transmigration of the soul. Sadhaka, 
then, is " some one who performs these good works." In our work 
the name Sadhaka is explained as "he who exercises the asrama- 
dharma (the right or custom of the hermits)." We have, more- 
over, explanations of D harm a and Adharma (right and wrong). 
Further, Srnti (revelation) and Smriti (tradition) are mentioned. 
The former is like Dharmasastra (the book of instruction in 
right), and is said to be dh'iragnihotrav'ijya (rijya, derived, begin- 
ning fiom; dhlra, agni. hotra, the maintenance of a continual 
fire) ; it thus lias reference also to the fire-worship. The smriti is 
the raruasrama-acJiara (vanjasrama is here perhaps an error for 
vanasrama, forest-hermitage) ; thus " the mode of life, the example 
of the forest-hermitages/' To these hermitages the ancient tradition 
was handed down. The seven Rishis shall teach the Dharmadvaya 
(the double right ; Dharma and Adharma (?) or rather Sruti and 
Smriti} on the earth in the time of Ptirva Mann ( = Svayam- 
bhuva .?). The Dharmadvaya is the contents of the Chaturveda 
(the four Vedas), according to which the Sadhu (the good man) 
regulates his life. It contains also the Daiidaniti (the regulation 
of punishments), the Trayi (the three Vedas without the Atharra- 
rcda ; we had just now all four Vedas, but these inaccuracies often 
recur), and the rarnah-ama (here also varna takes the place of 
vana). Does Tarna perchance convey the idea of a caste ? and 

* He is here the Gnnt ; the deity (Siva) appears in Java and Bali chiefly in 
this character. 1 [ ? ]. 



THE ISLAND OF BALI 121 

the vartjAframa mean the regulation of the life (the four periods) 
of all castes? 1 In general the passage before us speaks only of 
the Brahmans. 

The word Sruti is explained by/, "ri denian kinatuturan," 
because she is learned, she is called Sruti. Smriti, makanimitta ri 
kangen-angenira matangian Smriti ngarania, on account of her 
amiableness she is named Smriti. The name Smara (love, the god 
of love) and a signification of the root smri, "desiderare, to 
desire, to like," have obviously led to the latter explanation. 

The characteristics of the Satya-BrahmacJiari (of the true 
Brahman pupils) are : Tapah (penance), Mono, (Sanskrit mauna, 
to be silent), Yajna (to make offerings), Daya (the receiving of 
alms), Kshama (patience), Alobha (freedom from desire), Dama 
(subjugation, i.e., of sins), Sama (repose of the soul), 'JitatmCi 
(victory over the atma, the passions), Dana (almsgiving), Anamah 
(not to greet ; this is forbidden to the Brahmans, because they 
would lower themselves by bowing their heads, &c.), Advesha 
(freedom from hate), Araga (freedom from affections). He is 
rirakta (freed from sensuousness), tyfiga (relinquishes all earthly 
power and gives them away), vijndna (knows the differences, has 
things to discriminate, or shrewdness). These characteristics are 
called dJiarmapratyangalaksJiana, the names (or signs) of the 
organs of the Dharma. 

Iti-uktang tatvancha sarvang, dharmapratyangalakshanang. 

So is the whole Tatva (dogma) related, which contains the 
names of the organs of the Dharma. 

This is not the place to speak more fully of the contents of the 
BraJunaudapurana ; it is to be hoped that in a short time they 
may be fully worked out. We will conclude with a note on the 
contents of the Vedas. 

The three Vedas (here also the fourth is not mentioned), Jtfig, 
Yajuh, and Sama, contain four Stotras (stotra is praise), namely, 
(i) Dravya- (Wilson, "elementary substance;" there are nine 
kinds) ; (2) Guna- (the three qualities which penetrate all beings, 
viz., Satva, reality, truth; Rajas, passion; Tamas, darkness, 
ignorance, badness) ; (3) Karma- (the works, actions, the practical 
part, the offerings) ; (4) Bijana-Stotra (this must be abhijana, 
"family, race" (Wilson). It is thus the genealogical part).'- 

RELIGIOUS CEREMONIES AND OFFERINGS. 

The five daily offerings which the head (grihastha] of every 
Indian family has to make, are not found in Bali. The Pamlitas 
read (or mumble) the Vedas once a day ; the people make their 
offerings and say their prayers on certain days. The religious 

1 [The duties concerning the castes and stages of life are meant.] 

- [Probably meant for vijndna, discernment, or the intellectual part.] 



122 AN ACCOUNT OF 

ceremony consists in bringing offerings, which are offered with a 
sembah and deposited in front of the small temple-houses ; in 
the ordinary temples this is mostly done by women, to whom 
is also entrusted the preparation of the various offerings. The act 
of offering is connected with mantras (forms of prayer), which r 
however, are not said aloud. On great feasts the offerings are 
presented by "tandakking" persons inspired by a deity, ivawalen 
or prakitlit (see " Us. Bali," p. ^^balian-waivaleii). These 
offerings are coupled with " tandakking " J with the creese, which 
indicates that the offerer is ready to offer up his life. The offerings 
are very numerous, and are specially appointed for each feast and 
each deity ; one usually sees various preparations of rice, cooked 
meats, fruits, sirih, kwekwe, money (Chinese " cash ''), clothes, 
and also drinks. 

Bloody sacrifices are made to Durgd and the Biitas ; they are 
usually confined to hens, ducks, and young pigs, although in 
great sacrifices, buffaloes, goats, deer and dogs are slaughtered. 
The persons offering the sacrifice eat the flesh of the three first- 
mentioned animals, and only offer the skin and bones and portions- 
of the flesh, boiled or roasted ; they also dress the flesh of the 
dogs (sasatt}, but, according to their own statements, they do not 
eat any of this, the whole animal being intended for the Juntas. 
On the feast of Bayakala every family kills a pig, and the skin 
and blood are deposited in the courtyards of the houses for Kala 
and the Bfitas? The flesh, however, is in this case also used as 
food by the persons making the offering. Besides these offerings 
the temple is sprinkled with holy water (toy a tirtci). This water- 
is bought from the Panditas, who consecrate it by reading the 
Vedas. The persons offering also use this holy water to purify 
themselves, to rinse their mouths and to sprinkle their faces. \\'e 
have in Bali, it is true, the toy a Sindu (water of the Indus), at the 
foot of the Gunung agung in Basuki, and also a Ganggd in 
Tabanan, but the priests do not regard this water as holy. They 
know that these rivers are in Kling (India), and that they cannot 
obtain the water thence, but this want is supplied by mumbling 
the Vedas. Besides the Gangga and Sindu, all the great Indian 
rivers are known in Bali : the Yamuna, Narmadd (Nerbudda ), 
Kaveri (near Seringapatam\ the Sarayti, the river of Ayodya- 
(Oude), and others. The holy water produced by the Panditas is 
called Mrita or Amrita (Ambrosia, immortal, life-giving food). 
This water lias Kusa-grass soaked in it. The Padanda also strews 
A/A&7-grass soaked in holy water over the persons who make the 
offerings. The ATwjfo-(or -ter/;tf-)grass is also used to lay the 
offerings upon. Ghrita (Ghee) is likewise known here, but, for 
want of milk, is made of gooseberries. The Panditas, however,, 
also use sometimes the milk of cows to prepare this; it ought 

1 [/>., dancing with gesticulation.] - [Sanskrit Mfifas,] 



THE ISLAND Ol< HA 1. 1. 

really to be made of the milk of a lembit putih, a white cow with a 
hump ; these animals are sacred ; the common Balinese cow is 
not sacred, although it may not be eaten by the faithful. In 
Badong the Balinese are forbidden to kill cows, although it is done 
secretly, but in other States they are slaughtered openly. In order 
to be able to use the milk of these Balinese cows for Ghrita, the 
beast is tied up for a fortnight, and is given nothing but Kitsa- 
grass to eat ; this food renders the milk sacred, and especially 
purifies it from the smell of musk which the Balinese cows have. 
27/rt-grass is also used, but is not known to the ordinary Balinese 
(see a passage in the RCunayanci). Madhu (honey) also occurs in 
the offerings, and likewise perfumes, such as m'nyan, maja gawu, 
and chandana (see " Us. Bali"). 

The bloody sacrifices, as we have said, are chiefly dedicated to 
Kala, Durga and the Butas, seldom to Siva. In India Siva 
demands blood almost entirely, but in Bali, as supreme deity, 
he has taken rather the mild form of Vishnu (and Buddha). The 
offerings, which on great feasts are numerous and of some value, 
do not remain in the temples, nor are they all given to the 
priests. The Padandas who conduct the service receive part of 
the clothes and money, and the offerings of eatable things, after 
being presented, are taken back with prayers and eaten at home 
as Amrita, life-giving food, by the persons presenting the offering. 

The Panditas besides this receive considerable sums of money 
for cremations and for being present at the offerings made by the 
princes ; this money is presented to them as an offering itself 
(this also characterizes the Panditas as a kind of god upon earth). 
Most of the Padandas return a large portion of the offering made 
to them. The Panditas do not take any active part in the offer- 
ings ; they indicate from their -books, before the ceremony takes 
place, all the usages to be observed the quantity and preparation 
of the offerings, and the way in which they are to be presented ; 
but during the ceremony they sit motionless, as they do in the 
domestic worship, mumbling the Vedas. By mumbling the 
Vedas they draw the attention of the gods to the offerings made 
by man, and cause the gods to look graciously upon them. The 
place where the Pandita sits is a high framework of bamboo, 
under a roof, and he has all the utensils for the Suryasevana by 
his side. To the form of worship belongs also the Pradakshina, 
the marching round the temple towards the right hand, which is 
done three times ; it is only performed by the Panditas in the 
spirit, while their bodies remain all the time motionless. I have 
not yet observed this custom at offerings either, and it seems not 
to have penetrated to the popular worship of Bali, the Polynesian 
tandakking* appearing to have taken its place, while the priests 

* Tandak) however, appears to be an Indian word ; tandti is one of Siva's 
doorkeepers, and master of dancing and mimicry; tandaka is a juggler; tanda-ca 
"dancing with violent gesticulation," as executed by siva and his followers. 



i2 4 AN A CCO UNT OF 

have retained a remembrance of the original form of worship with 
Pradakshiua. 

DRESS OF THE PANDITAS. 

At the great festivals of the princes, at the cremation of persons 
of high rank, and at the domestic worship on full and new moon, 
the Padand^ has a special dress, very much resembling the 
articles with which the Javanese idols are adorned. They 
are clothed in the ordinary Balinese manner, the upper part of 
the body being naked (see the idols of the Bataviaasch Genoot- 
schap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen) ; the garment which 
hangs from the hips is on these occasions white. On his head 
he wears a red cap, which, however, may also be white ; this is 
called Jatd (see the catalogue of Indian Antiquities, p. xxv.) ; 
Jatd is otherwise the head-dress of Sivaites, but not a covering 
for the head. Thisjata has some resemblance to the head-dress 
of Dagawan Trinawindu (No. 145), and still more to the Glung 
K lining of the Balinese representations of Siva. It is wider at 
the top than at the bottom, and goes down lower at the back 
of the head than in front. I counted thirteen annular divisions, 
formed from the bottom upwards by narrow stripes of gold, which 
run round the flannel covering of the top. Upon asking whether 
these divisions and the number of divisions had any meaning, I 
was answered in the negative ; but nevertheless I am disposed to 
believe that they have some connection with those which I have 
observed in the Merits (see above) in the temples. In the Merits 
I have never as yet counted more than eleven roofs ; can it be- 
that the Panditas assume still greater sanctity by having a greater 
number of storeys in their Jata^ which I venture to regard as a 
kind of Merit ? This, added to their name (Siva), does not seem 
altogether improbable; their own Merii^ the Meru of the Brah- 
mans as it were, would then be higher than that of the gods 
adored by the people. 

Along the edge of the fata, across the forehead, runs a band, 
called in Bali Kesabharana, ornament of the hair, and in India 
Mnkuta ; it is covered with gold, and ornamented at short 
distances with S&ryakdntas * (according to Balinese ideas a sort 
of precious stone). In the centre of this Kesabharana, over the 
forehead, there is a Lilian, in the form usual in Bali, and of 
crystal (or glass). At the extremity of the Jatd there is a ball, 
supporting a Lin&a (ball and Linga being of the same material as 

* Suryakanta (beloved by the sun), a. precious stone, often meaning crystal, 
but really said to have proceeded from the rays of the sun. The Balinese 
Xuryakanta are of crystal or glass, and will be formed of pitsakas of Majapahit. 
The fact that this precious stone is used for the SAryasevana i.e., the worship ol 
the sun is a further indication of the importance of this heavenly body. Another 
precious stone of fabulous origin is the Chandrakdnta^ proceeding from the 
condensed rays of the moon. 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 125 

above). The fact that we here find the ball ornamented with the 
Linga r is perhaps again a sign of the intermixture of Buddhism 
and Sivaism, in which, however, the Sivaitic symbol has the 
upper place. The Pandita wears in his ears the Kundala ; these 
are shaped like an egg, and are attached to the ear by a gold 
ring ; it is sometimes of crystal. 

For nearly all the remaining articles of his attire the name 
dbharana is used, whereas in India each article has its particular 
name. We must not confound Karndbharana (ear-ornaments) 
with the earrings ; they are fastened behind the ear. tnu\- 
bharana (ornaments of the dtmd, the soul or the breath), a short 
band, worn round the neck, and on the breast on each side, with 
gold clasps of considerable size. Vdyitbiiarana (ornaments of 
the wind ; i'Ayu t the wind, is the vital principle ; the form vdyu- 
l) ha ran a is incorrect, and should be vdyvdbharand]. These are 
double ; they are worn round the neck, and are longer and fall 
lower down on the breast than the Atmdbharana. Hastdbharaya, 
as the name indicates, are worn round the wrists. 

The guduha (or guduha genitri) is a kind of rosary ; we find 
it in several of the Javanese idols j it is called in India akshamdlCi 
(string of beads). The name guduha does not appear to be 
Indian. The Pandita has two or three of these, and uses them 
on great festivals while he mumbles the Vedas, telling them after 
the manner of the Roman Catholics. All these ornaments, in- 
cluding the Brahman-band, which is called sampat, saivit, silimpit- 
are strings of the fruit of the plant genitri (black balls about half 
an inch in diameter) ; their interstices are inlaid with gold, and at 
intervals they are set with Suryakdntas. 

The Brahman-band (not called here by an Indian name; 
perhaps it would be a profanation of this sacred ornament to 
make known to the people the Indian name Upavlta or Yajno- 
pavlta .?) is threefold, but is not formed of three cords interwoven, 
and not of Hfunja-grass, which name is unknown here. There 
are three strings, passing over the left shoulder and under the 
right arm, and fastened together on the shoulder. At the place 
where they are joined there are three lingas (again of crystal). 
The ends hang down, and are ornamented with large precious 
stones one with a red stone, Puala (doubtless Upala, opal) ; 
the second with a large (white) Suryakdnta ; and the third with 
a black transparent stone, found in the mountains of Bali, and 
called manik girang-girangan. These three colours have re- 
ference to the three gods of the Trim Art i t Brahma, Vishnu, and 
Siva (or Sada-Sira, Pramd-Siva and Mahdsiva). Red is the 
colour of Brahma, white of Siva, black or dark blue of Vishnu 
(and also of Kala). Besides this Bralnnan-band, the Pandita 
has also a band of white cloth, six yards long by three inches 
wide, which, like the other, is worn over the left shoulder and 



i26 AN ACCOUNT OF 

under the right arm. This band is also called sampat, sawit, 
or silimpat. 

The Pandita, finally, wears on his hands several gold rings 
with costly rubies. The ruby is the favourite stone in Bali, 
almost more prized than the diamond ; seven kinds are known 
in Bali, each possessing a special supernatural power. On the 
upper part of the arm and on the ankles the Pandita wears no 
ornaments, but the gods do. The gods also have many of these 
ornaments in the form of serpents, which is not the case with the 
Panditas. 

DRESS OF THE GODS. 

The head-dress is very complicated, especially that of Siva. 
Siva alone of all the gods has the Glung kurnng, a nearly 
spherical cap, much resembling the Jata of the Panditas, whose 
example Siva is. This cap covers the back of the head. On 
the forehead is the Glung chandi, a round, lofty head-dress, nearly 
in the shape of the chandis in the temples. Papudnkan are 
ornaments next to the glung chandi ; Garuda mnngkur above 
the papudukan. Patitis (among the Panditas Kesabharana] 
is the forehead-band, set with precious stones ; in front is 
the chtidamani. Mangle wijaya (perhaps mangala vijaya, happy 
victory), the plain stripe above the Patitis. Kuudala, the 
earrings. Skar taji\ the pointed ornaments immediately behind 
the ear. Ronron, the ornaments behind the s'kar taji. Apus 
kupak, the ornaments on the shoulders. Glangkana, the bands 
on the upper part of the arm. Glang, the bands on the wrists. 
Glang batis, the bands on the ankles. Bapang, the small garment 
which hangs in two capes from the shoulders on to the upper part 
of the arms. Kalung, a short collar ornamented in silk with 
serpent-heads. Sampat, Silimpat or Sawit ^ also Genitri (after 
the name of the plant of the seeds of which it is made), the 
Brahman-band, worn, like that of the Panditas, over the left 
shoulder and under the right arm. Babcdatti, the breast-band, 
worn round the breast under both arms, and fastened in the 
middle with a jewel ; this is also found on many Javanese idols. 
Naga wangsul (the serpent of Bali), a large band hanging from 
the shoulders to the stomach, formed of a serpent, worn in this 
way as the Brahman-band. Babadong (badong, the name of a 
kingdom, means, like bandhana, the Sanskrit name of it, "con- 
nexion "), the upper band round the hips. Tambcdaua, two other 
bands worn round the body, below the babadong. Kambcn, the 
cloth (not a sarong), unsewn, and fastened above the hips by the 
bands just mentioned. Saniir, an end of the cloth, rolled up and 
sticking out above the Tambcdana. Jawat, the end of the cloth 
which hangs down in front between the legs. Muchcr, two ends 
of the same hanging at the side, dialer, short breeches (these 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 127 

are never worn by the Balinese, and are only seen in represen- 
tations of mythological personages). iva and all the real gods 
sit or stand on a lotus-bed, padmasana (see, above, the Padmdsana 
in the temples as a seat for Siva). They have also a glory, sur- 
rounding the whole figure, called here simply trans * c j a i " the 
bright lustre." All these ornaments can only be clearly explained 
by means of drawings, and I therefore caused the principal 
Balinese gods to be drawn by a Brahman ; the first of these 
drawings which I sent were lost on the journey; those which I 
sent on the second occasion at any rate reached Batavia. 

The costume just described is that of nearly all the gods ; 
Siva wears only the Glung kurung in front. This monotony also 
indicates that all the gods are merged in the one Siva. In the 
female images we find other ornaments for the ears, and the cloth 
hangs down lower, as it is worn by the Balinese women. Unta, 
Siva's wife, has ornaments stuck through the lobe of the ear, 
named Subong; they are similar to those of most Balinese girls, 
which are made of lontar-leaves rolled together. She also has 
the Glung chandi of Siva. Sri, Vishnu's wife, has the same 
ornaments, but a simple head-dress, called *Mengure glung. 
Vishnu's earrings are called rumbing, and are round and without 
a cavity. 

It is especially to be remarked here, that the names of the 
articles of the Panditas' dress are Sanskrit, while the names of 
those of the gods themselves are Balinese. The gods are thus 
less sacred than the priests ! But the deity may not and cannot 
really be represented; drawings and images have no value but 
for the ignorant. 

FEASTS. 

These are partly feasts of the various gods and temples, and 
partly expiatory feasts. Those of the first kind are dedicated to 
the more beneficent gods, the others to the Butas and Riiksasas, 
with Kala and Durgd at their head. Especially grand feasts are 
celebrated in the sadkahyangs, the six most sacred temples in 
Bali. In the temples of Bdsuki (or JBesakt) at the foot of the 
Gunung Agnngj the feast-day is every lunar year on the full moon 
(Puniama] of the month Kapat or Karttika. This feast-day is 
really valid for all Balinese ("Us. Bali," pp. 273 seq. and 346) ; 
but on account of the existing hostilities, Badong and Tabanan 
have not for a long time performed their worship, because the 
temple is in / Karang Asem. In Basuki, Mahadeva or sang 
Purua Jaya (Siva), whose seat is the Giinung Agung (or Meru), 
is worshipped. 

In Badong the feast-day in the great sanctuary of Vluwatu is 
on the 2ist day of the new (Balinese) year, anggara kaliwon, in 
the week Madang Siha. On this day the princes of Badong 



128 AN ACCOUNT OF 

worship there, and to do this have to travel over the mountains 
to that holy place by wild and rocky paths. The holiness of 
this temple is ascribed to the fact that the ship (the pra/ni) 
of Dewl Damt^ Mahadevtfs sister when she came from India, 
stopped at that place and turned into stone. This temple, how- 
ever, cannot be so old as that of Basuki : it is not named in the 
" Us. Bali," p. 320 ; and it must further be taken into consideration 
that the feast clay is Jioced^ not according to the Indian, but according 
to the Balinese year; while, on the contrary, in Basuki it is fixed 
according to the Indian calendar, and this seems to indicate that 
the temple of Badcng is of later date. The same thing applies 
also to the temple of Sakennan or Serangan, dedicated to Indra. 
Here the feast is on Rediti Manis, in the week Langkir, the 
twelfth day of the Balinese new year. 

Each temple has likewise a feast on the date of its foundation. 
This is called wedalan, commonly pronounced odalan, or anniver- 
sary. General feasts of the gods and Pitaras are celebrated on 
Gahmgan, and in the five succeeding weeks (see "Us. Bali"). At 
this time the gods are supposed to dwell on the earth, and the 
Pitaras especially return to the bosoms of their families ; hence 
the constant offerings and the incessant games and amusements 
which are regarded as necessary less for the living generation than 
for the Pitaras and gods sojourning among them ; hence also the 
cessation from work and the disinclination to intercourse with 
foreigners during this period. Trade and foreigners are not agree- 
able to the Pitaras, who desire to see old institutions and usages 
faithfully preserved. The princes also have feasts on their birth- 
days, and on the anniversaries of their temples. The number and 
the preparation of the offerings is minutely prescribed for each 
deity and each temple. 

The expiatory feasts, however, are those most worthy of atten- 
tion. They are, in great part, celebrated, not in the temples, but 
in the inner portion of the houses (iiatar), or in places arranged 
for the purpose. We have already mentioned two great feasts : 
Bayakala (see " Us. Bali," p. 323 sqq.) and Panchavalikrama. This 
feast is not kept on fixed days in the year, but on great occasions. 
It occurs after the conquest of a State, for the sake of the con- 
quered population, who are thereby delivered from the evil 
influence of the demons, who have power over conquered places ; 
it also takes place before the abiseka (anointing) of the Sovereigns, 
and it is celebrated by all the princes and the men who bear arms. 
It is further observed after a contagious disease e.g., the smallpox. 
It is necessary that five Padandas should be present, four seated 
facing each of the cardinal points and one in the middle : one of 
the five must be a Padanda Buddha (a Buddhist priest), who sits 
facing the south. We have drawn attention above to this pheno- 
menon, and may here observe that although Buddha is also repre- 
sented at this feast, he plays but a subordinate part. To the north 






THE ISLAND OF BALL , 2 > 

is Vishnu, whose colour is black ; to the east Maheh'ara (white), 
to the south Brahma (red), to the west Mahadera (yellow), and in 
the middle Siva, with mixed colours. (The offerings are of cor- 
responding colours.) In the middle is the Padanda of the 
supreme Siva, and he / naturally has the chief place. There are 
three other priests of Siva besides, but only one Buddhist. 

Another expiatory feast is called Ekadasa Rudra (the eleven 
Rudras ; Rudra is a subordinate form of Siva ; eleven Rudras are 
also mentioned in Wilson). The origin of this feast, however, 
seems to be known to but few Balinese. (See " Tijdschrift van 
N.I.," VIII. vol. iii. p. 242, in which passage the name yajna, 
through a printer's error, is written jadjoeja.} The offerings 
enumerated there are the greatest known in India, but, according 
to the descriptions which I have obtained, they are not organized 
in Bali and Lombok precisely in the Indian manner. I was told 
that there were no bloody sacrifices in the feast in Lombok (Sep- 
tember 1846) ; simply large sums of money were distributed 
among the priests and the people, and the ordinary offerings were 
presented.* 

It appears, therefore, that only the names of these feasts have 
survived in the memory of the Balinese, and that the latter, in a 
spirit of vain-glory, apply these sacred names to their curtailed 
feasts, which they have not the means to make very grand. 

It is a surprising fact, however, that by indirect inquiries I have 
convinced myself that a few human sacrifices have actually taken 
place in Bali ! A former prince of Karang Asem, who was defeated 
in war, put one of his slaves to death in a forest, and then placed 
his body, concealed by clothes, among the other numerous offer- 
ings, as a means of imploring the gods to restore his power. The 
deed was discovered, for while the Pandita was mumbling the 
Vedas, a wind arose and uncovered the body. A curse fell upon 
the presumptuous prince, and he never regained his power. 
Another instance is known from Gyanyar, where the prince (pro- 
bably the first Deva Mangis, said to have been changed into a 
serpent on account of his atrocious acts) had set aside a slave f to 
be sacrificed ; he intended to murder him in the darkness of the 
night, but killed by mistake his own son, and roasted and offered 
him as a sacrifice. 

These two facts cannot well be gainsaid, for I have obtained 
the accounts of the former not only from Badong, but also from 
Mengtii, which is allied with and has long been friendly to Karang 
Asem. The people of Karang Asem utterly deny it. Of Gyanyar 

* For the reader's convenience I will repeat the names : \.Ahamedhayajna J 
the horse-sacrifice ; 2. Gomedhayajna, the cow-sacrifice ; 3. ManusJiyayajna , 
human sacrifice ; 4. RAjasftyayajna, the sacrifice of the universal prince (i.e. 
offered by him) ; 5. Devayajna\ 6. Rishiyajna; 7. Mutayajna ; 8. JKcwyasa- 
yajna', 9. Rajabusanayajna. 

t Gnling buntitt is the name for human sacrifices. 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. K 



130 AN ACCOUNT OF 

it is a common saying. How far this barbarity has gone, and, 
perhaps, still goes on in a thickly populated country, where the 
common man is a slave and of no value, I will not venture to say. 
The burning of widows, and also the amok on the fall of a State, 
must be classed among the human sacrifices. 

The general name for these expiatory feasts is prayaschitta, 
commonly pronounced inaccurately prayas-tista. The word means, 
according to Wilson, expiation, penance ; and thus is very appro- 
priate. The Panchavalikrania is expressly included under this 
term. To these also belong the purification of a house in which a 
corpse has lain. The feast of the Sarasvati, on Sancschara, in 
the week of Watu gunnng, has something in common with this ; on 
that day the collective books of the princes are carried into the 
temple and purified for the coming year, through the priest reading 
the Vedas. Another feast is for the weapons, the ceremony being 
the same as in the previous one, and at this a bloody sacrifice to 
the Butas is also necessary. Yet another feast is observed for the 
welfare of domestic animals, cows, horses, pigs, fowls, &c. Among 
the feasts belong also the cock-fights, not only as an amusement 
of the people, but also as a religious ceremony. At the feasts of 
the great temples e.g., the temple of assembly of the Gusti Pam- 
chuttan every one belonging to the congregation must send at 
least one cock, and must make it fight, either himself or through 
a deputy. This custom is based on the supposed incarnation of 
Vishnu as a cock (Silingsing] in Bali, but we can explain Vishnu's 
assumed incarnation more satisfactorily as an apotheosis, not de- 
rived from India, of the cock-fights which are so popular in all 
these islands. 

FURTHER DETAILS OF THE RELIGIOUS WORSHIP. 

The mangkii (see " Usana Bali," p. 267 sqq.} is the guardian of 
the temple, who superintends the edifice, and partly performs, 
partly conducts the presentation of offerings ; he must know cer- 
tain mantras e.g., patikelaning genta sapta and sastra sangha, and 
must employ them when offerings are made. Both men and 
women can fill this post. (The Brahmanic women those sprung 
from the Brahmanic caste, not the concubines from the lower 
castes are likewise acquainted with the Vedas, and perform some 
religious functions instead of the men.) The mangkus can further 
be of various castes, and not Sitdras alone ; I know several Gnstis 
( Vesyas] in fiadong, who fill the office of mangku : usually, how- 
ever, these latter hold the post in the chief temples, such as, for 
instance, the domestic temples of the princes. I have not yet 
found a Brahman acting as a mangku ; although perhaps there 
are some who do so. The Brahmans generally aspire to the dig- 
nity of a Padanda, and therefore look down upon the position of 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 131 

a mangkn. In order to become a mangku it is necessary, or at 
any rate usual, that a deity should pass into, and thenceforward 
speak from the body of the person selected. Two cases have 
become known to me in which young Gustis appeared for a time 
almost to have lost their reason, speaking an incomprehensible 
language, performing none of their actions in the ordinary manner, 
and sleeping in the temples. These Gustis were thereupon 
observed by the persons who had been longer inspired by a deity 
(wawalen or prakulif), and after due inquiry, acknowledged as 
also inspired. Such individuals are supposed to be either wawa- 
lens or actual madmen. When they are thoroughly penetrated by 
the deity, and have become calm again, they are true wawalen, 
and are able to state what deity it is that inspires them. They 
are then regarded as the most devoted servants (inaugku) of the said 
deity. They become madmen if their minds do not become calm 
again or rather if their deception is not properly carried out ; for, 
of course, these wawalen must be regarded as idle impostors, who 
choose to lead an easy life, chiefly at the expense of the credulous 
populace. (Compare on this subject " Usana Bali," pp. 268 and 

335-) 

These temple-servants, however, detract nothing from the im- 
portance of the Panditas. The latter, by their life and the study of 
the Vedas, are identified both spiritually and materially with the 
supreme Siva, whereas the wawalen have merely, as it were, given 
their bodies to be dwelling-places of the deity. In the wawalen 
an unconscious, in the Padandas a conscious, unity with the deity 
has commenced. In the great temples, therefore, the mangku 
and wawalen are of little consideration ; all ceremonies at the 
feasts are regulated by the directions given from the books by the 
Padandas, and the latter mostly use for this purpose mantras 
which are unknown to the maugku. Moreover, the Pandita alone 
(and not the wawalen} is able to call down the gods by mumbling 
the Vedas. The sayings of the wawalens, when, at the offerings in 
the temples, they give utterance to the voice of the god which 
dwells in them, are compared with the statements of the sacred 
writings of the Padandas, after which a decision is arrived at as 
to what must be done in important cases (sickness, wars, &c.). 
Thus, in these cases also, the Padandas have an opportunity of 
exercising their power ; in the first place, they can counteract, by 
quotations from their sacred works, the utterances of the wawa- 
Icns, if they do not meet their views ; in the second place, they 
can easily make known to the wawalens, whom we are disposed 
to regard as deliberate impostors, what they must say, and, by 
their approval, elevate these utterances into laws for the guidance 
of the people. 

Archa (Sanskrit archa, an image) is an idol, usually of stone, in 
Bali always of rude workmanship. Sometimes it is supposed that 

K 2 



132 AN ACCOUNT OF 

the deity passes into such an image, and this fact then induces the 
faithful to bring their offerings. (See " Us. Bali," p. 274.) This 
belief, however, is for the most part held only by the common 
people. The priests, and also a large portion of the people, 
attach little value to the images. "Does not the deity dwell in 
heaven ? " was an idea expressed by a common man in Boleling. 
The idols, as we have already said, are called togog or tongkok, 
which means neither more nor less than "doll." We find them 
principally as watchers, in the form of Raksasas and Biitas ; for 
the same purpose there are also small watch-houses, called Tugu, 
before the temples, in order to prevent the evil spirits from enter- 
ing. We also find images, such as those of Ganesa and Vasukij 
and also of Hamiman and Gariida, in some of the small temple- 
houses, representing as it were the retinue of Siva. Garmla is 
always monstrous, with Raksasa tusks. The Nandi is very well 
known to the Balinese. but I do not remember to have seen repre- 
sentations of it. The worship of images therefore has, upon the 
whole, penetrated but little into the belief of the Balinese, and we 
have here an obvious contrast to the creed now existing in India, 
where the highest value is attached to idols. I have not yet seen 
any representations in stone of Siva, although I have met with 
some rude images of Vishnu (the subordinate incarnate deity). In 
pictures we also see Siva as fsvara and Mahadeua (when he 
appears as a youth), and as Arjuna, but these pictures are not 
worshipped, and, like those of Vishnu, as Rama, &c., have refer- 
ence rather to the myths in the Kavi works, than to religion. 

The offerings are called banten, charu, or aturan. Religious 
fasting, which the priests and those who desire to become Rishi 
practise daily, is called mavinten. The cap of the Pandita, jata, 
is also called bawa. The flowers which he uses in his domestic 
worship are chempaka putih, chempaka knning (Sanskrit champaka ; 
the a is here also altered by the nasal pronunciation into a short 
e),Jepon, Kenyeri, Ergani, Jenpiring, &c. 

The vilva fruit and the salagrama stone, which play so impor- 
tant a part in the Indian worship, I have not yet met with in 
Bali. 

The lotus has really no worship, but it is found planted in pots 
in the Padandas 1 houses, and also in the ponds which the princes 
are accustomed to have in their palaces. 

The Brahman-band (upavlta} belongs in India to the three 
upper castes, which are called on this account dvija, "born 
twice" (the second time through adopting this band). In that 
country it is of different kinds, according to three different castes. 
In Bali it is found only among the Padandas, and then only if 
they are in full dress. But the Kshatriyas and Vesyas, and even 
XttJras, who have obtained permission from the Padandas, also 
wear a protective band, a sort of amulet, in war, called by the 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 133 

same name (Sampat} ; they only wear it, however, in time of war. 
In Badong I have never met with it. Chandra or unilan tu- 
juanggal (the waxing moon) is in the head-dress of Ganeta, as in 
the Javanese images of that god. The skull (mw.nfa] above the 
fhandra is not known to the Balinese ! They have a milder form 
of religion, with which skulls and chains of skulls (found with the 
Indian Siva and Gaye4a t and also in Java) are incompatible. 
Siva's name, Kapalaltfirit, "he who wears a skull," seems to be no 
longer clearly understood in Bali. The mark on the forehead 
found in some gods (eg. Ganesa) not to be confounded with 
the third eye of Siva and Indra is called chuundung ; it is also 
marked on the foreheads of the princes when they adorn them- 
selves for a religious service ; its meaning is unknown. 

The King Siva-Buddha is named in the Ravgga Lawe as ruler 
of Tumapcl. His kingdom was overthrown by the people of 
Daha (Kediri}. This King's name cannot well be anything else 
but an indication of the state of the religion. At that time 
Buddhism and Sivaism must have been completely blended together. 
The fall of the kingdom, then, appears to represent a reaction, 
brought about by the Sivaites ; and it is the more remarkable that 
this kingdom, with a mixed religion, was conquered by that of 
Kediri, where the flower of the Sivaitic priests and learned men 
were to be found under Aver Langgia and Jayabaya, although 
the latter (fayabaya} especially also tolerated the Buddhists (see 
under the article Literature]. From Kediri also the orthodox 
Sivaitic Brahmans in Bali trace their descent. We have already 
drawn attention in various places to the intermixture of Sivaism 
and Buddhism. We will give here a few facts bearing on this 
point. We found an image of Buddha in a temple of Siva in 
Bolelcng ; on the jata of the Padandas there is a ball under the 
liuga ; and, further, inverted pots or glasses are found on the 
small temple-houses ; in the " Usana Bali " we have among the 
gods, and also in Jayabaycts retinue (in the Bdrata- Yudda], the 
Jtisi Seva Sogata (Saiva belonging to Siva, and Saitgata to Sugata 
or Buddha), ffisis /holy beings partly in heaven, partly on earth) 
of the worship of Siva and of Buddha ; in the " Usana Java" we 
have Siva, Buddha, and Bujangga as sons of sang Haji (the 
original one). 

The Buddhists, the Balinese assert, came later than the 
.Sivaites, and if this refers to their arrival in Java, it agrees with 
the accounts given in Java, where the Buddhists are also said to 
have come later than the Brahmans. What has happened in 
Java is very often confounded, even by the priests, with occur- 
rences in Bali. These nations are particularly weak in chron- 
ology and geography. In Raffles, Appendix K, p. ccxxxix., 
there is an account of Bali by a Muhammedan : it states : " The 
religion of Buddha (under which he evidently includes the entire 



1 34 AN A CCO UNT OF 

Hindu religion) is divided into Sakalan and Niskalan. The first 
division will include all earthly things, and the second the re- 
ligion." This division exists in the writings (/;//?/?-) of the 
Balinese, but it has no reference to religion ; sakala is that which 
belongs to time, and niskala that which belongs, not to time, but 
to eternity, to the period after death. 1 The former, therefore, is 
correctly interpreted by the narrator, but the latter has a wider 
meaning. 

The following are names of the ornaments of the gods : 

Anting-anting, like kuudala, earrings. 

Glaiig Kupak, instead of alang, bracelets. 

GitduJia pawilangan, the rosary (wHang, to count). 

Parmaia, a golden girdle (Incl. mekhald). 

J\ilat balm, the necklace (with the Padanda atmabliarana). 

Babandong, the longest band round the neck (vdyubhara^a). 

Chechandian, Chandi repeated (the glung chandi}. 

The chakra is also to be found in the place of the geuitn (gu- 
duJia genitri ), a substitution which in some cases can easily occur 
with the Javanese images as well. 

The temples in Bali are of the same class as those of Majapa/u't, 
or of the third period : in Cravvfurd, " Ind. Arch.," vol. ii. p. 205, 
' temples constructed of brick mortar." The bricks of which they 
are built are not of first-rate manufacture, and consequently not 
very durable. Stone carvings, which are plentiful in the ruins of 
Majapahit, are only to be found rarely in a few ancient temples 
and palaces (the best in Mengiti ; and in Klongkong 2X& Gvauyar}. 
This art has evidently not advanced in Bali, and there are now 
very few men who can work in stone, and even these no longer 
produce anything of beauty. The art of carving wood, ivory, and 
whalebone has been tolerably well preserved ; neat images of gods 
and Raksasas are carved out of the last material. 

Crawfurd and Raffles maintain that the religion of the people 
in Bali cannot be called Hindu ; but, from all my inquiries into 
the worship of the common people, which at first I was inclined 
to regard as a remnant of the purely Polynesian age, I have con- 
vinced myself that this also is 7 Hindu, and that the low estimation 
in which the temples of the Siidras are held by the priests has 
merely obscured the objects and corrupted the mode of this 
worship. These small temples are regarded as puuggawas (sub- 
stitutes) for the large and principal ones, just as the Sndras who 
pray in them are vassals of the men of rank who pray in the great 
temples. 

Another difference finds expression in the saying, that not only 
in such temples, but also in the small sanggars of the upper 

] [R. van Eck in " Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie," 1879, i. p. 57-1 






THE ISLAND OF BALL 135 

classes, Ci Siva's children " are worshipped. Who these children 
are, however, is not clear; someBalinese names e.g., san^ Kasufiun 
Kidiil (meaning he who is " worshipped in the south"), BraJiithi 
or Mahadeva-&Q not afford us any explanation. It would appear 
that here also we must have recourse to the difference of the 
castes ; as the insignificant temples alone belong to the Sudras, 
so they have no claim to the worship of the Supreme Siva. Only 
the subordinate manifestations of Siva, called for want of a better 
word, " Siva's children," are intended for them. 

Besides these children of Siva, the Pitaras, the shades of the 
dead, are also worshipped in the small temples, and we shall show 
that these may be regarded as identical, as it were, with " Siva's 
children." We have already seen in connexion with Indra, that 
it is not easy to reconcile the decrees as to becoming a Pitara 
with the punishments to be imposed by Yama. According to 
some, all the persons who have undergone cremation dwell as 
pitaras in Svarga or Indraloka, and there enjoy eternal happiness ; 
according to others, they wander about for a long time before 
reaching that place, and assume various forms upon earth ; and 
finally it is also said that, although they enter Indraloka, they are 
obliged to descend again to the earth as human beings ; it is not 
said when this obligation ceases, and their state in heaven is called 
indiscriminately deva, hyang (god), or pitara. According to the 
popular belief, Brahmaloka or Vishnuloka (which are identical and 
higher than Indraloka], and Sivaloka, the highest of all, are not 
attainable. The Brahmans, however, appear not to share this 
belief, and lay claim also to these supreme worlds and the moksha 
(deliverance from the transmigration of the soul). Among the 
"children of f Siva" we have also to include such ascended souls, 
dwelling in Sivaloka, although it is surprising that they have not 
become identical and one with Siva (who here is the same as the 
Indian Parabrahma}, as the word moksha indicates. 

According to the accounts of men of the lower pastes, it is 
supposed that, in the worship of the Panditas, not Siva himself, 
but Bagawan Byasa, enters into the Padanda ; the latter then 
becomes like Byasa, and possesses the divine power of the 
DevarshL Upon the whole, this statement is almost identical 
with the opinion which we have already expressed. Byasa is, as 
it were, the same as the deity (Siva), and, as we have already seen 
(under Literature), is called Yogisvara, a name for Siva himself. 

Into the wawalen, to whom we have before alluded, there 
passes, according to the same accounts, z.Buta kaparagan (an em- 
bodied Buta\ who is said to be the confidant of the god and to 
know his secrets. This spirit, therefore, and not the deity itself, 
speaks from out of the wawalen. We may be surprised that a 
Bftta should be called here the confidant of the deity, yet the 
conceptions of a Buta, a Raksasa, and a Deva are so mixed up 



i.?6 ./.V ACCOUNT OF 

m tin- munis el the lower order;,, th:it we cannot attach mm h 
ini|i(irt;iii i- to llir, !.i< t , .1 IK I. bcsidd this, the /'///^v and / 

ully as rlosely jelatcd to ea< h other ;is /\',i/,i to A/Vv/, 
.mil the Klves to the l-'ays. 

The ,v,/,i',//V/M aie al:,o the pi i halian t/ifkiin);* when 

they a< t in this < -apa< ity, they re< He Miintnis (>na\y,a}, moving 
their bodies as the I'anditas do when they nmiiiMe the \ 
In addition to the nuintnis, the A/r/y (the wind) is the remedy 
employed by the halian ; he causes his breath to pass into tin- 
bodies of the sick.* 

Me who performs ta[ni lives only on the -.wr//, without any 
other food. In the " I saua Km," liowever, we have seen that /<//><! 
(penamc) is now no longer performed in llali. 

HIS. 

Religious i ites analogous to the |oine:,lir worship of the J\n/un 
d(U are peiloimed also by certain pnmrs and other DcVtU and 
(iiisfis, ill order to attain the diynitv of a /\'/.\/. These \>- 
also peilorm a BCrvicC eVCrV momm:-, on a la:, tin;- :,!oina< h, USUlgi 
however, not the Vedas, DUl the Mantras, namely the Mantra 
f'asiti/i/ati (tlie pnrilyinj; Mantra}. They peiloim ablutions with 
holy water, wash out their mouths, ptirily their teeth, and wash 
then han ; not until they have done this do they dress and appear 
iu public. When, by means ol this daily BCfvicC, which must be 
< 01 1 pled with a \ cry i <-"iil.ir mode ol life ( t hey ma y not lie, n 
or do anything <lejralin^, iVe. ), they have atlained a <eitam holi 
they beiomc l\i\i\. I lus BtatC <>l A'/\/ has much m 

with the third peiiod of the hlelime ol tin- Indian:; a< < ordiii:', 
to Mann, wheie they live loi medila! ion alone, and, withdrawn 
liom all earthly allaus, pass a peaceful lile, pleasui;', in ( iod, in the 
fores! hei milages. In I5ali,also, a piinee who has In-come a /\W 
must reliinjuish his kini'/lom to his children, and, intent alone 
upon his heavenly state, sepaiale himself from all human < oiu 
panionslnp. ll SCCmi, however, that al present love lor earthly 

i. nl more weij'.ht than < are about heaven. The last prince 
but one of runichnttan in /V//Av/;;, Ngitni/i d"</f ranic/inttan had 
be. ome a AV\/, yel he ivtauied his kini-dom until his death. The 
old A'li/ti Ka^iinan has peiloinu-d the said BCTVice (\\hih LI in 
COlTeCtly ailed also i/uti'fi/tt or //lasiin'tiscrtnia} lot 

ind yet he has not become a /\'/A/, and .',emr, lo keep that 
the piinccs of rannimttan and 



1 [T; 'nkiin upplic-s IM l>otli lexei, (lie I '.iy.il. A;.'.,;-/ !< i 

uiiy. See i i;mk-l.iiiii\ " Grammatik," p. 109 I 

In llir In, .iiinl; ninl /././', innli-isliiiitlin 

tie three propertf . .'// (or // ////.// //) ii m out. 

ol It. 



////: /S/ AND OF KM. L 

/will no longer acknowledge him as their guardian. The 
wife of ;i AW can alone follow him into the state ol srp.natioii. 
|>in\ided that she, too, has performed the d.iilv MfVicCi and, like 
linn, has remained lice from all misdeeds and sins. 

This MTVke makes the I'.rahman (Mr) a I \uhim1n (where. 

however, other regulations also come in), and the ks/nitri\:r and 

Wtsyai A'/.v/ ( A'<r/<rrs//t\ royal /v'/.v/, to be distinguished liom the 

' v/'/\, di\me AWs, and ihe />Vw/////^/'\///v, the Urahmanical 

A'/.v/H A .sW/'<7, finally, becomes through this servi. e a />///////. 



'I he Trimiirti or Trii<ikti (trinity) is contained in the word 
r'//,V (really Indian <>///), which is Immed of three letters, </, //, ;//, 
or, as tlu- r.alme'.e say, of (ii/x, ////;;, ///////v, meaning .SW</.- 
/(//v//// ( r.S'/Vv/, and ..Miilki\i",w ; or Brahniii, Vis/iuu, and .S'/Vv/, 
also represented as */.v/// (lire), AM,/ (\vat<-r), and fl^rVi (air). In 
this combination Siva is cooidmated \\illi I'.rahma ai.d Vishnu, 
but he is called .!A///<M/Vw, the -real Siva, and the oilier two gods 
bear his name, and must be regarded, as it were, as t '.\-/>rf<siiws <>/ 
himself. Siva, a I . \ : being in the centre, 

with ilrahma on his right hand and Vishnu on his left. 

This trinity (also called triiiikti) repeats itself throughout 
Nature. We have the /n'M//r<t//<r (the three worlds), consisting 
of />////;-, bhnvah, and svah (earth, air, and space). And further, 
lnnit) //V////77, and mini/tn (heavt n, earth, and hell). Three 
kinds uf human beings: piiriiinpinvan, /<r/ci, and hanji (woman, 
man, and hermaphrodite). Tlie last kind also appears in Siva as 
Arddkanare&VQrt (Siva with his wife in one body). 

In the month of AV^w//.^/, in which the lunar year of months 
begins, all the llalinese keep the feaxt of Mn/twitr or l.abu 
rini/tt : A'tt.wHyr is also called by its Indian name, (Vis/Hr, and, 
as in Jmlia, begins the year. 

CREMATIONS. 

( )ne of the most important religious ceremonies is the cremi 
tioil of the dead. Only through the burniii:; of the bod 
jiossible for the soul to enter the heaven of Indra /), and, 

thence, that of Vishnu and the supreme heaven of Siva (I'islniu- 
/t>/c<f and 5nM/0Xv/). The doctrine of the h lion of the 

soul exists in IJali, although the 15aline.se do not speak of its 
details; the- titintif>mtan*ti is a work on this subject (explained 
as kunif*nlnn bmliin, the assumption of various bodies ; according 
to the Indian words it seems to be "glorification of the soul," a 
jx>int which its contents leave in uncertainty). This work, how- 
ever, is a popular one, written in K'uiun^ but it does not appear 



138 AN ACCOUNT OF 

to contain the whole of the purely Indian doctrine of the trans- 
migration of souls. Other writings of the Brahmans exist on this 
subject, but they are secret; it is according to these that the 
ceremonial at cremations is regulated. 

It is believed that cremation, and the offerings which precede 
and follow it, exempt a man from any further change of shape 
at least he remains for a certain time as a pita in the heaven of 
the Devas, and as such demands the worship and offerings of his 
surviving relations. Cremation requires a considerable outlay, 1 
and therefore every family is not in a position to show this 
honour to its dead. Instead of being burned, they are in that 
case buried, the body being inclosed in a case of bamboo, which 
completely conceals it, and covered with a number of clothes; 
it is carried out upon a bier amid the singing of naenia, which, 
among the common people, are trivial compositions. Arrived at 
the grave, the body is stripped of its clothes, and let down with 
the bamboo covering ; a few small coins are then thrown into the 
grave (in order that the dead may provide himself with food), and 
it is closed. By the side of the grave a bamboo is fixed in the 
ground, on the top of which there is a sort of three-cornered 
hutch of lattice-work, in which offerings of small value, chiefly rice 
and flowers and fruit, are deposited immediately after the funeral, 
and subsequently at certain intervals. These offerings are for 
the purpose of propitiating the Biitas (the demoniacal beings 
who infest places of burial especially ), lest they should attack the 
soul of the deceased. The grave is then surrounded with a fence 
or hedge. 

Those who are buried in this way cannot enter heaven ; they 
then assume all sorts of shapes, and it seems that the Balinese 
especially believe that the numerous dogs which wander about 
half wild are metamorphoses of Siidras (the lowest caste) ; for 
this reason they hardly ever kill a dog, and these ugly animals 
increase and multiply enormously, and are a pest to the European. 
It is now the duty of a member of the family (son, grandson, &c., 
sometimes even the third generation, if he has become rich enough 
to afford a cremation) to cause the bones of all his relations who 
have been buried to be exhumed and to burn them together. 
At most cremations, therefore, one sees a number of bodies at 
once, each in a special coffin, many of which have usually been 
buried for years. In times of general calamity, contagious 
diseases, &c., all bodies, even those of princes, are buried and 
not burned ; it is not permitted then to keep any corpse above 
ground, for in such times no work pleasing to the gods can be 
undertaken, and the influence of the demons is in the ascendant. 
At these times, also, the Galungan is not celebrated. 

1 [According to Jacobs, 1. 1. p. 49, from 800 to 1,500 florins, in the case of. 
princes 10,000 florins.] 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 139 

The long periods that corpses are kept is also noteworthy, 
although I have discovered that Crawfurd's statements (" As. Re- 
searches," vol. xiii. p. 136 ; " Ind. Arch.," vol. ii. p. 253) as to the 
length of time are inaccurate. The duration of the impurity of a 
house in which a dead bodyjias lain is more precisely fixed, being 
more than a month for a Siutra, only eight days for a Brahman, 
and an intermediate time for the second and third castes. The 
.time during which corpses are kept varies very much, and the 
day of the cremation does not at all depend upon the date of the 
death. 

There are bodies in Jladong which have been kept twenty 
years ; on the other hand, the body of the prince of Gyanyar was 
burned about forty days after his death. But the statement 
(Crawf., " Hist. Ind. Arch.," p. 244) that a month and a week is the 
time that bodies must be kept for cremation is also inaccurate, for 
this reason, that it is not every day that is suited for a cremation ; 
it must be a lucky day, and in order to obtain such a day all good 
omens must concur ; it must also be in the first half of the lunar 
month (with a waxing moon), and thus can hardly ever happen at 
one and the same interval of time after the date of the death. 

A series of ceremonies belong to cremation. Immediately after 
death the body is embalmed by the relatives, and in the case of 
a prince, also by the junior rajas of the friendly States ; for this 
purpose spices are used, with which the body is entirely covered, 
and these again are covered on the principal parts of the body 
with small coins over these come clothes, mats, and a covering 
of split bamboo. This sort of embalming 1 does not protect the 
body from partial decomposition ; the emanations ~ from it are 
collected in a vessel underneath the Bale 3 on which the body lies, 
and are poured away every day. If the body remains so long 
unburnt, it becomes dried up in about six months. It is watched 
the whole time, and if emanations still run from it, they are caught 
in the vessel referred to ; offerings and "holy water are also pre- 
sented. In its mouth the corpse has a gold ring, set with a ruby ; 
this protects it from the power of the demons, and it is the most 
heinous sin to steal such a ring (a thing, however, which happened 
not long since). Three days before the cremation the corpse is 
stripped of its coverings, and the relatives look upon the dead for 
the last time. Meanwhile, the spices have penetrated into the 
body; the latter is then washed and again enveloped in split 
bamboo, mats, and clothes. Instead of a ruby, five small metal 
plates inscribed with the word ong, and with mystic formulas, are 

1 [Called nglclct in the high dialect, corresponding to the Javanese Ngoko, 

and nggiihin^ in the low or Krama form.] 

- [Called banych, and in the case of a Brahman corpse, pringet. ] 

3 [The Bale, or more correctly bale pandung, is a bier or kind of tent, often 

of considerable dimensions, for the reception of the body until its cremation.] 



MO AN ACCOUNT OF 

put into the mouth ; the five plates signify the five principal gods 
(Siva, Brahma, Vishnu, Indra^ and Yama?), comprised in the 
words Sa, ba, ta, ha, i (Set = Siva, Ba - Brahma, 1= Indra ; ta 
and ha are not clear to me, but ha seems to indicate Hari, one of 
the principal names of Vishnu) ; * the plates are of gold, silver, 
copper, iron, and lead. These plates, which keep the body, as it 
were, under the protection of those five gods, are taken away 
immediately before cremation, when this protection appears to be 
rendered unnecessary by the reading of the Vedas and the pour- 
ing out of holy water. Houses in which dead bodies are kept are 
unclean, and, in the case of princes, the palace is not occupied by 
the successor until after the cremation, and is merely guarded by 
the people belonging to the deceased. This is occurring, at the 
present moment, in Dm Passar (one of the three residences of 
princes in Badong\ where the bodies of five illustrious princes are 
kept in the great palace, and the reigning prince lives for the 
present in a small house of little pretension. The first ceremony 
mentioned above, that of washing before cremation, is called 
pang&skaran or pabrissian (purification) ; askara seems to be 
Sanskrit, but it is not found in Wilson (first edition). 1 

The preparations for cremation take much time and much 
money. A bridge is built on each side of the wall of the palace 
for the conveyance of the body to thefiade. 2 The Bade, or funeral 
pyre, is, in the case of princes, very gorgeous. It rests on a basis 
of bamboo, concealed by handsome hangings, under which the 
bearers place themselves, to move the structure along. On tins 
foundation there is a pyramid of woodwork or bamboo, in from 
three to eleven storeys. I have only seen the latter number at 
the cremation of Dewa Mangis in Gyauyar, and this agrees with 
the number of storeys in the Merus of the temples ; it certainly 
has a religious meaning, reminding us of the Buddhist pyramidal 
buildings and of the philosophical ideas connected therewith. 
This pyramid is ornamented with more or less splendour, according 
to the means of the relations of the deceased; the covering is 
made of little balls of cotton, fastened on to the wooden frame- 
work in fringes, and forming heads of elephants and Butas round 
the bottom and at the corners of the different storeys. These 
balls are of all the colours mentioned in the "Usana Bali": white, 



'* According to Wilson, T/ia is Siva; J, Kama; Ha, Siva and Vishnu. See 
also " Usana Bali," p. 328. These letters are called PanchAkshara, the five 
(sacred) letters. 

1 [Askara is a mutilated form of the Sanskrit sanskara i.e., the ceremony 
/car' f^ox-nv. See v. d. Tuuk in " Hijdiagcn," III. vol. v. p. 212. Pambrtsihan, 
horn in\'sih, " pure," bcrsih in Malay and Javanese.) 

- [More correctly isadah. In Javanese and Sumianese the word means any 
receptacle. Jacobs, 1. 1. p. 227 ff., gives a full account of two of those gorgeous 
structures he saw at Tabanan.] 



THE ISLAND OF BAI.f. 141 

rtd, dark blue, and yellow. The whole of the lower portion, as 
well as the corner of the pyramid, is covered in this way. The 
outer sides of the different storeys are ornamented with tinsel 
and red, and inside they are fitted up as rooms with mirrors and 
furniture. Persons are stationed on each storey to attend to the 
regular progress of the machine and to keep the little rooms clean. 
The corpse is laid in the highest storey, and covered with a great 
number of white cloths, which hang down the sides of the 
pyramid. 

Special places are made ready for the cremation of distinguished 
persons. In Gyanyar a square of about 400 paces in length and 
breadth, surrounded by a wall of pillars of masonry with trellis- 
work between them, was prepared above the palace, on the 
summit of the hill up which the dessa extends. In the centre 
there was a Bale of masonry inlaid with a sort of mosaic of glass- 
work and boards, after the manner of the Bales used for offerings 
in the temples. The Bale consisted of two storeys, and was 
surrounded with trellis-work. Above it rose, on four pillars, 
another chamber and a roof, the chamber ornamented with mirrors, 
and the whole covered with tinsel. The pillars were covered in 
red. This place was intended for the cremation, and upon it 
stood a figure of a lion (singha). This figure is only used at the 
cremation of reigning princes (chokorda)'* other distinguished 
persons are burnt in the figure of a cow men in that of a black, 
and women in that of a white lembu. The common man, generally, 
has only a simple square wooden coffin to be burnt in, but figures 
are sometimes used also by the lower orders e.g., Gajamina, a 
monster, half elephant, half fish. These figures of beasts are 
ornamented to a certain extent (in Gyanyar very splendidly) ; 
the erect tail and the back are taken off, like a lid, when the body 
is let down into the figure, and are replaced after the ceremony of 
letting do\vn the body. In Gyanyar, outside the square, in the 
centre and at the sides, there were several large and ornamental 
Bales for the distinguished spectators, and especially for the 
very numerous women. In addition to these, there were the 
places for the cremation of the three Belas, on the left. For 
several days before the cremation of people of rank, one or more 
Panditas reside with the relatives ; they manage all that has to be 
done, indicate the mode of making the offerings, prepare the 
metal plates, and invoke, by means of the Vedas, the success of 
the important ceremony about to be undertaken. It is they also 
who conduct the Bade to the place of cremation. If the deceased 
belongs to the second caste, the Kshatriyas, the Bade is fastened 
to a serpent (nciga or nagabandha, serpent-band) ; this serpent is 

* It has been said, however, that this custom did not come from India. 
\Chokorda, in Balinese paduka.] 



142 AN ACCOUNT OF 

ornamented in the same manner as the foot-piece of the Bade, 
and has wings ; the body is quite thirty fathoms long, and is 
carried by men. Before the procession starts, the Padanda 
descends from his palanquin and shoots from the four cardinal 
points at the head of the serpent, whose evil influence is thereby 
destroyed. He uses for this purpose wooden arrows with white 
flowers attached to their ends, the flowers alone being discharged 
at the serpent.* This peculiar custom of fastening a serpent in 
front of the Bade, and of the killing of this reptile by a Pandita, 
points to a fable of former quarrels between the earthly gods (the 
Brahmans) and the princes. A Dcra ailing was in the habit of 
ridiculing the Brahmans ; he especially threw doubts upon their 
supernatural power. Once upon a time, when a powerful Pandita 
was at his palace, he caused a goose to be put into a well or pit, 
and the latter to be closed. He then asked the Pandita what 
animal was in the well, and the Pandita replied, a naga. There- 
upon the prince wished to ridicule him, but when he opened the 
well, a terrible serpent came indeed forth. The king then, 
astounded and terrified, was rescued in his need by the good 
Pandita, who slew the serpent, and ever since that time, at the 
cremation of all Kshatriyas, a serpent has been fastened to the 
Bade, killed by the Pandita, and burnt with the corpse. When 
this serpent has been figuratively slain, it is wound round the 
Padanda's seat, the tail remaining fastened to the Bade ; in this 
manner the Padanda conducts the corpse (or, in reality, according 
to their notions, the soul) to the place of cremation, and so to 
heaven (sva rga\ where it (the soul) is admitted among \hQpitaras. 
The procession at cremations is very long, even with the lower 
orders. In Gyanyar, where the princes and many armed men, 
besides the bands of musicians and actors from all States of Bali 
(excepting Banglt) t were present at the celebration of the feast, 
the procession extended for upwards of a "paal." First came 
always the coolies bearing the wood for the cremation. In Gyanyar 
they carried pieces of wood of uniform shape, coloured black and 
gold. It is said to be customary to use sandal-wood for princes ; 
but this did not appear to me to be the case, for the pieces were 
too large, and would have been too costly for the means of a 
small Balinese prince. Then came the music and the men armed 
with muskets, then all the articles of personal use belonging to 
the deceased, and then holy water and offerings for the Jlulas, 
carried by women on their heads. The order of march is : twenty 
or thirty men armed with lances, and then the bearers of the 
Upachara, walking two and two (upachara means in Sanskrit 
service and also present ; to be understood here as the articles 

* This is almost the only case in which a bow and Arraio are used in 15ali ; with 
this exception, we only meet with their use in some dramatic representation?, 
where they appear in accordance with the Indian myth*. 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 143 

belonging to the service of the deceased* These include everything 
of domestic use in Bali : clothes, rings, and other jewellery, 
mirrors, and articles of the toilet, the sirih-box (in the case of 
princes, of gold), the water-bottle (also of a precious metal), the 
umbrella (payung ; umbrellas are also held over the jewellery by 
those walking nearest) ; and, finally, the horse of the deceased, 
richly caparisoned, led in the procession by men, and sometimes 
ridden by a young son or grandson of the deceased. All these 
are again followed by armed men and musicians ; the bands of 
music separate the divisions of the procession. The second part 
is devoted entirely to holy water (toya tirta}\\ more than a 
hundred women carry small vessels of water on their heads ; this 
water comes from the most sacred places in Bali, and is solicited 
and bought from the Padandas who stand in especially high 
esteem. Here, again, the intermixture of Buddhism is note- 
worthy ; we have here not only holy water from the Padanda of 
S/7Y7, but also from the Buddhist Padanda, and these waters are 
mixed together, ,J It appears, therefore, that the Sivaites also 
require the help of Buddha, and that Buddhism is still, as it 
were, an integral part of the religion of all Balinese. This water 
is called toya or toya tirta, " water of a holy place ;" tirtha is Ind. 
" a holy bathing-place," and also " a chapel ; " our holy water comes 
from both such places, from the sacred waters (see toya Sindu in 
" Us. Bali," p. 337), from the temples, and from the houses of the 
Padandas, who have consecrated it by mumbling the Vedas. 

The offerings for the Butas, banten dagan, form the third 
division of the procession. Dagan is the Balinese name for 
Buta, although the latter word is used quite as often. These 
offerings consist of all sorts of meats, cooked and half-cooked, of 
rice, fruits, flowers, leaves ; all these vegetable offerings must be 
of five different colours : white (the colour of Siva or Mahadeva), 
red (Brahma), yellow (Buddha and also Siva in Bali, black or 
dark blue (Vishnu ; also Kala), and brumbu, a mixture of the four 
colours ; the last is the colour of the supreme Siva, who combines 
in himself the natures of the four already named. These offerings 
are made to propitiate the Butas, who are supposed to haunt the 
burial-grounds. The offerings for the gods and pitaras (the 
shades), which are offered the same day, are left at home. 

* According to Gericke's Javanese Dictionary, which has reached me too late, 
Jut Packard means tokens of distinction and of honour, state-decorations, insignia, 
ceremony, pomp, splendour. This agrees with our explanation. 

t This water is as holy as that of the Gauge?. 

The mixed holy water is called toya pangcntas, and is especially purifying 
and a protection from danger ; leaves of gold (mas fripi} and a costly gold ring 
(which the Pandita keeps) with a ruby are placed in it; and also flowers, balung- 
balung, or ground sandal-wood; powdered rubies; whole rice (bija}\ cut flowers 
and leaves (samsam}. 

Comp. Pitdmbar*) "with a yellow garment." 



i 4 4 AN ACCOUNT OF 

Here usually follows the Padanda, carried in a palanquin, and 
drawing after him, when a Kshatriya is burnt, the dead naga with 
the Bade attached to it. At several points, especially at the 
corners of the road, before the house of the deceased, and before 
the place of cremation, the Bade is turned three times, the 
Padanda being carried before it and leading the movement. The 
lofty structure of the Bade sometimes renders it necessary to 
employ more than 400 men to perform these manoeuvres. In 
Gyanyar the prince, the son of the deceased, preceded the Bade, 
followed by a great number of other princes and the armed men 
of Gyajiyaf and Badong. In other cases I have always seen the 
relatives following the deceased ; the reason why the prince 
preceded the corpse was this, that the Belas with their procession 
followed the Bade, and that the princes considered it beneath 
their dignity to go behind the Belas, who in this case were all 
Gw.n/iks (concubines from the fourth caste). During the whole 
march A^zv-songs are sung, chiefly by those who carry the Bade ; 
they were not songs of mourning, however, but favourite portions 
of the Rctniayana, Bdrata Yudda, and other works well known 
to the people. 

When the procession has arrived at the place of cremation, and 
the Bade has turned round thrice for the last time, the body is 
carried down from the top of the Bade by a staircase made for 
this purpose, and up by another small staircase to the place of 
burning, where it is laid in the coffin (the lion or cow). The 
corpse is then only in the covering of bamboo referred to above ; 
the clothes and ornaments remain on the Bade, and some of them 
are taken home again, the remainder, as well as all the ornaments 
of the Bade, being given up to the people as plunder after the 
cremation. The Pandita then,, mumbling the Vedas, sprinkles 
on the body the different kinds of holy water a ceremony which 
generally lasts more than an hour. At last, after all the vessels 
of holy water have been emptied, the Padanda quits the spot, 
and the bearers of wood now kindle a fire under the figure of the 
animal, which is consumed but slowly, on account of the copious 
wetting which it has received. Sand is strewn on the foundation 
of wood or masonry, to prevent the fire from spreading. When 
the corpse is consumed, the bones are collected by the watchers, 
laid on the purified place of burning, and covered with clothes, to 
which are added also the utensils for adornment and small offer- 
ings. These are carried the next day with great state to the sea 
and thrown into it, together with money and offerings. Before 
this is done the Padanda again reads the Vedas on a lofty erec- 
tion, making frequent use of the bells, which stand by his side. 
Opposite the Padanda stand rich offerings of all kinds, and 
especially quantities of clothes and money. The Padanda re- 
ceives these offerings. He is also offered a tolerably large sum, 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 145 

U P to ^"50, for performing the ceremonies, but most priests 
take only part of this and return the rest to the relatives of the 
deceased. Other ceremonies follow at intervals of a fortnight, of 
some months, and of a year after the cremation. At these we 
have again a procession, as at the cremation itself; there is a 
Jtadc, upon which the corpse is represented by flowers; these 
flowers (ptispa) are also thrown into the sea. During the whole 
of this time numerous offerings are made for the deceased. 
After the ceremony, which takes place a year after the cremation, 
the deceased is regarded as actually admitted among the pitaras 
(the shades) in Indra's heaven, and as sharing in the offerings 
which are presented to the latter in the domestic temples. 
Great princes sometimes celebrate a feast to the memory of the 
dead even after the lapse of some years. 1 

The burning of widows has attracted most attention from Euro- 
peans. Wonder is expressed at the great number of women sacri- 
ficed in this way in Bali in former times (Crawfurd, " As. Res." 
vol. xiii. p. 135); yet it should be borne in mind that in Bali 
polygamy is carried further than in any other country that, e.g., 
the great-grandfather of raja Kassiman, prince of Ngnirah Sakti 
Pam 'chutan, had 500 wives and thus it cannot surprise us to see 
so many women burnt, particularly since the women who offer 
themselves gain the highest distinction, and the sacred writings, 
from the Parvas (divisions of the Mahabhdrata] downwards, re- 
present this act as praiseworthy and almost necessary. That in 
India but one wife follows her husband in death, is naturally 
explained by the fact that very few Hindus have more than one 
wife. But little is yet known of the burning of widows among the 
princes of India, and as but few independent princes now exist who 
are worshippers of Siva, the silence on this subject is easily 
accounted for.* 

In Bali the burning of widows is confined almost entirely to the 
princely families. The princes are now either Kshatriyas or Vesyas 
(Devas or Gustis), and so far Crawfurd is correct in saying that 
only the second and third castes observe this custom. The true 
reason of this, however, lies in the outlay which is requisite. The 
Sftdras are seldom rich enough to bear the expense of a splendid 
cremation ; their women, also, are less under the influence of the 
priests, who do not trouble themselves much about such common 
people ; and finally, the wife's respect for the deceased husband is 
not so great, because he was of the same rank as herself. Among 

1 [Greater details concerning cremation are given by R. van Eck in 
"Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie," 1879, vol. i. pp. 104-24. See also 
Jacobs, 1. 1. pp. 49-53-] 

* A man of high rank in Nipal, Bhngtee Thapa, was followed into the fire 
by his two wives. H. T. PRINSEP, Transactions of the Marquess of Hastings, 
vol. i. p. 170, note. 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. L 



146 AN ACCOUNT OF 

the Brahmans the burning of widows is still rarer, but yet a case 
which occurred some years ago in Badong has come to my know- 
ledge. The Brahmans do not regard it as necessary ; it is not 
prescribed in the Vedas, nor is it practised in India by the 
Brahmans, who have remained free from the worship of the 
sect. 

The names given to the burning of widows are known from 
Crawfurd : Satya and Bela. This explanation of them must be 
modified. Satya is the burning of a wife, who from a platform 
erected for the purpose, throws herself into the same fire with her 
husband, committing suicide with the creese at the same time. These 
may be either lawful wives or concubines, and the latter is not 
unfrequently the case. Bela, on the contrary, is the burning of a 
wife, who is burnt in a separate fire, not with her husband, jumping 
into it alive, without using the creese. This latter method is not 
thought so much of, but is the more common. These women, who 
are also called improperly Belas, are mostly concubines, but I have 
also been told of cases in which lawful wives have chosen this 
method of self-immolation. 

The names Satya and Bela are Indian the former unmistake- 
ably, the second in all probability. Satya is truth, fidelity ; the 
wife who dies in this way is called Satyavatl, a true, faithful 
woman, who has performed in all things her duty to her husband. 
Bela is explained by Crawfurd as "retaliation," but so far as I am 
able to reconcile the Balinese explanations with each other, it is 
rather the Sanskrit wela "sudden and easy death" (Wilson). 1 
This is rendered clear by the way in which it takes place ; and 
further by the fact that the sacrifice of the followers of a prince 
defeated in war, who then die together in an amok, is also called 
Bela. In general it means in Bali " dying with the man of higher 
rank " (the wife with her husband, the slave with his master, the 
followers with the prince). 

That female slaves were murdered by men appointed for the 
purpose, and were afterwards cast into the fire, which would seem 
to be a compulsory human sacrifice, must have been a fact 200 
years ago, and was observed by Mr. Zollinger in Lombok* but I 
have not found any trace of it in Bali. The women who sacrifice 
themselves are indeed, as a rule, slaves, for they are mostly from 
the fourth caste (the Sddras), at least all the concubines are ; but 

1 [The meaning given in R. von Eck's " Balineesch Woordenbock " is " faith- 
ful unto death." In Javanese, the word conveys the meaning " to die or suffer 
with or for another." See the numerous examples in Vreede's edition of 
Roorda's Dictionary, p. 1093. For other explanations of the terms satya and 
wela, see Wilken, " Het Animisme," p. 85. Satya is evidently an abbreviation 
of Satyavati.] 

* See the report of the Dutch envoys to Gelgel, in Crawfurd, " Ind. Arch." 
vol. ii. p. 244 sqq. 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 147 

their immolation is voluntary, 1 and neither in the Satya or the 
Bda are they touched by a man. From the moment that they 
declare themselves ready to be burnt alive, they are holy persons ; 
they enjoy all the honours of the Pitaras. They may no longer 
tread the ground, but must always be carried. Offerings are even 
made to them, and all their wishes are satisfied. Nevertheless, 
the successor of the deceased simply regards such concubines as 
the servants who will be required by his father after his cremation. 
The women themselves are excited by religious ideas ; a female 
priest always accompanies them till the moment of death, and 
describes to them in glowing colours the happiness of life in 
Svarga, the rise to a higher caste, and how they will thereby 
become the lawful wives of the deceased. To these deceptions 
must be added the honour and the advantages which the woman's 
relations expect to receive from the prince's successor ; the men 
of her family have a claim to offices ; they are made chiefs of 
Dessas, Pamb'kcls, &c. They are therefore the only persons who 
sometimes use means of compulsion to prevent the women from 
retracting. They accompany the victim of the family ; they keep 
up the fire, and, if the woman hesitates, tip up the plank on which 
she stands above the fire, so that she falls in against her will. 
These cases, however, are of rare occurrence. Deception of the 
imagination and the use of opium have generally made the victims 
quite indifferent, and they jump into the fire as if it were a bath. 

Eight days after the death of a prince or noble his wives are 
asked whether any of them wish to follow him into the fire ; those 
who then state their willingness are accepted, and, during the 
interval before the cremation, are shown the above honours. 
They cannot easily change their minds ; the opposition of their 
relatives, and the shame which would attach to them, as well as 

1 [In reference to this we quote an appropriate passage from the work of 
Dr. Julius Jacobs ("Eenigen tijd onder de Baliers," Batavia, 1883, p. 230), 
whose account of the inhabitants is at the same time the most recent and the 
least biassed : "It is perhaps too much to say that a wife does not follow her 
husband to the funeral pyre of her own fret will. There are actually women 
who, to all appearance, voluntarily throw themselves into the fire, or, in the 
case of the husband having fallen in battle, stab themselves on his corpse (Ma). 
A mother may also follow her child to death ; a betrothed, her lover ; a child, 
its mother ; nay, even a friend his friend. Supposing that there exist, to some 
extent, a genuine sorrow, a holy attachment for the beloved one, it is also in a 
great measure a fact that those who sacrifice themselves are heartily convinced 
that in requital of that noble deed they are immediately after death received 
into the Satyaloka, where they are made partakers of unutterable joys, so that 
thereby at once their sins are wiped out and they attain to eternal bliss. Add 
to this the influence of the priests who here, as elsewhere, are powerful agents 
with women, and try to induce them to self-sacrifice by holding out to them 
all sorts of promises, and who bring them by dint of fasting, prayers, and 
stupefying drinks, to a state of mental imbecility that makes them no longer 
accountable for their actions, and you will know what is meant by their sacri- 
ficing themselves of tJieir own free w///."] 

L 2 



148 AN ACCOUNT OF 

the deceptions of the priests, hold them back. The women who- 
may wish to give in their names after this period of eight days 
are not accepted, perhaps in order to avoid the appearance of 
compulsion. The women who have offered themselves to be 
burnt lead thenceforward a life of pleasure, and enjoy much 
greater honour than they ever knew before. This again is a reason 
why they should not change their minds during the interval, some- 
times a long one, before the cremation. 

We will here add some details of a cremation, at which women 
were burnt, in Gyanyar, of which we were eye-witnesses. On the 
2oth December, 1847, tne prince of Gyanyar, Dewa Mangis, was 
burnt ; we have already spoken above of the way in which his 
body underwent cremation. The corpse was followed by the three 
wives (concubines), who became Belas. A procession went before 
them, as before the body: (i) Upachara, (2) Toya, (3) Banten 
dagan. They, like the body, were seated in the highest storeys 
of the Bades, which, like that of the prince, were carried by men, 
but had only three storeys. After the body of the prince had 
arrived at the place of cremation, the three Belas in their Bades 
each preceded by the bearers of the offerings destined for her,, 
with armed men and bands of music were conducted to the 
three fires. 

Their Bades were also turned round three times, and were 
carried round the whole place of cremation. The women were 
then carried down steps from the Bades, and up the steps of the 
places erected for their cremation. These places consisted of 
a square of masonry three feet high, filled with combustibles r 
which had been burning since the morning, and threw out a glow- 
ing heat ; the persons appointed to watch them fed the fire, and 
at the moment when the women leaped down, poured upon it 
a quantity of oil and arrack, so that it flared up to a height of 
eight feet, and must have suffocated the victims at once. Behind 
this furnace stood an erection of bamboo, in the form of a bridge, 
of the same width as the square of masonry, and about forty feet 
long, and from sixteen to eighteen feet high ; steps of bamboo led 
up to it in the rear. In the centre there is a small house, afford- 
ing a last resting-place to the victim, in which she waits until the 
ceremonies for her husband are finished and his body has begun 
to burn. The side of the bamboo scaffold nearest to the fire is 
protected by a wall of wet Pisang-stems. Upon the bridge lies a 
plank smeared with oil, which is pushed out a little over the fire, 
as soon as the time for the leap draws near. At first there is 
a door at the end of the bridge, and this is not removed till the 
last minute. The victim sits in the house on the bridge, accom- 
panied by a female priest and by her relatives. They all speak to 
her of the happiness which she will now shortly enjoy with her 
husband. She then makes her toilet j her hair especially is 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 149 

combed, the mirror used, and her garments newly arranged ; in 
short, she arrays herself exactly as she would for a feast. Her 
dress is white, her breasts are covered with a white slendang ; she 
wears no ornaments, and after all the preparations to which it has 
been subjected, her hair at the last moment hangs quite loose. 
When the corpse of the prince was almost consumed, the three 
Belas got ready ; they glanced one towards another, to convince 
-themselves that all was prepared ; but this was not a glance of 
fear, but of impatience, and it seemed to express a wish that they 
might leap at the same moment. When the door had been 
opened, and the plank smeared with oil and pushed out, each 
took her place on her plank, made three Sembahs by joining her 
hands above her head, and one of the bystanders placed a small 
dove (titiran) 1 upon her head. When the dove flies away, the 
soul is considered to escape. They then immediately leaped 
down. There was no cry in leaping, no cry from the fire ; they 
must have been suffocated at once. One of the Europeans 
present succeeded in pushing through the crowd to the fire, and 
in seeing the body some seconds after the leap it was dead, and 
its movements were caused merely by the combustion of the 
materials cast upon the flames. On other occasions, however, 
Europeans have heard cries uttered in leaping, and in the first 
moments afterwards. 

During the whole time, from the burning of the prince till the 
leap of the victims, the air resounded with the clangour and noise 
of the numerous bands of music. The soldiers had drawn up 
outside the square, and contributed to the noise by firing off their 
muskets. Besides these, some small cannon were discharged. 
There was not one of the 50,000 Balinese present who did not 
show a merry face ; no one was filled with repugnance and disgust, 
except a few Europeans, whose only desire was to see the end of 
such barbarities. The Balinese look upon this cremation simply 
as the consummation of their religious and domestic duties ; no 
one sees any cruelty in it. Yet, as the all-powerful priests attach 
little importance to it for their own caste, with their aid the 
diminution and abolition of these human sacrifices among the 
other castes might be effected. The priests' interest in maintain- 
ing it is, alas ! a monetary one and therefore no help can be 
expected from them. 

The number of women burned in Bali itself is not considerable ; 
in Lombok, however, where only 9000 Balinese reside (the rest 
are the Mahomedan Sesakers), this ceremony is more frequent.- 

1 [It is called Katitiran in Malay, and a kind of sacredness attaches to it.] 

2 [A full and interesting account of the self-sacrifice of the wife of a Gusti is 
.given by Zollinger in his article on Lombok, "Journal of the Indian Archi- 
pelago," vol. v. p. 529 ff. The Journal of the Dutch Embassy to Bali 
j(" Bijdragen," II., vol. i. p. 52 ff.) gives a description of the funeral ceremonies 



150 AN A CCO UNT OF 

During the time I spent in Bali, five or six cremations of Gustis 
took place in Lombok, and on each occasion from four to seven 
women offered themselves up. This preciseness in following the 
ancient usages also shows itself in great offerings, which cost con- 
siderable sums, but at the same time add greatly to the fame of 
the prince who makes them, and strengthen him for war (e.g., the 
offerings in September 1846). The explanation of this lies in 
two circumstances : first, the Balinese of Lombok, and especially 
their prince, are much richer than those of Bali, where even the 
reigning princes, through the great extension of their families, 
possess but little means ; and secondly, the Balinese of Lombok, 
and particularly the present prince, are looked down upon, and 
said to be ignorant in their religion and their customs, by the 
Balinese of Bali, and especially by the Dei' a agiing, whom the 
people of Lombok do not acknowledge. Now to refute these un- 
favourable opinions, they show themselves to be much more 
precise in the performance of their religious duties than the 
majority of the Balinese in Bali. During the two years of my stay 
in Bali, I only knew of one case of widow-burning in Gyanyar. In 
all the southern States also none took place ; intelligence from 
Karang-Assem and Bolcleng is uncertain and irregular, but I heard 
nothing of the practice in these States either. It cannot be 
asserted, however, that the custom has entirely disappeared. 
Widow-burning is considered a necessary adjunct to the crema- 
tion of a great prince, and in the last thirty years a large number 
of women have actually been sacrificed in Badong. 

Nine Bdas were burnt with the prince of den Passar, NgruraJi 
Made Pam'clmttan, Kassimaris father, and three with the last 
prince but one of Panfchuttan, Ngrnrah Gdc. Pani'cJmttan (the 
father of the principal wives of the present Raja of Pain'cliuttan}. 
One very young wife, who threw herself tandakking into the 
flames, was burnt with the last prince of Panichuttan, Anak Agitng 
Lanang (father of the present prince).* 

Raja Kalcran Kanginan was followed by two wives ; one killed 
herself and became Satyavatt (see above), after the example set 
by the wife of the raja Salya, one of the heroes of the MahabJia- 
rata, known here from the Sa/yaparra. Raja Kalcran Kawan. 
was followed by three wives. A young wife followed raja Haiti 
Kassiman, a nephew of the old Kassiinan, who died very young. 
Some women also followed Kassimaris brother in Belalitan. If 
the dead bodies in Den Passar, which have already lain unburied 

at the burning of the king's mother on March 21, 1633, at which many of her 
female slaves were stabbed and burnt. At the funeral of the two royal princes, 
forty-two and thirty-four of their wives respectively threw themselves into the 
fire. Princesses of royal blood are not previously stabbed.] 

* Tandakking on this occasion does not permit another person to iandalc 
also. 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 151 

for fifteen or twenty years, are burnt, it is doubtful whether women 
will follow them. The principal wives seldom follow, and in this 
case the deceptions cannot have the same effect upon the concu- 
bines as when they are practised upon them shortly after the 
death. Raja Kassiman prevents this burning for political reasons, 
as it might possibly deprive him of his prestige ; another reason 
is the poverty of the present prince of Den Passar, whose revenue 
. has been very much diminished by Kassiman, and who will not 
for years be able to amass the sum required for such a grand 
cremation. 1 

CASTES. 

We know from Crawfurd that the four Indian castes exist in 
Bali ; we will hereafter give reasons which seem to show that caste 
has also existed in Java. 

The names given by Crawfurd are Brdhmana, Satriya, Wisiya, 
Sudra. The names Brdhmana and Sudra are correct ; Satriya 
is the corrupt pronunciation of KsJiatriya, which is found in good 
manuscripts {Brahmdndapurdna, Rdmdyana, &c.) ; Wisiya has 
arisen, through an oral mistake, out of Vesya, as the Balinese call 
the third Indian caste ; the Sanskrit Vdisya cannot be rendered 
otherwise in Balinese ; in the Balinese letters the four words 
correspond closely with the Sanskrit names. We have shown in the 
" Usana Bali" (1. 1. p. 254) that the Balinese taling has a mark above 
the line in words where it represents the Sanskrit ai ; in the word 
Wesya, however, the idea that this taling answers to an at, which 
is unpronounceable, appears to have been lost. I have never yet 
found the mark in the word Wesya in any manuscript. 

The Indian names, however, are not those in common use in 
Bali to indicate the difference in caste. The three upper castes 
have names with meanings, which are used both in speaking to 
and speaking of each member of the caste.- These titles are : 

1. Ida for a Brahman ; this is the Balinese pronoun of the 
second and third person in the high language. It is also used for 
the titles of Deva and Gusti ; but when it stands alone, it always 
means a Brahman, who is called He or Thou. A male Brahman 
is called Ida bagus, a female Brahman, married or single, Ida 
hayu, or, contracted, Idayu (see below as to the word Padandd]. 

2. Deva is the title of a Kshatriya, both for men and women 
(e.g., Deva agung putri}. Deva means in Sanskrit god, and in the 
language of the stage king (Wilson) ; but in the lists of names of 
royal houses in India which we meet with in Tod's " Annals of 
Rajasthan" and in several inscriptions published in the " Journal 

1 [According to R. van Eck, the last widow was burnt at Klongkong in 1862 
(see " Tijdschrift voor Ned. Indie,'' 1879, vol. i. p. 124) ; but this is doubtful.] 
- [See Jacobs, 1. 1. p. 36. P. L. van Bloemen Waanders, 1. 1. p. 125.] 



152 AN ACCOUNT OF 

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal," we find also the title of deva (or, 
corrupted, dew or deb) added to all the names, and we thus dis- 
cover that the title of deva is used for all Kshatriyas, not only in 
Bali, but also in India, for every one in that caste can become 
king, and they are also all called Raja in India. 

3. Gusti* is the title for the Wesyas, or third caste ; this name 
is not Indian, at least not clearly. In India the third caste is not 
of much importance, and we are therefore not surprised that it has 
not a special title.f It is quite otherwise in Bali (and Java); but 
few Kshatriyas have come here from India ; there were more 

Wesyas, originally merchants, agriculturists, and artificers. Since 
the Kshatriyas alone were too insignificant in number, greater 
honour naturally fell to the more numerous Wesyas. They 
even became kings probably in Java, and certainly in Bali, 
although they are always regarded as subject to the Deva agung, a 
pure Kshatriya. For this reason a title of honour was also given 
to the Wesyas, and this is " Gusti." Gusti is never interpreted by 
the Balinese as anything but a name for a Wesya. In Java it is 
now used before the name of God, " Gusti allah" and before the 
names of princes of royal blood ; Gusti, used before allah, indicates 
that the word is equivalent to tuwan (lord). The fact, however, 
that the princes of Solo 23\& Jokyokarta are called " Gusti" seems 
to indicate that this family is also of Wesyan descent, and that they 
retained this title of honour, although the name of the caste, 
through Mohammedan influence, had been almost lost. 

4. The fourth caste, very naturally, has no title of honour. 
They are the born servants, and can make no claim to marks of 
honour. Courtesy, however, assigns to them in address the hypo- 
critical name of " father " and " mother " (bapa and incme). In 
speaking of them, the term which is also applied to all foreigners 
(Buginese, Chinese, and Europeans) is used kahula, slave, 
dependent, or wang ( = orang), man ; they represent the ordinary 
man, while the three superior castes trace their descent from gods 
and demi-gods. 

Mixed castes do not exist in Bali, whereas, even in the very 
ancient Indian law-book of Manu, a large number of mixed castes 
are enumerated. This is to be explained by the fact that too few 
people of the three principal castes came over to Java and Bali, 

* GoshtM is in Sanskrit "assembly, meeting; conversation, discourse; 
family connexions^ but especially the dependent or junior branches." [This 
derivation appears very doubtful in spite of Favre's qualifying concession ; see 
his " Dictionnaire Malais," s.v. If tenable at all, it could only come through 
a supposed adjective, goshtkint\ 

f Arya, it is true, is the name for a Wesya in India ; but what does it 
mean ? The name Arya for the Kshatriyas oljava (and Bali) is to be read with 
a long a (arya), and then means "one of the nation of the Aryans (an Indian, 
a Persian}. According to Wilson: Arya^ "a master, a man of the third 
tribe ; adj. excellent ; arya, of a good family ; respectable, venerable; apposite, 
proper ; a master, an owner.'' 



THE ISLAND OF BALL j 53 

and that these probably brought with them too few women, to 
maintain the purity of their descendants, and therefore, to prevent 
the extinction of the chief families, all the children remained in 
the caste of their father, although the mother may have been of 
common extraction. 

In India the mixed castes arose in two ways : first, through the 
marriage of a man of a higher caste with a woman of a lower one ; 
secondly, through the marriage of a woman of high caste with a 
man of inferior birth. The first case is not considered a disgrace 
to the mixed caste ; the second degrades the offspring, because 
this union is a disgrace ; and thus we have the most despised of all 
Indian castes the chaijdalas f (Parias), the offspring of a marriage 
of a female Brahman with a Sudra. In Bali the first kind of mar- 
riage causes no mixture of caste ; the children follow the caste of 
the father, but are inferior to the children of high-caste women, 
and in matters of succession and inheritance are dealt with as of 
lower standing, even though they be older than their more noble 
brothers and sisters. The second case cannot occur, for, in Bali, 
all marriages of high-caste women with men of lower birth (pro- 
vided they are acknowledged) are punished with death. The 
guilty woman is burnt alive a hole is made in the ground and 
filled witli combustibles, into which the woman is cast; this 
punishment is called labuh gni (to fall or be cast into the fire). 
The man is weighted with stones and drowned in the sea ; this is 
called labuh bat it. 1 This penalty, however, especially the burning 
of the woman, is not always carried out so relentlessly. In several 
cases which came to my knowledge, both the man and the woman 
were drowned ; in another case, where the guilty man had escaped 
vengeance by flight, the woman, at the command of her father 
{a Gusti in Kutta), was killed with the creese by a relation, her 
mother's brother, after having been adorned with flowers and fine 
clothes, and rendered fearless by opium and strong drink. 

There are, then, no mixed castes in Bali. In the " Usana Bali " 
(1. 1. p. 262) different classes of Sudras are mentioned viz., 
Mandesa, Gaduh, Dangka, Batu-haji, Pasek, Kabayan, Ngukuhin, 
Talikup ; these, however, are not different castes, but are all 
Sudras, some of whom have been degraded to this caste from 
that of the Wesyas, and still maintain, in a political sense, a 
higher position than the common Sudras? 

Chanddlas, nevertheless, exist in Bali, but they are not 
chandalas by birth ; there can be none such in Bali. They are 
afflicted with malignant and contagious diseases, and especially 
.leprosy. Such diseases are ascribed to the curse of some deity or 
of a Padanda. These persons may not reside in the kampongs, 

] [Jacobs, 1 1. p. 34.] 

- [K. van Eck in "Tijdschrift voor Ned. Indie," 1859, vol. i. p. 129.] 



154 AN ACCOUNT OF 

and are found in such places as the frontiers of two hostile States 
(Mcngui and Tabanan), where they live in misery and without 
intercourse with the rest of the people. I have seen others on 
the high roads ; their employments are named by Crawfurd. 

BRAHMANS. 

All Brahmans in Bali trace their descent from Padanda Wahu 
Rawuh, who, according to the Brahmans of the present time, lived 
in or was descended from Kediri ; his descendants went thence 
to Majapahit } and from Majapahit to Bali. According to the 
Javanese accounts, a number of vSiva-Brahmans made their 
appearance in Majapahit^ shortly before the fall of that place, 
from India, and fled upon the destruction of that kingdom to the 
East and to Bali. The statements of the Balinese upon historical 
and geographical subjects are extremely inaccurate. According 
to some, Kediri was situated in Baratawarsa (the holy land of 
India). If we accepted this as true, we should be able to recon- 
cile the accounts of Java and Bali respecting the arrival of Siva- 
Brahmans at Majapahit ; but there are many reasons against this. 
Jayabaya is said by some Balinese to have been a king in Bara- 
tawarsa; undoubted Javanese accounts, however, state that he 
ruled in Kediri in Java, and all the Kavi works of most im- 
portance were composed under him and his predecessor, Ayer 
Langia, The Brahmans, who composed these works, must there- 
fore have come from India at an earlier period and acquired the 
Kavi language in Java. We must bear also in mind here the 
localization of Indian places in Java. 

WaJm or Baku Rawuh means "the newly-arrived" (bahu is 
the Malay bahrn ; rawuh, Jav.-BaL, is equal to the Mai. datang). 
He is also named Bhagavcin Dvijendra, the holy Brahman prince 
(dvija is a Brahman, one born twice the second time through 
initiation into religion and sacred literature, and through assuming 
the sacred band, Uparitd}. Indra is generally king, prince ; thus 
we have Gajendra, prince of elephants, Rakshasendra, prince of 
the Rakshasas, namely, Ravana. His two names, therefore, are 
not family-names, but merely indicate his position ; he was the 
leader of a colony of Brahmans which came from India. Concern- 
ing his sojourn in Kediri or in Majapahit and Bali, the accounts, 
as we have seen, are uncertain ; but, according to the accounts of 
the priests themselves, the five existing subdivisions of the 
Brahmans in Bali are descended from him and his five wives. 
We have : 

i. Brahma ua Kauiemi. (Kamenu is in Gyanyar.) They are 
descended from Wahu Rawuh and a Brahmanic woman (Brah- 
mana-Brahmani) ; according to Indian notions, these alone would 
have the full rights and dignities of Brahmans, yet we find that, in, 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 155 

spite of their purer descent, they do not enjoy greater honour than 
their brethren who are of inferior birth. The rank of the Brah- 
mans depends upon their ability, their personal appearance, and 
their conduct, so that even in youth the qualities of a powerful 
Pandita may be recognized. The supernatural power attributed 
to them, and not their descent, therefore, determines the choice 
of the domestic priests of the princes. Political reasons also have 
their weight. Brahmana Kamenu are found in Boleleng. 

2. Bralunana of Gclgcl. (Gelgel is the ancient seat of the 
Deva-agung, already mentioned in the account of the Dutch 
envoys in 1635, in Crawfurd, "History of the Indian Archi- 
pelago," vol. ii. p. 244 seq. ; it is also referred to in the Malayan 
Manuscript of Abdullah " Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie," 
Jaargang 7, 2 dc Deel, p. 166 where it is erroneously written Gila 
gila in the translation.) They are descendants of Wahu Rawuh 
and a Kshatriya woman ; they are called Brahmana-geniten, and 
include most of the Brahmans in Klongkon& Mengui, Bangli, and 
those of Sanor in Bado?ig. The last-mentioned place is chiefly 
inhabited by Brahmans ; none of those at Badong, however, are 
of high rank, but the Padanda Agiwg of Somawati, and the 
Padanda Made Aleng Kacheng in Taman Intaran, both belonging 
to other subdivisions of the Brahmans, are the domestic priests 
of the princes. Some Brahmans in Bolekng, also, came originally 
from Sanor. 

3. Brahma na-Nuaba. These are descended from Wahu Rawuh 
and a Kshatriya widow (Bain manis, that is, "a short time 
married "). Their original seat is the kampong Nuaba in Gyanyar; 
hence came those of Sindhu in Karang-Assem, and of this 
family is the Fadanda Agung in Sindhuwati, near Taman Intaran, 
who, some twenty years ago, left Karang-Assem for political 
reasons, and was received with gladness in Badong* He is the 
chief domestic priest. in Badong, and his brother or cousin in 
Gyanyar. 

4. Brahmana -mas : descended from Wahu Rawuh and a 
Wesya woman.t Their original seat is the kampong Mas in 
Gyanyar. The family of the Padanda Made Aleng Kacheng in 
Taman Intaran came from that place. He is also a domestic 
priest, and although he is younger than and became a Padanda 
long after the Padanda Agung was already a domestic priest, still, 

* He had correspondence with Gyanyar at a time when Gyanyar, allied with 
Badong, was at enmity with Karang-Assem ; he therefore lost his position in 
Karang-Assem, and, together with his brother, was invited by the princes of 
Gyanyar and Badong, received with much ceremony, and appointed to the 
office of domestic priest. 

t In general, the Brahmana-geniten, descended from a Kshatriya woman, 
seem to be sought after by the princes in the States governed by Kshatriyas 
and the Brahmana-mas, descended from a Wesya woman, where the "Wesyas 
rule on account of their connection with these castes. 



156 AN ACCOUNT OF 

on account of his learning, his morals and the sakti ascribed to 
him, he is held in the highest honour in Badong and Gyanyar. 
There are also Brahmana-mas in Tabanan. 

5. Brahmana kayit sfinya (ka\u snnya is literally empty /ra", 
this seems to be an allusion to the position of the woman from 
whom they are descended, for she was a slave, and was therefore 
without education and learning). They trace their descent to 
Wahu Rawuh by a slave. To this subdivision belong part of the 
Brahmans in Mengui. 

The Brahmans are very numerous in Bali ; their position as 
regards the prince depends upon whether they are ordinary Brah- 
mans (Idas) or Padandas i.e., learned priests. The former are 
dependent upon the prince, must follow in war, may be employed 
as envoys, and may be banished from the country, if they do not 
strictly obey the prince's commands. Nevertheless, they are of 
higher rank than the princes, and can marry daughters of princes, 
while the princes may not marry Brahmanic women. On account 
of their large number, a considerable portion of them live in 
extreme poverty, and they do not disdain to cultivate the rice- 
fields, to engage in the fisheries, and to do manual work for money. 

The Padandas are Brahmans who have received a complete 
education from another Padanda (their Guru). They must be 
thoroughly acquainted with religion and with literature. 

In order to become a Padanda, they undergo all kinds of tests, 
to show their knowledge and their submission to the Guru. Thus, 
for instance, they place their heads under the Guru's foot, and 
drink the water that runs off his feet during his ablutions. Many 
other ceremonies precede their consecration, and a certain amount 
of wealth is required to defray the expenses, so that the dignity of 
Padanda mostly remains in a family which has already grown rich 
by means of this position. Others are supported and helped to 
become Padandas by the Rajas. The mark of the dignity is a 
staff, danda^ which they receive from the Guru, and which gives 
them power to guide and to punish men in all things relating to 
religion. After this staff they are called Padanda, that is, " bear- 
ing a staff." Their other name, Paiidita, merely indicates their 
knowledge ; Pandita is " learned," and is explained in Bali by 
prajna, Sanskrit, and///V?r, Mai. 

The domestic priest, Purohita (Sanskrit idem), is chosen from 
the Padandas by the prince ; or sometimes the prince helps an 
Ida whom he thinks clever and upright to become a Padanda, and 
then makes him his domestic priest. He is then the spiritual 
teacher (Guru) of the prince, who becomes his sishya or pupil, 
makes the sembah * to him, and thereby shows his inferiority to 
the priest ; he always sits on a raised seat (see Crawfurd, "Asiatic 

1 [The Sanskrit danda is written danda in Javanese and Palinese.] 

* The sembah is not an ordinary token of courtesy in 13ali. The upper 



THE ISLAND OF BALL .57 

Researches," vol. xiii. p. no). The domestic priest is consulted 
in all religious and political matters, and even in the ordinary 
affairs of life, in taking up arms, in choosing wives, &c. He alone 
teaches the worship of the Pitaras and conducts the cremations of 
the princely families. In all offerings, both domestic and for the 
State, the advice of the domestic priest is acted upon ; he is pre- 
sent in his elevated place opposite the offerings, and blesses the 
ceremonies by means of prayers from the Vedas. 

Sometimes the word Purohita is applied generally to all priests 
who carry the staff (Padandas). It is these whom Raffles heard 
spoken of under the name of Maperwita or Mapurwita. Purwita 
is the corrupted pronunciation of Purohita, which latter word I 
first recognized in good manuscripts ; mapurohita (or mapurwita) 
means the being a purohita, or the collective Purohitas* 

Guru loka, " teacher of the world," is a name applied only to 
a few chosen Purohitas or Padandas, who present offerings for an 
entire kingdom ; there are one or two of these in each of the 
different States in Bali. They are the special Gurus and coun- 
sellors of the chief prince, and are also the Gurus of the loka, of 
the world, or the subjects of a State. 

The prince can also call other Padandas to perform less im- 
portant religious functions, and the smaller rajas (who are of 
inferior birth) can likewise choose a Guru out of the rest of the 
Padandas. 

The present Guru lokas in the southern States, who exercise 
great influence upon the actions of the princes, are : 

In Klongkong 

i. Padanda Wayahan Pidada, who is a Brdhmana-nuaba 



2. Padanda K'tut Ngrurah, a Brdhmana-gcniten. He lives 

in the kampong of Dawan. 
In Gyanyar 

i. Padanda Wayahan Kakeran, a Brdhmana-nuaba, cousin 
of the Padanda Agung in Badong. He lives in the 
kadaton of Sindhuwati, in the kampong of Kramas. 
In Budong 

1. Padanda Agung, Brdhmana-nuaba. He resides in Sin- 

dhuwati (or Somawati)^ near Taman Intaran, and is the 
father-in-law of 

2. Padanda Made Aleng Kacheng, Brdhmanamas ,'m Taman 

Intaran. 

castes only make it to the prince, and to the Padandas who are Guru loka. 
The reason of this is, that to the sembah is added an inward formula of 
reverence out of a Mantra or the Vedas ; by making them to other persons of 
rank they would humble themselves too much. 

* The explanation formerly given ("Tijdschrift voor N. I.," Jaarg. 8, Deel 4) 
of Purwita, by means oipurva and ila t thus falls to the ground. 



158 AN ACCOUNT OF 

In Tabanan 

i. Padanda Jumping Brahma na-gcniten, in Pasekan, to the 
north of the kadaton in Tabanan. 

In Mtngui 

i. Padanda Putu, Brahman a kayu snnya, resides in Kaba- 
kaba. On account of their low birth the Brahmana 
kayu snnya appear to receive much less respect than the 
rest ; yet we find a Guru loka among their number, 
although the men of Badong assert that the people in 
Mengui are grossly ignorant. But Badong and Mengui 
are old enemies. 

The Brahmans also have many wives from among the people, 
but the children always remain Brahmans.* There is not a single 
one of pure blood, but, at any rate, care is taken that a Brahman 
does not have too much Sudra blood among his ancestors. If, in 
three generations, no woman of high birth has married into the 
family, the descendants lose all rank, and are treated by the princes 
as Sudras, and are obliged to perform service as vassals. It is the 
same with the other two upper castes. 

The Brahmans' wives of low extraction, especially if they have 
children, are ennobled by the husband ; their rank in life, it is 
true, is much inferior to that of women of high birth, and their 
husbands give them nothing (they have to maintain themselves 
and their children), but, after death, they are burnt as Brahmanic 
women, and enjoy the honour of the Pitaras. 

The women of high birth share in all the privileges of their 
husbands. They are also instructed in the Vedas, themselves 
present offeri)igs with the mumbling of the Vedas, and assist the 
Belas at cremations. They are also called Padanda, with the 
addition of istri, which is the highest title for women in Bali. (In 
the Sanskrit strl only means " woman," in Bali " princely woman/' 
compare pittri.} 

KSHATRIYAS. 

In India the Kshatriyas, the second caste, are, according to 
law, those who, alone, bear arms and defend the country. The 
princes are of this caste. But, in the present day, there are no 
longer any pure Kshatriyas in India; even the Rajaputras of 
Rajasthan are not regarded as of pure extraction. The profes- 
sion of arms has thus come into the hands of the whole people. 
The same thing has occurred in Bali. The rajas and their fami- 

* Raffles, App. K., p. 238, says that the children of a priest by a woman of 
lower rank are called Bujangga, but this nowhere came to my knowledge. See 
below respecting the word Bujangga [the note in the section on Caste in Java]. 
In the "Tijdschrift v. N. I.," Jaargang 7, vol. ii. p. 172, subdivisions (Poma/i, 
Anggana, &c.) of Brahmans are mentioned, whose existence I did not discover, 
in spite of my repeated inquiries. 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 159 

lies, at least, are said to be Kshatriyas, but this is but partially 
the case. The highest prince, the Deva Agung, is a Kshatriya, 
but most of the other princes are of the third caste, the Wesya, 
The Kshatriyas no doubt came to Java only in small numbers. 
In Java the Usana Jawa enumerates Kshatriyas of Koripan 
(Panjis-seat), Gaglang, Kediri, *&&Janggala. The chiefs of the 
court of Jawa or Kediri, who were Kshatriyas and Wesyas, are 
mentioned in the Rangga Lawe. This, the largest kingdom in 
Java, did not contain many Kshatriyas; they are called Mahisa 
or ICbo (buffalo, to indicate their strength), and Rangga (Jav. 
rotiggo] ; their names are as follow : Mahisa Bungalan, ICbo 
Wilalungan, ICbo Siluman, ICbo Jcrang, ICbo Kanigara, 1C bo 
Chaluk, ICbo Tki, ICbo Taluktak, Ki Mahisa Sapati, ICbo Mun- 
darang, and further Rangga Smi, Rangga Mayang, Rangga Palana, 
Rangga Ralengsong, Rangga Pasung, Rangga Wirada, Rangga 
Rabete, Rangga Swnbi, Rangga Sanipana, and Anurangga Smiting. 
These are all the Kshatriyas who existed in the largest kingdom 
of Java. A particular sort of creese is attributed to each of them, 
and these creeses have crossed over to Bali through Majapahit. 
The Kshatriya families themselves, however, have not crossed to 
Bali, with the exception of the Deva Agung and his half-brothers, 
Arya Damar and six others. The pure Kshatriyas were probably 
exterminated in the numerous Javanese wars, and in the destruc- 
tion of Majapahit, and the royal family of the Deva Agung also 
seems to have once (either in Bali or Java) been on the verge of 
extinction, for the reigning prince Taruna (a youth, unmarried) 
had no children. Here, however, a new race was raised by a 
priest, Dang hyang Kapakisan, out of a stone, batu henggong (see 
" Us. Bali," p. 344). The race thus sprung from batu henggong 
reigns in Bali at the present time, and from it the Kshatriyas are 
descended. The descendants of the half-brothers (Arya Damar 
and the others) were in later times degraded to Wesyas. Thus 
all the Kshatriyas now existing in Bali trace their descent from 
the Deva Agung a fact which would surprise us, for their 
number is considerable, were it not that there are but few of them 
in Badong, Tabanan, Mengui, and Karang-Assem ; and the rest 
can have descended from the one Deva Agung (who lived 400 
years ago) just as well as 800 Gusti Pam'chuttan in Badong, 
counting only the heads of families who have houses of their own, 
and are married, may have sprung from the Raja Ngrurah Sakti 
Pam'chuttan (who four generations ago was prince of all Badong, 
excepting Jambe). At the present day the Kshatriyas are still 
reigning only in Klongkong, Bangli, and Gyanyar; formerly there 
was also a Kshatriya dynasty in Boleleng, descended from the 
Deva Agung, and its descendants now live in Badong. This 
dynasty was expelled by Wesyas seven generations (?) ago. The 
same thing took place in earlier times in Karang-Assem. 



1 60 AN A CCO UNT OF 

Two hundred years ago (1633) the Kshatriyas and all the 
princes of Bali seem still to have been subject to the Deva 
Agung, who is called prince of Bali by the Dutch envoys of that 
time. The authority of the Deva Agung was very much weak- 
ened by a war with Karang-Assem about a hundred years ago, in 
which the ancient seat of Gclgel (to the east of Klongkong, near 
the sea) was destroyed. Since that time Karang-Assem and 
Boleleng, which was conquered by it, have no longer paid homage 
to the Deva Agung. Soon after this, also, an insignificant Deva 
in Gyanyar raised himself to the rank of a great prince by expelling 
the relatives of the Deva Agung from the various provinces which 
form the present Gyanyar. The new dynasty of Gyanyar, how- 
ever, returned to the sovereignty of the Deva Agung. Bangli, 
where a Kshatriya prince also rules, acknowledged the Deva 
Agung until recently, but now has no connection with Klongkong. 
Tabanan has withdrawn from the supremacy of the Deva Agung, 
because Karang-Assem and Boleleng do not pay him homage. 
Thus there remain only Mengui, Badong, and Gyanyar which 
acknowledge the Deva Agung as Sovereign of Bali. Karang- 
Assem and Boleleng use the name of the Deva Agung as their 
Sovereign whenever it suits their purpose, but they pay him no 
homage (sembafi) and send no presents (or tribute) to Klongkong. 
Badong also yields him but little, and, in fact, has always been 
opposed to his interests, although openly it pays him homage, 
sends envoys to him, and contributes a little to great offerings 
and feasts in Klongkong. 

Dessak, Pradeva, and Pungakan are names of Kshatriyas who 
have much Sudra blood in their veins. 

WESYAS. 

This caste, from a political point of view, is at present the most 
important in Bali. To it belong the princes of Karang-Assem, 
Boleleng, Mengui, Tabanan, and Badong, and also the prince of 
Lombok. It is much more numerous than the Kshatriyas. The 
race of the princes of Karang-Assem, Boleleng, Mengui, and 
Lombok is descended from Patih Gaja Madda, the second 
general of Majapahit, who, together with Arya Damar, conquered 
Bali ; he was a Wesya of Majapahit, while Arya Damar, the chief 
conqueror, was a Kshatriya, and a half-brother of the prince. 
Arya Damar was the ancestor of the princes of Tabanan and 
Badong; these, however, are now Wesyas, having apparently 
been degraded to this caste, about 300 years ago, by the Deva 
Agung. The reason of this degradation is said to have been 
that these Kshatriyas wore their hair after the manner of the 
Wesyas. In the present day there is no perceptible difference 
between the Kshatriyas and Wesyas in the mode of wearing 



THE ISLAND OF BALL i(>i 

the hair ; the Deva Agung wear it exactly as the ancient Kassi- 
man did, and the young Kshatriyas and Wesyas both wear 
theirs sometimes loose and sometimes bound up (in the Sivaitic 
manner) at the back of the head. The true reason was no doubt 
political ; it was desired to humble the powerful race of Arya 
Damar, and the rest of the Kshatriyas, who were descended from 
the Deva Agung, and were already very numerous at that time, 
endeavoured to obtain more power. This object was not attained, 
but the princes of Tabanan and Badong have remained Wesyas. 

We have seen above that the Kshatriyas of Dahaand Majapahit 
bear the titles of Mahisa or K'bo and Rangga. Patih, Deniang, 
and Tuinenggung are given as names for the Wesyas. Mantris, 
who in Java now occupy the lowest position among the native 
chiefs, can, according to the Balinese, be of either caste ; this is 
explained by the original meaning of the word Mantri ; in 
Sanskrit it means " Minister" and is thus applicable to any one 
who fills this position, whether he be Kshatriya or Wesya. Patih 
also was a much higher rank in ancient Java and Bali than it is 
in Java now : Gaja Madda, who is stated to be the ancestor of 
four princely families in Bali, and is regarded as the incarnation of 
Vishnu, bears the title of Patih. And further, the first Deva 
Agung (see " Usana Java ") appoints the conqueror of Bali and 
governor of Tabanan, -Arya Damar, to be Patih or first Minister, 
who must be consulted on all occasions. Of the Javanese titles 
we also find that of B*kel in Bali ; it belongs, however, not to 
members of one of the three upper castes, but to Sudras, and is 
equal to mandur in Java. In Bali they are called Parb'kel, Pam- 
bkel, or PraVkel ; the original name is Prab'kel, which, like 
Pragusti and Pradeva (usually pronounced Pergusti and Perdeva) 
means the assembly of the B'kels (Gustis and Devas). 

Of the principal Wesyas of the Court of Daha (Kediri), the fol- 
lowing are named in the " Usana Java " : Mantri Bawong, Kala 
Mudong, Tumenggung Parungsari, D'mang Drawalika, Gebob 
Basah, Lobar (the creese of this man's shape is still used by the 
princes in Karang-Asseui, according to the Pusaka in Ngalihaii), 
Kala Limpung, Buta Wilis, Bubar Baleman, Jalak Katengeng. 
From such Wesya families, as well as from the real brothers of 
Arya Damar, a great number of Balinese have sprung ; but all, 
except the descendants of Arya Damar and Patih Gaja Madda, 
are of no importance, and most of them have become Sudras. A 
few still bear the title of Gusti and have followers, but the rest are, 
in all respects, like the Sudras. The reason of this is, that their 
forefathers in Bali were conquered and displaced by the races of 
Arya Damar and Patih Gaja Madda. 

The Wesyas were originally intended for commerce, agriculture, 
and the exercise of arts and handicrafts. This is known in Bali, 
but the principal Gustis despise these occupations, and they are 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. M 



1 62 AN A CCO UNT OS 

only disposed to carry on trade for the sake of obtaining the money 
required for opium-smoking and cock-fights. Trade, however, is 
not solely in the hands of the Wesyas ; all the other castes, also, 
take part in it. 

In order to become better acquainted with the present position 
of the Dewas and Gustis in Bali, we shall give here an account of 
the princely families and their descendants. 

THE PRINCELY FAMILIES. 

We have already referred briefly to the fact that all the Kshatriyan 
princes, and all the present Kshatriyas, trace their descent to the 
Deva Agung. The princes and Gustis of Tabanan and Badong 
are descended from Arya Damar ; and, finally, the princes and 
Gustis of Mengui, Karang-Assem, Boleleng, and Lombok derive 
their pedigree from Patih Gaja Madda. This carries us back to 
the time of the conquest of Bali by the Javanese of Majapahit. 

An ancient connection between Java and Bali is indicated in the 
" Usana Bali." Bali was in the possession of evil spirits, or giants, 
that is, the Balinese were not yet Hindus (comp. Abdullah, in the 
"Tijdsch. voor Neerlands Indie," Jaargang 7, vol. ii. p. 160, sqq.). 
A few Hindus from Majapahit had settled in Bali, and had a 
temple in Bazuki (so-called after the Indian serpent-king Vasuki 
who, in the Indian and Balinese mythology, accompanies 
Siva and plays an important part. They were oppressed, how- 
ever, by the infidel princes and people. The account of the 
descent of the gods and the defeat of the Maya Danawa and the 
demons indicates the triumph of Hinduism. The " Usana Bali" 
does not tell us by what earthly means this religion was established, 
and the reason of this seems to be, (i) that, in order to attain its 
full sanctity, the religion must be introduced by the gods themselves ; 
(2) that it was desirable or necessary to spare the feelings of the 
conquered people (the original Balinese] by representing them as con- 
quered, not by men, but by gods. The " Usana Bali " is intended 
only for the people. 

In the " Usana Java," however, we find traces of the true con- 
quest. It is represented, here, as taking place immediately before 
the crossing over of the Devj, Agung, the chief of Majapahit ; but at 
that time Bali (according to* the same " Usana Java") had already 
become a province of the kingdom of Majapahit, and is merely 
subdued a second time after a revolt of the governor. The insti- 
tution of castes and the Hindu religion evidently existed in Bali 
previously to this, as is clear also from the narrative of Abdullah; 
but the revolt and the defeat of the Governor of Bali afforded an 
opportunity of dividing the land among the nobles of Majapahit, 
and the prince of Majapahit, or his son, came to reside in this 
island after the fall of the kingdom of Majapahit. This destruc- 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 163 

tion of Majapahit was effected, according to the Javanese accounts, 
by Muhammadans ; according to the Balinese, the kingdom and 
city were deserted in consequence of a disease caused by a buta 
(demon). 

According to the " Usana Java," Arya Damar and Patih Gaja, 
Madda were sent from Majapahit in the capacity of generals 
against the rebellious Bali. Arya Damar conquers the north, 
.while Patih Gaja Madda remains inactive in the south; but, on 
the approach of Arya Damar, the latter portion also submits to this 
victorious general. The crossing over of the prince of Majapahit 
is caused, according to the " Usana Java," by the appearance in 
Bali of a demoniacal king, Mraja Danawa (another infidel, there- 
fore !) ; the latter is of the family of Maya Danaiva in the " Usana 
Bali," and refers to the event that forms the subject of that writing. 
At that time Arya Damar was in Majapahit, and on the receipt 
of the intelligence that this Raksasa Mraja Danawa is exercising 
his power in Bali, the prince of Majapahit himself sets out against 
Bali with Arya Damar and his whole army ; after defeating the 
Raksasa prince, who, when he can resist no longer, flies away 
through the air, the prince of Majapahit establishes himself in 
Gelgel. This account is obviously improbable, and was perhaps 
invented to conceal from the original Balinese the manner in which, 
and the reasons for which, the prince of Majapahit, or his son, 
left his kingdom to settle in Bali.* 

What would seem nearest the truth in these accounts is this : 
Arya Damar had subdued rebellious Bali, and again compelled 
respect for the prince of Majapahit ; a short time afterwards the 
kingdom of Majapahit fell to the ground (through war or other dis- 
asters), and the surviving prince, or one of his sons, came over to 
peaceful Bali. The Balinese naturally regard this arrival as an 
honour, and look upon the loss of Majapahit as of little moment, 
for they say that place (and all Java) became infested with evil 
spirits. The princes do not seem to have so easily forgotten the 
loss of their great kingdom in Java ; hence their continual wars 
with Blambangan, and even in Passuruan (Raffles, vol. ii. p. 200, 
sqq., " History of Java "), whence, however, they finally had to 
withdraw. Blambangan (the country near Banyuwangi) for a long 
time still belonged to Bali. The wildness of this country is partly 
owing to the wars with the Balinese, who were unable to hold it. 
It is remarkable that the opposite side of Bali, Jembrana, is also, 
to a great extent, desolate ; here, as in Majapahit, the reason of 
this desolation is said to be that the dwelling of a king of de- 
moniacal form made the land unsafe. But both Jembrana and 
Blambangan were really laid waste by the long wars between Java 

* The " Usana Java" does not give the name of the prince who became the 
first Deva Agung in Bali. According to other accounts, his name was Deva 
Agung K'tut, and this is given by Raffles and confirmed by the Balinese. 

M 2 



1 64 AN A CCO UNT OF 

and Bali, and, even now, are little cultivated, more for security's 
sake than from fear of the demoniacal king. The longing of the 
Balinese to regain their lost country has shown itself in the expe- 
dition of the Bolelengers against Banyuwangi under the English 
rule. They have also attempted to gain in the East what they 
have lost in the West hence the conquest of Lombok and the 
attack on Sembawa, where they were stopped by the Dutch 
Government. 

After the settlement of the Deva Agung in Bali at Gelgel, the 
land is divided among the chief men in the army and the Court. 
Arya Damar received the great land of Tabanan, and became a 
Patih, first Minister of the Deva Agung. The prince could not 
undertake anything without consulting him, and this privilege 
descends to his offspring, and forms the ground of the present 
grievances of the princes of Tabanan and Badong, who never 
forget this ancient privilege, and, as the Deva Agung does not 
keep the old promise, no longer consider themselves bound to 
him. Badong, however, preserves, for political reasons, the ap- 
pearance of subjection. Arya Damar also obtains the title of 
Arya Kencheng (Kenjeng or Kengjeng is the title for princely 
Javanese invested with authority, and is also given to the Re- 
sident, the Government, &c.). The number of his men is said to 
have been 40,000. Smaller governorships were also given to 
Arya Damar's brothers ; to Arya Sento, the countries of Pachitng, 
the present Marga, belonging formerly to Mengui, but now to 
Tabanan : to Arya Beleteng, the country of Pitiatih, since con- 
quered by the princes of Badong, but still a separate kingdom ; 
to Arya Waringin, that of Kapal in the present Mengui ; to Arya 
Blog, that of Kabakaba in Mengui ; to Arya Kapakisan, that of 
Habianscnial in Mengui ; to Arya Binchaluku, that of Tangkas in 
Klongkong. Besides these brothers of Arya Damar, Arya Man- 
guri is mentioned as governor in Dawuh in Karang-Assem, and 
the three principal Wesyas, Tan Kuber, Tan Kawur, and Tan 
Mundur (names, really, symbolical), also receive a domain. In 
the " Pamendanga," a sort of history of the princes and priests, 
however, of little value, the governorships allotted to these nobles 
are somewhat different, but, at any rate, this work mentions Patih 
Gaja Madda as governor of Mengui, a fact confirmed by all 
Balinese, but omitted from the " Usana Java."* We thus see Bali, 
at the very outset, divided among governors ; these could soon 
change from governors into independent princes, such as we now 
find. In the year 1633, according to the Dutch Envoys, the 
Deva Agung seems still to have been the only prince in Bali, 
and it is probable that he was regarded as such and had influence 
over the whole of Bali until about 100 years ago, when Gelgel, 

* The " Usana Bali" betrays partiality for the race of Arya Damar. 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 165 

his ancient seat, was destroyed. The countries adjoining Klong- 
kong, Bangli, Gyanyar, and also Boleleng, seem to have been 
immediately under the Deva Agung, and were then, in course of 
time, given as governorships to members of his family. Here 
also, after the degradation of the race of the Arya Damar, were 
the only remaining Kshatriyas, but even these were partly ex- 
pelled by the Wesyas. The history of Arya Damar's descendants 
is remarkable only on account of the conquest of Badong and 
the founding of this kingdom. The race of Patih Gaja Madda 
has much more influence upon the history of the whole of Bali. 
This chief, the second general of the princes of Majapahit, had 
his seat in Mengui. The palace of Mengui is one of the oldest. 
Abdullah (p. 163) even makes the Deva Agung reside in Mengui 
from the first; the information I have obtained as to this point, 
however, agrees with the " Usana Java," where the Deva Agung 
has his first seat in Gelgel ; proceeding subsequently to Klongkong. 
To Mengui belonged, besides the present country of that name, 
the greater portion of Badong (the smaller, eastern portion of 
Badong, formed the kingdom of Pinatih, which in later times was 
subject to Mengui); and, further, a portion of the present Gyan- 
yar, Kramas, and the land of Marga, which now belongs to 
Tabanan. It was thus a considerable domain, and as large, if 
not larger, than Tabanan. Arya Damar's brothers had, it is true, 
various portions of the present Mengui, but they all appear to 
have been speedily subjected to the power of Gaja Madda and 
his successors ; the kingdom of Pinatih alone remained under the 
descendants of Arya Damar, but it became tributary to Mengui. 
The position of Bali at this period (about 250 years ago) may 
therefore be thus described : Klongkong, Gyanyar (with the excep- 
tion of Kramas}, Bangli, and Boleleng belonged to the Deva 
Agung and to punggawas (governors) of his family ; Tabanan to 
the descendants of Arya Dama ; Mengui with Badong and parts of 
Gyanyar and Tabanan (Kramas and Marga) to the descendants 
of Gaja Madda. Karang-Assem was probably still under the 
descendants of Arya Manguri (at least partially). A change in 
this state of affairs was caused by the princes of Mengui conquer- 
ing Karang-Assem, and a Gusti of Tabanan establishing himself 
and his descendants in Badong, and forming a separate inde- 
pendent kingdom, after being for a time subject to Mengui. 

Another and a more important change began about one 
hundred yqars ago, in consequence of the war of Karang-Assem 
against Klongkong. The cause of this war was the putting to 
death of a prince of Karang-Assem, by command of the Deva 
Agung. The prince in question did penance after the manner of 
the Indian yogis; he gave himself up entirely to contemplation, 
and, thereby, neglected all outward worldly things so much that 
he grossly transgressed decorum e.g., he allowed his excrement to 



166 AN ACCOUNT OF 

fall where he happened to be sitting. When he was in Klong- 
kong, he conducted himself in the same manner, and thus 
offended the Deva Agung and the nobles of the court of Gelgel. 
On his return journey, he was killed from an ambush by command 
of the Deva Agung. He left three sons, who immediately re- 
solved to avenge his death. The penance performed by their 
murdered father rendered their power irresistible in the eyes of 
the Balinese; the real fact is, however, that the race of Gaja 
Madda, which then possessed all the extensive country of Mengui 
and Karang-Assem, was the most powerful in Bali. They de- 
feated the Deva Agung and destroyed his royal seat in Gelgel. 
The Deva Agung retained his territory, however, and seems, from 
this time forward, to have fallen into the state of dependence 
under the Karang-Assem family in which we now find him. 
Peace was restored by marriages, and Klongkong was held in 
subjection. The wife of the Deva Agung last-deceased was a 
princess of Karang-Assem, and governed the whole land for him 
so completely that she even dared to murder another wife of her 
husband, a princess of Badong. From this time the decline of 
the power of the Deva Agung is principally to be dated. He was 
a conquered prince, and, although he retained his territory, and 
the conqueror remained in outward appearance his inferior, yet 
his prestige among his own people was seriously lowered. In 
addition to this, the princes of Kareng-Assem no longer per- 
formed feudal service in Klongkong, but simply conceded to the 
Deva Agung the title of first ruler of Bali, without paying him 
tribute. 

This victory had yet other important consequences for the 
family of Karang-Assem. The conquerors of Klongkong could 
without much difficulty also attack Boleleng, where dynasties had 
already changed several times, and which at that time was cer- 
tainly in a weak state. They took this country also, and one of 
the brothers became king of Boleleng. At that time the most 
ancient dynasty of the Kshatriyas had already ceased to exist in 
Boleleng ; * the statements of the people of Badong asserting that 
it was driven from the throne seven generations ago, retiring to 
Badong, where it still lives, subordinate to the ruling Wesyas, but 
yet of some distinction. (Its head is the Deva Made Rahi in 
Kutta, who has obtained the chief command of that place from 
the rajas of Badong.) One of the succeeding princes of Boleleng, 
also of Wesyan blood (being descended from Arya Beleteng 
in Pinatih), was Pauji ; he, however, did not hold the kingdom 
long. Whether he expelled the Kshatriyas is not certain, nor 
is it known whether the family of Karang-Assem immediately 
succeeded him. 

* This is open to doubt. In that case how can Kshatriyas have ruled in. 
Boleleng in Crawford's time (1812) ? 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 167 

The last exploit of the victorious brothers of Karang-Assem was 
the conquest of Lombok. Here, also, one of the brothers re- 
mained as prince, keeping five thousand Balinese families with 
him, from whom the present Balinese population of Lombok have 
sprung. 

In the south, the Gusti family from Tabanan had, in the mean- 
time, subdued the whole of the western portion of Badong, 
namely, Pinatih : the eastern portion was conquered somewhat 
later. 

About the same time (three generations ago) the family of the 
Deva Agung was also robbed of its possessions in Gyanyar, and 
an inferior Deva (Pungakan\ named Deva Mangis, founded the 
present kingdom of Gyanyar. 

A hundred years later, therefore, we have the following state of 
affairs in Bali : (i) The Deva Agung in Klongkong, only in name 
still prince of all Bali, and with his territory reduced to Bangli and 
Klongkong. Bangli, however, had its own princes, who were also 
Kshatriyas and descended from the Deva Agung, but of lower 
birth than the Kshatriyas in Klongkong. In Gyanyar the rela- 
tions of the Deva Agung were conquered by a Deva of insig- 
nificant rank. (2) The family of Gaja Madda ruling in Mengui, 
Karang-Assem, Boleleng, and Lombok. Mengui, their original 
country, had, however, already lost a large piece of territory to 
the newly arisen Badong. (3) The family of Arya Damar in 
Tabanan and in the newly founded Badong. 

Since that time there have still been quarrels without end 
among the eight States which we have mentioned. We say eight, 
for Pahyangan was not a separate State, but belonged formerly to 
Bangli, and now to Mengui, and Jembrana has also, always, or for 
a very long time, been subject to Boleleng it was conquered 
twenty years ago by Badong, but retaken by Boleleng. 

The most frequent wars have been between Badong and 
Mengui, with its allies Karang-Assem and Boleleng ; and between 
Gyanyar and Mengui, allied with Bangli. The new kingdoms of 
Badong and Gyanyar soon became allies, although they have had 
a few small wars with each other, when one has been for and the 
other against the party of the Deva Agung. In general, they main- 
tain friendly relations with the Deva Agung, pay him homage, and 
send him a few presents. To show the present condition of Bali, 
we will now speak of each State in particular. 

i. Klongkong, governed by the Deva Agung, is the smallest, 
and is not a rich country. His men are said to number 6000. 
Formerly there were members of his family in Nagara, Suka- 
wati, and Pejeng (all in the present Gyanyar); the family 
also had Boleleng, but it was driven out thence and went to 
Badong. In Bangli, also, the Kshatriyan family is no longer 
related to the Deva Agung, but, down to the most recent period, 



1 68 AN AC CO UNT OF 

the Kshatriyas of Bangli were always true followers of, and paid 
homage to, those of Klongkong. At present, Bangli and Klongkong 
are bitter enemies. Gyanyar, Badong, and Mengui acknow- 
ledge the authority of the Deva Agung by presents and envoys. 
Karang-Assem and Boleleng acknowledge him as supreme 
prince, but pay him no homage, and, although they act in full 
harmony with Klongkong, they do so as an entirely indepen- 
dent State. Towards the Dutch Government, however, they make 
use of the pretended power of the Deva Agung, in order to 
represent their acts as controlled by the Deva Agung, and to take 
refuge behind him. Tabanan, Bangli, and Lombok do not even 
acknowledge the superior rank of the Deva Agung, much less give 
him presents. 

The name of the present Deva Agung is G'de Putra;* his sister, 
the daughter of the above-mentioned princess of Karang-Assem, 
is named Deva Agung Istri. The Deva Agung's mother was a 
Sudra woman, but the deceased Deva Agung had no male 
children by noble wives, and thus the son of a Sudra woman was 
obliged to succeed him. 

2. Gyanyar. This State is governed by Dei'a Pahan, a son of 
Deva Mangis, who died in October 1847. The family is Ksha- 
triyan, but of low descent (on account of too much intermixture 
with Sudra blood), and is called pungakan (pungakan means 
Jalleii}. Deva Pahan's great-grandfather, named Deva Mangis, 
was the founder of this State. He was commander of 200 men in 
the dessa of Gyanyar, and was under the Punggawas of the Deva 
Agung, who were governors in Nagara, Sukawati, and Pejeng, and 
relations of the ruling Deva Agung. By deceit, violence, and 
poison he gained the mastery over these punggawas, and con- 
quered from Mengui the country of Kramas. On account of his 
infamous deeds, his poisoning, c., he is said to have changed 
after death into a serpent, which was kept for a long time in the 
palace at Gyanyar, but disappeared in the last few years. His 
success in all his undertakings was probably owing to the fact that 
he began in a time when Klongkong was defeated by Karang- 
Assem, and deprived of all power. Gyanyar, however, has 
submitted to the Deva Agung as the supreme ruler, and sends 

* G't/e means the oldest son or daughter of the same mother among other 
than royal persons, and among Brahmans the usual word for this is WayaJian 
(old) ; Made is the second (really the middle one, Sanskrit madhya) ; Nyoman, 
the third, if there be a fourth ; A''tuf, the third or fourth (really the youngest). 
If there arc more children, the same expressions are used, but are placed before 
the name instead of after it. Thus we have in Den Fassar a raja Ngr-urah 
A"/*//, and a K'tnt Ngmrah, both sons of the deceased prince, the brother of 
Kassiman. Putra is prince, but ought properly to be applied only to those of 
purely noble birth ; in this case, however, the Deva Agung is the son of a 
Sudra woman, but, as the only one who could succeed to the throne, he was 
ennobled. 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. i^ 

him numerous presents, which cause him to forget that his nearest 
relatives are disgracefully oppressed for the former punggawas 
are still living in Gyanyar, but they are under the command of a 
Pungakan. It thus appears that, all over Bali, noble birth is not 
sufficient to protect a family. Here, too, the stronger conquers, 
<?ven though he be of the lowest extraction. Such a victorious 
family is then again elevated by noble marriages. Gyanyar is 
stated to contain 35,000 men, but not more than half this return 
can be taken as true. It is one of the most fertile and best- 
cultivated districts of Bali. 

Gyanyar is allied with Badong, and acts as mediator in the 
disputes between this State and Klongkong. Its attitude towards 
Karang-Assem is neither friendly nor hostile. In the last Dutch 
expedition against Boleleng, Gyanyar, by command of the Deva 
Agung, sent 5000 men to assist ; they arrived too late, however, 
and were not the best soldiers, but, on the contrary, the refuse of 
the kingdom. 

Gyanyar has had many quarrels under the three princes bearing 
the name of Deva Mangis, chiefly with Bangli and Mengui, but 
also with other States. At the conquest of Mengui by Badong, 
Gyanyar was allied with the latter, and received a piece of terri- 
tory on the frontier, Kadewatan. Gyanyar's friendship towards 
Badong is not to be relied on ; hence the new campongs built by 
the raja Kassiman on the frontier of Badong. 

3. Bangli. The reigning prince is Deva G'de Putu Tangkeban* 
His family also is descended from the first Deva Agung in Klong- 
kong, but in rank it stands lower than the line of the Deva 
Agungs. Formerly this family ruled over two States Bangli and 
Taman-Bali. This close relationship was not sufficient to prevent 
the prince of the former State from seizing the latter and extir- 
pating its princes. The same thing has, however, occurred to the 
families of Karang-Assem and of Lombok. Until about ten years 
.ago, Bangli was attached to Klongkong ; the prince of Bangli, the 
most warlike in Bali, was Commander-in-chief (Senapati). Its 
enmity with Klongkong was brought about by the influence of the 
princess of Karang-Assem, who was married to the deceased Deva 
Agung. In its many wars with Karang-Assem, Boleleng, and 
vGyanyar, however, it lost part of its territory in the north, and 
lately also Pahyangan, which lies south of Bangli, and is now 
divided from Bangli itself by a strip of territory acquired by 
-Gyanyar. Pahyangan has been won by Boleleng and ceded by 
this State to the Deva Agung, who again has handed it over to the 
government of the prince of Mengui, his Punggawa. 

Bangli no longer acknowledges the Deva Agung, and has 
entered into friendly relations with Tabanan and Badong, which, 

* Putu is applied to a person at whose birth the grandfather or grandmother 

,is still livinc. 



T 70 AN AC CO VNT OF 

however, the surrounding hostile States render of little account. 
The war with Gyanyar has recently been stopped through the 
influence of Badong. The country has also suffered nothing 
from Karang-Assem and Boleleng since the first Dutch expe- 
dition ; now, however, it is in great danger from the union of 
these two States and of Klongkong and Mengui. The men of 
Bangli are the bravest in Bali, and it is only by virtue of this 
quality that they have been able to hold their own against so 
many powerful enemies. Women also bear arms in this country. 
There are only fifty firearms in Bangli.* 

4. Mengui. The reigning prince is Anak Agung K'tut Agung. 
He murdered his elder brother, who was the first prince; the 
widow of the latter, yang Agitn^ however, still has much 
influence. The families of Karang-Assem, Boleleng, and Lom- 
bok are of Menguian extraction. Patih Gaja Madda was 
governor of Mengui. According to some accounts, this Patih 
Gaja Madda was an incarnation of Vishnu, who has thus also 
assumed the body of a Wesya. The story probably originated 
when the family had subdued nearly the whole of Bali and 
Lombok. Another account says that Patih Gaja Madda vanished 
from the earth and left no children, the house of Mengui being 
descended from Ki Yasak, who married the granddaughter of 
Arya Damar against the will of her father, Arya Yasan. In 
ancient times Mengui included the whole of western Badong, 
while the eastern portion, the State of Pinatih, also acknowledged 
the supremacy of Mengui among the descendants of Arya Bele- 
teng. Besides this, Kramas and Kadevatan of Gyanyar and 
Marga, in the mountain range of Tabanan, formerly belonged to 
Mengui. Kramas was conquered by Gyanyar, as we have seen ; 

* The above, like all the rest of this account, was written in 1848. The 
third expedition despatched by the Dutch Government against the hostile States 
in Bali in 1849 nas ver y much altered the position of several princes. The 
author has thought it desirable, however, not to alter his work on this account, 
but to describe Bali in the state in which it was when he left it. Now that 
Boleleng, Karang-Assem, and Bangli are better known, the public will of 
course have fresh information regarding them ; hitherto, however, but little 
that is authentic has come to the author's ears, and he therefore gives the infor- 
mation which he gathered, to serve as far as possible as historical data. It is 
well known that the prince of Bangli, the faithful ally of the Dutch Govern- 
ment, has now, in addition to his own country, received from the Government 
the State of Boleleng, to be ruled under the sovereignty of Holland ; also thai 
Karang-Assem has been given to the prince of Mataram-Lombok, who believed 
he had a well-founded claim to it. The authority of the Deva Agung has also 
been still further lessened, both because he has been compelled to acknowledge 
the sovereignty of Holland, and because two princes, who previously did not 
recognize his authority, have now become his powerful and dreaded neighbours, 
who will always be ready and able to hold him in check. To avoid repetition, 
we need here only allude to the fact that the princes hitherto reigning in 
Boleleng and Karang-Assem, and the still better-known Gusti Jelanteg, have 
fallen in the struggle. 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 171 

we shall speak of the rest in connection with Badong. Mengui 
was for some time, about twelve years, under the dominion of 
Badong, but is now again free from that kingdom and stands as a 
separate governorship under Klongkong. The house of Mengui 
is not only of the same origin as that of Karang-Assem, but is 
also allied to it by a very recent marriage between the prince of 
Karang-Assem and a princess of Mengui. Mengui must obey 
blindly the orders of the Deva Agung ; it is, however, hostile to 
Badong and Tabanan, and is nearly neutralized by its position 
between these two States. The small piece of territory belonging 
to Mengui on the sea-coast is very much coveted by Badong, 
which, by obtaining it, would touch the frontier of its ally 
Tabanan. This piece of territory, however, is strongly defended 
by its rocky coast, which only leaves open a small path. 

The hostility which exists among the Balinese is shown by, 
among other things, the diversion of water ; Mengui, for instance, 
has dug a new bed on its territory for a river which formerly 
flowed into the sea in Badong, and by this means has left dry the 
rice-fields of Grobokkan on the borders of Badong. 

5. Karang-Assem. The reigning prince is Ngrurah* G'tfe 
Karang-Assem. The family is that of Gaja Madda, and the 
country was conquered by Mengui more than two hundred years 
ago. A list of the names of the princes of Karang-Assem is given 
in the li Pamendanga," a work which we have mentioned above, 
but nothing is stated as to their acts. In the " Usana Java," the 
governorship of Dawuh in Karang-Assem is held by Arya Man- 
guri; it is not certain whether that family had the whole of 
Karang-Assem possibly part of it was in the possession of 
the Deva Agung. By the conquest of Karang-Assem by the 
house of Mengui, Klongkong was cut off from Boleleng, and the 
powerful royal family in the conquered State afterwards found it 
an easy matter to subdue Boleleng by itself. 

No State has waged so many wars as Karang-Assem. We have 
spoken above of the victory over the Deva Agung and the destruc- 
tion of Gelgel. The consequence of this was the subjugation of 
Boleleng and Lonibok t and the family would perhaps have ended 
by making itself master of all Bali, Lombok, and SSmbawa (Sem- 
bawa was actually attacked, but was spared through the interven- 
tion of the Dutch Government) but for its numerous civil wars. 
Many of the princes of Karang-Assem and of the conquered 
Boleleng were expelled by members of their own family. In 

* Ngnirah means something that overshadows, palindongan, a payong, and 
also the vault of heaven. The princes of the Wesyan race nearly all bear this 
title ; they overshadow and protect the land. The prince of Mengui has not 
this title, for his country belongs to Klongkong, and is merely entrusted to 
the present prince as a fief of Klongkong : Ngnirah, Angrura/t, Anglurah, is 
in Java Lurah, a chief of the fourth rank. 



172 AN ACCOUNT OF 

Lombok, also, the two princes of the house of Karang-Assem 
were at war with each other nine years ago, with the result that 
the chief prince, that of Karang-Assem-Lombok, was defeated by 
the prince of Mataram, and committed suicide. Of the Karang- 
Assem-Lombok family two children were saved, a son and a 
daughter of the last prince, and they are now living in Karang- 
Assem-Bali.* The rest of the family, including the women 
murdered each other in true Indian fashion, in order not to 
survive the shame of defeat. They even wished to murder also a 
European who had sided with them, in order to go to heaven 
(Svarga) all together. This method "of quitting life by the 
members of the family murdering each other " is also regarded in 
Bali as a J5e/a, and here also the Indian meaning of the word wela 
("sudden and easy death," see above) is applicable. Since the 
fall of Karang-Assem-Lombok, the princes of Karang-Assem-Bali, 
of Boleleng, and the Deva Agung, who is independent of them, 
have been enemies of Lombok, and do not acknowledge each other 
as lawful rulers. The prince of Lombok, which is also called 
Sclaparang, is Ngrurah K'tut Karang-Assem. 

Karang-Assem is the most mountainous country of Bali, and 
grows little rice, but the dense population is very skilful in manual 
work, especially in wood-carving, whereby they gain their liveli- 
hood. According to the statements of the Balinese, it contains 
50,000 men able to bear arms. 

6. Boleleng. The prince is Ngrurah Made Karang-Assem. 
The family comes from Karang-Assem, and thus is originally 
descended from Mengui and Patih Gaja Madda. The present 
prince is a brother of the prince of Karang-Assem. Many 
dynasties have ruled in Boleleng. Seven generations ago the 
Kshatriyan princes of Boleleng, ^relations of the Deva Agung, 
were expelled by a Wesyan family; to the latter belonged 
Ngrurah Panji, a descendant of Arya Beleteng. The surviving 
Kshatriyas of Boleleng now live in Badong. Boleleng was finally 
conquered four or five generations ago by Karang-Assem, but this 
did not put a stop to the wars, for the members of the Karang- 
Assem family could not agree together. The most profound 
peace reigns now, since two brothers have filled the thrones of 
Karang-Assem and Boleleng. According to Balinese statements, 
Boleleng has but 1 2,000 men capable of bearing arms ; perhaps 
so few are returned in order to represent its conquest by the 
Government as of little importance. 

The well-known Gustijdanieg is a cousin of the prince; his 
father was murdered by the late prince ; yet the son now reigns, 
whilst the lawful king is but a shadow. 

* Perhaps these sole descendants have now been killed by the prince of 
Mataram- Lombok ; at all events he was formerly in constant dread of these 
lawful heirs of Lombok. 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 173 

7. Tabanan. Prince Ratti* Ngrurah Agung. The family is 
that of Arya Damar, which is said to have remained pure, 
although here this is at any rate improbable, and in Badong is 
untrue. Tabanan does not engage in many wars ; it has suffered 
defeat a few times from Boleleng, but has never been entirely 
conquered. In the war with Mengui, in which the whole of that 
State was conquered by Badong and its allies, Gyanyar and 
Tabanan, Tabanan received the mountain-district of Marga. The 
more recent quarrels with Mengui are of no importance and never 
result in anything. The men of Tabanan understand the art of 
war much less than the other Balinese. Two men of Tabanan are 
calculated to be no more than a match for one of Mengui, and 
the people of Badong add to this that one man of Badong is equal 
to two of Mengui. f The men able to bear arms are stated to be 
100,000 in number (?). Under the prince of Tabanan stands that 
of Kediri, a relation of the former, ruling over a tolerably large 
territory. 

Another Punggawa of Tabanan is the prince of / the Marga 
already mentioned ; the latter is not a Wesya, but a Sudra. His 
ancestor was a seller of palm-wine (tuak), who managed to gain 
the favour of the prince of Mengui, and by him was made Pung- 
gawa. When the territory was transferred from Mengui to 
Tabanan, the prince of Marga retained his position. (His district 
grows most of the coffee in Bali.) This ^instance is the only one 
which has come to my knowledge of a Sudra prince, but it indi- 
cates the decay of the institution of caste. One often hears the 
nobles say that Bali must go to the bad now that the Sudras or 
children of Sudra mothers become kings. Compare Deva Agung) 
raja Pan? chuttan. 

8. Badong. The three princes who together rule this State 
are (i) Ngrurah G'de Pam'chuttan, (2) Made Ngrurah in Den 
Passar, and (3) Ngrurah G'de {Kassiman). This State has been 
formed gradually. The western portion formerly belonged to 
Mengui, and the eastern, the State of Pinatih, to the descendants 
of Arya Beleteng, who acknowledged the supremacy of Mengui. 
Pinatih lies to the eastward of Kassiman, from the frontier of 
Gyanyar to Tanjang, opposite Serangan (at the place where the 
roadstead is on the eastern side). It comprises Gunung Rata, 
Sanor, Taman Intaran, Soong, and the island of Serangan, and is 
a very fertile district. The poorer western portion with Gro- 
bokkan, Legian, Kutta, Tuban, Jembaran, and the southern 
corner of Bali (the point of the table-land called by the Balinese 

* The title of ratu is always used in addressing princes, but it is only used 
before the name in speaking of especially distinguished princes. The raja of 
Tabanan has lately adopted it, and also Saving- Adi in Pam'chuttan. 

t Recent experience during the third Dutch expedition does not confirm 
this assertion, Badong having, as is well known, been defeated. 



174 AN A CCO UNT 0* 

bukit, the mountain-range), were immediately under Mengui, to 
which State also belonged the P'kcn Badong, a much-frequented 
place of trade. The founder of the State of Badong was a Gusti 
of the royal house of Tabanan. In a manuscript which was lent 
to me, and in which a brief enumeration of the names and mar- 
riages of the princes of Badong was written at the end of another 
work, he was called Gusti Ngrurah Bola ; he had settled in 
Tabanan in the kampong of Buahan (Buah zn&Jambe mean the 
betel-nut, pinang), and is therefore called (i) Anak Agung ring 
Buahan burnt Tabanan (the prince in or of Buahan in the land of 
Tabanan) ; he was the younger son, and sought for a place. 
From him to the raja Kassiman, who now has the supreme 
government, there are ten generations, but until we come to the 
great-grandfather of this man, their history is little more than a 
list of names).* He went from Tabanan to the P'ken Badong, 
and lived there in the house of Hi Sedahan, a Sudra (the name 
Sdah means sirih ; this name renders the matter somewhat open 
to suspicion ; was it necessary exactly that the pinang (bush) 
should come to the sirih ?). He thus had no palace, nor does he 
seem to have had a governorship, nor a fixed residence in Badong, 
for his son or grandson again comes from Buahan to Badong. 
His sister married the Gusti Agung, the prince of Mengui, but left 
no children. The reason of his departure is said to be that he 
went to seek a governorship in Mengui, an object which his son or 
grandson seems for the first time to have attained. 

2. Anak Agung K'tut Mandesa : this prince, the son or grand- 
son of Ngrurah Bola, went from Buahan, in Tabanan, to the 
Gunung Batur, the mountain which vomits fire, on which Dewi 
Danu or Gangga is worshipped. This was evidently a pilgrimage ; 
he did penance on the sacred mountain, in order to obtain earthly 
power. Thence he came to Badong and lived in the house of the 
M'kel (B'kel] Tinggi, to the south of the place of cremation of the 
present Pam'chuttan, in the dessa of T'gal. His surname, Man- 
desa, is said to have been given him because he resided at first in 
the house of a mandesa (it is possible that he himself was nothing 
more than a mandesa, a kampong-chief). With the aid of the 
M'kel Tinggi he soon managed to gain a large number of fol- 
lowers, the result of his penances, and became a Punggawa of 
Mengui. 

3. Anak Agung Pededekan, son of the last mentioned ; he also 
appears to have been a Punggawa. 

* The date of a war with Sideman (1582, corresponding with 1660 A.n.) is 
found in the manuscript of the Wriga Garga, which was lent to me ; in that 
year the men of Karang-Assem (Sideman) with their allies, Mengui, &c., had 
attacked and invested Badong, but had not conquered it. This is the only 
historical fact chronologically determined which came to my knowledge in 
Bali. It appears to have occurred in the time of Gusti Nyoman T'geh. 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 175 

4. The three sons of the last are Gusti Wayahan Tgch, Gusti 
Nyoman Tgeh and Gusti K'tut K'di. The second, Gusti Nyoman 
T'geh, is the ancestor of the succeeding princes, and increased the 
power of the house. He married a woman of noble family (prami) 
of Buahan. He was brave and cunning, and had a body of picked 
troops. One of his wife's sisters was married at Klongkong to the 
Dal em (Deva Agung), and died as a Satya; and the other married 
.in Mengui the Gusti Agung, and became the ancestress of all the 
Gusti Agungs (princes) of Mengui. These noble alliances and his 
personal qualities added to his influence, and he seems to have 
possessed the whole of ancient Badong from Abian-Timbul to 
Glogor, Pam'chuttan, and Kassiman. It is not certain when the 
wars with Mengui began, but probably he and his son, and grand- 
son after him, were Punggawas of that State. 

5. Gusti Ngrurah Jambe Mihik (he is named Jambe, because 
his mother was from Buahan, or Jambe, in Tabanan). 

6. The two sons of the last mentioned, by one mother, are 
Anak Agung G'de Galogor and Anak Agung Tlas ring batu 
Krotok. Their mother was from Panataran, a place in the present 
Pam'chuttan ; the Aryas Panataran were at that time still Wesyas, 
but afterwards they were degraded to Sudras. His wife was also 
from Panataran, and he seems to have founded Pam'chuttan, or to 
have made it his residence. Pam'chuttan is derived from p'chut, 
an ox-whip ; the descent of the race of Pam'chuttan from an ox- 
driver is found in Abdullah (" Tijdschrift," vii. 2, p. 166 sqq.}. It is 
admitted in Badong that the wife of one of the ancestors was of 
humble origin, the daughter of an ox-driver, but it does not appear 
that the wife of Anak Agung T'las ring batu Krotok was of such 
low birth ; had she been so, her son Ngrurah Sakti Pam'chuttan 
would not have attained such great distinction and power. 

At this time there were princes' capitals in T'gal ; this is the 
most ancient, and was founded by the second prince. T'gal lies 
to the south of Pam'chuttan the principal family, of course, 
resided here ; thence was descended the family in Pken Badong, 
which had palaces both here and in Kshatriya, north of Den Passar. 
Galogor, to the north of Pam'chuttan, was also a capital, founded 
by the elder brother of Anak Agung T'las ring batu Krotok ; the 
family still exists, and has probably been spared on account of its 
near relationship with the line of Pam'chuttan. The descendants 
became Punggawas of Pam'chuttan, and afterwards of Den Passar. 

Pam'chuttan, finally, the capital of Anak Agung T'las ring batu 
Krotok, was at that time the seat of the younger line, which, how- 
ever, was soon to unite the whole of Badong. 

7. The sons of Anak Agung Tlas ring batu Krotok are called 
putras, princes. They are (a) Anak Agung ring Pam'chuttan, 
also called Ngrurah Sakti Pam'chuttan, (b} Gusti Made Tgal, 
(t) Gusti K'tut T'labah. Of the last two nothing is known. 



176 AN ACCOUNT OF 

The first is he who founded the power of Pam'chuttan. 
He had obtained that great power by means of a creese 
pussaka, 1 called singha thence his name Sakti (supernatural 
power). He subjugated the most ancient capital of the 
princes of Badong in T'gal, and waged successful wars against 
Mengui, from which he wrested the territory from the present 
frontier of Mengui to the point of the table-land. He appears to 
have been the first who was regarded in Badong as an independent 
prince. He had five hundred wives ; the principal ones (prauii) 
were from Tangkeban (Bangli, thus an intermixture with Kshatri- 
yas), Galogor, and Mengui. From this prince are descended eight 
hundred Gusti Pam'chuttan, who, on account of their near rela- 
tionship, are regarded as the support and strength of the land. 
But where brother is ready to fight against brother, such a strength 
is imaginary. These eight hundred Gustis have a common sanc- 
tuary in Pam'chuttan, where they must appear once a month, 
and in case of absence have to pay a penalty. 

Besides Pam'chuttan, the kingdom of the Jambes also existed at 
that time in P'ken Badong and Kshatriya (the last being merely 
a country residence of the prince). They also gained distinction 
by subduing the kingdom of Pinatih, the eastern portion of 
Badong. They were still of importance at that period, and really 
of nobler birth than the princes of Pam'chuttan. Galogor had 
transferred itself to Pam'chuttan as Punggawa. 

Ngrurah Sakti's principal sons were : 

8. (a) Ngrurah G'de Patrfchuttan, devata di Ukiran (who died 
in Ukiran) ; from him are descended the present princes of Pam- 
'chuttan, of whom we shall speak hereafter, (b) Ngrurah Mayun, 
in the palace of Mayun* on the opposite side of the river to the 
east of Kassiman. This palace no longer exists ; all the materials 
of which it was built have been taken to Den Passar. (c) Ngrurah 
Kaleran, in the palace of Kaleran ; to the north of Pam'chuttan, 
which position is also indicated by the name kaleran (northern). 
Little is recorded of these princes ; of course they, too, had wars 
with Mengui and other States, but they have done no prominent 
acts, and are overshadowed by the fame of their father and their 
descendants. Pam'chuttan remained and still remains the chief 
seat of the family ; the prince of Pam'chuttan alone can obtain 
the Abbisheka, that is, can be anointed as prince of the whole realm. 

9. The most remarkable of the descendants of the three sons of 
Ngrurah Sakti was Ngrurah Made Pairfchuttan, the son of Ngrurali 
Kaleran. This chief married the daughter of Ngrurah Mayun, 
thereby uniting two portions of the possessions of the Pam'chuttan 

1 \_Pusaka, an heirloom.] 

* Mayun is ihe same as Made, "the middle or second son (or daughter)." 
This name now no longer exists in Badong ; the second prince in the family of 
Pam'chuttan is called Made. 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 177 

family, and founded the palace of Kassiman. Not content with 
this, he attacked the Jambes in P'ken Badong and Kshatriya, and 
conquered their territory after a severe struggle. He was supported 
by Pam'chuttan and Gyanyar, whilst the Jambes received aid from 
Mengui. Great must have been the slaughter in the palace of P'ken 
Badong it is spoken of with terror to this day. The fate is also 
lamented of the murdered Raja Jambe, who, the people say, was 
entirely blameless, and had given no cause for the war. He had 
his revenge, however, upon his conqueror, according to the belief 
of the Balinese, for he was born again in the family of his foe, as 
his grandson, and the one of noblest birth, a circumstance which 
was an omen of great misfortune to that family. The conqueror 
began to build the great palace of Den Passar, but died before it 
was half finished ; he had already taken up his residence, however, 
in the new palace, and in him began the line of the princes of Den 
Passar : the palace in Kassiman was still inhabited afterwards by 
his wife from Mayun, and was finally given up to his second son 
(according to birth), the still living Raja Kassiman. This prince, 
for the sake of distinction, is called devata di made, <: died in the 
middle" 1 (made the middle is here Den Passar,f which, both 
from the rank of its prince and from its situation, comes between 
Pam'chuttan and Kassiman). His numerous quarrels with Mengui 
and nearly all Bali have been without result. Even Tabanan has 
once fought against him, at the desire of the Deva Agung, and, to 
save appearances, burnt a single kampong; in reality, however, 
Tabanan and Gyanyar have always remained friendly to Badong, 
but they were obliged for political reasons to assume the appear- 
ance of hostility against their ally. Badong has neither gained nor 
lost territory under his rule, while it has become an independent 
State. The quarrels with the other States were caused chiefly by 
the aggressions of the Jambes. 

10. The sons of this prince, besides many of lower birth, were 
(a) Ngrurah Made Pairfchuttan in Den Passar, (b) Ngrurah 
Kassiman in Kassiman, (c] Ngrurah Jambe, who lives near Den 
Passar. All three are by different mothers; the first is by a 
mother from Pam'chuttan, daughter of the Devata di Ukiran (Ngr. 
G'de Pant chuttari) and a princess of Tabanan. This prince was 
younger than the prince of Kassiman, but as he was born of a 
Raja-woman he took the highest rank among the sons. Kassiman, 
the old prince who still lives, is the son of a Gusti-woman of 
Pam'chuttan. Ngrurah Jambe is the son of the daughter of the last 
prince of Kshatriya, who was forced to marry the conqueror and 
murderer of her father. By birth he would be more noble than 

1 [Devata, in the sense of dying (lit. being deified), is only used of princes.] 
t Den Passar means, north of the Passar, or, still better, on the further side 

of the Passar ; thus we have also Den Bukit, " on the further side of the 

mountains," as another name for Boleleng. 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. N 



1 78 AN A CCO UNT OF 

Kassiman, and equal to Pam'chuttan, but the descendants of a 
conquered prince can never again acquire rank in Bali. His 
noble birth is acknowledged, but he can make no claim to the 
throne. 

The prince of Den Passar, called after his death devata di Ksha- 
triya, was an ally of Gyanyar and Tabanan. These three began 
a fresh war against Mengui, which was carried on more by artifice 
than by force of arms ; the Punggawa of Marga, for instance, who 
at that time was subject to Mengui, being induced to surrender to 
Tabanan. For fear that he would lose all his territory in this 
way, the prince of Mengui gave his land in fief to the prince of 
Den Passar, and remained in possession of Mengui as Punggawa 
of Badong ; he only lost Marga to Tabanan, and Kadewatan, a 
small piece of territory on the frontier, to Gyanyar. After this 
arrangement, the four southern States were allied together against 
Karang-Assem and Boleleng, the old enemies of Badong and 
Tabanan, whilst Klongkong remained neutral. This state of 
affairs continued until shortly after the death of the prince of Den 
Passar, which took place in 1829. 

The prince of Den Passar continued the building of the palace 
at that place, but did not finish it ; we see it now in the state in 
which he left it. Most of the building materials had to be found 
by the conquered State of Mengui, where timber was obtained 
from the mountains, this article being very scarce in Badong. He 
had several noble wives, but his only son of noble birth, Ngrurah 
G'de Putra, died a short time before his father. This was the one 
already mentioned, who was considered to be the last raja Jam be 
born again, which belief his own father shared. He was regarded 
as certain to bring misfortune upon the family, and it would seem 
that he did not die a natural death. In the compact with Mengui, 
the prince of that land had declared himself a vassal of Ngrurah 
Made Pam'chuttan and his son Ngrurah G'de Putra. The death 
of both without a previous renewal of the compact enabled Mengui 
to regard itself as discharged from its obligations towards Badong, 
and it soon, in fact, withdrew from them. 

After the death of Ngrurah Made Pam'chuttan, Kassiman was 
the only prince of importance of the family of Den Passar, and he 
thus gained the supremacy in Den Passar and Kassiman. During 
his brother's lifetime these two nearly came to blows ; Kassiman 
had already placed his country in a state of defence, but this civil 
war was prevented by the intervention of Ngrurali G'de Pam- 
'chuttan, the then prince of Pam'chuttan. 

The eldest surviving son of Ngrurah Made Pam'chuttan was 
Ngrnrah G'de Oka. He would have become prince of Den 
Passar, but he would not acknowledge the supremacy of Kassi- 
man. Kassiman, in conjunction with the prince of Pam'chuttan,. 
compelled him, however, to leave the country, and banished him 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 179 

to Tabanan. This did not prevent him from acting against Kassi- 
man. From Tabanan he went to Mengui, and, both here and in 
Bangli, gained friends who were willing to support him. To 
strengthen his party still further, he released Mengui from its 
vassalage to Badong, under the pretext of being his father's heir, 
and gave it to the Deva Agung. The latter hastened to make use 
of this gift, and was able to do so without scruple, because the 
prince of Mengui had only sworn allegiance in the contract with 
Badong to the deceased princes Ngrurah Made Pam'chuttan and 
his son Ngrurah G'de Putra. The Deva Agung then commanded 
that Ngrurah G'de Oka should be received again in Badong, and 
this command was obeyed, for this prince had made his appear- 
ance with a numerous army from Mengui and Bangli. Ngrurah 
G'de Oka afterwards carried off Kassiman's only daughter, and 
took her to wife. Old Kassiman again made use of this to con- 
firm his power over Den Passar : he was now in fact the prince's 
father. Not long after this marriage, however, Ngrurah G'de Oka 
died also. The sudden deaths of this prince, his brother, and his 
father lead us to suspect unnatural means, but I cannot assert, 
nor would I willingly believe, that they were applied by Kassiman. 
This old man, it is true, took the best advantage of circumstances, 
not only in Den Passar, but also in Pam'chuttan, of which we are 
about to speak. The present prince of Den Passar is Ngrurah 
Made, who, against his will, acknowledges old prince Kassiman as 
supreme prince in Badong, but, nevertheless, is independent and 
endeavouring to increase his power. 

Pam'chuttan, since the time of Ngrurah Sakti, has been the 
chief seat of princes in Badong. The family of Den Passar, how- 
ever, has, by its wars, acquired great fame, and under Kassiman's 
father and brother has, in fact, held the supreme authority, not- 
withstanding the nominally higher rank of the prince of Pam'chut- 
tan. We have seen above, that the eldest son of Ngrurah Sakti 
Pam'chuttan took up his residence in Pam'chuttan. His name 
was (8) Ngrurah Gde Pavfchuttan devata di Ukiran (Ukiran is a 
place in Pam'chuttan). He was succeeded by his- son (9) Ngrurah 
G'de Pairfchuttan devata di Munchuk ; both were always allied 
with their more famous relations in Den Passar, and this friendship 
was maintained by marriages. The last prince of noble birth was 
(10) Ngrurah G'de Pam'chuttan devata digdong; he was anointed,* 
and played an important part in the wars of Kassiman's father 
and brother. By command of this prince and Kassiman's brother, 
his cousin Anak Agung Lanang crossed the sea with an army to 

* The anointing of a prince, Abhisheka (Sans.), is performed by the priests 
(the Guru lokas). In Badong it only takes place at Pam'chuttan. In order 
to be anointed, the prince must be both of noble birth and instructed in all 
religious duties. The prince of Pam'chuttan referred to in the text was a Rishi ; 
he had attained the position of a saint by penances (maveda). 

N 2 



1 80 AN A CCO UNT OF 

Jembrana, and conquered this country, which belonged to Boleleng. 
Anak Agung Lanang went thither because the prince of Den 
Passar wished to banish him from Badong. This fact also shows 
the supremacy of Den Passar at that time. Jembrana was soon 
lost again, however, and subsequently (n) Anak Agung Lanang 
(about 1830), after the death of Ngrurah G'de Panrchuttan, who 
left no sons, became prince of Pam'chuttan. He was not anointed, 
but yet enjoyed greater renown than his son, the present prince. 
He had no sons of noble birth ; he only had by a Gundik (con- 
cubine) the two sons now called (12) Ngrurah Gde Pam'chuttan 
and Ngrurali Made Pumchuttan. These, during their father's 
lifetime, were his Parakans, who carried after him his sirih-box, 
&c. After the death of Anak Agung Lanang, a great portion of 
the Punggawas of Pam'chuttan would not acknowledge his son 
as prince, on account of his low birth. Kassiman, however, who 
in the meantime had also obtained the supreme power in Den 
Passar, supported the new prince. Some Punggawas (e.g., Deva 
Made Rahi, in Kutta) submitted, and a Gusti of Legian fled the 
country and took refuge in Gyanyar. Kassiman then established 
the new prince in the ancestral palace of Pam'chuttan, and his 
authority, by marrying him to the daughters of Ngrurah G'de 
Pam'chuttan, the cousin and predecessor of his father. These 
women are the principal surviving members of the family, and 
their illustrious birth enhances that of the prince, who is himself, 
as it were, his wife's inferior. His principal wife's name is Sagung* 
Adi, another is called Sagung Made, and a third Sagung Oka. 
Sagung Adi has now assumed the name of Ratu, which we have 
also seen was done by the prince of Tabanan. 

Kassiman's intervention in the affairs of Pam'chuttan gave him 
the supreme authority in this part of Badong also. He is re- 
garded as the father of the princes of Den Passar and Pam'chuttan, 
and uses circumstances very cleverly to keep those princes in 
dependence. 

The prince of Den Passar, Made Ngrurah, and his brothers 
K'tut Ngrurah and Ngrurah K'tut, were all born of mothers of 
low extraction, and, had they a brother of higher birth, would not 
have the least claim to rule. Besides this, K'tut Ngrurah is in 
opposition to Made Ngrurah, and asserts that he has a better 
claim than the latter. He has several of the Punggawas on his 
side, and Made Ngrurah is therefore obliged to invoke the aid of 
his uncle Kassiman to maintain his position. Kassiman, how- 
ever, it would seem, does not trust Made Ngrurah, who has 
inherited much of his father's ambitious character : he therefore 
does all he can to uphold the power of Pam'chuttan, and has 

* Sagung means a princess, horn of a princely father and mother. Sayu, 
one whose mother was only a Gusti-woman. Sagung is derived from 



great ; Sayu from ayu, good, which we have also found to be a name for the 
female Brahmans (Ltayu). 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 181 

enriched the prince of that country and invested him witli a 
certain renown. The prince of Pam'chuttan, therefore, dares not 
dispute Kassiman's authority ; he is of low birth and a peaceful 
disposition, and would also have to fear the house of Den Passar, 
which considers itself raised above so low a birth by the deeds 
of its father and grandfather. The prince of Pam'chuttan has not 
the abhisheka; although he is a man of about forty-five, he is not 
. yet sufficiently instructed in his duties and in religion ; he has 
performed his duties to the Pitaras, having, with all due ceremony, 
burnt his father, and built a new domestic temple, which was 
finished a year ago ; yet it appears that he will not receive the 
abhisheka during Kassiman's lifetime, and, in the event of his death, 
this would also, perhaps, be prevented by the opposition of Den 
Passar. The prince of Den Passar has not fulfilled his duties 
towards his ancestors ; his father and brother as well as other 
chief members of his family are still unburnt, and are preserved in 
the palace of Den Passar. On this account Made Ngrurah does 
not reside in the palace. 1 

This cremation must from the rank of the deceased be very 
splendid ; the prince of Den Passar, however, has not the means 
to do it, and although, apparently, the whole population of 
Badong works for him, this produces very little visible result. 
He has to complete the palace which his father left unfinished, 
and in which much work has still to be done, and further to im- 
prove the roads of his country, which have fallen into a very bad 
state of repair since the death of his father, the last prince of 
Pam'chuttan who had the abhisheka. And, finally, he cannot 
easily raise the funds for a great cremation, and is opposed in his 
undertakings by K'tut Ngrurah, and, in secret, by Kassiman. In 
Den Passar also, therefore, it is probable that the position of 
atfairs will remain unchanged till Kassiman's death. Yet another 
reason against the cremation of the late prince of Den Passar and 
his son G'de Putra appears to be the above-mentioned super- 
stition, that prince Jambe has been born again in the family of 
Den Passar in the person of G'de Putra. This second birth 
indicates misfortune for the family, which fears either that that 
prince will be born a third time, or that the curse which seems to 
attach to the family prevents it from performing works pleasing to 
the gods. 

1 [The position of affairs, 35 years later, is thus described by Dr. Jacobs, 
1. 1. p. 1 68 : " Badung, however small, is divided among three princes, each 
of whom originally ruled his own portion, and contested the supremacy with 
the other two, so that we find there three chief cities, Den Passar, Pam'chu- 
tan, and Kasiman. The present Raja Kasiman, though still residing at 
Kasiman, has deputed his power to the Raja Den Passar, so that actually the 
latter shares with Rajah Pam'chutan supreme authority. Raja Den Passar 
exercises sway over the whole of Badung, or is at least looked upon by our 
government as exercising such sway, while also Pam'chutan is recognized as 
a ruling prince.] 



i8 2 AN ACCOUNT OF 



GENEALOGICAL TABLE OF THE PRINCES OF BADONG. 

( I ) Gusti Ngrurah Bola. 

(2) Anak Agung K'tut Mandesa, 

(3) Anak Agung Padidikan. 



Gusti Wayahan Tegeh. (4) Gusti Nyoman Tegeh, Gusti K'tut K'di. 

called Anak Agung di Pule. 

(5) Gusti Ngrurah Jambt MihiL. 

Anak Agung G'de Galogor. (6) Anak Agung t'las ring batu Krotok, 

| in Pam'chuttan. 

The princely family of 
Galogor. 



(7) Anak Agung ring Panic httttan, Gusti Made Gusti K'tut T'labah. 
called Ngrurah Sakti Pam'chuttan, T'gal. 

with 500 wives. 

(8) Ngr. G'de Pam'chuttan devata di Ukiran. Ngr. Mayun Ngr. Kaleran ; 

his daughter, Ngr. | 

Putu, married Ngr. Made Pam'- 
chuttan, devata 
di Ukiran. 



I I 

(9) Kgr. G'de Pamchuttan devata di Anak Agung Lanang. 

Munckuk. 

(10) Ngrurah G'de Pam'chuttun (n) Anak Agung Lanang. See thelbllow- 

devata di G'dong. ing table. 



(12) Ngr.G'de Pam'ch. Ngr.MadePam'ch. 

Daughters : Ngr. Putu, the only 

Sagung Adi. Sagung Made. son, by a mother of 

Sagung Oka. Sagung Raka, &c. low extraction. 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 



83 



TABLE OF THE FAMILY OF KALERAN DEN PASSAR. 

(i) Ngntrah Kaleran. 



(2) Ngr. Me 
Married to 


dePanfch. Anak Agung Rahi. 
Ngr. Putu In Kaleran Kawan. 


Gusti alit Pam'ch. Gusti Ngr. K'tut. 
In Kaleran Kangiman. In J ro TgaL 


Mayun (devata di | 


I 




Made). 


From whom is de- 
scended the family 


From whom is de- 
scended the family in 


The present 
prince's name 




of Kaleran Kawan 


Kaleran Kangiman. 


is Gusti Ngru- 




and Kutta. The 
present prince's 


The present prince's 
name is also Gusti Alit 


rah T'gas. 




name is also Anak 


Pam'chuttan. 






Agung Rahi. 




^ 



All these are Punggawas of Den Passar. 











1 


1 


(3) Ngr. Made Pan? chuttandevatadiKshatriya. 
Mother of Pam'chuttan, wife of Pam'chuttan, 


Ngr. Kassiman, now 
named Ngr. G'de, 


Ngr. Jambe, 
mother of Ksha- 




and of Tabanan extraction. 




ruler of Badong. 


triya, wife of 










Mother, a Gusti 


Pam'chuttan. 










woman ; wife, Sa- 


I 










gung Raka. 


Anak Agung 












Alit G'de. 


I 1 
Ngr. G'de Putra + Ngr. G'de Oka. + (4) 


Made Ngrurah. K'tut Ngr. 


Ngr. K'tut, 
probable suc- 










cessor in Kassi- 










man. 



Other brothers of Kassiman are : 
Ngr. G'de Dangin. 



An. Ag. Alit Griha. 



Devata Anak + Devata Banyar. 
Agung Dauh, 
wife of Pam'., 
became Bela. 

An. Ag. Rahi 
(in Belaluan). 

I 

Ngrurah Kajanan. 



An. Ag. Raka pupuan 
Ugung. 



An. Ag. Put. Merangi 
and An. Ag. Raka. 



An. Ag. Alit 
Raka. 



All these are by mothers of low caste ; the family of Belaluan 
has again raised itself in rank by means of^noble marriages. The 
others, after one more intermixture with ^udran blood, will sink 
into the position of ordinary Gustis. 



FURTHER REMARKS ON THE CASTES. 

The Dewas, Gustis, and Idas are much too numerous in Bali 
to maintain their dignity; they, and especially the first two classes, 
are too proud to gain their livelihood by work, and prefer unjust 



1 84 AN A CCO UNT OF 

privileges. They rob the people without limit ; they are the cause 
of the plundering of ships, and of the extortions to which foreign 
traders are often exposed. The high-caste princes are seldom 
guilty of such misdeeds, but they wink at the robberies of their 
relations, and it is difficult to obtain justice from the princes 
against these pests of the land. The Gustis in the countries 
ruled by Wesya princes, and the Devas in those where Kshatriyas 
reign, have properly all the official posts about the prince, but, 
although they derive much honour from these, they get little pay. 

FEUDAL SYSTEM. 

As Raffles has observed, the condition of Bali very much 
resembles that of Europe in the Middle Ages ; there is a feudal 
system throughout the land. The Deva Agung must be regarded 
as the supreme feudal lord ; in ancient times he was so in reality 
(see "Usana Java," above). How this is modified now, we have 
already seen. He still calls the other seven princes, and also the 
prince of Lombok, his Punggawas* which in Bali conveys the 
idea of vassal. The rest of the princes (Kshatriyas and Wesyas) 
have subdivided their land among the members of their families, 
and so we find in Badong the princes of Kaleran Kawan, Kaleran 
Kanginan, Ngrurali T'gas, the prince of Galogor, and Kassiman's 
brother with their children as Punggawas of Den Passar (formerly 
most of them were under Pam'chuttan, but they have preferred to 
acknowledge as their lords the two warlike princes of Den Passar, 
Kassiman's father and brother ; unless Kassiman had interfered, 
even the sovereignty over Badong itself would have been trans- 
ferred from Pam'chuttan to Den Passar). Now they are all under 
Kassiman, but only in so far as Den Passar also is under his 
sovereignty. The real Punggawas of Kassiman, in his small 
original territory, are few in number, and, for the most part, 
merely the descendants of his brothers, who were entirely without 
means. 

Under these princes, who are Punggawas of the highest princes 
and most closely related to the royal families,! stand the rest of 
the Gustis, also as Punggawas; these also have an undefined 
authority over the men whom they rule, and have even the power 
to punish with death ; the prince above them and the prince of 
the whole kingdom do not trouble themselves about their subjects 
further than their feudal duties are concerned. The Diaksas \ 

* Punggaiva, "bull" and "excellent" in the Sanskrit. 

"f We do not find many exceptions to this rule ; in Tabanan the prince is 
descended from Marga ; in Klongkong, e.g., Ngrurah Pinatih, from Arya 
Bleteng. In Gyanyar from Sukawati. 

I write Diaksa instead of Yaksa (as the judges are usually called in Bali 
and Java), on the authority of a manuscript, where the writing with the 
second d reveals the origin of the word. Diaksa^ which is also found as 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 185 

have merely to pronounce judgment between the Siuiras and 
sometimes between Gustis of equal rank ; in all cases concerning 
the distinctions of caste and feudal duties the princes and 
Punggawas are judges ; in spiritual matters, however, the Padan- 
das act in this capacity. 

The primary feudal duty, as in the Middle Ages, is service in 
war ; and further, the Punggawas and their subordinates have to 
furnish assistance in all public works and festivals of the prince, 
and the lower orders also have to carry out all the works of the 
Punggawas. The people, under the guidance of the Punggawas, 
have to build the princes' palaces and places of cremation, to 
repair the roads, and besides this to contribute, mostly in kind, 
towards the expenses of all offerings, family feasts, and cremations. 
The direct taxes are very unimportant ; the common man pays a 
small tax on garden land, and a little more on sawahs. The 
princes, therefore, cannot be rich, unless they possess considerable 
private means ; they are powerful, however, so long as their names 
hold the Punggawas in subjection, and they can therefore cele- 
brate their splendid feasts and cremations without cost to them- 
selves, and sometimes even with advantage to their private 
treasuries, their faithful vassals zealously contributing to these 
ceremonies. (One of the reasons why the great cremation in Den 
Passar does not take place is, that the present prince is not in 
very high esteem with the Punggawas, and that not enough is 
contributed towards it. Besides this, Kassiman retains the 
revenue.) To the revenues of the princes and the Punggawas 
belong also the duties on commerce, the customs-duties, and the 
bridge or road- tolls.* Trade especially produces a considerable 
revenue for the prince, and has made the princes of Badong com- 
paratively rich, above all Pam'chuttan and Kassiman. Karang- 
Assem also makes a great deal by it. These imposts affect only 
the lower orders, and the Chinese, Buginese, and Europeans. 
The Gustis, Devas, and Idas who carry on trade pay no duty 
upon it. The feudal lords, princes, and Punggawas still do 
something for the people they give them water, and the making 
of canals and the effective irrigation of the rice-fields are their 
duty ; in return for this, however, they draw a small revenue from 
the rice-growers. 

Adiaksa in the MSS., is Skt. adhi and aksha, an inspector, protector (see 
Wilson). Yaksa, on the contrary, is a sort of demon, allied to the Raksasas. 
[See Roorda's "Javanese Dictionary," s.v. jaksha, where the etymology from 
adhy aksha is correctly given.] 

* I am only acquainted, however, with two bridges in Bali (excepting those 
over small brooks) in any way worthy of the name one at Kutta, built by 
Europeans with Balinese aid, and one, very dangerous for want of planks, over 
a rocky chasm in Tabanan. 



1 86 AN A CCO UNT OF 

SUDRAS. 

The fourth caste, the Siidras, have many duties and hardly any 
rights, at any rate as regards the higher castes. Their subjection 
goes so far that the prince or Punggawa can take out of their 
houses whatever he likes ; when the prince goes from one place 
to another, the victuals, fowls, ducks, geese, &c.,are usually taken 
by the Parakans (followers of the prince) from the houses of the 
Sudras in the dessas through which the route lies, and the persons 
thus robbed may not even complain. The prince or Punggawa 
can even take away the wives of a Sudra, but religious feeling is 
opposed to this, and still more to the murder of a Sudra, who has 
committed no fault, by a noble. Both acts are done, however, 
although they are of rare occurrence, in Badong. The wanton 
young Gustis and Devas think that they prove their valour and 
noble birth by the abduction of women and the murder of inno- 
cent beasts of burden, such as the Sudras are. In Badong, old 
Kassiman suppressed such deeds, and the fear of punishment 
after death also has a deterrent effect.* Nevertheless the position 
of the Sudras is most miserable, and only rendered supportable 
by their courage and industry, and by the belief that they are born 
to it. An exception to the rest of the Sudras is formed by the 
Parakans (the followers of the princes, c.) ; these lead as idle a 
life as the princes and Punggawas to whom they belong, and 
plunder the rest of the people. These and the nobles are the 
chief cock-fighters and opium-smokers, for the inhabitants of the 
dessas take little part in these dissipations. Another exception to 
the lot of the ordinary Sudras is formed by the Mandesas, PraU- 
kels, and others, who occupy official posts. 

Mandesas are the dessa-cbiefs ; they have been degraded to 
Sudras by the Deva Agung, having been Wesyas by birth. Under 
them are the Kabayan, Nguhukin, and Talikup, Sudras by birth, 
who carry out the orders of the Mandesas. 

Gaduh are the Mandurs in the dessas ; they are Sudras by birth. 
Dangka and Batu-Aji are under these. 

Pasek are also Wesyas who have been degraded to Sudras, 
and still retain a certain superiority of rank above the rest of the 
populace. 

We find all these names in the "Usana Bali " (see p. 262), where 
their special religion is mentioned (the " Usana Bali," as we have 
seen, is only of importance to the Sudras and their chiefs of the 
same caste). 

* Balinese superstition regards the fate of the first Dtt'a Mangis, the founder 
of Gyanyar, and that of the wife of the last Deva Agung, the much-feared 
princess of Karang-Assem, as examples of such punishments ; the former was 
changed into a serpent (nt1^a) t and the latter into a frog (dongk&ng). Both 
had murdered many victims. 



THE ISLAND OS BALL 187 

The names are not heard in ordinary life, with the exception of 
Mandesa. For all the rest the collective name Prab kd (the 
collective ^B'kels) is used. These have a certain number of 
common Stidras under them at the prince's disposal, to serve in 
war or on public works, and also to exercise handicrafts (as 
smiths, &c.). They are responsible for the presence and the 
work of their subordinates, just as the Mandesa is responsible for 
his dessa. PraVkel or Pairfkel, also M'kel, has become a title 
for every superior among the Sudras the owner is the M'kel of 
the slave, the husband the M'kel of the wife. This exalted rank 
is also accorded to Europeans, but they stand below the three 
principal castes ; ,they have not been born twice (dvija). 

The Balinese Sudras are partly of Javan and partly of Balinese 
origin. The former celebrate the new year (Sugian) six days 
before the Balinese new year (Galungan). The latter, however, 
is taken as the beginning of the calendar by the whole people. 

In addition to the above, degraded Brahmans, Kshatriyas, and 
Wesyas also belong to the Sudras. The original Wesyas, those 
who came from Majapahit, have all become Sudras, and this at 
the same time that the descendants of Arya Damar were degraded 
to Wesyas. The reason given for this does not agree with that 
of the degradation of the Kshatriyas. All castes, indeed, are said 
to have descended a step, excepting the original Brahmans. The 
descendants of Batu Henggong, the Deva Agungs, who, on account 
of their procreation by the Padanda Dang hyang Kapakisan, were 
also regarded as Brahmans, sank back, through the curse or the 
anger of the Padanda who produced the Naga from the well (see 
as to the Nagabandha, under Cremations], to true Kshatriyas, and 
the consequence of this was the degradation of the other Ksha- 
triyas to Wesyas, and of the Wesyas to Sudras. This explanation 
is open to great doubt. Most of the descendants t of the Aryas, 
the brothers of Arya Damar, have been degraded to Sudras. They 
were degraded, as we have seen, to Wesyas, but when they had 
also lost their governorships and their authority, oppressed by the 
descendants ot Patih Gaja Maja (the royal race of Mengui-Karang- 
Assem), they gradually sank to the rank of Sudras. Many of 
them are still called Gustis by the people, but they have to give 
their services as vassals to the princes in whose territory they live, 
and no longer enjoy any honour. The conquered are always 
despised and degraded in Bali. Brahmans are also degraded to 
Sudras if, on account of frequent intermixture with Sudra blood, 
they are no longer considered capable of retaining their dignity. 
An instance of a Padanda being thus degraded is actually men- 
tioned. Brahmans do, indeed, become Sudras, but the people 
hold the caste in such great respect that they are still regarded 
and honoured as Brahmans. Brahmana chute are mentioned in 
the "Usana Java;" the Balinese explain these to be lying and 



1 88 AN A CCO UNT OF 

thieving Brahmans, t who, on account of their conduct, have 
sunk to the rank of Sudras. Chute is, indeed, in Sanskrit, chyuta, 
" fallen." 

Sangguhu is a subdivision of the Sudras, who are acquainted 
with the Vedas, and perform the ceremony of domestic worship, 
as well as the priests. If they have, indeed, the Vedas (they may 
be only Mantras, formulas), it would seem that they were originally 
Brahmans. Now, we find in the " Usana Java " a statement that the 
Sangguhus are, in fact, descended from Brahmana-Brahmani, and 
thus are pure Brahmans, and that they were degraded on account 
of the worship of the Dalem mur, that is, the god of death (perhaps 
as indicating an exclusive Kdla-worship, which no longer exists 
in Bali). We have therefore had in Bali departures from the 
worship of the gods, not to say sects. The present Brahmans, 
who have suppressed the sect referred to, now tell us, to conceal 
the existence of any other worship but their own, that the Sang- 
guhus are descended from a parakan (follower) of a learned 
Padanda, who was hidden under the Bale whenever the Padanda 
performed his domestic worship, and so came to understand the 
Vedas. When he was discovered, the Padanda set him at liberty, 
that he might perform the Veda-worship for himself and his 
descendants. From him are descended the Sangguh or Sang- 
guliu, which word is explained by means of kira : having the appear- 
ance of being Brahmans. There is some number of them in Bali. 

Byagaha are also mentioned in the " Usana Java " as a distinct 
class, and these appear to be of the same rank as the Sangguhu. 
The name, however, is almost unknown, even to the Panditas. 
Thus in the three classes of Sudras last mentioned, we find also 
no mixture of caste ; but they all three point to the former exist- 
ence of sects, or at least to some departures from the orthodox 
religion. 

It would be a fortunate thing for the Sudras to be freed from 
the oppression of the princes and Punggawas. The number of 
noble idlers increases ^very day, and presses more and more 
heavily upon the poor Sudra populace. One means of escaping 
from the oppression of a prince is to flee to another State, but 
even this avails them little, for the prince of the State in which 
the fugitive seeks refuge immediately imposes upon him the very 
burdens from which he has fled. Besides this, a fugitive who 
arrives without his family is sold by the prince, in order to make 
some profit out of him, and to prevent his escaping again to 
another country. The best asylum is generally afforded by the 
Padandas ; the prince has no right to fugitives who seek refuge 
with them, and there are several kind-hearted really pious men 
among these Padandas who consider it shameful to sell a person 
seeking an asylum, or even to require much work from him. 
Many Padandas, however, are also genuine natives, and avail 



THE ISLAND OF BAH. 189 

themselves of these cases to enrich themselves. t The chief curb 
upon the despotism of the noble castes over the Sudras is, in fact, 
the fear lest they should run away, and the power and revenues 
of the nobles should thereby be diminished. The Balinese, 
however, are unusually attached to their country and their dessa ; 
ordinary extortion does not drive them to flight ; it is generally 
only some glaring cruelty or the fear of being sold out of Bali that 
induces them to escape. Still, the fact that there are always many 
fugitives in Bali shows the injustice and cruelty of most of the 
princes, and the degeneration of the system of caste. In Badong 
there are very many fugitives from Gyanyar, Mengui, Klonkong, 
and Karang-Assem ; on the other hand, scarcely any fugitives 
from Badong are to be found in the other states. The reason of 
this is, that the government in this state is comparatively mild and 
humane, and this is attributable to Kassiman's higher intelligence 
and his contact with Europeans. For the sake of humanity it is 
desirable that intercourse between Europeans / and the Balinese 
should increase, and that the position of the Sudras should thus 
be improved, at any rate a little, if they could not be entirely freed 
from their oppressors. The character of the Balinese as a people, 
irrespectively of their castes, has been very accurately perceived 
by Raffles : they are a manly nation, both in body and mind, far 
superior to the Javanese (although outwardly less civilized), and 
endowed with many virtues which in Java have disappeared 
beneath the mire of immorality and fickleness. The Balinese 
(excepting those who carry on trade and are corrupted by undue 
gains) are faithful and honest and can work hard ; it is only for 
their prince that they work reluctantly, for they receive from him 
neither payment nor food ; and, finally, they are braver than all 
other natives, but against the European they are as incapable ot 
resistance as all the descendants of the black Adam, and the 
defiant language employed to Europeans comes from a timid 
heart. The European is as a tiger to all natives, and they know 
him by instinct. 

CASTE IN JAVA. 

The existence of caste in Java has hitherto been denied, but 
what we now know of Bali appears to have placed it beyond 
doubt. That all the institutions of the Balinese are of Javan 
origin is affirmed by the manuscripts and the oral tradition of the 
people. The ** Usana Java" enumerates Kshatriyas of Koripan 
(where Panji lived), of GaglangQi Singhasari, of Kediri or Daha, 
and of Janggala. In all the great kingdoms of Java, therefore, 
Kshatriyas existed. The descent of the Kshatriyas of Daha is 
traced in the Brahmandapurana to the ^Muni Pulaha. In the 
same work the Brahmans are divided into &iva-Brahmans, Buddha- 



190 AN A CCO UNT OF 

Brahuians, and Bujangga-Brahmans (thus the Brahmans in Java 
were exactly like those now in Bali) ; these are sons of Brahmana 
Haji, that is to say, the various forms of worship are derived from 
Haji Saka, the founder of the Indo- Javanese calendar. Bujangga 
seems in ancient times to have been a distinct sect. We have 
spoken of the present meaning of this word ; it seems formerly to 
have meant a particular kind of worship, in contradistinction to 
Siva and Buddha.* The Wesyas are also mentioned in the 
" Usana Java 51 as existing in Java ; to these belong the Patihs, 
D'mangs, and Tumenggungs. The names Wesya and Gusti (see 
"Tijdsch. v. N. I." 7, 2, 185) still exist in Java, although their 
meaning has become obscure. The Sudras are expressly men- 
tioned, and their name also is still heard in Java. 

In the " Usana Java " (which really only relates to Java) the 
Bralinians spring from Brahma's Sivadara, the opening in the 
head which in children does not close for some years, the 
Kshatriyas from his breast, the Wesyas from his abdomen, and the 
Sudras from his knee. 

The nobles of the courts of Daha and Majapahit, according to 
express testimony, were Kshatriyas and Wesyas. To the Kshatriyas 
belong all those who bear the title of Arya, K'bo, or Mahisa and 
Rangga. The titles of the Wesyas have just been given. 

The appearance of caste and the existence of the Veclas in 
Bali afford the strongest evidence for the existence of both in 
ancient Java, because all that we find in Bali was derived from 
Java alone, not a single fact discovered in Bali proving, or even 
indicating, direct communication between this island and India, 
and because the Siva Brahmans, who, after having established 
themselves for a short time at Majapahit, crossed over to Bali, 
came, according to the Balinese, not direct from India, but from 
the interior of Java (Kediri). The real origin of all the Balinese 
institutions is also shown by the fact that we find nothing to 
remind us directly of India, and no ancient writing, Sanskrit, 
Kavi, or Javanese : we may well ask how could emigrants from 
India have so neglected and forgotten their own writing and 
language, and have merely preserved the modern Javanese writing 
and the Kavi tongue ? 

* The word Bujangga means a serpent ; in India the serpent-worship has 
been adopted in the Brahmanical doctrine ; we find it especially in Cas'mira ; 
serpent-worship is still found in Java and Bali (Vasuki), and the Bujanggas 
appear to have originally been serpent-worshippers, who afterwards joined the 
Sivaitic sect. 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 191 

THE CALCULATION OF TIME IN BALI. 

The calculation of time is of two kinds : the Indian and the 
Balinese. All that we know of it is contained in a work called 
Wriga Garga* This work is composed of Indian and Polynesian 
elements, and, like the rest of the literature, must be of Javanese 
origin, as in that island alone do we find an almost identical 
calendar. 

We have an Indian division of time, according to the lunar 
months. These months, however, are transformed by interpola- 
tion, into the solar year, and^ the solar years are calculated from 
the time of Salivahana or Saka^ as is also the practice in the 
greater part of Hindustan and of the Dekkan. This calendar 
begins on the i4th of March, 78 B.C. This calculation, however, 
is but little used by the Balinese, and their scanty astronomical 
knowledge renders it extremely difficult, although, for the sake of 
agriculture and a few feasts, it must be preserved. The inter- 
polation is irregular ; in India two months are introduced in five 
years, but in Bali, on the one hand, the month of Kdrtika may 
comprise two months, and, on the other, the month of Asada 
may last till the constellation of the Pleiades (Krittika) is visible 
at sunset. The only constellations used by the Balinese in such 
calculations are the Pleiades and Orion. The latter is called 
Waluku, the plough, and also by the Indian name langgala (in 
Malay tangala). They understand by this, however, only the 
three centre stars of Orion. To supplement this defective means 
of calculating the year, the Balinese observe certain natural 
phenomena occurring regularly every year at the same time, such 
as the blossoming of certain flowers and plants and the appearance 
of wings on the white ant, and also the phenomena of the sea. 
A man of rank informed me that the interpolation of a month 
had only happened three times in his life. This would give an 
interval of about twelve years between each interpolation ; it is 
more probable that an interpolation is made every ten years, 
hence the name tejtggek for such a division. At present the 
Balinese lunar months are rather more than thirty days in advance 
of the Indian, as fixed by Wilson. The year begins with the 
month of Kasanga ; the Indian name for this is Chetra, and 
commences, according to Wilson, in March. This, then, proves 
that the Balinese years do indeed start from the exact date of 
Saka (i4th of March), and Raffles' and Crawfurd's conjectures as 

* Garga, according to Wilson, is one of the ten Munis or saints ; one Garga 
is also the author of astronomical works in India ; see Bentley, " Hindu 
Astronomy," p. 54 ; his book is named Sanhita ; he lived 550 years B.C. [See, 
however, Kern, in the Introduction to his edition of " Varaka-Mihira's Brihat- 
sanhita," p. 31 ff.] The Balinese Calendar, as it is, cannot be derived from 
him, because it contains elements never known in India. 



192 AN ACCOUNT OF 

to the difference of the calendar in Java and Bali can be solved 
by assuming that the Balinese have retained the ancient and true 
calendar, whilst the Javanese, through Muhammadan influence, 
have forgotten how to calculate the solar year, and have, therefore, 
got seven or eight years further from Saka than they should be. 

All the months but two (Jyeshta and Asada) have both Sanskrit 
and Balinese names. 

The Sanskrit names are : 



Sravana. 



2. Bhadra or Badrawada (Sanskrit 

Bhadrapada). 

3. As'uji or As'uje (derived from 

As'vayuj). 
[ 4. Karttika. 

5. Margas'ira or Margas'irshya. 



6. Pos'ya or Paus'a. 

7. Maga. 

8. P'alguna. 

9. Mad'umasa or Chetra. 

10. Wes'aka. 

11. Jyeshta. 

12. Asadha. 



The Balinese names for the first ten are the ordinal numbers 
from i to 10 : 



1. Kasa. 

2. Karo. 

3. Katiga. 



5. Kalima. 

6. Kanam. 

7. Kapita. 



8. Kahulu. 

9. Kasanga. 
10. Kadas'a. 



4. Kapat. 

We have no Balinese names for Jyeshtha and Ashadha (vulgo 
Sada\ and this leads us to suspect that the original Balinese- 
Javanese year, like that of the ancient Romans, had only 10 
months. Now we find in the purely Balinese calendar, of which 
we shall speak shortly, divisions of 35 days or 5 weeks, which, it is 
true, do not now possess a special name, but no doubt originally 
corresponded with the 10 months ; 10 times 35 gives about the 
duration of the y^ear of lunar months, 354 days. The addition of 
Jyeshtha and Ashadha, then, occurred at a later period, when 
Indian influence had led to the division of the year into 12 
months, each of 29 or 30 days. 

In the year 1847 the first day of the month Kasanga or Chetta 
was on the i6th of February ; in 1848 on the 5th of February ; in 
1849 it will fall on the 24th of January. In 1844, on the con- 
trary, it was on the 24th of March, almost on the day on which, 
according to Wilson, the Indian month -Chetra. should begin. 
Although in Bali, from ignorance of the calculations, the method 
of fixing the solar year is obscure, and is known but imperfectly 
to a few learned priests (who themselves cannot properly explain 
the reasons for it), yet we learn from the tables called Pengalihan 
lindan (the searching of the moon) how the time of the Balinese 
calculation is brought into accordance with that of the lunar 
months : 64 lunar months, of which 30 are of 29 and 34 of 30 
days, give us 1890 days, which agree with 9 Balinese years of 
210 days. 

According to the Indian calculation, there should be one or 
two intercalary months next year (1849), because then the 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 



193 



difference between the solar and the lunar year will be from the 
24th of January to the 2oth of March, and will thus amount to 
55 days; nothing, however, has yet been said to me of any such 
intention. In India, as we have already pointed out, there are 2 
intercalary months every 5 years called Malimlucha ; this name is 
unknown in Bali, nor have I heard any name which could cor- 
respond to it. 

The six Indian seasons do not exist in Bali. The lunar months 
are chiefly important for fixing certain feasts. For all other dates 
use is made solely of 

THE BALINESE CALENDAR. 

This is formed by a combination of the Polynesian week of 
5 days (pahing, puan, wage, kaliwon, mams) with the Indian week 
of 7 days (Rediti* Soma, Anggara, Budd'a, Vrihaspti, Sukra, 
Saneschara) ; this combination gives us 35 days, which form the 
basis of the Balinese calendar ; we write them thus : 



Budda kaliwon, 
Wrihaspati manis, 
Sukra pahing, 
Sanes'chara puan, 
Rediti wage, 
Soma kaliwon, 
Anggara manis, 
Budda pahing, 
Wrihaspati puan, 
Sukra wage, 
Sanes'chara kaliwon, 
Rediti manis, 


Soma pahing, 
Anggara puan, 
Budda wage, 
Wrihaspati Kaliwon, 
Sukra manis, 
Sanes'chara pahing, 
Rediti puan, 
Soma wage, 
Anggara kaliwon, 
Budda manis, 
Wrihaspati pahing, 
Sukra puan, 


Sanes'chara wage, 
Rediti kaliwon, 
Soma manis, 
Anggara pahing, 
Budda puan, 
Wrihaspati wage, 
Sukra kaliwon, 
Sanes'chara manis, 
Rediti pahing, 
Soma puan, 
Anggara wage. 



We find these combinations of 35 days six times in each 
Balinese year of 210 days, but they are not called months. On 
the other hand, each of the 30 weeks has its own name. We find 
these names in Raffles, vol. i. p. 476. The order of sequence is 
the same in Bali, but some names must be corrected. Each 
division begins with Budda kaliwon, the day on which Galungan, 
the Balinese new year, falls, and not on Rediti (or Diti) Pahing, 
as Raffles asserts. The week in which the year begins is Dun- 
ghulan ; Sinta, however, is always named as the first week in Bali, 
as in Java ; the names are : 

* The name Rediti can only be explained by Aditya, "sun." The substi- 
tution of ri for d may well have arisen by the uncommon initial a having been 
taken for the sign r2, which is very well known. Vrihaspati is found in good 
MSS. for Respati, which is the ordinary pronunciation. [Van der Tuuk, 
"Notes on Kawi," p. 9. On the Batah Calendar, which in many points 
agrees with the Balinese and Javanese arrangements, see J. B. Neumann, in 
" Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap," II., vol. iii. 
p. 528 ff.] 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. O 



AN ACCOUNT OF 



1. Sinta 

2. Landep 

3. Wukir 

4. Kurantil 

5. Tolu 

6. Gumreg 

7. Wariga 

8. Warigadian, or Wariganing 

Wariga 

9. Julung Wangi 

10. Julung Sungsang 

11. Dunghulan (in Raffles Ga- 

lungan) 

12. Kuningan 

13. Langkir 

14. Madang Siha 



15. Julung Pujut 

1 6. Pahang 

17. Kurw'lut 

1 8. Marakih 

19. Tambir 

20. Madangkungang 

21. Mahatal 

22. Huje 

23. Menahil 

24. Prang Bakat 

25. Bala Muki 

26. Hugu 

27. Wayang 

28. Kulawu 

29. Dukut 

30. Watu gunung. 



Raffles, vol. i. p. 376 sqq., gives the fable respecting the origin 
of these names of the weeks. I have not yet heard anything of it 
in Bali. In Bali this division, like the rest of the calendar, is said 
to be derived from India. Its introduction was no doubt made by 
the priests at an early period, in order to add to the sanctity of the 
religious feasts and institutions, which are regulated according to 
this calendar.* 

Of the 35 days the first, eleventh, and twenty-first (Budda kali- 
won, Saneschara kaliwon and Anggara kaliwoii) are sacred. Here 
again, therefore, the decimal system prevails. In the first five 
weeks, the feast of Galungan, the new year, falls on Budda kali- 
won, the feast of Kuningan (in Crawfurd Galunan and Kuninan) 
on Saneschara kaliwon, and finally the feast in the principal 
temple of Uluwatu in Badong on Anggara kaliwon. 

Some Balinese only call this year of 210 days a half-year. It is 
indeed, however, their civil year, and they are only disposed to 
regard it as a half-year to make it agree with the Muhammadan, 
Chinese, and European year. 

Each of these 35 days has a constellation, which indicates its 
good or evil qualities, and is of special importance for nativities ; 
these constellations are not the same, however, as our own, or 
even as the Indian, for, with the exception of the Waluku (Orion) 
and the Krittika (the Pleiades), the signs are somewhat arbitrary. 



ASTROLOGICAL CALENDAR. 

These constellations, which decide the good or evil fortune of 
the day, are called lintangan (lintang = bintang, "star"). They 
are supposed to pass into the body of people born on that day. 

Rediti manis has the Ancha-ancha, a human figure standing on 

* Sapta Rest (the seven ancient saints, sages) are said to have prepared it. 
The pe ngalihan bulan, also, in which the lunar calendar is brought into agree- 
ment with that of thirty weeks, is attributed to the same persons. 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 195 

its head and hands. People bom on that day have weak bodies 
and weak voices, but are impertinent to their parents. 

Rediti patting, the Go/a, elephant. This signifies sorrow caused 
by other people. 

Rediti puan. Patrem, the creese. This signifies a predis- 
position to suicide. 

Rediti wage Waluku, the plough (Orion). Signifying hap- 
piness late in life. 

Rediti kaliwon. Gowang, a body without a head. A strong 
propensity for stealing and robbery. 

Soma manis. N*yu, the gooseberry-bush. Happiness and 
riches, which, however, will not last long. 

Soma pahing. Dupa, incense. Early death of the married man 
or woman. 

Soma puan. Ulanjar, a divorced woman. One who is prone 
to take upon himself the faults of others, and gets into dilemmas. 

Soma wage. Lembu, a white bull. Happiness and riches. 

Soma kaliwon. Padati Sunya, the empty cart, deserted by its 
driver. Easily robbed. 

Anggara manis. Kuda, the horse. Disposed to bad tricks. 

Anggara pahing. -Juju, the crab. Good sense and speedy 
acquirement of wealth. 

Anggara puan. Asu ajak, the wild dog. Excellence and 
boldness in war, esteem among the great. 

Anggara wage. Jong sarat, the overladen boat. Probable 
misfortune at sea. 

Anggara kaliwon. Cheleng, the hog. Success in breeding 
swine. 

Bud da manis. Ngerang-erang. weeping, lamenting. Much 
sorrow all one's life. 

Budda pahing. Gajamina, half elephant, half fish. A good 
omen. 

Budda puan. Lumbung, the rice-barn. Wealth of goods and 
money quickly obtained ; fortunate in travel. 

Budda wage. Krittika (the Pleiades). In marrying, will 
obtain many slaves. Spends much and makes many presents, is 
beloved by the princes. 

Budda kaliwon. Titiwa, the carrying away of dead bodies, or 
the depositing of the dead in the place of burial. Loss of 
children. 

Wrihaspati manis. Sangal tikel, the broken axe. All under- 
takings unsuccessful. 

Wrihaspati pahing. Salah ukur, discontent and constant strife 
with men. 

Wrihaspati puan. Bade, the bier (on which corpses are burnt). 
Many long illnesses. 

Wrihaspati wage. Rumba, the vessel with holy water. 

O 2 



196 AN ACCOUNT OF 

Wrihaspati kaliwon. Naga, the serpent. A very bad dis- 
position. 

Sukra manis. Banyak angrim, the brooding goose. Loss of 
property by theft. 

Sukra pahing. Bubu bosor, the open bow-net. Quick change, 
coming and going, rich and poor. 

Sukra puan. Prawu p'gat, the broken boat. The husband 
will be deserted by his wife, the wife by her husband. 

Sukra wage. Mengrabut untang or glutan, the shifting of one's 
faults on to another's shoulders. 

Sukra kaliwon. Udang or Makara, the sea-lobster. Poverty 
in youth. 

Saneschara manis. D'pat, a head. (This and the Gowang, see 
Rediti kaliwon, remind us of the head and the body of the demon 
Rahu, which pursue the moon.) Many members of the family 
will die. 

Saneschara pahing. Ru, the dart. Boldness and skill in war, 
esteemed by princes (Sanskrit, ru, "war, battle"). 

Saneschara puan. Sengenge ( Jav. Srengenge), the sun. Free- 
dom from sickness. 

Saneschara wage. Puhuh tarung, a species of quail (Dutch 
uecht-kw artel, the " fighting-quail "). Much fighting. 

Saneschara kaliwon. -Jampana, the bier. Much misfortune. 
Repeated illness. 

There is not much astronomical science in all this, and many 
of the ideas are really ridiculous, yet the Balinese attach value to 
them, and those who are born on a day with a good constellation 
often boast of it. 

In addition to these astrological meanings of the 35 days, there 
are for each of the seven days of the week : (i) a god, who pre- 
sides over it ; (2) a human figure, indicating the character of the 
person; (3) a tree ; (4) a bird; (5) a buta (demon); (6) a satwa 
(beast). The nature of these is supposed to indicate what the 
character of the person born on that day will be. 

The seven gods are given, following the order of the days of the 
week, beginning with Sunday, as follows : Indra, Uma, Brahma, 
Vishnu, Guru, Sri, Varna; or, according to another account, Indra, 
Pritiwi, Wishmt, Brahma, Guru, Uma, Durga. The seven Butas 
are : Hulu asu (dog's head), Hulu Kbo (buffalo's head), Hulu kuda 
(horse's head), Hulu lembu (cow's head), Hulu singha (lion's head), 
Hulu gaja (elephant's head), Hulu gagak (crow's head). From 
these the man obtains his passions, and from the beasts his lower 
qualities. 

According to the astrological notions of the Balinese, the day is 
divided into five parts, each of which has a separate name, 
although they occur in different order on different days. Raffles 
also mentions a division of the day into five parts in Java ; but in 



THE ISLAND OF BALL 



197 



Bali we have different names and rules for this division. The 
principal part is called Mrita (Amrita) ; he who is born at this 
time of day is certain to have good fortune, The five parts of the 
days undergo twelve changes, and to know their order on a 
particular day, the number of the day of the Indian week is added 
to that of the day of the Polynesian week, and the result is one of 
the twelve combinations of the five parts of the day (and also of 
the night). The rest of the divisions (besides Mrita) are sunya 
(empty, poor), kala (passionate ; after the god Kala), pati (must 
die), linyok (will become bad and thievish). The day is further 
divided, in a civil aspect, into eight hours, dadauhan, calculated 
from sunrise to sunset (their names are dauh pisan, stroke one, 
dauh ro, dauh tiga or telu t &c.). The night is also divided into 
eight parts in the same manner. To find the hour a sort of water- 
clock (clepsydra) is used, consisting of a clapper with a little hole 
in its bottom which rests on the water. As soon as the clapper is 
filled it is emptied by an attendant, and the number of strokes are 
given at the same time upon a drum. Contrivances of this kind 
are to be found in the principal palaces e.g., in Den Passar (in 
Badong), Mengui, &c. 

The lunar month is divided into the white and the black half, 
sukla-paksha and krishya-paksha (literally, the white and black 
wing), as is the case in India. The days of the white half are 
called tanggal) and are reckoned from new to full moon ; those of 
the black half are called panluang. To describe a date, the 
Balinese give the day of the week (of the Indian week of seven 
days as well as of the Polynesian of five), the name of the week 
(according to the Balinese division of 30 weeks), the name and 
the half of the lunar month (white or^lack), the day of that half, 
and finally the year, calculated from Saka. Instead of the year of 
Saka, they also give simply the year of the century, the century 
itself being understood. The century is divided into 10 divisions, 
each of 10 years ; each such division is called tenggek, each single 
year rah. Thus we have, for instance, on the 26th of June, 1847, 
Saneschara (Saturday) kaliwon (according to the Polynesian week) 
ivara Landap (in the week of Landap) masa kasa (in the month 
of Kasa) sukla paksha (in the white half; also simply tanggal, with 
a waxing moon) ping 13 (on the thirteenth day) rah 9, tenggek 6 
(thus 69). Adding to this the century (1700), we get the year of 
Saka 1769, to which 78 must be added to arrive at the year of our 
Lord (1847). 

Besides the Wriga garga, which, as we have said, is entirely of 
Indian origin, there are two other works upon the calendar, which, 
however, are no longer used ; their titles are Sundari* trus and 

* The name Sundari is Sanskrit, and means " the fair one." Trus and 
bungka are Polynesian additions ; the former seems to indicate that it contains 
a continuous calendar. 



198 AN A CCO UNT OP 

Sundari bungka. As I have not yet been able to get a sight of 
them, I cannot say much about them. The Pandita in Taman 
said that these works are more recent than the Wriga Garga, and 
were composed in Java, whereas the Wriga Garga was composed 
in India (Kling). They were used formerly, but the Balinese 
priests have given the preference to the older Wriga Garga. This 
also is an instance of their adherence to all that is ancient and, in 
their opinion, of Indian origin. The Wriga Garga appears to date 
from the time of the kingdom of Daha (Kediri), whence our 
priests are descended, and which kingdom, as we have seen, they 
often confound with India and call Baratawarsa. 

We have enumerated in the "Tijdsch. van N. I.," Jaargang 
VIII. iv. 211, still further divisions of time, namely, a dvivara, 
trivara, chaturvara, shadvara, astavara, sangavara, and dasavara, 
besides the saptavara %x\& panchavara ; all these are less prominent 
in ordinary life. The trivara serves to indicate the market days, 
as the Panchavara does in Java ; there is a market every third day 
(Dvara). 

The shadvara is often found in dates added to the saptavara 
and panchavara. The names of the shadvara are Polynesian : 
Tunggleh, Haryang, Wurukung, Paniron, Was, Mahnhi. Thus 
the first day of the week Sinta is Tungghh Faking Rediti, the 
second Haryang Puan Soma, the third Wurukung Wage anggara, 
the fourth Paniron Kaliwon Budda, the fifth Was Mam's Wrehas- 
pati, the sixth Mahulu Pahing Sukra, the seventh Tungglch Puan 
Saneschara. The remaining divisions are chiefly used for astro- 
logical definitions. I have not yet discovered clearly how the 
astavara are brought into accordance with the tutelar deities attri- 
buted to each of the seven days of the week (see above). The 
names of the gods of the Astavara are : Sri, Indra, Guru, Yama, 
Rudra, Brahma, Kala, Uma ; the tutelar gods of the seven week- 
days are : Indra, Uma, Brahma, Wishnu, Guru, Sri, Yama, or, 
according to the other account, Indra, Pritiwi, Wishnu, Brahma,. 
Guru, Uma, Durga. 

The zodiac (rasi] is also used for astrological purposes. We 
have given the names in the " Tijds. v. N. I.," Jaargang VIII., 
iv. 211. In good MSS. we find them written still better according 
to the Sanskrit. The signs of the zodiac, which I found drawn in 
a manuscript, are the Indian ones ; there is no aquarius, but only 
the water-pitcher (kumba), and instead of the ram there is a shrimp 
(udang = makara). Mrechika is Skrt. Vrischika, the scorpion. 
Rakata should be Karkata. What is most remarkable is, how- 
ever, the absence of the tula (scales) in the manuscript referred to. 
This could not be an accidental omission, for the claws of the 
scorpion stretch over the place where the tul& ought to have been,, 
and the scorpion thus took up the room of two signs. Now it is 



THE ISLAND OF BALI. 199 

well known that the Greeks in ancient times had only eleven signs 
of the zodiac, and that it was precisely the scales which were 
absent, and also that it is supposed that the scales originated out 
of the claws of the scorpion ; although it is not certain whether a 
sign was lost in the course of transmission from the East (or from 
Egypt), or whether there were only eleven originally. The dis- 
covery of a zodiac with eleven signs in India now renders this 
question still more intricate. This zodiac cannot have come from 
the West, for the entirely Indian character of our zodiac excludes 
this theory ; we must therefore suppose that in India also the 
zodiac once had but eleven signs, and that it was not till later 
times that the scales were added both in India and in Greece. In 
Bali all twelve signs are given by name, and thus here also a 
twelfth has been added ; but the fact that we found in Bali the 
drawing referred to proves that at the time of the first intercourse 
between India and Java the zodiac still had but eleven signs in the 
former country. It is not known whether a similar zodiac has 
been found in India, but it would be of the highest importance to 
obtain further information from there on this point, and if possible 
to determine the age of such representations, which would furnish 
a date of the utmost importance both for the history of astronomy 
and for that of civilization in Java. 

The eclipses of the sun and moon are explained in Bali, as in 
India, as the devouring of these bodies by a demon (Rahii) ; the 
eclipses of the sun are called graha and those of the moon ra/iu, 
which in India, however, is no distinction, as the former means the 
act of devouring and the latter the devouring demon. To help the 
moon on these occasions, the Balinese make a terrible noise with 
their rice-blocks and other instruments, as they do on the eve of 
Galungan and of the fast-days (nyept), when the evil spirits are 
driven away by noise. The Panditas know that Europeans predict 
the eclipses of the sun and moon, and questioned me about it ; 
they themselves, however, are ignorant of the method of calcula- 
tion. They also keep this knowledge secret from the people, as 
the following instance will show. A European, Mr. M., lived some 
time in Tabanan, and was very intimate with the young prince. 
On the approach of an eclipse of the moon, he predicted its occur- 
rence to the prince, who was very pleased thereat, but was com- 
pelled by his priests to banish the European from his country, for 
since the European knew more than the priests, it necessarily fol- 
lowed that he was possessed of an evil spirit from which he obtained 
his knowledge. Had the European first told it to the priests, they 
would not have driven him from the country, but would have dis- 
played their knowledge to the people. 

As I do not possess a MS. of the Wriga Garga, I cannot give 
here any further information as to the astronomical and astrological 



200 NOTICES ON ZOOLOGICAL SUBJECTS. 

science of the Balinese, although it is most worthy of attention. 
The greater portion of the people are still utterly ignorant of the 
calendar. Even among the priests this science is only retained 
mechanically ; but what knowledge they have they use especially 
to make the people dependent upon them. Every important 
undertaking requires the help of the priest as the mediator with 
the deity, and as astronomer and astrologer. 



XI. 

NOTICES ON ZOOLOGICAL SUBJECTS. 

By Messrs. DIARD and DUVAUCEL, 

Naturalists employed under the authority of the Lieut. Governor of 
Bencoolen. 1 

[Translated from "Malayan Miscellanies" (Bencoolen, 1821), vol. i. No. 9.] 

NOTICE ON THE PANGOLING ANT-EATER OF THE 
EAST INDIES. 

THE forms and proportions of certain animals appear to har- 
monize so little with their habits, that one may, so to speak, 
be pardoned for considering them as the accidental sports of organ- 
ization, escaped from the hands of Nature and betraying, by the 
heteroclitic contrasts of their structure and their course of life, the 
imperfection of their original outline. 

When one sees, for example, such large and strong quadrupeds 
as the tamandua, sharing a mode of living with the birds which 
appears unworthy of the most miserable quadruped, can we help 
being shocked at the part which has been theirs, and looking upon 
an animal more than four feet in length, feeding solely upon ants, 
otherwise than as a monster in creation, or at least, as a creature 
ridiculously degraded by the insectivorous regimen to which it has 
been subjected ? 

In vain would one search in the necessity with which, for example, 
the tamandua in burrowing and digging out the earth, often at 
great depths, to get at its prey, for a sufficient reason for excusing 

1 [Concerning these gentlemen, see the "Memoir of the Life and Public 
Services of Sir T. S. Raffles" (London, 1830), pp. 372 and 703 ff. ; and more 
especially vol. xiii. of the " Transactions of the Linnean Society," pp. 239, 240.] 



NOTICES ON ZOOLOGICAL SUBJECTS. 201 

its large body; one would be forced to put aside this explanation, 
since other very small species of the same class execute absolutely 
the same manoeuvres, and do not in the least appear to need an 
enormous force to declare war against a colony of ants. One 
must therefore return to the belief that Nature has not always 
realized, even in the most perfect relationships, that this animal 
must make an exception to the harmonic rules which we admire 
in the greatest part of its productions. 

When we say that Nature in creating certain animals did not 
quite conceive of them in the highest sense, we are told that 
absolute analogy was not reckoned among their organic and 
instinctive faculties. Certainly, if it pleased Nature sometimes to 
omit placing things in harmony in some of her works, it can never 
have been at the expense of the creatures she has created. Whether 
we recognize or not some anomalous quadruped, with a mouth, with- 
out the sign of teeth, and only provided with a tongue like a bird's, 
protractile and almost filiform, it nevertheless still belongs to the 
class of the most wonderful animals, and to those most worthy of 
the researches and investigations of naturalists. 

There are five or six species of ant-eaters to be found in America, 
one of which, as we have said before, has an enormous body, con- 
sidering its insectivorous habits; but in the Eastern hemisphere 
only two species have been found as yet, one in Africa and the 
other in Asia : anatomically speaking, these species are exactly the 
same as those in America, but differing completely in the scale- 
like armour which covers the whole of their body. These animals, 
which have been transported into Europe several times, have been 
seen and described by naturalists who call them generically 
Manis, and who distinguish them by the special names of 
brachyura and macrura. The macrura is the phatagin of Button , 
the brachyura is his Pangoling, which he had all reason to 
call it, as the word Pangoling really means in Malay an animal 
that rolls itself up, and is one of the true names of the Manis in 
this country. To complete this descriptive word, the Malays 
generally say Pangoling sisik, the scaled animal that rolls itself 
up ; nevertheless, it is well to observe, that along the west coast 
of Sumatra, the Manis is not called Pangoling, but Pangilling; 1 
the Malays want to express by this the faculty which this animal 
has for climbing ; this is what we cannot decide. 

Although the Pangolings are not very rare animals, nevertheless, 
as they are extremely valuable to most of the Indians, an account 
of the wonderful medicinal properties attributed to their scales and 
to their nails, it is very difficult to procure them, and as yet we 
have only one in our collection. 

The specimen we found at Pulo Pinang seems to be full-grown ; 
its total length is three feet and a half, and its tail is only twenty 
1 [Properly panggoling, panggiling.] 



202 NOTICES ON ZOOLOGICAL SUBJECTS. 

inches long, while its body is very long, and its legs are very short ; 
its little head, which is of the same narrowness as its neck, has the 
appearance of being sharpened into a pointed cone ; its tail, on 
the contrary, is very thick and strong, rounded above and flat 
underneath, sharp at the sides, and diminishing in size from the 
top to its point. 

This animal has a very pointed snout, little eyes, a very small 
mouth cleft underneath, and its round ears resemble great pads 
more than real conchas. With the exception of the upper part of 
the nose, the side and inferior parts of the head, underneath the 
neck, and the stomach, and the inner side of the front legs, the 
Pangoling is entirely covered, even to the roots of its nails, with 
scales strong and sharp, and of different shapes and sizes accord- 
ing to the parts they are destined to protect. For instance, those 
at the top of the head, and those which cover the limbs, get 
smaller as they come to the nose and fingers ; it is the same with 
those of the tail, they are very narrow at the point and very large 
at the top. The largest scales are those covering the flanks and 
rump, they are more than an inch in diameter. Their surfaces 
are all marked with wrinkles and divergent flutings, and most of 
them have their ends divided into three lappets. Those which 
entirely cover the hind legs, and those which fringe the sides of 
the tail, are alone cut in the shape of a pointed angle. These 
angular scales are also divided into different classes. The first 
kind have a rather sharp keel, the second kind are folded into 
grooves angularly, according to their length, so as to be able to fit 
in above and below. The sharp sides of the tail have a still more 
wonderful shape ; from underneath each scale several single long 
hairs are seen to appear, while there is not a single one to be seen 
on the parts we have indicated as being naked. 

The Pangolings are not such slow animals as you might expect 
at first ; they run fast enough, and climb quite easily, by means of 
their strong and sharp nails, and by helping themselves with their 
tail, using it as a hand or as a buttress. These animals always go 
along ferreting about and looking under dead leaves and under old 
trunks of trees for larvae and insects, which is their staple food. 

But the most remarkable faculty the Pangoling possesses is that 
of rolling itself up into a ball, when it is threatened with danger. 
To do this it stops all of a sudden, doubles itself up, puts its head 
between its front legs and finishes by covering itself with a com- 
plete scaly armour by putting its long and broad tail over its feet 
and above its head. 

These animals have five fingers on each foot, armed with strong 
and pointed nails ; but of these five fingers, pulled out to their 
utmost length, only the three middle ones are strong and long 
enough to be of service to the Pangoling in climbing and in dig- 
ging, the outer ones are too short to be of any use to them. 



NOTICES ON ZOOLOGICAL SUBJECT*. 203 

NOTICE ON TWO SHREW-MICE OF INDIA. 

These little quadrupeds have been distinguished under the 
name of field-mice, shrew-mice, Sorex musaraneus, because, 
owing to their common form, they are so very closely related 
with rats, strictly speaking Mits, but which in other ways differ 
completely in their organic characters and even in certain exterior 
characters, remarkable enough, even if they only existed for the 
purpose of preventing them from being confounded with the rats. 
The shrew-mice, essentially destined for an insectivorous life, have 
partly an organization quite fitted to this kind of life : their teeth 
have been armed with sharp points, and their jaws furnished on 
all their circumference with a scarcely interrupted series of canine 
sharp incisors. None the less are their exterior characters to be 
compared to their nocturnal and subterraneous habits. Their 
snout, which is formed into a movable and pointed trunk, serves 
them as an instrument for digging into the earth to look for food; 
and their eyes, reduced to two bright specks scarcely visible, 
suffice to guide them in their excavations underground, and at 
the same time by their smallness protecting them against things 
which would have got into them had they been larger ; but what 
serves to distinguish the shrew-mice more than anything else, is 
the strong musky smell which generally all their species give out ; 
it is a strong smell which comes from a sort of pomade secreted 
by a particular small matter of granular follicles, which is found 
on all the true shrew-mice on the lower parts of their body. 
These follicles, covered with little strong short hairs convergent 
together, are dotted about on a longitudinal line along nearly the 
whole of the length of the flanks of all the well-known shrew-mice. 
On the contrary, in the other two specimens which we have to 
notice as we live in India, these little glands are concentrated into 
one, and are round and can be seen on both sides of their body 
a little behind the shoulder ; it is principally to note this slight 
irregularity in the form of an organ which seems to have some 
internal connection with the organization of these little animals, 
that we will give here the description of the two varieties 
which form part of our collection. Although they are one 
of the most remarkable species of their kind, because of their 
body, which is sometimes as long as six inches and more, with- 
out counting the tail, which is more than three inches long, and 
although it is extremely common in Bengal and in the Indian 
Archipelago, where it is vulgarly known under the name of musky 
rat, it has nevertheless as yet only been imperfectly described. 
The only writer who mentioned it particularly is Buffon, who 
indicates it, more than describes it, as a low animal brought from 
Pondicherry by Mr. Sonnerat : but as his description is incomplete 
and as he omitted, according to his habit, to give this species a 



204 NOTICES ON ZOOLOGICAL SUBJECTS. 

Latin name, the result was that it has been confounded with some 
other kind by the nomenclators ; at any rate it has been impossible 
for us to recognize them in any of their catalogues, if we venture 
to give it the name of Sorex Indicus, without fear of giving the 
word a double meaning. 

This shrew-mouse, as we have said before, is a little more than 
six inches long, its tail being about half the size, while its size 
and form are like the common rat ; its fur is of a pretty light grey 
underneath, and slightly browny above ; it may yet be distinguished 
by the pale pink tint of its naked parts and feet, its tail, the sides 
of its mouth and ears. 

Its quadrangular tail is covered with tiny scaly compartments, 
which are very fine and furnished with spare hairs, some short and 
some long. Its snout, straight and flexible like a little trunk, 
divided at its extremity into two little tubercles, reaches more 
than half an inch further than the inferior snout. 

Lastly, its eyes are extremely small, and its ears round and 
short, bare, and pressed against the head, are joined in the inside 
by two large valves, which can almost completely shut the auditory 
meatus. 

The generic characters in this shrew-mouse, as we have already 
said, consist in a tiny moschiverous gland situated behind each 
shoulder, and in a digestive organ, just like that of other shrew- 
mice : thus they have six incisors above and four below, the ends 
of which are very long ; it has one canine and four molar teeth in 
the upper jaw, and only one canine and three molar teeth in the 
lower one. 

With the shrew-mouse as well as with several kinds of rodents 
and marsupialia the vulva and the anus open into one common 
duct. 

Our second species of shrew-mouse only differs by its body 
from the other species we have just described ; three inches and 
a half from the extremity of its snout to the beginning of its tail, 
is its greatest length, and otherwise it is exactly the same animal, 
with the short and quadrangular tail, the long and flexible snout, 
bare ears with large interior valves, tiny little eyes, the feet with 
five toes, and the grey colour a little darker on its back ; the teeth, 
the intestinal duct, and the moschiverous gland are exactly the 
same in every respect to the preceding species, and the vulva and 
anus open into a common drain too. 

NOTICE ON THE VlVERRA MUNGOS. 

Owing to a kind of inborn pride which most of us possess, of 
only thinking of ourselves as the object of all the wonders of 
creation, and above all if they can come in for our own use, the 
happy instinct which renders certain animals natural enemies of 



NOTICES ON ZOOLOGICAL SUBJECTS. 205 

some hurtful species, has always been considered as a means 
employed by Nature for protecting mankind from too great a 
multiplication of some destructive beings who have escaped from 
its bountiful keeping. This idea, above all with those people 
naturally inclined to mysticism, ought particularly to lead to 
exaggerate the instinctive inclinations of these little quadrupeds 
so celebrated under the name of ichneumon for their combats 
with the most dangerous reptiles. That is why the Egyptians 
(who worship these animals) believe that they are incessantly 
hunting for crocodile's eggs, which they break just for the pleasure 
of doing an abhorred creature an injury ; and not able to attack 
these great amphibians openly, they try to attack them when 
asleep with wide-open mouth, then they throw themselves with 
fury at their throats and kill them by eating out their tongue and 
their guts : but one fact which has contributed more than any- 
thing to increase the marvellous in the history of the ichneumons 
is that of their deadly combat with the Cobra di Capello. It is 
scarcely to be believed that such feeble quadrupeds could stand 
up before such mighty adversaries, without supposing that Nature 
taught them the means of neutralizing the terrible effects of the 
most terrible of poisons. 

To verify this phenomenon, nothing better can be found than to 
imagine that the ichneumons knew a certain Dyctom the power 
of which rendered the bite of the worst vipers harmless. If only 
this precious plant could be discovered, it would be pointed out 
as a sure specific against every kind of animal, and the botanists 
would consecrate its astounding properties by giving it the name 
of Ophioriza Mtmgos. A circumstance easy enough to explain, 
very probably, gave rise to this fable. 

When the Cobra di Capello, attacked by the ichneumon, keep 
up the defence too long and vigorously, it happens sometimes 
that these last named, worn out with fatigue, retire from the battle- 
field a minute to take breath, and then return to the combat 
with renewed ardour. Thus this momentary retreat can easily be 
interpreted. But how can we be content with an explanation 
natural enough in a case as extraordinary as this? The most 
marvellous ought to seem the most likely. Besides, people were 
convinced that the ichneumons only disappeared for a few minutes 
to be able to look for a remedy for their wounds. As to what is 
true in all these stories, manufactured by report, is that they 
possess most wonderful courage and voracity, and that they are 
very fond of all kinds of eggs, and that they seem to prefer 
reptiles to any other prey ; that they attack everything they have 
strength enough to put to death ; and that if they are not even 
afraid of fighting the most venomous, it is because their poison 
has no great effect upon them, which would not be anything so 
extraordinary, as we know of several poisons which have no effect 



206 NOTICES ON ZOOLOGICAL SUBJECTS. 

upon certain animals, or, rather, because they are agile enough to 
avoid the deadly fangs of their enemy; and we must own that 
this seems the most likely. If the ichneumon did not fear the 
poison of the cobras, why would it seize them in a way to avoid 
their poisoned fangs ? and why, from fear of a single bite, should 
it prolong the attack for hours, often uselessly an attack which 
would be extremely hurtful to it if it were not kept back from 
ending it by the fear of a single bite ? 

We have ourselves no confirmed observation on this subject ; 
but the assertions of several trustworthy persons, who have assured 
us of their having seen ichneumons killed by the cobras, seems to 
us to tend greatly to the support of this last-named probability. 

The ichneumons, as well as the other Viverras, are to be found 
in all warm climates of the old continent. As their species are 
not numerous (there are not more than four kinds), and as their 
instinct has always attracted the attention of all travellers, it 
follows that there are descriptions exact enough ; nevertheless, 
we do not think it useless to give the ichneumon of India 
(Viverra Mungos of Linneus) a place here. This species, which 
is the most celebrated for its combats with the Cobra di Capello, 
is not as large as the ichneumon of Egypt. Its body, from the 
tip of the nose to the beginning of the tail, is never longer than 
fifteen inches, and its slender tail, which ends in a point, is from 
nine to ten inches long. Its head is of quite a different shape 
than the other Viverras. The bones of the nose are very much 
arched above the nostrils, the forehead seems to end in a snout 
rather higher than large, and the round ears are pressed against 
the head, and are very far back ; this gives its head a still more 
particular aspect ; in short, this ichneumon is a very long animal 
and low on its legs. Its body, covered with rather long and 
rough fur, and shaded from four to five times with dark-brown 
and white, has the appearance of being uniformly quilled with 
the same colour. On the snout and at the extremities of the 
four paws, this fur is very scarce; everywhere else it is lined 
underneath with a woolly and russet-coloured down like the 
otters. 

This Viverra, like the others, has five toes to each foot, but 
the nails are all longer, sharper, and hardly retractile; like the 
others it has also six little incisors, three false molars and two 
long canine ones in each jaw, one carnivorous one and three 
tuberculous above, and below four false molars, one tuberculous 
one, and a carnivorous one; then the anus of the Viverra 
Mungos opens at the end of a large bag in which certain glands 
exude a particular humour. Although these little animals are 
instinctively very cruel, and are not satisfied except with slaughter, 
they can be tamed nevertheless easily enough, and be allowed to 
run about freely in the house. But domestication does not in 



NOTICES ON ZOOLOGICAL SUBJECTS. 207 

any way affect their sanguinary instinct, for, however well fed they 
may be, they kill anything that happens to resist them just as 
cruelly, and are always giving chase to the rats, fowls, birds, and 
snakes. 

NOTICE ON THE PORCUPINES OF INDIA. 

If there are animals who ought to be positively well known, it 
would be the porcupines, the numerous specimens of which are 
very common, and they are otherwise very curious for their sharp 
quills which clothe their body instead of fur ; nevertheless, when 
we come to consult the descriptions the nomenclators have given 
of them, we find them so very vague and incomplete, that we 
cannot be positively sure of either their number, identity, or 
of the different varieties indicated. So, to keep to the specimens 
of the old continent, the common porcupines of the southern 
parts of Europe, Africa and India, which are certainly different, 
at any rate those of the last-named country, we count as one 
animal, while certain authors have divided them into two distinct 
species from the only porcupine with the long penicillegerous 
tail of the Eastern continent and isles ; let us show them that we 
know more. We have said that the common porcupine of India 
was different to that of Italy ; we will add further, that we believe 
there are two particular varieties in Asia quite similar in form, it 
is true, to the Hystrix cristata, but which differs in the way in 
which the black and white bands run on their quills. 

During our stay in Bengal we were able to procure several 
specimens of this species of porcupine, which is commonly found in 
this country ; but being ourselves led away by the general opinion, 
we did not give it enough attention to notice that it differed from 
the European species, and it was only after our first journey to 
Pulo Pinang that we verified this difference, having accidentally 
compared the quills of the short-tailed porcupine which you find 
in this island as well as in Sumatra, and probably throughout the 
Sunda archipelago, with some of those we brought from Calcutta, 
and we were struck with the different placing of the colours on 
each kind, and saw then that they belonged to a different species of 
animal, not only they, but neither of these species were, as people 
have believed till now, a long-haired porcupine ; in fact, this latter 
kind has all its quills white at the extremities. 

The quills of the Bengal porcupine, white at first, have a little 
above their roots a little black ring, then a white one. and then 
they are entirely black to their extremities, while those of the 
Sunda islands are quite white, with the exception of a single black 
ring situated a little above the middle part ; this is the only real 
difference we can indicate as yet between these three species ; 
but it is probable that comparing each one would lead us to find 
out other kinds. 



2o8 NOTICES ON ZOOLOGICAL SUBJECTS. 

The total length of the largest we have seen does not exceed 
twenty-eight inches : its head is nearly five inches, and its tail 
hardly three inches long ; when it bristles up and lifts up its back, 
it stands about from fourteen to fifteen inches high ; otherwise 
this species has just the same shape and proportions as the 
common European porcupine. Its ears are round and bare ; its 
snout thick, shaped like a trunk ; it has five toes on the hind and 
four on the fore-legs ; one nailed tubercle serves as a thumb ; its 
long quills only cover the posterior half of the body ; the chest, 
the upper and lower parts of the shoulders, are covered with 
another kind of quill, much shorter, flat like the blade of a sword, 
and quite black, with the exception of some which are white at 
the ends, and forming under the throat a kind of half-collar of 
this same colour. Those on the nape of the neck are white at the 
tips, but they are differently shaped ; they are thick round hairs, 
a little longer than the rest, nevertheless without being sufficient 
to form a mane ; the thick stiff hairs which cover the feet and legs 
are more sturdy, shorter, and of a very deep black : the tail is 
short and straightens itself when the animal stands up. At the 
beginning of the tail are quills like those on the back, and those 
at the tip resemble very delicate and elastic hairs, entirely white, 
swollen at the ends into round tubes and ending naturally in sharp 
points. Although they are mostly open and hollow, when the 
porcupine bristles itself up these tubes rub together and produce 
a kind of audible dull noise : not counting the different quills we 
have spoken of, the porcupines have still here and there, and 
chiefly on the lower parts of their body, other very long and 
slender quills, with a single black ring on them, like the others. 

To terminate the history of this porcupine we must add that at 
Bencoolen it is called Landah, and that we have provisionally 
specified it under the name of Hystrix torquatus ; lastly, we must 
mention that, in Bengal, the one we described at the commence- 
ment of this article is called Lazaroo. 

We must now speak of the long brush-tailed porcupine, and to 
prove (what is in fact the general opinion) that the Hystrix 
macrura is nothing else than the fasciculata of Linneus. In fact, 
the only particular character which Seba and Shreber gave to their 
macrura, was the twofold enlargement of the thongs of the elastic 
hair at the end of the tail, which several descriptions of the 
porcupine of Queda mention ; but this character is of no value 
whatever ; for on the same animal these enlarged hairs are always 
to be found. Besides this the long-tailed porcupine is well enough 
known ; it has even been seen in Europe several times, neverthe- 
less we believe it to be still possible to add some interesting facts 
to his description. 

It seems that this species is never longer than from seventeen 
to eighteen inches, without counting the tail, which is from eight 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 209 

to nine inches long ; it stands lower on its legs, its body and its 
head are longer, and its proportions are generally far less massive 
than those of the porquatus ; its quills, the longest of which is 
never more than an inch and a half, are of the same shape as those 
covering the shoulders of the last named, that is to say, they are 
flat like the blade of a sword and very much fluted at the top ; 
those on the back are of a greyish colour, with a large brown 
speckle in the middle ; those on the lower parts of the body, 
on the contrary, are only white at the roots, and are quite black 
otherwise : imperceptibly those on the legs take the form of coarse 
round hairs ; besides the Malacca porcupine has, like the others, on 
the lower parts of the body, several long black hairs, dotted about 
here and there among its ordinary quills : their tail is covered at 
the top with needles like those on the back, and is not, as some 
say, scaly nearly everywhere ; on the contrary, it is well covered 
with very fine and delicate spikes which appear to be the remains 
of the old ones, which surround the ends in the form of a tuft : 
otherwise these are, as we have already said, either singly or doubly 
in thongs, and these thongs are naturally pointed at the tip, and 
are never truncated, except by accident. This singular species 
always carries its tail lifted up like a trumpet, and makes the tuft 
at the end tremble, like the others. 

We have counted on each jaw, like on the preceding ones, 
except the two great ordinary incisors, four cylinder- like teeth 
concentrically striated at their crown, and it has, like the others, 
five toes on the hind and four on the fore-feet with a tubercle 
taking the place of a thumb. 



XII. 

DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 
By WILLIAM JACK. 

["Malayan Miscellanies" (Bencoolen, 1820-22), vol. i. Nos. I and 5 ; 
vol. ii. No. 7.] 

ZINGIBER GRACILE. W. J. 

Monandria Monogynia. 

N. O. Scitamimce. 

Foliis glabris, scapis erectis, spicis cylindricis gracilibus coloratis, 
bracteis ovatis acutis, corollae labio trilobo, lobo medio bifido. 
Native of Pulo Pinang. 

Stem erect, somewhat recurved, round and smooth. Leaves 
alternate, subsessile on their sheaths, broad lanceolate, 6 or 7 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. P 



2io DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

inches long, acuminate, very entire, very smooth, shining above. 
Sheaths smooth, with a long scariose ligula, often lacerated on the 
edge. Scapes erect, a foot high, invested with alternate sheaths. 
Spikes cylindrical, oblong, imbricated with bright red ovate acute 
bracts, shorter than the flowers. An inner bract or involucre 
surrounds the base of each flower. Calyx shorter by one-half 
than the corolla, membranaceous, curved, cleft on one side. 
Corolla yellowish white ; exterior limb 3-parted, longer than the 
inner one ; lacinise acuminate, the upper one longer and incum- 
bent ; interior limb unilabiate, lip 3-lobed, middle lobe bifid, with 
reflexed margins. Anther terminating in an incurved horn. Ova- 
rium 3-celled, many-seeded. Style filiform, longer than the horn, 
of the anther, embraced at the base by two linear corpuscules. 



AMOMUM BIFLORUM. W. J. 

Monandria Monogynia. 
N. O. Scita??iinea. 

Foliis lato lanceolatis glaberrimis, caule ancipite, spicis bifloris.. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A slender delicate species. Stem erect, somewhat recurved, 
3 feet in height, compressed, double edged. Leaves alternate, 
bifarious, short petioled upon their sheaths, broad lanceolate, 
acuminate, narrow at the base, entire, very smooth, the middle 
nerve somewhat pubescent. Sheaths striated, slightly tomentose, 
with a short, round ciliate ligula. The base of the leaf-bearing 
stem is swelled into a tuber, which throws out horizontal shoots 
of some feet in length, of the thickness of a quill, and invested 
with membranous sheaths. These shoots, which run under- 
ground, send up from their joints a number of biflorous peduncles, 
or scapes, which are enveloped in bracteal sheaths. Flowers, 
generally two, the one appearing after the other. At the base of 
each flower is a single lanceolate, acute reddish bract ; besides 
this there is a tubular bract, or involucrum, surrounding the base 
of the germen, membranaceous, half as long as the calyx, and 
deeply cleft on one side. Calyx superior, tubular, 2 or 3 cleft. 
Corolla white, tubular; upper part of the tube villous within; 
exterior limb membranaceous, 3-parted, segments nearly equal ; 
interior limb unilabiate, lip broader above, rounded, thickened, 
and yellow in the middle. Filament of the stamen broad, incum- 
bent. Anther short, thick, 2-lobed, crowned with an erect 3-lobed 
crest. Style filiform ; stigma infundibuliform. Nectaries two, 
linear, at the base of the style. Ovarium 3-celled, many -seeded. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 2 1 1 

PSYCHOTRIA MALAYANA.-W. J. 

Pentandria Monogynia. 
N. O. Rubiacea. 

Foliis lato lanceolatis, stipulis indivisis, paniculis terminalibus 
corymbosis, corollae fauce villosa. 

Byumbada. Malay. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A shrub with round smooth branches. Leaves petiolate, opposite, 
broad lanceolate, 10 inches in length, acuminate, decurrent upon 
the petiole, entire, very smooth. Petioles short, thick, round, 
surrounded at the base by a prominent ring, from which a thick 
rib diverges on each side and unites with a similar one from the 
base of the opposite leaf to form the nerve of the large inter- 
petiolar ovate acute stipule. Panicles corymbose, terminal. 
Flowers numerous. Bracts broad, membranaceous, embracing. 
Calyx superior, erect, quinquefid. Corolla white, with greenish 
limb, infundibuliform, longer than the calyx, mouth closed with 
dense white hairs, limb 5-parted, somewhat reflexed, laciniae ovate. 
Stamina 5, erect, inserted on the tube, filaments very short, anthers 
linear. Style filiform, stigmata two, thick and linear. Capsule 
inferior, 2-celled, 2-seeded. 



RONDELETIA CORYMBOSA. W. J. 

Pentandria Monogynia. 

Tetrandra, pedunculis plerumque terminalibus dichotome corym- 
bosis, floribus unilateralibus, foliis obovato lanceolatis. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

Stem erect, shrubby, from 4 to 6 feet in height, with somewhat 
compressed villous branches. Leaves opposite, petiolate, obovate 
lanceolate, acute, attenuated to the petiole, entire, punctate above 
with callous dots, villous below. Petioles short, thickened at the 
base. Stipules interpetiolar, long, erect, tongue-shaped, obtuse, 
villous, with a thick middle rib formed by the union of one from 
each axil. Peduncles terminal, and from the upper axils, sup- 
porting dichotomous corymbs, composed of unilateral spikes. 
Flowers erect, sessile, disposed alternately in a double series. 
Calyx superior, 4-cleft, with short acute laciniae. Corolla white, 
tinged with red, funnel-shaped, much longer than the calyx, faux 
naked, limb erect, 4-parted, laciniae sub-rotund. Stamina 4, 
inserted into the faux, filaments very short, anthers linear. Style 
filiform, exsert. Stigma bifid. Capsule crowned with the calyx, 
2-celled, many-seeded, with central placentae. 

P 2 



2 1 2 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

PHYTEUMA BEGONIFOLIUM. 

Pentandria Monogynia. 
N. O. Campanulacecz. 

Foliis semicordatis inequilateralibus serratis, spiels unilateralibus 
axillaribus, revolutis. 

Phyteuma begonifolia. Roxb. " Hort. Beng." p. 85. 

Pulo Pinang. 

A small herbaceous plant. Stem procumbent, i or 2 feet in 
length, thick, villous chiefly at the summit, with fasciculate hairs. 
Leaves alternate, petiolate, semicordate, inequilateral, turning to 
one side, 8 inches long, acute, with gross subspinescent serratures, 
villous beneath, adult leaves smooth above, nerves generally 
dichotomous. Petioles thick, round, furrowed above. Stipules 
none. Peduncles axillary or supra-axillary. Flowers unilateral, 
erect, arranged in two rows on a recurved spike, nearly sessile, 
crowded. Bracts cuneiform, obtuse. Calyx semi-superior, ovate, 
villous, 5-lobed, lobes obtuse. Corolla white, campanulate, per- 
sistent, limb recurved, 5-lobed, lobes obtuse ; after florescence 
the corolla becomes green and enlarges. Stamina 5, erect, short, 
inserted on the calyx and opposite to its divisions. Anthers 
linear, acute. Ovarium surrounded by the calyx and connected 
with it by five longitudinal septa or processes, from which the 
stamina spring, 3 or 4-celled, many-seeded, placentae from the 
inner angles of the cells. Style short, thick. Stigma large, thick, 
3-lobed. Capsule 3 or 4-celled, containing numerous seeds 
arranged on convex placentae. 

The septa which unite the calyx and ovary appear continuous 
with the filaments of the stamina. The young parts of the plant 
are densely villous, but the hairs are easily rubbed away. In 
drying, the plant assumes a bright yellow colour. It appears 
extremely doubtful whether this plant be truly referrible to Phy- 
teuma ; it does not, however, agree well with any other genus of 
the family of Campanulaceae, and it will deserve consideration 
whether it ought not to constitute a new genus in that order. 

CURCULIGO SUMATRANA ROXB. 

Hexandria Monogynia. 

Foliis lato-lanceolatis plicatis glabris, spicis densis brevibus, 
tubo perianthii bacca longiore. 

Involucrum. Rumph. " Amb." vi. p. 114, t. 53. 

Kalapa puyu. Malay. 

Sumatra and Pulo Pinang. 

Root composed of fibres proceeding from a tuber. Leaves 
radical, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, attenuated to the 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 2 1 3 

base, plicato-nervose, very entire, smooth. Petioles erect, chan- 
nelled above, keeled beneath, sheathing at the base. Spikes 
radical from among the sheaths of the petioles, erect, dense, 
much shorter than the petioles. Flowers erect, sessile, adpressed 
to the rachis, each furnished with an ovate acuminate membra- 
naceous spathe. Calyx none. Corolla yellow, superior, limb 
spreading 6-parted, laciniae lanceolate acute, tube impervious, 
being a thick, solid column on the summit of the germen. 
Stamina 6, erect, opposite to the laciniae of the corolla. Anthers 
linear. Style short. Ovarium 3-celled, many-seeded. Capsule 
baccate, ovate, 3-sided, containing from 8 to 10 ovate black seeds 
which are imbedded in pulp. 

I found at Singapore another species, agreeing in most respects 
with this, but having hirsute leaves. 



LORANTHUS COCCINEUS. W. J. 

Floribus spicatis tetrandris, spicis axillaribus erectis foliis sub- 
ovatis glabris. 

Found at Singapore. 

Branches long, vimineous. Leaves alternate petiolate, oblong- 
ovate, subcordate at the base, attenuated towards the apex, which 
is obtuse, entire, smooth. Petioles short. Spikes axillary, solitary, 
or in pairs, erect, longer than the leaves ; flowers sessile, closely 
pressed to the rachis before expansion. A single small, ovate 
ferruginous bract is situated at the base of each flower. Calyx 
superior, nearly entire, scarcely toothed. Corolla coccineous, 
4-petaled, erect, tubular, limb spreading, petals nearly linear, 
broader at the base. Stamina 4, red, erect, inserted into the 
middle of the petals and equalling them in length; anthers 
oblong adnate, red. Style red, erect, scarcely longer than the 
stamina. Stigma obtusely capitate. Berry ovate, elongated 
above, i -seeded. Seed contained in a hard shell, 4-sided, its 
apex immersed in gluten, into which the radicle shoots. Embryo 
inverse, the radicle produced beyond the albumen. 

This species is nearly allied to the L. pentapetala of Roxburgh, 
agreeing with it in habit and inflorescence. 



LORANTHUS FERRUGINEUS. ROXB. 

Ferrugineo villosa, foliis ellipticis obtusis supra glabris, pedun- 
culis fasciculatis axillaribus 2-6 floris, floribus tetrandris extus 
ferrugineo villosis. 

Roxb. " Hort. Beng." p. 87. 

Sumatra, &c. 



2 1 4 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

A parasitic shrub which attaches itself firmly to the branches of 
trees by means of long runners and numerous circular bands. The 
branches are long and hanging, and when young densely covered 
with reddish ferruginous wool. Leaves opposite, short petioled, 
coriaceous, elliptic, obtuse, entire, smooth and green above, ferru- 
ginous and densely villous beneath. Stipules none. Peduncles 
fascicled, from i to 4 in each axil, 2-6 flowered. A small scale- 
like bract embraces the base of the ovary. Calyx (if any) an 
entire margin crowning the ovarium. Corolla covered externally, 
as well as the peduncles and ovary, with ferruginous tomentum, 
green and smooth within, tubular, divisible into four petals, which 
commonly adhere at their base but separate at the limb, which is 
generally more deeply cloven on one side. Stamina 4, inserted 
into the tube, and nearly as long as the limb. Filaments flat, 
deep purple. Style as long as the corolla. Stigma sub-rotund. 
Berry ovate, ferruginous, i -seeded. 

NEPHELIUM LAPPACEUM. 

Marsd. " Hist. Sumatra," pi. iv. 

Rambutan. Malay. 

Frequent throughout the Malay countries and islands. 

A tree. Leaves alternate, pinnate, leaflets generally from 5 to 
7, ovate, acute at both ends, very entire, smooth. Panicles 
terminal, erect. Flowers numerous, small, white, male and her- 
maphrodite. Calyx from 4 to 6-parted, spreading. Corolla none. 
Stamina from 5 to 8, spreading, longer than the calyx, inserted 
into a disc below the germen. Anthers sub-rotund. Ovarium 
2-seeded, abortive in the male flowers. Style i. Stigmata 2, 
revolute. Fruit geminate, one commonly abortive, the rudiment 
of which remains at the base of the perfect one, which is sub- 
rotund, covered with a coriaceous rind and echinate with long 
soft spines, i -seeded, the seed covered with a white acid pulp. 

The fruit is much esteemed, and has an agreeable subacid 
flavour. The parts of the flower vary much in number; six is 
perhaps the most frequent number of the stamina. There is but 
one style, not two as commonly described. The affinities of this 
tree seem to have been little understood. It belongs without 
doubt to the family of the Sapindi, and is closely related to 
Scytalia, as justly conjectured by the author of the botanical 
articles in Rees' " Cyclopaedia." 

SAPINDUS RUBIGINOSUS. ROXB. 

Octandria Monogynia. 

Arborescens inermis, paniculis terminalibus, calicibus 5 phyllis, 
corollis 4-petalis, baccis tribus connatis oblongis. 
Kulit layu. Malay. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 2 1 5 

Pulo Pinang. 

Arborescent. Leaves alternate, abruptly pinnate leaflets nearly 
opposite, subsessile, ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, with a small mucro 
or point, very entire, nearly smooth, with a few scattered hairs, 
chiefly on the under surface. Petioles tomentose. Panicles ter- 
minal, erect, composed of numerous simple racemes. Pedicles 
short, generally in pairs. Bracts subulate. Calyx 5-leaved, 
leaflets sub-rotund, concave, the two outer ones smaller. Corolla 
white, 4-petalled, somewhat longer than the calyx, petals ovate, 
obtuse, appendiculate at the base, appendices furnished with two 
transverse lines of white hairs. Stamina 8, of which the 5 upper 
and longer are incumbent over the remaining 3. Filaments 
villous. Anthers oblong, yellow. Style i, short, persistent. 
Stigma capitate, 4-sided, villous. Germina 3, i-seeded. Berries 
3, connate at the base, purple, oblong, i -seeded. 

MELIA EXCELSA. W. J. 

Decandria Monogynia. 

Foliis pinnatis, foliolis integerrimis, paniculis coarctatis axil- 
laribus foliis paullo longioribus. 

Pulo Pinang. 

A lofty tree, with straight trunk and light grey bark. Branches 
rough with the vestiges of the fallen leaves, foliose at their 
summits. Leaves crowded, disposed in a spiral manner, pinnate 
with an odd one which is often wanting, leaflets sub-opposite, 
oblong-lanceolate, inequilateral, obtusely acuminate, very entire, 
smooth, shining above. Petioles round, smooth, thickened, and 
somewhat scaly at the base. Panicles axillary, ascending, rather 
longer than the leaves, not diffuse. Flowers pedicellate, pedicles 
bracteolate. Calyx very small, 5-parted. Corolla white, 5-petalled, 
spreading, petals linear. Staminiferous tube erect, gibbous at the 
base, 10 dentate, 10 furrowed, as if consisting of 10 united fila- 
ments. Anthers 10, oblong, yellow, within the mouth of the tube. 
Style as long as the tube. Stigma capitate. 

MICROCOS TOMENTOSA. SMITH, in Rees' " Cyclopaedia." 

Polyandria Monogynia. 
N. O. Ttliacea. 

Foliis trinerviis subtus villosis. 

Grewia Paniculata. Roxb. " Hort. Beng." p. 93. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A moderate-sized tree with rough bark, the branchlets villous 
and ferruginous. Leaves alternate, short petioled, elliptic oblong, 
broader above, with a short acumen, 3-nerved, dentate, serrate 



2 1 6 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

towards the apex, scarcely pilose above, densely villous beneath, 
the hairs divaricate and often stellate. Stipules linear, generally 
bifid. Panicles terminal. Flowers for the most part in threes, 
involucred with deciduous trifid and linear bracts. Calyx 5-leaved, 
spreading, leaflets oblong concave. Corolla yellow, less than the 
calyx, petals ovate, unguiculate and without nectaries. Stamina 
numerous, inserted below the germen. Germen stipitate. Drupe 
containing a nut marked externally with five lines, 3-celled, 3- 
seeded. 

This agrees perfectly with the excellent description given by 
Sir J. E. Smith in Rees' " Cyclopaedia," from a specimen preserved 
in the herbarium of the younger Linnaeus, unaccompanied with 
any notice concerning its native country, and also deficient iu 
fruit. Its affinity to the original species of Microcos is fully 
proved on actual examination of the fruit, and this exact agree- 
ment affords a further confirmation of the propriety of separating 
Microcos from Grewia. The terminal inflorescence and involucral 
bractese form a peculiar and distinctive character. In this species 
the flowers are generally three together, and are surrounded by 
three trifid bractese, within which are found three other smaller 
and linear ones. 

MICROCOS GLABRA. W. J. 

Foliis trinerviis serratis glabris. 

Found on the Island of Carnicobar. 

It nearly resembles the M. Tomentosa, differing chiefly in 
having smooth leaves. In inflorescence and fruit it is entirely 
similar. The young branches are tomentose. There are fre- 
quently flowers in the uppermost axils. 

MIMOSA JIRINGA. 

Arbor inermis, foliis conjugate pinnatis, foliolis 3-jugis glaber- 
rimis, paniculis fasciculatis axillaribus, capitulis paucifloris legu- 
minibus maximis articulato-contortis nigris. 

Mimosa Djiringa. Roxb. " Hort. Beng." p. 93. 

Bua Jering. Malay. 

Pulo Pinang, Malacca, &c. 

A lofty tree, unarmed, with grey bark and round smooth 
branches. Leaves alternate, conjugato-pinnate, leaflets 3-paired, 
on short thick pedicles, ovate lanceolate, obtusely acuminate, very 
entire, very smooth, the upper pairs larger. Petioles round, some- 
what keeled above. An indistinct gland above the base of the 
common petiole. Capitula few flowered, panicled ; these panicles 
are fasciculate, axillary, or in the axils of fallen leaves. Flowers 
white. Calyx 5 -toothed. Corolla twice as long as the calyx, 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 2 1 7 

5-cleft. Stamina numerous, monadelphous, long, fertile. Style 
as long as the stamina. Legumes solitary, very large, almost 
black, about a foot in length, spirally contorted, articulate, 2- 
valved, articulations subrotund, i -seeded, convex and prominent 
on both sides. Seeds large, subrotund, double convex. 
This species belongs to the genus Inga of Willdenow. 



CLERODENDRUM MOLLE. W. J. 
Didynamia Angiospermia. 

Caule erecto tetragono, foliis cordatis acuminatis integerrimis 
tomentosis, panicula terminal], tubo corollse calycae vix longiore, 
calyce fructus ampliato caraoso albo. 

Frequent in Sumatra, Pulo Pinang, &c. 

A shrub from 3 to 6 feet in height, erect, little branched ; stem 
4-sided, villous. Leaves opposite, petiolate, cordate, acuminate, 
very entire, softly tomentose. Panicle terminal, oppositely tricho- 
tomous, erect, with leaf-like bracts. Calyx 5-parted, tomentose, 
laciniae ovate, acute, erect, with reflexed margins. Corolla tomen- 
tose without, tube as long as the calyx, limb 5-parted, spreading, 
secund, laciniae nearly equal, crisped at the margin. Stamina 
exsert, horizontally deflexed to each side. Style erect, as long as 
the stamina. Stigma bifid. Calyx of the fruit flat, enlarged, 
fleshy and white. Berry from i to 4-seeded, according to the 
number that abort. 

This species approaches nearest to the C. infortunatum, but is 
abundantly distinguished by the softness of the leaves, which are 
larger and more deeply cordate, by the comparative shortness of 
the tube of the corolla, and by the white calyx of the fruit. 

Besides this species, I have met with another in various parts 
of these islands, and particularly at Acheen, which has been 
figured in Andrews' " Repository " under the name of Cleroden- 
drum pyramidale. It is a large, showy plant. A still more 
beautiful species, and perhaps the most elegant of the whole 
genus, is the C. nutans, so named by my friend Dr. Wallich, 
Superintendent of the Botanic Garden at Calcutta, who received 
it from the North-eastern frontier of Bengal. I found it not 
uncommon at Pulo Pinang, and this is not the only instance in 
which I have had occasion to observe a coincidence between the 
plants of these distant countries. This species is characterized as 
follows : 

C. nutans, Wall Foliis lanceolatis acuminatis glabris, pani- 
culis longissimis terminalibus nutantibus, pedunculis remotis divari- 
catis paucifloris. 

These panicles or racemes hang gracefully from the extremity 
of the branches, the flowers are white, not numerous, the peduncles, 



2 1 8 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA YAN PLANTS. 

or primary divisions of the panicle being remote, opposite, divari- 
cate, short, and seldom bearing more than three flowers. It is 
called Unting unting by the Malays. 



GMELINA VILLOSA. ROXB. 

Spinosa, foliis rhomboideis subtus villosis, racemis terminalibus, 
bracteis magnis acuminatis, drupis sphericis dispermis. 

Radix deiparae. Rumph. "Amb." ii. p. 124, t. 39. 

Kayo Briang. 

Native of Sumatra, &c. 

Arborescent. Leaves opposite, broad ovate, sometimes obscurely 
3-lobed, rather obtuse, entire, smooth above, villous beneath, as 
well as the petioles and branchlets. Racemes terminal. Bracts 
large, ovate, acuminate. Calyx obliquely 4-toothed, marked 
externally with 6 green scutellae or pustules. Corolla yellow, 
ventricose. Anthers 2-lobed. Ovary 4-sporous. Drupe with a 
2-seeded nut. 



VITEX ARBOREA, ROXB. " Hort. Beng." p. 46. 
Didynamia Angiospermia. 

Arborea, foliis ternatis, foliolis ovato lanceolatis integerrimis 
subtomentosis, paniculis terminalibus, bracteis calyce longioribus. 

LSban. Malay. 

Sumatra, &c. 

A tree, with somewhat four-sided branches. Leaves opposite, 
petiolate, ternate, sometimes quinate, leaflets ovate lanceolate, 
acuminate, very entire, rigid, covered with a very short tomentum. 
Petioles long, thickened at the base, pulverulent. Panicles ter- 
minal ; flowers subsessile. Bracts opposite, ovate lanceolate, acute, 
tomentose, longer than the calyces. Calyx 5-dentate, tomentose, 
persistent. Corolla coerulescent, or nearly white, longer than the 
calyx, contracted and almost closed at the mouth, limb bilabiate, 
upper lip 2-lobed, lobes diverging, lower lip larger, 3-lobed, the 
lateral lobes reflexed, the middle one larger, subrotund, concave, 
tomentose at the base, and of a deeper blue than the rest. 
Stamina 4, didynamous, ascending, longer than the corolla. Style 
longer than the stamina. Stigma bifid. Berry black, juicy, con- 
taining a 4-celled, 4-seeded nut. 

The wood of this tree is very hard, and is employed by the 
inhabitants of Sumatra in the construction of houses, also for 
paddles. They consider an infusion of the bark as a useful 
application in cases of ophthalmia. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS 2 1 9 

SPHENODESME. W. J. 

Didynamia Angiospermia. 

Vitices Juss. 

Calyx tubulosus 5-dentatus. Corolla 5-loba subirregularis. 
Stamina 4-5 exserta. Ovarium 4 loculare, 4 sporum. Bacca 
monosperma. 

Flores fasciculati, involucrati. 

SPHENODESME PENTANDRA. W. J. 

Foliis oblongo ovatis glabris, involucris 5-6 phyllis, fasciculis 
67 floris, floribus pentandris. 

Rosccea pentandra. Roxb. " Cat. Hort. Beng." p. 46. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A climbing shrub, with 4-sided, somewhat pilose branches. 
Leaves opposite, petiolate, oblong ovate, subcordate at the base, 
acuminate (sometimes with a retuse acumen), very entire, very 
smooth. Petioles short, pilose. Fascicles 6 or 7 flowered, 
peduncled, disposed in panicles at the extremity of the branches 
and in the upper axils. Involucres consisting of 5 or 6 oblong, 
obtuse, membranaceous, reticulated leaflets, which are longer 
than the sessile flowers. Calyx campanulate, 5-plicate, 5-dentate. 
Corolla infundibuliform, faux villous, limb 5-lobed, nearly regular. 
Stamina 5, long, exsert. Style filiform, bifid. Ovary very hairy, 
3 to 4-celled ; cells i-seeded. 

There is always one leaflet less in the involucrum than the 
number of flowers in the fascicle, the central flower having no 
fulcrum. This species was sent to Dr. Roxburgh from Sylhet, 
and by him called Roscoea ; that name, however, being pre- 
occupied, a new one has become necessary. I have therefore 
given it that of Sphenodesme (fasciculus alatus). 

STERCULIA COCCINEA. ROXB. 

Monadelphia Decandria. 

Foliis oblongo lanceolatis obtuse acuminatis glabris, racemis 
axillaribus et lateralibus nutantibus, laciniis calycinis linearibus 
patentibus, folliculis coccineis. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A large smooth shrub. Leaves at the summits of the branches, 
alternate, petiolate, 8-10 inches long, oblong lanceolate, obtusely 
acuminate, abrupt at the base, entire, smooth on both sides. 
Petioles thickened at both ends. Racemes lateral from among 
the leaves at the end of the branches, drooping ; flowers alternate, 
pedicellate; pedicles articulate. Tube of the calyx somewhat 



220 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

ventricose, limb 5-parted, laciniae linear with revolute margins, 
twice as long as the tube, spreading. Corolla none. Stamina 10, 
sessile on the stipes of the germen. Ovarium stipitate on a 
column of the length of the tube, subrotund, 5-lobed, crowned 
with a declinate style. Stigmata 5, linear, revolute. Fruit com- 
posed of five nearly equal crimson follicles, each of which contains 
two or three seeds, which are enveloped in a black pulpy arillus. 

Dr. Roxburgh's S. coccinea is a native of Sylhet, and is said to 
have panicled flowers and 4-8 seeded follicles. My plant agrees, 
however, so well in every other respect that I cannot consider it 
to be really distinct, as those differences may be merely the effect 
of a less favourable situation. 

STERCULIA ANGUSTIFOLIA. ROXB. 

Foliis lanceolatis superne latioribus acuminatis subtus villosis, 
racemis extra axillaribus nutantibus, laciniis calycinis linearibus 
apice connexis. 

Unting Unting Besar. Malay. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A tree. Branches covered with ferruginous wool. Leaves at 
the summits of the branches, alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, 
broader above, acuminate, narrowing to the base and there 
rounded, entire, smooth (in adult leaves) above, covered beneath 
with stellate hairs. Petioles thickened at both ends, ferruginously 
villous, as well as the nerve of the leaf. Stipules linear, acute, 
shorter than the petiole, deciduous. Racemes (panicles ?) near 
the extremity of the branches lateral or extra axillary, branched, 
lax, ferruginous. Bracts linear lanceolate acute. Calyx deeply 
5-parted, tomentose, lacinise long, linear, acute, connected at 
their points and gaping at the sides, greenish yellow, with a red 
spot at the base. Corolla none. Stamina 10, on a curved 
column. Ovarium stipitate, tomentose, 5-lobed. Style declinate. 
Stigma 5-lobed. 

A great proportion of the flowers are male, and I have not seen 
the perfect fruit. 

Dr. Roxburgh's plant was a native of Chittagong. 

CALLA HUMILIS. W. J. 

Monacia Monandria. 

Acaulis, foliis ellipticis supra glabris, pedunculis 4-5 ex-axillis 
foliorum petiolis brevioribus. 

Kladi Ayer. Malay. 

Pulo Pinang, &c. 

A small stemless plant, growing under the shade of forests, 
5 or 6 inches in height. Root a leaf-bearing tuber, which sends 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 2 2 1 

out numerous long villous fibres. Stem none, except the above- 
mentioned tuber, which is everywhere invested by the sheaths of 
the petioles. Leaves erect, petiolate, elliptic, ovate, rather obtuse, 
with a subulate acumen, slightly cordate at the base, entire, with a 
pellucid, crisped margin, smooth and green above, somewhat 
hoary beneath, with villous papillae. Petioles shorter than the 
leaves, channeled above, sheathing, and dilated into a waved 
margin at the base. The bases of the sheaths are often perforated 
by the fibres of the root. Peduncles 4-5 axillary, i -flowered, 
snorter than the petioles, furnished with membranous sheaths at 
the base. Spathes of an obscure red colour, oblong, convolute, 
acuminate, as long as the spadix. Spadix cylindrical, entirely 
covered with florets, male above and female below for about a 
quarter of the length. Anthers numerous, subrotund, yellow, 
sessile. Germina ovate. Styles very short. Stigmata obtuse, 
peltate. A few anthers are intermingled with the pistilla. Capsules 
membranaceous, globose, somewhat 4-lobed (2-celled?) generally 
8-seeded. Seeds somewhat kidney-shaped, arranged round the 
axis. 

CALLA ANGUSTIFOLIA. W. J. 

Acaulis, foliis lanceolatis utrinque acutis glabris, pedunculis 
4-5 ex-axillis foliorum petiolis brevioribus. 

Pulo Pinang. 

A small plant of the same size and nearly related to the pre- 
ceding. Leaves radical, petiolate, lanceolate, acute at both ends, 
entire, smooth. Petioles sheathing at the base. Peduncles 4-5 
axillary, i-flowered. Flowers, &c., exactly as in the preceding. 

These two are so closely allied that it is doubtful whether they 
might not be considered varieties. 

CALLA NITIDA. -W. J. 

Foliis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis, scapis compressis foliis bre- 
vioribus, baccis monospermis. 

Found at Pulo Pinang. 

This is a large subcaulescent species ; the leaves are from a 
foot to a foot and a half in length, ovate lanceolate, acuminate, 
very entire, very smooth, with numerous parallel nerves pro- 
ceeding from a middle rib. Petioles sheathing nearly their whole 
length. Scapes compressed, smooth, shorter than the leaves. 
Spadix invested by the spathe, covered with florets, male above, 
female beneath. Berries oblong, large, i -seeded. 

FLACOURTIA INERMIS. ROXB. 

Arborescens inermis, floribus hermaphroditis fasciculatis axil- 
laribus, foliis ovatis serratis glabris. 



2 2 2 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

Koorkup. 1 Malay. 

Sumatra and Pulo Pinang. 

A tree of moderate size. Leaves alternate, short petioled, ovate, 
obtusely acuminate, with large blunt serratures, very smooth, lucid, 
from 6 to 8 inches in length. Peduncles fasciculate in the 
axils, many flowered. Flowers hermaphrodite. Calyx 4-leaved, 
spreading, somewhat tomentose, leaflets subrotund, sharpish. 
Corolla none. Nectary composed of numerous small, subrotund, 
orange- coloured glands, situated at the base of the calyx and 
surrounding the stamina. Stamina numerous (20-30), hypogy- 
nous, longer than the calyx, filaments white, anthers yellow, sub- 
rotund. Ovary superior ovate, crowned with 4-5 short, thick, 
diverging styles ; stigmata capitate, 2-lobed. Berry reddish purple, 
with a juicy, acid flesh, in which are imbedded from 8 to 10 
pyrense, according to the number of the styles. 

The fruit of this, though rather too acid to be eaten in its raw 
state, is much esteemed in tarts and pies. 

ROTTLERA ALBA. ROXB. 

Foliis rhomboideo-ovatis, subtus incanis, paniculis terminalibus 
laxis, fructibus stellate pilosis spinis mollibus echinatis. 

Baleh angin. Malay. 

Sumatra and Pulo Pinang. 

A tree of moderate size. Branches roundish, furfuraceous, with 
appressed, stellate hairs. Leaves alternate, petiolate, rhomboidal 
ovate, often approaching to 3-lobed, long acuminate, rounded 
and bi-glandular at the base, where the petiole is inserted within 
the margin, remotely denticulate towards the apex, smooth and 
green above, hoary and tomentose beneath. The young leaves 
have stellate, deciduous hairs on the upper surface. Petioles 
long. Stipules none. Panicles terminal, or from the bifurcations 
of the branches, peduncled, lax, and drooping. Flowers small, 
numerous, short pedicled. Bracts small, and together with the 
peduncles and calyx sprinkled with furfuraceous tomentum. 

Male. Calyx 3-phyllous, leaflets ovate acute. Stamina numerous 
in the centre of the flower. Anthers subrotund. 

Female. Calyx 4 sometimes 5-parted, erect, lacinise acute. 
Styles 3, diverging, hirsute above. Stigmata simple. Fruit tri- 
coccous, beset with soft flexible spines, and covered with stellate 
hairs, 3-seeded. Seeds subrotund, attached to the superior and 
internal angle of the cells. 

1 [ ? Rukam.] 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 223 



DIDYMOCARPUS. WALLICH. 

Calyx 5-fidus. Corolla infundibuliformis, labio superiore brevi, 
inferiore trilobo. Stamina 5 nunc 4, quorum 2 vel 4 fertilia. 
Capsula siliquseformis, pseudoquadrilocularis, bivalvis; dissepi- 
menti contrarii lobi valvulis paralleli iisdemque aemuli (ideoque 
fructum bicapsularem mentientes), margine involute seminiferi. 
Semina minuta nuda, pendula ? 

Herbse villosae, resinoso-glanduliferse, aromaticae. 

Genus Bignoniaceis, Brown ; admissa Incarvillea, adsociandum, 
huicque proximum, Wallich. 

I am indebted for the above character of this hitherto unpub- 
lished genus to my esteemed friend Dr. Wallich, who has ascer- 
tained five species, natives of Nepaul; the four following have 
been since discovered in the Malay Islands. 



DIDYMOCARPUS CRINITA. W. J. 

Erecta, pilosa, foliis longis spatulatis acutis serratis subtus 
rubris, pedunculis 2-5 axillaribus unifloris basi cum petiolo 
coeuntibus, staminibus duobus fertilibus. 

Timmu. Malay. 

Native of the forests of Pulo Pinang. 

Root long and tapering. Stem short, erect, thick, rough 
beneath with the vestiges of fallen leaves. The whole plant is 
covered with hairs. Leaves alternate, crowded, subsessile, long, 
spatulate, 9 or 10 inches in length, acute, obtuse at the base, 
serrated, rugose, hairy, brownish green above, purplish red 
beneath, middle nerve strong and thick, forming a short petiole 
at the base. Stipules none. Peduncles 2 to 5 in each axil, 
i-flowered, round, 2 inches long, uniting at the base into a 
short thick unilateral rachis, densely pilose, and adhering beneath 
to the petiole. Bracts linear, 2, alternate on each peduncle. 
Calyx 5-parted, hairy, reddish, laciniae erect, linear, acute, the 
upper one smaller. Corolla white, tinged with purple externally, 
much longer than the calyx, infundibuliform ; tube somewhat 
gibbous at the base, incurved, expanding above, limb bilabiate, 
upper lip 2-lobed, lower 3-lobed, larger, internally streaked with 
yellow, all the segments roundish, obtuse, not very unequal. 
Stamina inserted within the tube, 2 fertile, with the rudiments of 
2 abortive ones, the former scarcely so long as the corolla, 
conniving at their summits. Anthers composed of 2 divaricate 
transverse lobes. Ovarium linear, surrounded at the base with a 
white tubular entire nectarial ring or cup, and produced into a 
tomentose style of the same length as the stamina. Stigma 



2 24 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA YAN PLANTS. 

obtuse, truncate. Capsule long, linear, silique-shaped, cylindrical, 
acute, somewhat tomentose, an inch long, 2-valved, 2-celled, 
dissepiments contrary, with 2 lobes which are parallel to the 
valves, revolute and seed-bearing at their margins, and part the 
cells in such a manner as to give the appearance of a 4-celled 
siliqua. Seeds numerous, naked, small, and subrotund. 

Obs. The deep red colour of the lower surface of the leaves 
and the crested disposition of the flowers in their axils render this 
a very remarkable species. The aestivation is imbricate, the two 
lateral lobes of the lower lip being the outermost. The genus is 
nearly related to Incarvillea, but differs in having simple naked 
seeds. 



DIDYMOCARPUS REPTANS. W. J. 

Prostrata, reptans, foliis petiolatis ellipticis crenulatis, pedun- 
culis 1-3 axillaribus unifloris, staminibus duobus fertilibus. 

Timmu kechil. Malay. 

Found in the forests of Pulo Pinang with the preceding. 

Stem prostrate, round, villous, striking root at every joint, often 
a foot in length. Leaves lying flat, opposite petiolate, oblong- 
oval or elliptic, rather obtuse, sometimes slightly cordate at the 
base, slightly crenate, covered with white hairs, green above, 
paler and sometimes reddish beneath. Petioles villous. Pe- 
duncles 1-3 axillary, i-flowered, erect, as long as the leaves, 
pilose, furnished with 2 bracts near the summit. Calyx 5-parted, 
with erect acute lacinise, the uppermost smaller. Corolla white, 
infundibuliform, bilabiate, similar to that of D. crinita but smaller, 
as well as the whole plant. Stamina 2 fertile conniving above, 
2 sterile. Anthers approximate, reniform, 2-celled. Nectary 
surrounding the base of the ovarium, obsoletely 5-toothed at the 
margin. Style equal to the stamina. Stigma simple. Capsule 
long, straight, silique-shaped, pseudo-quadrilocular as in the 
genus. Seeds numerous, naked. 



DIDYMOCARPUS CORNICULATA. W. J. 

Erecta, foliis alternis obovatis acuminatis serratis, floribus 
diandris fasciculatis secundis super pedunculum axillarem elon- 
gatum. 

Found at Tapanooly in Sumatra. 

The stem is nearly erect, from i to 2 feet in height, herbaceous 
or somewhat shrubby, villous. Leaves alternate, petiolate, 
obovate, acuminate, narrowing to the base, serrated, pilose above, 
villous below. Peduncles axillary, solitary, elongated, bearing 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 225 

several dense fascicles of flowers all turned to one side, depressed 
or bent at an angle to the peduncle, and spreading in a kind of 
half circle, somewhat in the manner of the Lotus corniculatus. 
Flowers many, white ; pedicles articulate below the calyx, covered 
as well as the calyx with glandular hairs. Bracts linear, acute. 
Calyx 5-parted, segments linear. Corolla white, much longer than 
the calyx, infundibuliform, wide at the faux, limb somewhat 
oblique, bilabiate, the lower lip longer, 3-lobed. Stamina 2, 
connected above by their anthers, whose lobes are transverse. 
Style as long as the stamina. Stigma capitate. Capsule silique- 
shaped, 2-celled, cells bipartite (as if 4-locular), 2-valved, gener- 
ally bursting at one side, many-seeded. Seeds naked. 

The disposition of the flowers and fruit is peculiar, the capsules 
spreading horizontally like radii in a sort of semicircle of which 
the peduncle is the axis. 

DIDYMOCARPUS FRUTESCENS. W. J. 

Caule suffrutescente erecto, foliis oppositis longe petiolatis 
ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis supra glabris subtus canescentibus, 
floribus axillaribus fasciculatis didynamis. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

Stem generally simple, suffrutescent, densely covered with 
ferruginous appressed scales or chaffy hairs. Leaves opposite, 
long petioled, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, attenuated to the base, 
slightly serrated, 8 or 10 inches long, smooth above, hoary and 
tomentose beneath, with appressed hairs. Petioles 3 inches long, 
furrowed above, thickened at the base, villous. Stipules none. 
Peduncles axillary, fascicled, 1-3 flowered, shorter than the 
petioles, purplish. Bracts lanceolate acute. Calyx tomentose 
with glandular hairs, tubular, 5-parted, laciniae linear, spreading 
above. Corolla white, tomentose without like the calyx, much 
longer than it, infundibuliform, incurved ; all the laciniae subrotund 
obtuse. Stamina 4, didynamous, arcuate, approximate at their 
summits, each pair connected by their anthers. The filaments of 
the upper pair are thickened below their middle. Anthers white, 
adnate to the filaments, consisting of two lobes nearly parallel. 
Style of the length of the stamina. Stigma truncate. Capsule 
long, linear, silique-shaped, 2-valved, 2-celled, cells 2 -parted by 
the septiform lobes of the dissepiments, which are revolute and 
seminiferous at their margins. Seeds numerous, naked. 

SONERILA ERECTA. W. J. 

Triandria Monogynia. 

Erecta, ramosa, foliis lanceolatis serratis, racemis terminalibus 
paucifloris, floribus sessilibus. 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. Q 



226 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

Summow. Malay. 

Native of the forests of Pulo Pinang. 

Root fibrous. Stem erect, from 6 inches to a foot in height, 
oppositely branched, round, tinged with red, fringed with 2 
opposite longitudinal lines of hairs (like that of the Veronica 
chamoedrys). Leaves opposite, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, acute 
at both ends, serrated, villous with erect hairs, 3-nerved, green 
above, reddish beneath. Petioles nearly smooth. Stipules none. 
Peduncles terminal, springing from the centre of a 4-leaved 
verticil which terminates the branch, and of which two opposite 
leaves are smaller. The spike is unilateral, about 4-flowered, 
recurved, smooth, each flower sessile on the upper sides of the 
clavate peduncle, which is there thickened and as it were scooped 
out to receive it, and is attenuated downwards to the point of 
insertion into the branch. Bracts none or very minute. Calyx 
smooth, trifid, laciniae acute. Corolla of a light flesh colour, 
composed of 3 lanceolate-ovate acuminate spreading petals. 
Stamina 3, alternating with the petals, erect, scarcely so long as 
the corolla. Anthers 2-celled, acute, cordate at the base. Style 
erect, equal to the stamina. Stigma obtuse. Ovarium long, 
linear, inferior. Capsule oblong, obtusely 3-angled, 3-celled, 
3-valved, many-seeded, the dissepiments opposite to the valves. 
Seeds attached to a central columnar 3-sided placenta. 

Obs. This plant differs considerably in habit from the other 
species of Sonerila in having an erect slender brachiate stem, and 
small lanceolate leaves, not oblique at the base as in most of the 
genus. 

The uppermost leaves are quatern, forming a kind of involucre 
to the slender peduncle which springs from their centre. 

SONERILA MOLUCCANA. ROXB. 

Subcaulescens, villosa, foliis oblique cordatis integris oppositis 
altero minore, pedunculis axillaribus, racemis unilateralibus. 

Roxb. "Fl. Ind." vol. i. p. 122. 

Pouh. Malay. 

A native of the moist shady forests of Pulo Pinang. 

A small herbaceous plant whose root is fibrous, and whose stem 
does not exceed a few inches in length. Every part is thickly 
covered with red hair. The leaves are petiolate, opposite, one 
much smaller and rounder than the other, unequally cordate, 
acute, very entire, of a deep green on the upper surface, red 
beneath, with quintuple nerves. Petioles round, and hairy. 
Stipules none. Peduncles generally from the axils of the smaller 
leaves, erect, bearing from r to 3 unilateral somewhat recurved 
racemes, and furnished about the middle with 2 small opposite 
bracteolar leaflets. The racemes are at first revolute, but unroll 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 227 

themselves as the flowers open. The flowers are unilateral 
arranged in 2 rows upon short pedicles, and each supported by 
a linear ciliate bract. Calyx superior, covered like the rest of the 
plant with red hairs, 3-parted, laciniae lanceolate, acute. Corolla 
white, composed of 3 petals inserted between the divisions of the 
calyx, ovate, acute, with a few red hairs along the middle of the 
under surface. Stamina 3, alternating with the petals ; filaments 
linear, ascending; anthers linear, bending towards the style, 
yellow, 2-celled. Style declinate in an opposite direction to the 
stamina. Stamina simple. Capsule ovate, crowned by the calyx, 
hairy, 3-celled, 3-valved, many-seeded, the dissepiments opposite 
to the valves, the placentae peltate, pedicellate, affixed to the axis 
of the capsule. 

RHOPALA ATTENUATA. \V. J. 

Tetrandria Monogynia. 
Proteacea. Juss and Br. 

Foliis alternis ovatis acuminatis, racemis axillaribus foliis 
longioribus, pedicellis geminatis calycibusque glabris. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

Arborescent, with round smooth branches. Leaves alternate, 
petiolate, ovate, acuminate, attenuated to the base and decurrent 
on the petiole, 10 or n inches long, entire, sometimes with i or 
2 toothlets near the point, very smooth. Petioles short, thickened 
at the base. Stipules none. Spikes rather longer than the leaves, 
axillary, cylindrical, flowers geminate, short pedicled. Perianth 
4-leaved, leaflets linear, dilated and staminiferous at the summit, 
revolute. Stamina 4, inserted near the apex of the perianth ; 
filaments scarcely any ; anthers linear, 2-celled. Style filiform, as 
long as the corolla. Stigma clavate. Ovarium i-celled, con- 
taining 2 erect ovula. 

RHOPALA MOLUCCANA. BR. 

Foliis alternis obovatis obtusiusculis integerrimis, racemis 
plerumque lateralibus, pedicellis bifidis calycibusque glabris. 

Found in a garden at Pulo Pinang. 

Arborescent with grey bark. Leaves alternate, petiolate, 6 or 
7 inches long, obovate or cuneately ovate obtuse, very entire, very 
smooth, yellowish green. Petioles an inch long, flattened above, 
thickened at the base. Spikes lateral, generally below the leaves. 
Flowers geminate on a bifid pedicle. Bracts very small. Perianth 
4-leaved, leaflets revolute, dilated and stamen bearing at the 
summit. Stamina 4 ; anthers linear, nearly sessile. Style filiform. 
Stigma clavate. Ovarium i-celled, 2-sporous. 

Obs. In the preceding the leaves are acuminate and the 

Q 2 



228 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

flowers in pairs, each with its proper pedicle ; in this the leaves- 
are rounded and obtuse at the apex, and the flowers are geminate 
on a common pedicle. 

IXORA PENDULA. W. J. 
N. O. Rubiacecs. 

Foliis elliptico-lanceolatis glaberrimis, corymbis longe peduncu- 
latis pendulis. 

Bunga yarum. Malay. 

Native of Pulo Pinang, &c. 

A shrub with smooth compresssd branches. Leaves opposite, 
short petioled, n or 12 inches long, elliptically lanceolate, rather 
obtuse, very entire, very smooth, shining above. Petioles little 
more than half an inch in length. Stipules interpetiolar, broad at 
the base, ending in a subulate point. Corymbs terminal, long 
peduncled, hanging, trichotomous, many-flowered. Flowers red. 
Bracts 2, small at the base of the calyx. Calyx small, 4-parted, 
slightly tomentose. Corolla red, tube long and slender, limb' 
4-parted, lobes ovate-lanceolate, rather acute. Stamina spreading. 
Style filiform. Stigma clavate. 

Obs. This is a beautiful species, at once distinguishable by its 
long pendulous corymbs. Bunga Yarum is the generic Malay 
name of the Ixorae. 

EPITHINIA. W. J. 

Tetrandria Monogynia. 

N. O. Rubiacecz. 

Calyx cylindricus superus, quadridentatus persistens. Corolla 
tubulosa, limbo patente quadripartite, fauce villosa. Stamina 
exserta. Stylus exsertus. Stigma bifidurn. Bacca sulcata, 
dipyrena, nucibus oblongis dispermis, semine uno super alterum. 

EPITHINIA MALAYANA. W. J. 

Found in mangrove swamps on the island of Singapore. 

A moderate-sized shrub with brown bark and smooth branches. 
Leaves opposite, petiolate, obovate, obtuse, rounded at the 
summit, attenuated at the base into the petiole, very entire, very 
smooth, almost without veins, shining above, paler beneath. 
Stipules none. Peduncles axillary, dichotomous, many-flowered,, 
i-flowered in the bifurcations. Calyx cylindrical, persistent, 
almost entire or obsoletely 4-dentate. Corolla white, tube longer 
than the calyx, limb spreading, 4-parted, lobes ovate, rather acute, 
faux closed with white hairs. Stamina 4, exsert, spreading,, 
inserted alternately with the lobes of the corolla, filaments short,, 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 2 29 

anthers linear, acute, dark coloured. Ovary oblong, compressed, 
2-celled, cells 2 -seeded, the one placed over the other. Style 
exsert. Stigma birid, with thick linear lobes. Fruit inferior, 
oblong, marked with 8 deep longitudinal furrows, crowned with 
the calyx, containing 2 long narrow oblong nuts, each with 2 
seeds, the one placed above the other. One of them sometimes 
proves abortive. 

Obs. I have not been able to refer this to any known tetran- 
drous genus ; it seems to come nearest to Malanea of Aublet, but 
differs in several essential characters. The position of the seeds 
is peculiar. 

MORINDA TETRANDRA. W. J. 
N. O. Rubiacea. 

Tetrandra, pedunculis umbellatis terminalibus, corollis quadri- 
fidis intus hirsutis, foliis lanceolatis. 

Pada vara. Rheed, " Mai." vii. p. 51, t. 27. 

Mangkudu kSchil. Malay. 

Native of the Malay Islands. 

A small diffuse shrub, with long slender branches, nodose at 
the bifurcations. Leaves opposite, short petioled, lanceolate, 
acuminate, very entire, very smooth, the nerves reddish below, 
and furnished with ciliated glands in the axils. Stipules inter- 
petiolar, truncate. Peduncles from 5 to 10, umbellate, terminal. 
Flowers aggregate on a common receptacle. Calyx an entire 
margin crowning the ovary. Corolla infundibuliform, 4-parted, 
the lacinise densely covered within with long white hairs. Stamina 
4, shorter than the corolla, and alternating with its divisions ; 
filaments very short ; anthers oblong. Ovary inferior, 2-celled, 
4-seeded. Stigma bifid. Fruit subglobose, yellow, composed of 
coadunate berries, angular by their mutual compression, crowned 
with the vestige of the calyx, 4-seeded ; seeds osseous. 

Obs. Rheed describes his Pada vara to be 14 feet in height ; 
this is the only particular in which it differs from my plant. In 
every other respect they agree exactly. 

MORINDA POLYSPERMA. W. J. 

Tetrandra, pedunculis axillaribus et terminalibus, corollis quad- 
rifidis intus hirsutis, foliis ovatis acuminatis, baccis bilocularibus 
polyspermis ! 

Found on the island of Singapore. 

A shrub, with short subdichotomous flexuose branches. Leaves 
opposite, petiolate, ovate, acuminate, obtuse at the base, very, 
entire, very smooth, coriaceous, flat, about 3 inches long. Stipules 
short, interpetiolar. Peduncles axillary * and terminal; axillary 



2 3 o DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

ones opposite, terminal ones from i to 4 in a kind of umbel. 
Capitula few-flowered. Calyx an entire margin. Corolla infun- 
dibuliform, 4-parted, densely covered within with white hairs. 
Stamina-4 shorter than the corolla ; filaments short ; anthers linear. 
Style erect. Stigma bifid. Berries coadunate, 2-celled, many 
seeded ! Seeds numerous, angular. 

Obs. The flowers of this species are perfectly similar to those 
of the preceding, but the fruit presents a singular anomaly in 
being polyspermous. Both differ so much from the other species, 
of Morinda that I think they might properly constitute a new and 
distinct genus. 

EUTHEMIS. W. J. 

Pentandria Monog)<nia. 

Calyx inferus 5-phyllus. Corolla 5-petala. Stamina quinque, 
hypogyna, antheris oblongis acuminatis apice poro dehiscentibus. 
Stylus filiformis, staminibus equalis. Bacca 5-sperma, serninibus 
circa axim dispositis, oblongis, intus angulatis, arillo fibroso 
inclusis, albuminosis, embryone inverso cylindrico longitudine 
fere seminis, radicula superiore. 

Frutices, foliis alternis pulcherrime striatis nervis parallelis, 
racemis terminalibus, demum peracta floratione lateralibus et 
oppositifoliis. 

EUTHEMIS LEUCOCARPA. W. J. 

Foliis lanceolatis pulchre spinuloso serratis, racemis basi ramo- 
sis, baccis niveis globosis. 
Palawan bCruk. Malay. 
Native of the forests of Singapore. 

A shrub of uncommon elegance and beauty, erect, 4 or 5 feet 
in height ; branchlets round, smooth, sometimes slightly angled. 
Leaves alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, acute, decurrent on the 
petiole, spinuloso-serrate, very smooth and shining, beautifully 
striated with fine parallel transverse nerves. Petioles margined,, 
flat and channelled above, dilated at the base into a thick rounded 
prominent rim, which half embraces the stem. Stipules lanceo- 
late, acuminate, ciliate, very deciduous. Racemes erect, with i 
or 2 branches near the base, at first terminal, afterwards lateral 
nd oppositifolious, by the shooting up of the stem from the base 
f the peduncle. Flowers predicellate, generally in pairs. Bracts 
vate, acute. Calyx inferior, 5 -leaved, spreading, leaflets ovate, 
obtuse, ciliate, the 2 inner ones rather smaller. Corolla white, 
sometimes tinged with purple, 5-petaled, petals twice as long as 
the calyx, rerlexed, ovate-oblong, obtuse. Stamina 5, inserted 
below the ovarium ; alternating with these are sometimes found 
5 short abortive filaments. Filaments very short. Anthers longer,. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 23 1 

erect, conniving round the style, oblong, prolonged into acumina, 
which are sometimes a little contorted, and which open at their 
summits by a pore, the cells are adnate below to the sides of the 
filament. Ovary oblong, acute. Style filiform, erect, equal to 
the stamina. Stigma simple. Berry snow-white, globular, ob- 
scurely angled, crowned with the persistent style, which is obliquely 
deflexed ; of a spongy or farinose substance, containing in the 
centre 5 seeds, which are disposed round the axis, and enclosed 
in arilli composed of tough longitudinal fibres. Seeds (pyrenje ?) 
oblong, somewhat reniform, hard. Albumen conform to the seed. 
Embryo inverse, cylindrical, nearly as long as the seed. Cotyle- 
dons semicylindric, obtuse. Radicle superior, longer than the 
cotyledons. 

The branches are terminated by long corniculate buds, in which 
the gemmation is involute. 

EUTHEMIS MINOR. W. J. 

Foliis angusto-lanceolatis leviter serrulatis, racemis simplicibusi 
baccis rubris-angulatis acuminatis. 

Found at Singapore along with the preceding. 

This is a smaller shrub than the former, branched, and smooth. 
Leaves alternate, petiolate, linear-lanceolate, rather obtuse, 
with a mucro, attenuated to the petiole, slightly serrulate, very 
smooth, shining, finely striated with transverse veins. Petioles 
short, thickened at the base, channelled above. Stipules linear, 
siliate. Racemes simple, erect, at first terminal, becoming after- 
wards lateral. Flowers alternate, pedicellate, often in pairs. 
There is a single leaflike bract and several smaller ones at the 
base of the pedicles, less deciduous than in the preceding. 
Calyx 5-leaved, leaflets ovate, ciliate. Corolla white, spreading, 
5-petaled, petals lanceolate, acute. Stamina 5, erect, conniving, 
hypogynous ; filaments very short ; anthers yellow, oblong, broader 
at the base, 2-celled, cells adnate to the sides of the filament, 
prolonged above into an acumen opening at the top by a pore. 
Ovary oblong, acute. Style a little longer than the stamina. 
Stigma simple. Berry red, 5-angled, acuminate, composed of a 
whitish farinaceous pulp, and containing 5 seeds, each enveloped 
in a tough, fibrous arillus, and in structure the same as the 
preceding. 

CELASTRUS (?) B1VALIS. W. J. 
Pentandria Monogynia. 

Foliis lanceolatis acuminatis integerrimis, pedunculis lateralibus 
paucifloris, corollis nullis, capsulis bivalvibus monospermis. 

A shrub with smooth branches. Leaves opposite, petiolate, 
lanceolate, acuminate, acute at the base, very entire, very smooth. 



2 3 2 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

Stipules none. Peduncles lateral, divaricately dichotomous, few 
flowered (5-10 flowered). Bracts small. Calyx 5-parted, bibrac- 
teate at the base, laciniae roundish, imbricated. Corolla none. 
Stamina 5, erect, united beneath into a 5-toothed ring or urceolus ; 
filaments flat ; anthers oblong. Style erect, as long as the stamina. 
Stigma truncate. Capsule ovate, green, smooth, crowned with 
the style, 2-valved, i-celled, i-seeded; valves opening from the 
base, and falling off from the seed, which is more persistent, and 
remains on the peduncle. Seed ovate, contained in a beautiful 
crimson arillus, which is delicately veined. Albumen cartilaginous, 
conform to the seed. Embryo erect, central, as long as the 
albumen. Cotyledons flat, foliaceous, ovate, obtuse. Radicle 
inferior, obverse to the umbilicus, round, much shorter than the 
cotyledons. 

STYPHELIA. 
LEUCOPOGON MALAYANUM. W. J. 

Pentandria Monogynia. 
N. O. Epacridea. Br. 

Spicis axillaribus multifloris erectis brevibus, drupis globosis 
5-locularibus, foliis lanceolatis mucronatis subenerviis subtus 
glaucescentibus. 

M&itada. Malay. 

Found abundantly at Singapore. 

A small branchy shrub with hard dry leaves, exhibiting the 
peculiar character of this family. Leaves alternate, sessile, 
lanceolate, acute, mucronate, very entire, very smooth, shining 
and convexed above, somewhat glaucous below, and, when ex- 
amined by the microscope, appearing to be covered with numerous 
very minute white dots, firm, with scarcely perceptible longitu- 
dinal nerves. Spikes axillary, erect, much shorter than the 
leaves ; peduncles somewhat tomentose. Calyx supported at the 
base by two oval acute concave bracts, 5 -leaved, oblong, acute, 
leaflets lanceolate, glaucescent, ciliate. Corolla infundibuliform, 
a little longer than the calyx, qumquefid, puberulent, segments 
lanceolate, bearded above beyond the base. Stamina 5, short, 
alternate with the laciniae; filaments subulate; anthers subpen- 
dulous, marked on each side with a longitudinal furrow, simple, 
and bursting longitudinally in the manner so accurately described 
by Mr. R. Brown, " Prodr. Fl. N. Roll." p. 535. Pollen globose. 
Ovary surrounded at the base by 5 distinct erect obtuse scales, 
5 -celled, each cell containing a single oblong ovulum. Style 
erect, villous. Stigma subglobose. Drupe baccate, subglobose, 
5-celled, cells i-seeded. 

Obs. The discovery of this species is remarkable, as forming an 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 233 

exception to the general geographical distribution of the Epac- 
rideae, a family almost exclusively confined to Australasia or at 
least to the southern hemisphere. Singapore, situated at the 
extremity of the Malay peninsula, and forming as it were the con- 
necting link between continental or Western India and the islands 
of the great Eastern Archipelago, partakes of this character in 
its Flora, which exhibits many remarkable points of coincidence 
with the Floras of both regions. I have had occasion to observe 
resemblances between its productions and those of the northern 
frontier of Bengal on the one hand, and of the Moluccas on the 
other, while the present connects it with the still more distant 
range of New Holland. 



RAUWOLFIA SUMATRANA. W. J. 

Pentandria Monogynia. 

N. O. Apocynea. 

Foliis ternis quaternisve elliptico-oblongis superne latioribus 
glabris, floribus terminalibus umbellatis, corollce fauce villis 
clausa. 

Tarn pal badak or SSmbu badak. Malay. 

Frequent in the neighbourhood of Bencoolen. 

It grows to a small tree, having somewhat the habit and foliage 
of the Mangga laut, or Cerbera manghas. The whole plant is 
lactescent. Leaves verticillate, generally in threes, sometimes in 
fours, short petioled, about 6 inches long, elliptic oblong, broader 
above and terminating in a short point, very entire, very smooth, 
rather firm, and having nearly transverse nerves. Peduncles 3 or 
4, umbellate, terminal, long, round and smooth, bearing compound 
umbels of small white flowers. Calyx small, 5-lobed. Corolla 
white, tube longer than the calyx, limb spreading, 5-parted, lobes 
subrotund, faux closed with white hairs which appear to form 5 
tufts. Stamina 5 incluse ; filaments very short ; anthers yellow, 
sagitate, acute, conniving over the stigma. Ovary furrowed on 
both sides, 2-celled, tetrasporous, surrounded by an obscurely 
5-lobed nectarial ring. Styles 2, united together. Stigma pel- 
tate, capitate, glutinous, papillous. Berry globose, smooth, 
containing 2 nuts, which are compressed, rugose, gibbous below 
and tapering towards the top, subunilocular with an imperfect 
dissepiment ; generally i -seeded. Seed compressed. 

Obs. This species appears to have considerable resemblance to 
Rauwolfia nitida, but is sufficiently distinguished by its inflor- 
escence. The wood of this tree is very light, and employed by 
the Sumatrans for the scabbards of their swords and krises. 



234 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 



TACCA CRISTATA. W. J. 

Foliis indivisis lato-lanceolatis, involucro diphyllo, umbella 
secunda cernua superne intra involucrum foliolis duobus involucro 
duplo longioribus stipata. 

Native of Singapore and Pulo Pinang. 

Root thick and tuberous, sending out a number of fibres. 
Leaves nearly 2 feet long, numerous, radical, erect, petiolate, 
ovate-lanceolate, acute, entire, smooth. Petioles sheathing at the 
base. Scape erect, round, nearly as long as the leaves, striated, 
smooth. Flowers peduncled, all drooping to one side; peduncles 
subumbellate, arranged transversely in 2 parallel rows, and uniting 
into a kind of crest, from which proceed 10 long pendulous 
filaments. Involucre 2-leaved, leaflets ovate, acute, broad at the 
base, nervose, purplish, twice as long as the peduncles, the upper 
one erect, the lower reflexed and bent down by the drooping 
flowers. From within the upper leaflet of the involucre spring 2 
erect folioles, which are twice as long as the involucre, obovate, 
attenuated below into straight, flat, deep purple petiolar ungues, 
acute at the apex, pale coloured, with purplish nerves. Perianth 
superior, of a dark purple colour, campanulate and somewhat 
ventricose, rather contracted and 3-cornered at the mouth, where 
it is also striated, limb 6-parted, somewhat reflex, lacinise hyaline, 
oblong, broad, obtuse, the 3 interior ones larger. Corolla none. 
Stamina 6, in the bottom of the perianth and opposite to the 
lacinise. Filaments broad at the base, arching upwards into a 
vaulted cucullus, within which the anthers are concealed. Anthers 
adnate, 2-lobed. Style thick, shorter than the stamina, with 6 
prominent angles. Stigma flat, umbilicate, orbicular, 6-rayed, 
three alternate sinuses deeper. Berry ovate, 6-angled, i -celled, 
seeds numerous, attached to 3 parietal receptacles. 
* Obs. This approaches to T. integrifolia, "Curt. Mag." t. 1488, 
but is a much larger plant, and is abundantly distinguished by the 
2-leaved involucre, the long erect leaflets within it, and the flowers 
drooping to one side. 

VERATRUM (?) MALAY AN UM. W. J. 

Foliis radicalibus lanceolatis, scapis erectis verticillato-pani- 
culatis, baccis trilocularibus. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

An erect herbaceous plant. Leaves radical, 3 or 4 feet in 
length, petiolate, lanceolate, acuminate, attenuated into a petiole 
at the base, very entire, tomentose, striated with parallel nerves, 
which run nearly longitudinally but diverge from a central one. 
Petioles canaliculate, obtusely carinate, sheathing at the base. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 235 

Scape erect, round, tomentose, verticillately panicled. Peduncles 
alternately semiverticillate, divaricate and spreading. Flowers 
sessile, on hermaphrodite or male plants fascicled, on female 
solitary. Beneath each semiverticil is a large floral leaf, which is 
ovate, acute, and contracted at the base into a flat, straight, 
petiole-like unguis, which embraces the stem. Perianth 6-parted, 
the 3 inner laciniae petaliform, white, spreading. Stamina 6 ; fila- 
ments flat, dilated at the base. Styles 3, short. Stigmata 3. 

In the female the calyx embraces a globular berry which is 
3-celled, each cell i-seeded. 

Obs. The true place of this plant is somewhat ambiguous, and 
I am doubtful whether it can be admited as a genuine species of 
Veratrum. It does not, however, agree exactly with any other 
genus of the same family ; in habit it is somewhat like Alisma. 



MEMECYLON CCERULEUM. W. J. 

Octandria Monogynia. 

Foliis cordatis amplexicaulibus, pedunculis axillaribus brevibus, 
pedicel lis appositis divaricatis brevibus, fructibus ovatis. 

Kulit nipis. Malay. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A handsome shrub, of 10 or 12 feet in height, with round 
smooth branches. Leaves opposite, subsessile, about 5 inches in 
length, cordate, amplexicaul, oblong, acute, very entire, margin 
reflexed, coriaceous, very smooth, deep green and shining above, 
lateral nerves inconspicuous, uniting at their extremities into a line 
which runs parallel to the margin. Stipules none. Peduncles 
axillary, solitary, short, few-flowered; pedicels short and thick, 
opposite, somewhat verticillate, divaricate, forming a kind of 
corymbiform head. Flowers blue. Bracts opposite, short, acute. 
Calyx superior, coloured, smooth, nearly entire, becoming by age 
more distinctly 4-toothed. Corolla deep blue, 4-petaled, spread- 
ing, petals broad, ovate, acute. Stamina 8, erect, shorter than the 
corolla. Filaments short. Anthers blue, attached by their 
middle, horizontal, shaped somewhat like the head of an axe, with 
a knob behind ; cells parallel on the anterior edge. Before ex- 
pansion the anthers are bent downwards (somewhat in the 
manner of the Melastomae), and the surface of the germen and 
bottom of the calyx are marked with their impressions, of which 
the 4 inner are the deepest; the ridges between them form & 
sharp prominent rays, and there are 8 other less conspicuous lines 
formed by the faces of the bilocular anthers. Ovarium ovate, i- 
celled, containing from 6 to 8 erect ovula. Style filiform, a little 
longer than the stamina. Stigma acute. Berry cortical, crowned 
by the persistent calyx, ovate, a little oblique at the base, i -seeded, 



236 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

the rudiments of the abortive ovula surrounding the umbilicus. 
Seed ovate, umbilicate at the base and a little oblique. Albumen 
none. Embryo erect. Cotyledons membranaceous, contortu- 
plicate. Radicle cylindrical, nearly as long as the seed, obverse 
to the umbilicus. 

Obs. The different species of Memecylon have not been well 
defined by authors ; this appears to differ from M. cordatum 
Lamarck, and M. grande Retz., or Nedum chetti (Rheed, 
"Mai." ii. p. 21. t. 15) in having ovate not globose fruit, and in 
the flowers not being umbelled. In the latter the flowers are 
small, yellow and numerous, in this they are larger, blue, and 
much fewer in number. 



LAURUS PARTHENOXYLON. W. J, 

Enneandria Monogynia. 

Foliis venosis ovatis acutis petiolatis subtus glaucis, paniculis 
brevibus paucifloris axillaribus et lateralibus, fructu globoso calyci 
truncato insidente. 

Kayu gadis. Malay. 

Abundant in the forests of Sumatra. 

This is a lofty timber tree. Bark brown and rough. Leaves 
alternate, rather long petioled, ovate, acute, often acuminate, and 
varying in breadth, about 3 inches long, entire with somewhat 
revolute edges, smooth, glaucous beneath, nerves lateral and 
irregularly alternate. Petioles round, an inch long. Peduncles 
from the young shoots at the extremity of the branches, axillary 
or lateral, terminated by a short few-flowered panicle, and 
generally longer than the young leaves, from whose axils they 
spring. Bracts none. Perianth funnel-shaped, 6-parted, yellowish. 
Stamina 9, arranged in 2 rows, the outer 6 naked, the inner 
3 furnished at the base with 2 yellow glands ; filaments flat ; 
anthers adnate, the cells opening with a longitudinal valve or 
operculum. Style as long as the stamina. Stigma obtuse, 4- 
cornered. Drupe seated on the enlarged cup-shaped, persistent 
truncated base of the perianth, globose, containing a i-seeded 
nut. Embryo inverse. Cotyledons hemispherical. Radicle 
superior, within the edge of the cotyledons. 

Obs. This species has considerable affinity to L. cuptilaria. 
The fruit has a strong balsamic smell, and yields an oil, which is 
considered useful in rheumatic affections, and has the same 
balsamic odour as the fruit itself. An infusion of the root is 
drank in the same manner as sassafras, which it appears to re- 
semble in its qualities. The wood is strong and durable when 
not exposed to wet, and in that case considered equal to teak. 
Kayu gadis signifies the virgin tree, whence the specific name. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 237 

May this be the Oriental sassafras wood mentioned under the 
article " Laurus " in Rees' " Cyclopaedia ? " 

GOMPHIA SUMATRANA. W. J. 

Decandria Monogygnia. 
N. O. OchnacecK. 

Foliis lanceolatis vel oblongo ovalibus acuminatis obtuse 
denticulatis nitidis subquinque nerviis, stipulis intrapetiolaribus 
deciduis, paniculis terminalibus. 

Siburu. Malay. 

Sumatra. 

A large shrub or small tree. Leaves alternate, short petioled, 
8 or 9 inches in length, from lanceolate to oblong oval, varying 
considerably in breadth from 2 to 3 inches, acuminate, acute at 
the base, obtusely denticulate, very smooth, shining, middle nerve 
very strong, lateral veins numerous, transverse, somewhat reticu- 
late, delicate, uniting near each margin into two nerves, which run 
parallel to it almost the whole length, and give the leaf the appear- 
ance of being 5-nerved. Petioles very short. Stipules intra- 
petiolar, broad at the base, acuminate, deciduous. Panicles 
terminal, not much branched ; pedicles slender, rarely solitary, 
surrounded at their bases by small acute bracts. Calyx 5-leaved, 
persistent, leaflets ovate, acute, smooth, lucid. Corolla yellow, 5- 
petaled, scarcely longer than the calyx. Stamina 10 ; filaments 
very short ; anthers long, linear, opening at the top by 2 pores. 
Style as long as the stamina. Stigma acute. Ovaries 5, surround- 
ing the base of the style, and elevated on a receptacle. This 
receptacle enlarges as the fruit ripens. The number of abortive 
ovaries is variable ; sometimes only i comes to perfection. 
The berries are drupaceous, obliquely reniform, somewhat com- 
pressed, i-seeded. Seed exalbuminous. 

Obs. This appears to have so much resemblance to the 
G. Malabarica, Decarid. Puah Chetti (Rheed, "Mai." v. p. 103. t. 
52), that I have some hesitation in proposing it as a distinct 
species. The points of difference are the following : The leaves of 
this are much longer than those of the Malabar species, which are 
described as almost veinless, while in this the transverse veins 
unite into two very distinct marginal nerves, which it is difficult to 
suppose could have escaped observation had they existed in the 
other. The representation of the inflorescence in Rheed's figure 
is unintelligible, and his description of it is not much clearer ; but 
as far as it can be made out, it appears different from this. 
Further examination of the Malabar plant will be necessary to 
determine whether this is really distinct, and whether the differ- 
ences above noticed exist in the plant itself, or are mere omissions 
in the description. 



2 38 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

MURRAYA PANICULATA. 

Decandria Monogynia. 

IV. O. Auranticz. 

Foliolis ovatis acuminatis, floribus terminalibus axillaribusque 
subsolitariis, baccis oblongis scepins dispermis. 

Chalcas paniculata. Lour. "Fl. Coch." p. 270. 

Camunium. Rumph. "Amb." v. p. 26, t 17. 

Kamuning. Malay. 

This is an abundantly distinct species from M. exotica, though 
unaccountably confounded with it by later authors. Loureiro 
discriminates between them very well, and his description is, on 
the whole, good. Rumphius's figure is bad, but preserves several 
of the distinguishing characters, particularly in the inflorescence 
and leaves, which, however, are not sufficiently acuminate. It 
grows to the size of a small tree, and the wood is much employed 
for the handles of krises, being capable of receiving a fine polish. 
The leaflets are generally 5, ovate, terminating in a long acumen, 
which is slightly emarginate at the point, shining and very entire, 
the terminal one considerably the largest. In M. exotica, the 
leaflets are more numerous and closer, obovate, blunt, and of a 
much firmer, thicker substance. The flowers of M. paniculata are 
fewer and larger than those of M. exotica, and are sometimes 
terminal, generally i or 2 together from the axils of the upper 
leaves. The ovarium is 2-celled; the berries are oblong, 
reddish, and mostly contain 2 seeds, which are covered with 
silky hairs. The berries of M. exotica are ovate and generally 
i -seeded. The whole habit of the 2 plants is very distinct. The 
specific name paniculata is objectionable, as the flowers are much 
less panicled than in the other species. 

The Camunium sinense (Rumph. v. t. 18, f. i), which is com- 
monly met with in gardens in all the Malay islands, is quite a 
distinct genus from the other 2 Camuniums, and has been 
described by Loureiro, "Fl. Cochinch. ;) i. p. 173, under the 
name of 

AGLAIA ODORATA. 

It has a 5 -parted inferior calyx, and 5-petaled corolla. The 
stamina are 5 in number, and are inserted in the manner of the 
Meliacese on the inside of an ovate nectarial tube, which is 
contracted at the mouth, and conceals the anthers. The stigma 
is large, sessile, simple as far as I have observed, not double as 
stated by Loureiro. The ovary appears to be i -celled, and to 
contain 2 pendulous ovula. It rarely ripens its fruit in these 
islands, but, according to Loureiro, it bears a small red i-seeded 
berry. The flowers are very small, yellow and fragrant, in small 
axillary panicles. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 239 

In the catalogue of the "Hortus Bengalensis," p. 18, this plant 
is specified under the name of Camunium sinense, after Rumphius. 
The Murraya paniculata above described is the true Kamuning of 
the Malays, and the name C. sinense is only applied by Rumphius 
in the manner of the older botanical authors, as one of comparison 
and resemblance, for want of a better of native origin ; if, therefore, 
the generic name Camunium is to be adopted at all, it ought to 
be applied to the plant to which it really belongs, and cannot be 
admitted for one of a different family not indigenous to the Malay 
islands. On this account Loureiro's name is to be preferred. 



RHIZOPHORA CARYOPHYLLOIDES. W. J. 

Dodecandria Monogynia. 

Fruticosa, foliis ovato-lanceolatis utrinque acutis, pedunculis 
axillaribus trifloris, rarius dichotome quinquefloris, floribus 8-fidis, 
radicula subcylindrica acutiuscula. 

Mangium caryophylloides. Rumph. " Amb." iii. p. 119, t. 78. 

Found at Singapore and Pulo Pinang. 

This is a much smaller shrub than the common mangrove, and 
does not divide its roots so much. It is generally found in 
shallow sandy salt marshes, rising with a tolerably erect stem and 
branched nearer to the base than the common species. Leaves 
opposite, petiolate, about 4 inches long, oval or ovate-lanceolate, 
acute at both ends, sometimes slightly inequilateral, very entire, 
very smooth, coriaceous ; the lower surface appearing under the 
lens dotted with minute white points. Petioles round, furrowed 
above, smooth. Stipules long, enveloping the corniculate buds in 
the manner of the Ficus, very deciduous. Peduncles axillary, 
solitary, 3-flowered, shorter than the petioles ; sometimes they 
are dichotomously 5-flowered, having a flower in the bifurcation. 
Calyx semi-inferior, surrounding the ovary, ovate, limb 8 -parted, 
spreading, laciniss linear, acute, thick, rather incurved at their 
points. Corolla white, 8-petaled, petals nearly erect, alternate 
with the laciniae of the calyx, conduplicate, enclosing the stamina 
by pairs, bifid, furnished with a few threads or filaments at the 
point, ciliated on the margin. Stamina double, the number of 
the petals inserted on the calyx in a double series, the inner ones 
shorter, erect, not so long as the petals, enfolded by them until 
the period of complete expansion, when they burst from their 
recesses with an elastic force, and disperse their pollen. Anthers 
linear, acute, 2 -celled. Ovarium contained within the calyx, 
2-celled, tetrasporous ; ovula subrotund, affixed near the top of 
the cells. Style filiform, as long as the stamina. Stigma bifid 
with acute laciniae. Fruit contained in the persistent calyx, i- 
seeded, the other 3 ovula proving abortive. The. seed is at first 



24 o DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

ovate or roundish, with albumen conform, the embryo inverse, in 
the upper part of the seed. As the fruit advances, the radicle is 
elongated and becomes at length nearly cylindric, obsoletely 
angled, and rather acute at the point. I have generally found 
3 cotyledons, rarely 4. 

Obs. Rumphius's figure is by no means a good representation 
of the plant, but his description of it is correct. It comes nearest 
to the R. cylindrica, Kari Kandel (Rheed, " Mai." vi. p. 59, t. 33), 
which differs from this in having the radicle very obtuse and 
more exactly cylindrical, and the peduncles generally i or 2- 
flowered. According to Rumphius this species is rather rare, and 
is called Mangi Mangi Chenke, or Clove Mangrove, whence his 
appellation Caryophylloides, which I have thought proper to 
retain, as the resemblance holds good in some particulars. 

ACROTREMA. W. J. 
Dodecandria Trigynia. 

Calyx pentaphyllus. Corolla pentapetala patens. Stamina 
quindecim, erecta, filamentis brevibus, antheris longis linceribus 
apice biporis. Ovaria tria, distincta, 2-spora, ovulis angulo, 
interiori affixis. Styli tres. Stigmata simplicia. Capsule uni- 
loculares. 

Herba acaulis, pilosa, pedunculis racemoso-multifloris. 

Genus Saxifrageis afrme, numero partium inusitato distinctum. 

ACROTREMA COSTATUM. W. J. 

Found on hills, and among rocks at Pulo Pinang. 

Root tapering, sending out a few fibres. Stem scarcely any. 
Leaves alternate, spreading, short-petioled, 6-inches long, oblong- 
obovate, obtuse, sagittate at the base, dentato-serrate, somewhat 
ciliate, pilose, furnished with a short tomentum and also with 
more remote longer appressed hairs ; the nerves are very hairy, 
parallel, and terminate in the denticulse of the margin. Petioles 
short, sheathing ; their margins dilated into membranaceous 
auricles which might be considered as adnate stipules. Peduncles 
or scapes central, erect, from 3 to 6 inches high, pilose, recurved 
at the summit, 8 or lo-flowered. Flowers yellow, pedicellate, 
racemose. Calyx 5-leaved, pilose, leaflets ovate acute. Corolla 
yellow, spreading, 5-petaled, petals broader above, lanceolate. 
Stamina 15, erect, hypogynous ; filaments very short. Anthers 
very long, linear, 2-celled, opening by 2 pores at the top. 
Ovaries 3, distinct, superior, i-celled, 2-seeded, each bearing i 
style of the height of the stamina. Ovula attached to the inner 
angles. Stigmata simple. Capsules 3. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA YAN PLANTS. 241 

Obs. I am at a loss to determine the exact affinities of this 
plant ; it has the habit of the Saxifragece, but the number of both 
the male and female parts of fructification is greater by one-third, 
and the ovaries are distinct. 



LAGERSTRCEMIA FLORIBUNDA. W. J. 
Icosandria Monogynia. 

Foliis suboppositis ovato-oblongis glabris, paniculis terminalibus 
ramosissimis multifloris ferrugineo vellosis, staminibus inequalibus 
calycibus turbinatis sulcatis. 

Found at Pulo Pinang. 

A tree. Leaves subopposite, short-petioled, rather recurved, 
7 or 8 inches long, ovate-oblong, somewhat acute, entire, smooth, 
with strong prominent nerves and reticulate veins. Panicle 
terminal, much branched, spreading, many-flowered. Peduncles, 
pedicels and calyces ferruginous, densely villous with stellate hair. 
The flowers are smaller than those of L. Reginae, but much more 
numerous and in much larger panicles, pale rose colour on their 
first expansion, and passing through various gradations of intensity 
until at length they become nearly purple. Calyx covered with 
ferruginous wool, turbinate, regularly marked with many deep 
longitudinal furrows or ribs, giving it a fluted appearance, limb 
spreading, 6-parted. Before expansion the calyx is obconical and 
nearly flat at the top. Corolla 6-petaled, spreading, petals 
inserted by short ungues alternately with the segments of the 
calyx, ovate, not much undulated. Stamina red, numerous, 
inserted on the calyx, 6 of them longer, thicker and more con- 
spicuous than the rest. Ovary thickly covered with white hair, 6- 
celled, many-seeded. Style erect. Stigma clavate. 

Obs. This beautiful and splendid species may be readily dis- 
tinguished from the L. Reginse by the greater size of the panicles, 
and their ferruginous colour. The flower-buds in that species 
represent in some degree a double cone, in this a single inverted 
cone, being flat and even depressed at top. The L. hirsuta 
" Lam." is also quite distinct from this, having hirsute leaves. 

TERNSTRCEMIA RUBIGINOSA. W. J. 

Polyandria Monogynia. 

Foliis ovatis spinuloso serratis subtus incanis floribus lateralibus 
et axillaribus fasciculatis, monadelphis pedunculis calycibusque 
glanduloso-pilosis, fructu triloculari. 

S'ingo ingo. Malay. 

Sumatra. 

A tree. Branches cinereous, young parts covered with acute 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. R 



242 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

scales. Leaves alternate, petiolate, ovate, acuminate, spinuloso- 
serrate, smooth above, hoary and white beneath, the nerves 
furnished with ferruginous paleaceous scales. Flowers in fascicles, 
lateral and axillary. Peduncles and calyces covered with glandular 
hairs. Bracts small about the middle of the peduncles. Calyx 
5-parted. Corolla white, campanulate rotate, 5-parted, divided 
about half-way down. Stamina numerous ; filaments short, united 
at the base into a ring which is inserted on the bottom of the 
corolla ; anthers oblong, recurved, affixed by the middle, 2-celled, 
opening at the top by two oblique pores. Ovary ovate, acute, 
covered with glandular hairs, 3-celled, polyspermous, placentae 
central. Style trifid, divided to the base. Stigmata simple. 



TERNSTRCEMIA PENTAPETALA. W. J. 

Foliis obovata-lanceolatis, spirmloso denticulatis glabris, floribus 
lateralibus fasciculatis, pedunculis glabris fructu triloculari. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A shrub with grey bark and leafy at the summit. Leaves alter- 
nate, petiolate, i o to 12 inches long, obovato-lanceolate, acuminate 
spinuloso-denticulate, smooth ; the nerves are furnished with a few 
appressed, innocuous scale-like spines. Petioles about an inch in 
length, covered, as well as the summits of the branches and buds, 
with small ferruginous scales. Flowers in fascicles below the 
leaves from the axils of the fallen ones of the preceding year; 
they are pedicellate and white. Calyx coloured, 5-leaved, the two 
outer leaflets smaller. Corolla white, 5-petaled, petals subrotund, 
a little longer than the calyx. Stamina numerous, distinct, inserted 
on the base of the petals ; filaments short ; anthers oblong, yel- 
lowish white, didymous, truncate at the top and there opening by 
two pores. Ovarium ovate, 3-celled, many seeded, placentae from 
the inner angles of the cells. Style deeply trifid (Styles 3?). 
Stigmata 3. 

I have not seen the ripe fruit of this, but have been informed 
that it produces a white berry. 



EL^OCARPUS NITIDA. W. J. 

Polyandria Monogynia. 

Foliis ovato-lanceolatis, serratis, racemis axillaribus foliis 
brevioribus staminibus quindecim, nuce quinqueloculari, loculis 
plerumque quatuor abortivis. 

Bua manik. Malay. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A tree of moderate size, with grey bark and round smooth 
branches. Leaves alternate petiolate, 3 or 4 inches long, ovate- 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN / 7 . / . 7.S. 243 

lanceolate, acuminate, obtusely serrate, attenuated to the base, very 
smooth. Stipules none. Racemes simple, axillary, secund, shorter 
than the leaves. Flowers white, short-pedicelled. Calyx deeply 
5 -parted, lacinise linear, acute. Corolla 5-petaled, fimbriated at 
the summit. Nectary of 5 yellow retuse glands surrounding the 
ovary. Stamina 15, erect; 10 are inserted by pairs between the 
glands of the nectary, the remaining 5 between those glands and 
the ovary. Anthers linear, bilamellate at the summit. Style as 
long at the calyx. Stigma simple. Drupe globose, containing a 
5-celled nut, which is rugose and marked with 5 obtuse longitu- 
dinal ridges ; in general only i cell is fertile and contains a single 
seed. Seed furnished with albumen; embryo inverse with flat 
cotyledons and superior radicle. 

Obs. This may perhaps be one of the smaller varieties of 
Ganitrus mentioned by Rumphius ; it differs from K. ganitrus of 
Roxburgh, who quotes Rumphius, III. t. 10, in the number of the 
stamina, the position of the racemes, and the number of fertile 
cells in the nut. Compare Adenoda sylvestris, Loureiro, " FI. 
Cochinch." which agrees in the number of the stamina. I sus- 
pect Gaertner must have fallen into an error in representing the 
embryo erect in his Ganitrus ; in this it is certainly inverse. 

MONOCERA. W. J. 

Elaocarpi species. 

Calyx pentaphyllus. Corolla pentapetala, petalis apice laciniatis 
-saepe sericeis. Stamina plura, antheris apice dehiscentibus, uni- 
cornibus valvula latera majore. Ovarium basi glandulis cinctum, 
biloculare, polysporum. Drupa nuce 1-2 sperma. 

This genus, whose characters appear to be sufficiently distinct, 
will include, besides the following new species, several hitherto 
referred to Elaeocarpus viz., E. Monocera cavanilles, the separation 
of which has already been suggested, and of which the specific 
name may be appropriately adopted for the genus E. rugosus, E. 
aristatus, and E. bilocularis of Roxburgh, probably also E. grandi- 
flora and E. reticulata, Sir J. E. Smith in Rees' " Cyclopaedia." 
The E. dentata, Dicera dentata, Forst., may also belong to this, 
if, as remarked by Sir J. E. Smith, Rees' " Cyclopaedia " in loco y 
the anthers have only one of their valves awned, not both equal, 
as originally stated by Forster. His capsule may perhaps be only 
the ovary, which will then agree with the present genus. 

MONOCERA PETIOLATA. W. J. 

Foliis longe petiolatus ovato-lanceolatis integris labris, racemis 
axillaribus foliis brevioribus, petilis medio intas incrassatis villosis. 
Native of Pulo Pinang. 

R 2 



244 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

A lofty tree. Leaves petiolate, alternate or scattered, 8 or 9> 
inches long exclusive of the petiole, ovate lanceolate, generally 
obtusely acuminate, entire, very smooth, deep green and shining 
above, with lucid nerves and veins which are destitute of glands. 
Petioles 4 inches long, smooth, thickened at the base and summit. 
Racemes axillary, as long as the petioles ; flowers pedicellate, 
turning one way. Calyx white, 5-leaved, leaflets lanceolate acu- 
minate. Corolla white, 5-petaled, as long as the calyx, petals 
ovate lanceolate, fringed at the point, sericeous without, thickened 
along the middle, and covered with white hairs within, margins 
inflexed. Ten thick 'sub rotund yellow glands surround the 
stamina. Stamina numerous (23-30), inserted within the glands, 
erect, shorter than the petals; filaments short; anthers longer, 
linear, bivalved at the apex, the outer valve elongated, the inner 
short and acute. Style filiform, longer than the stamina. Stigma 
acute. Ovary ovate. 2-celled, many seeded. Drupe ovate, con- 
taining a smooth, i -celled, i-2-seeded nut. 

MONOCERA FERRUGINEA. W. J. 

Foliis oblongo-ovatis acuminatis integris subtus cum pedunculis 
ramulesque ferrugineo villosis, racemis axillaribus foliis brevioribus. 

Found at Singapore. 

A tree. Branchlets rusty and villous. Leaves irregularly alter- 
nate, petiolate, oblong ovate, acuminate, 6 or 7 inches long, entire 
with revolute edges, smooth above, ferruginously villous below, 
nerves without glands. Petioles from 2 to z\ inches long, villous 
and ferruginous, thickened under the leaf. Racemes axillary, 
shorter than the leaves. Flowers pedicelled. Peduncles and 
pedicels ferruginous. Drupe oval, of the form of an olive but 
smaller, with a single rather smooth nut, which generally contains 
but one perfect seed ; sometimes there is a second smaller, and 
the vestiges of the partition and abortive ovula can almost always 
be observed. Seed oblong, pointed above. Albumen conform ; 
Embryo inverse, extending nearly the whole length of the albumen. 
Cotyledons flat, oblong, with a distinct nerve along their middle. 
Radicle superior clavato-cylindrical, much shorter than the 
cotyledons. 

Obs. I have not seen the flowers of this species, but its fruit 
and general resemblance to the preceding leave no doubt as to 
the genus, and its characters are sufficiently marked to distinguish 
it from the others. 

TETRACERA ARBORESCENS. W. J. 

Polyandria Tetragynia. 

Foliis obovatis integerrimisglabris,floribus paniculatis axillaribus 
et terminalibus, calycibus pentaphyllis. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANT*. 245 

Found near the shores of the Bay of Tapanooly in Sumatra. 

Arborescent. Leaves alternate, petioled, about 3 inches lonj;, 
oblong obovate, rounded at the apex and terminating in a short 
point, very entire with reflex edges, smooth, shining above, coria- 
ceous and firm, veins reticulate, nerves somewhat pilose or, me 
under surface, petioles short. Panicles axillary and terminal, 
many-flowered. Calyx 5-leaved, spreading, persistent, smooth, 
Stamina numerous. Capsules generally 3, smooth and shining, 
roundish ovate, opening on one side, containing a single seed 
attached to the base of the capsule, and enveloped in a pale 
yellowish laciniate arillus. The vestiges of two or three abortive 
ovula are observable in the bottom of the capsule. 

UVARIA HIRSUTA. W. J. 
Polyandria Polygynia. 

Tota hirsuta etiarn calyces fructusque pilis erectis, floribus sub- 
solitariis, petalis patentibus subequalibus, foliis ovato oblongis basi 
cordatis. 

Pulo Pinang. 

The whole plant is hirsute with long erect hairs. Branches 
round. Leaves alternate, short-petioled, ovate oblong, acuminate, 
cordate at the base, entire, simply pilose above, hirsute beneath 
with stellate fasciculate hairs. Flowers lateral, almost solitary, 
short-peduncled. Bracts lanceolate acute. Calyx hairy as well 
as the peduncles and bracts, bursting irregularly, often into two 
segments. Corolla of a deep red colour, 6-petaled, petals 
spreading lanceolate acute. Stamina numerous, with long linear 
anthers. Germina numerous; styles and stigmata the same. 
Berries numerous, long pedicelled, oblong, hirsute with ferrugi- 
nous hairs, many-seeded. Seeds arranged in a double longitudinal 
series. 

CAREYA MACROSTACHYA. W. J. 

Monaddphia Polyandria. 

Arbor, foliis petiolatis obovatis subserratis racemis lateralibus 
nectantibus densissime multifloris, floribus sessilibus multi seriatis. 

Pulo Pinang. 

A tree with grey bark and smooth branches. Leaves alternate 
or scattered, petiolate, obovate or oblong ovate, acuminate, some- 
times obtuse with an acumen narrowing to the base, slightly 
serrated, very smooth. Petioles roundish, thickened at the base. 
Stipules none. Racemes or spikes lateral, hanging, thick, massive, 
cylindrical, densely covered with flowers, which are sessile ana 
.arranged in numerous spiral lines; the whole is 8 or 10 inches in 
length. Bracts none. Calyx superior, purple, 4-parted, laciniai 



246 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

rounded, smooth, somewhat ciliated on the margin. Corolla 
purplish red, longer than the calyx, 4-petaled, petals ovate, obtuse 
inserted into the base of the calyx. Stamina white, very nu- 
merous, longer than the corolla, united at the base into a thick 
ring. Anthers yellow, didymous, the lobes bursting on opposite 
sides, so as to give the whole the appearance of a double 4-celled 
anther. Nectary surrounding the style within the stamina, hypo- 
crateriform, red and striated within, yellow and entire on the 
margin. Ovarium inferior, 4-celled, many-seeded ; about 4 seeds 
in each cell attached to its upper and inner angle. Style red, as 
long as the stamina. Stigma simple. Fruit a berry or pome. 

Obs. -The inflorescence of this tree is very remarkable, and 
quite different from the other species of Careya. 



CLERODENDRUM DIVARICATUM. W. J. 

Didy namia A ngio sperm ia . 

Foliis qtovato-lanceolatis acuminatis glabris, paniculis termi- 
nalibus ere|ps elongatis,pedicellis fructus reflexis, calyce subintegro 
fructifero, vix aucto. 

Found at Laye, on the West Coast of Sumatra. 

Stem shrubby, erect, about 2 feet in height, smooth, with oppo- 
site branches, which are thickened at the joint. Leaves opposite, 
short petioled, obovate lanceolate, acuminate, entire, sometimes 
denticulate, smooth. Panicle erect, terminal, long, composed of 
opposite divaricate ramifications which are subdichotomous and 
many-flowered. Pedicels of the fruit reflexed. Bracts large ovate, 
acuminate, foliaceous. Calyx cup-shaped, nearly entire. Corolla 
tubular, limb 5-parted, secund, the lower segment longer and of a 
blue colour. Stamina long, exsert. Style i. Berry deep purple, 
resting on the calyx, which is scarcely at all enlarged, 4-lobed, 
4-seeded, from i to 3 seeds occasionally proving abortive. 

HEDYCHIUM SUMATRANUM. W. J. 
JV. O. Scitaminac. 

Spica imbricata nutante, corollse labio bifido, laciniis oblongis- 
divergentibus. 

Gandasuli utan. Malay. 

From Salumah, on the West Coast of Sumatra. 

Stem erect. Leaves alternate, short petioled on their sheaths^ 
lanceolate, very entire, very smooth, parallel veined ; above a foot 
in length. Sheaths smooth, prolonged into a very long ligula. 
Spike terminal, nodding, short, dense, strobiliform. Bracts 
lanceolate, as long as the calyx ; within this the ovary is 
embraced by a tubular bract about half the length of the other. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA YAN PLANTS. 247 

Flowers numerous. Calyx superior, tubular, oblique at the 
mouth. Corolla long, outer limb 3-parted, with long narrow 
segments; two segments of the interior limb much shorter and 
broader ; the third segment or lip, which is united to the filament, 
bifid, the divisions narrow and diverging. Filament very long, 
embracing the style. Anther recurved, naked. Style length of 
the stamen. Stigma thick. Ovary pilose, 3-celled, several 
seeded. Nectarial bodies oblong. 

Obs. This is a handsome species, and though its flowers are 
not so large and showy as those of the H. coronarium, this is in 
some degree compensated by the greater number which expand 
at one time. It is the first wild species I have met with in the 
Eastern islands. 

ALPINIA ELATIOR. W. J. 

N. O. Scitaminea. 

Scapis radicalibus elatis, spicis ovatis, corolla? labio integro 
basi mutico, foliis basi subcordatis glabris. 

Bunga kenchong. Malay. 

Found on Pulo Nias, also at Ayer Bangy on the West Coast of 
Sumatra. 

The stems are from 5 to 8 feet high, round, somewhat com- 
pressed, smooth, striated. Leaves alternate, bifarious, petiolate 
on their sheaths, ovate oblong, broad, subcordate at the base, 
acuminate, very smooth on both sides, polished above, striated 
with fine parallel nerves ; from i to 2 feet long. Ligula of 
the sheath rounded. Scapes, rising at a little distance from the 
stems, 2 or 3 feet high, erect, round, smooth, invested by 
sheaths which are rounded at their points and mucronate below 
the apex. Spikes short, thick, ovate, compact, densely covered 
with flowers. The lower bracts are of a fine rosy colour, large 
and spreading, so as to form a kind of involucre to the head ; the 
upper bracts are shorter, imbricated, oblong or tongue-shaped, 
rosy with white ciliate edges, each supporting a single flower, 
The involucel or inner bract which embraces the ovary is tubular 
and irregularly bifid, being cloven more deeply on one side than 
the other. Calyx reddish, deeply cloven on one side, by which 
the three regular segments become secund. Corolla, outer limb 
three parted, segments nearly equal, erect, the upper one rather 
the largest ; inner limb unilabiate, longer than the outer, lip 
ascending, involving the anther, deep purplish red with yellow 
edge, rhomboid ovate, entire, somewhat crisped at the point, 
without spurs or sterile filaments at the base. Stamen shorter 
than the lip ; anther naked. Style as long as the anther. Stigma 
thick, triangular, anteriorly concave. Ovary sericeously pilose, 
3-celled, many-seeded 



248 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

Obs. This is a very remarkable species, easily distinguished 
from the other Alpinise with radical inflorescence by the great 
height of the scapes, and the fine rosy colour of the lower 
bracts. 

ALPINIA CAPITELLATA. W. J. 

Foliis longe petiolatis supra glabris, racemo terminali composito, 
capitulis florum bracteis involucratis. 

In the interior of Bencoolen. 

Stems 4 or 5 feet high. Leaves alternate, bifarious, long 
petioled on their sheaths, broad lanceolate, fine pointed, entire, 
parallel veined, smooth above, slightly tomentose beneath. 
Sheaths villous near the top, terminating above the petioles in 
a long ciliate ligula. Raceme terminal, compound, inclining, red. 
Flowers in heads which are embraced by large round bracts. 
Calyx tubular, 3-cornered, nearly entire. Corolla, outer limb 
3-parted, the upper segment fornicate ; the inner limb unilabiate, 
of one large coloured segment. Stamen i, anther 2-lobed, 
naked. Ovary tomentose, 3-celled. Style slender. Stigma 
concave. 

Obs. The peculiar manner in which the involucral bracts 
embrace the capitulate flowers and subdivisions of the panicle 
forms a good distinctive character. The whole inflorescence is 
stiff and rigid, and wants that copiousness and richness which 
marks the greater part of this splendid genus. 



GLOBBA CILIATA. W. J. 

Foliis ovato-lanceolatis nervis supra pilosis, panicula terminali 
erecta, anthera bicalcarata. 

Puar arnas. Malay. 

Stem slender, erect, from i to 2 feet high, somewhat com- 
pressed, spotted towards the base with purple. Leaves alternate, 
bifarious, subsessile on their sheaths, ovate lanceolate, rounded at 
the base, acuminate, entire, the upper surface furnished with 
erect hairs disposed in lines along the principal nerves, lower 
surface smooth, dotted under the lens with minute papillae ; about 
4 inches long. Sheaths striated, smooth, ciliate along the margins, 
extending very little beyond the petioles, and there bifid. Panicle 
terminal, nearly erect, with alternate, divaricate, somewhat rigid 
branches, on which are disposed alternately several subsessile 
yellow flowers. Bracts lanceolate. Calyx trifid. Corolla orange- 
yellow, 2-bordered, the exterior 3-parted, of which the upper 
segment is largest and concave ; the inner consisting of 2 
smaller segments alternating with the outer ones. Lip elevated 
on the lower part of the filament and reflexed, emarginate, with a 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 249 

purple spot in the centre. Filament long, tubular. Anther with 
2 subulate recurved horns or spurs. Style simple. Nectarial 
bodies long and linear. Ovary containing several ovula. 

Obs. It is a small delicate species, growing in moist hollows 
on the sides of the hills and among the forests in most parts of 
Sumatra. The ciliary lines of hairs on the upper surface of the 
leaves distinguish it from most of its congeners. 



ARISTOLOCHIA HASTATA. W. J. 

Gynandria Hexandria. N. O. Aristolochuc. 

Foliis hastato-trilobis glabris, racemis axillaribus, perianthio 
basi inflato, lamina erecta elliptica marginibus revolutis. 

Found at Natal on the West Coast of Sumatra. 

Suffrutescent. Branches long, spreading over the neighbouring 
shrubs, but not twining, angulate, jointed, smooth. Leaves 
alternate, petiolate, from 6 to 10 inches long, hastately 3-lobed, 
middle lobe elongated and terminating in a blunt acumen, very 
entire, very smooth, 5-nerved, and strongly veined. Petioles 
2 inches long, thick, round, channeled above. Racemes axillary, 
longer than the petioles. Flowers alternate, pedicellate, some- 
what distichous; rachis flexuose. Perianth superior, purplish- 
red, smooth without, inflated at the base into an ovate 6-angled 
ventricle, from which rises an ascending infundibuliform curved 
tube with revolute margin ; lamina erect, elliptic, revolute at the 
sides, tomentose on the inner surface, as is also the inside of the 
tube. Style short, thick. Stigma orbicular, peltate, divided on 
the summit into 6 conical erect lobes. Anthers sessile, regularly 
arranged in a circle below the stigma, 6 in number, each con- 
sisting of 2 lobes which are 2-celled and deeply furrowed along 
the middle. (As these are not arranged by pairs, might they not 
with equal propriety be considered as 12 distinct 2-celled 
anthers ? ) Ovary oblong, obtusely 6-angled, 6-celled, many- 
seeded. 

Obs. This is a large and very beautiful species of Aristolochia, 
remarkable for the size and form of its flowers. The ventricle at 
the base is large, and the narrow urn-like tube rises upwards with 
a very graceful curve. In this species the anthers might properly 
be considered as 12 in number, each 2-celled, as they are all 
arranged at equal distances round the stigma, and it seems ques- 
tionable whether the genus itself ought not to be referred to 
Dodecandria in place of Hexandria. The arrangement of the 
anthers by pairs in the other species does not appear to neces- 
sitate the supposition of a deviation from the usual structure in 
Ascribing to them 4 parallel cells in place of the more usual 
number of 2, nor does the analogy of other cognate genera 



250 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

furnish anything opposed to the inference so strongly suggested 
by the present species. 

BEGONIA. LINN. 

The island of Sumatra abounds with Begonise, a tribe of plants 
which are chiefly found in moist shady situations at the foot of 
hills and in the recesses of forests. Being succulent herbs they 
are with difficulty preserved in herbaria, and the specimens are 
frequently deficient in one or other of the parts of fructification. 
Descriptions from the living plants in their native soil are there- 
fore particularly desirable, and in this view the following account 
of the species which have fallen under my observation will not be 
uninteresting. They seem to differ from all those described by 
Mr. Dryander in the first volume of the Linnean " Transactions," 
and no great additions have been since made to our knowledge 
of the genus. 

BEGONIA C^SPITOSA. W. J. 

Subacaulis, foliis inequaliter cordatis angulatis acuminatis 
glabris, pedunculis dichotome cymosis, capsulse alis equalibus 
obtusangulis v. rotundatis. 

At Bencoolen. 

Nearly stemless. Leaves petiolate, oblique, cordate at the 
base, with rounded slightly unequal lobes overlapping each other 
a little, somewhat falcate, rounded and sublobate on one side, 
straighter on the other, attenuated into a long acumen or point, 
spinulose but scarcely serrated on the margin, smooth, shining 
above, pale and punctato-papillose beneath ; nerves 5-9, 
branched towards the margin. The leaves are of unequal size 
and vary somewhat in shape, the old ones being much rounder 
and more decidedly lobed than the younger ones, which have the 
point so much incurved as to be nearly falcate on one side. 
Petioles red, pilose. Peduncles often as long as the leaves, 
smooth, bearing a dichotomous cyme of white flowers. Bracts 
ovate, concave. Male. Perianth 4 -leaved, the inner pair 
smaller. Stamina numerous, collected into a head. Female. 
Perianth superior, 3-leaved, 2 exterior large, subrotund, applied 
to each other as in the male flowers, and enclosing the third, 
which is much smaller and oblong. Style trifid. Stigmata lunato 
bifid, yellow and glanduloso-pilose. Capsule 3-winged, wings 
nearly equal, obtuse angled or rounded. 

BEGONIA ORBICULATA. W. J. 

Subacaulis, foliis orbicu latis cordatis crenatis glabris, pedunculis 
subdichotomis, capsulce alis subequalibus obtusangulis. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA \ 'AN PLANTS. 2 5 1 

Interior of Bencoolen. 

Nearly stemless. Leaves petiolate, subrotund, from 3 to 4 
inches in diameter, slightly oblique, cordate at the base where 
the lobes overlap each other, remotely crenatc, rounded at 
the point, smooth, except on the nerves of the under surface, 
beautifully and finely punctate above. Stipules scariose, 
acute. Peduncles erect, subdichotomous, nearly as long as the 
leaves i.e., about 6 or 8 inches in height. Flowers white. 
Male. Corolla 4-petaled, the outer pair large, oblong ; the 
inner small. Stamina numerous. Female. Capsule 3-celled, 
many-seeded, 3-winged ; wings obtuse angled, nearly equal. 



BEGONIA SUBLOBATA. W. J. 

Repens, foliis cordatis subquinque-lobis vel angulatis dentato- 
serratis margine reflexis glabris, capsulse alis equalibus obtusan- 
gulis. 

Found under moist rocks on Pulo Penang, West Coast of 
Sumatra. 

Repent, with a thick knotty root. Leaves alternate, petiolate, 
cordate, sometimes unequally, large and broad, often 6 or 7 inches 
long, angulate, sometimes with 5 acute lobes, sometimes nearly 
ovate, acuminate, dentato-serrate, edges recurved, very smooth, 
5-7-nerved, finely punctate, the dots appearing elevated on the 
upper surface and depressed on the lower. Petioles 4-6 inches 
long, nearly smooth, furnished immediately below their junction 
with the leaf with a semiverticil of linear acute appendices or 
scales. Stipules large, ovate, rather laciniate towards the apex, 
i on each side the petiole. Peduncles axillary, erect, 6-8 inches 
long, red, very smooth, terminated by a dichotomous divaricate 
panicle of white flowers tinged with red. Bracts roundish. 
Male. Perianth 4-leaved, leaflets rather thick and fleshy, the 2 
outer ones much larger and subrotund, before expansion com- 
pletely enclosing the inner 2, and having their edges mutually 
applied to each other in such a manner that they form an acute 
carina round the unexpanded flower. Stamina numerous, in a 
roundish head ; filaments short, inserted on a central column 
which rises from the base of the flower. Anthers oblong, cells 
adnate to the sides of the filaments, bursting longitudinally. 
Female. Capsules with 3 equal obtusely angled wings, 3-celled, 
3-valved, valves septiferous in the middle, sutures corresponding 
to the wings. Seeds numerous, attached to placentae, which 
project from the inner angle of the cells. 

Obs The serratures are hard and cartilaginous, and recurved 
in such a manner along with the margin of the leaf that, when 
only observed on the upper surface, their place is perceived by 



2 5 2 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLAN7S. 

an indentation. It seems to resemble the B. grandis, Dryand., 
which differs, however, in having oblique, doubly serrated leaves 
-and purple flowers. 



BEGONIA FASCICULATA. W. J. 

Foliis inferioribus alternis, superioribus oppositis, oblongo- 
ovatis basi semicordatis duplicato-serratis pilosis, perianthiis 
jnasculis diphyllis, capsulse alis equalibus obtusangulis. 

Found at Tappanuly on the West Coast of Sumatra. 

Caulescent. Stem weak, jointed, thickened at the joints, 
round, covered with red hairs. Leaves petiolate, the lower 
ones alternate, the upper ones opposite, oblong ovate, inequi- 
lateral, semicordate at the base, acuminate, irregularly serrate, 
covered above with red erect subspinescent hairs, beneath with 
softer and weaker hairs. Petioles densely pilose. Stipules linear, 
acuminate, pilose. The flowers come in fascicles from the middle 
of the petioles, and these flower-bearing leaves are always opposed 
to another without flowers ; hence it is that the upper leaves are 
opposite, while the lower are alternate. Fascicles composed of 
male and female flowers ; pedicels slender, smooth, white. Bracts 
several at the base of the fascicles, acute, pilose, red. Male. 
Perianth diphyllous, white. Stamina numerous. Anthers yellow. 
Female. Perianth superior, white, cup-shaped, 5-leaved ; petals 
ovate, acute, with a few short red hairs on the outside. Style 
deeply trifid ; lobes convolute, infundibuliform. Capsule 3-winged, 
3-celled, wings equal, obtuse-angled. 



BEGONIA PILOSA. W. J. 

Foliis subsessilibus irregulariter serratis acuminatis pilosis subtus 
xubris, bracteis ad basin pedicellorum subrotundis ciliatis, capsulse 
alis subequalibus parallelo rotundatis. 

Interior of Bencoolen. 

Caulescent, pilose. Leaves alternate, scarcely petiolate, ovate, 
inequilateral, acuminate, slightly and irregularly serrate, pilose witli 
long red hairs, under surface of a bright red colour ; about three 
inches long. Stipules large, lanceolate, pilose externally. Pedun- 
cles oppositifolious, subdichotomous. Bracts at the base of the 
pedicels, roundish, ciliate. Flowers white. Male. Corolla 4- 
petaled, the inner pair smaller. Stamina numerous. Female. 
Corolla 5-petaled ; the two outer petals larger. Capsule 3-winged ; 
wings nearly equal, parallel and rounded. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 253 

BEGONIA BRACTEATA. W. J. 

Foliis duplicato-serratis acuminatis pilosis, pedunculo i-3-floro 
bracteis numerosis appressis vestito, capsulis basi bibracteatis, alls 
equalibus rotundatis. 

Near the foot of Gunong Bunko, in the interior of Bencoolen. 

Suberect, strong and branching, very villous, shaggy. Leaves 
alternate, short petioled, ovate, semicordate at the base, acuminate, 
duplicato-serrate, pilose, 3-4 inches long. Stipules large, pilose. 
Peduncles oppositifolious, generally supported by a smaller leaf, 
invested particularly towards the base with many pair of opposite 
ovate acute pilose ciliate bracts, which are pressed flat against 
each other ; the uppermost pair is distant from the rest, and sup- 
ports from i to 3 pedicels. Flowers white. Male. Corolla 
4-petaled; the outer two large, subrotund. Stamina numerous. 
Female. Corolla 5-petaled ; petals nearly equal. Styles three. 
Stigmata lunate, villous with yellow short glandular hairs. Capsule 
embraced by 2 bracts at the base, 3-celled, 3-winged ; wings equal, 
rounded. 

BEGONIA RACEMOSA.W. J. 

Foliis obovato-oblongis irregulariter dentatis acuminatis glabris, 
racemis erectis masculis, flore femineo axillari, perianthiis masculis 
diphyllis, capsulae alis equalibus parallelo-rottmdatis. 

Interior of Bencoolen. 

Layang-layang simpai. Malay. 

Suberect, stem smooth, jointed. Leaves alternate, short pe- 
tioled, obovate oblong, attenuated towards the base, which is 
unequally cordate, acuminate, irregularly and unequally dentate, 
smooth, 6-7 inches long. Stipules large, oblong. Racemes, 
oppositifolious, long, erect, bearing numerous fasciculate male 
flowers, and having a single female one in the axil. Male. 
Corolla 2-petaled, petals very thick. Stamina numerous. Female. 
Capsule with 3 equal parallel rounded wings, 3-celled. 



BEGONIA GENICULATA. W. J. 

Caule geniculato, foliis ovato-oblongis denticulatis acuminatis 
glabris, pedunculis divaricate dichotomis, floribus superioribus 
masculis dipetalis, inferioribus femineis, capsulae alis equalibus 
obtus angulis. 

Rumput udang-udang. Malay. 

Sumatra. 

Caulescent, stems smooth, compressed, channelled, jointed, 
thickened at the articulations. Leaves alternate, petiolate, semi- 
cordate at the base, obovate oblong, acuminate, denticulate, smooth. 



254 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA YAN PLANTS. 

Peduncles oppositifolious, dichotomous, divaricate, many-flowered, 
lower flowers female, upper male. There is often a female flower 
from the axil. Male. Perianth 2 -petal ed, white. Stamina 
numerous; anthers oblong, broader above. Female. Capsules 
long, 3 -winged, wings obtuse-angled, equal, smooth. 

Obs. The leaves of this plant are used by the natives for 
cleaning andtaking out rust from the blades of crises. It has 
considerable resemblance to the preceding species. 



SONERILA HETEROPHYLLA. W. J. 

Foliis oppositis altero minimo reniformi, altero oblongo acumi- 
nato versus basin attenuate ibique semicordato, supra glabris, 
pedunculis axillaribus brevissimis paucifloris. 
. Found at Tappanuly, on the West Coast of Sumatra. 

Stem creeping, round, covered with appressed scaly hairs. 
Leaves opposite, almost sessile, one very minute and reniform, 
the other about 3 inches long, oblong, broader above, acumi- 
nate, narrowing to the base, semicordate, the outer lobe forming a 
rounded auricle, obsoletely denticulate or nearly entire, a small 
spinule on the denticulations ; 3-nerved, smooth above, whitish 
beneath, with some hairs on the nerves. Petioles scarce any. 
Flowers from the axils of the small leaves, sometimes nearly soli- 
tary, sometimes 4 or 5 on a very short peduncle. Pedicels reddish, 
seated on small tubercles, furnished with glandular hairs. Calyx 
superior, trifid. Corolla 3-petaled. Stamina 3. Capsule turbi- 
nate, 3-celled, many-seeded. 

Obs. This species is remarkable by the extreme difference in 
the size of the opposite leaves, one of which is so minute as almost 
to escape observation. The same peculiarity exists in the Sonerila 
Moluccana. 



RHODODENDRON MALAYANUM. W. J. 

Foliis oblongis glabris punctatis, floribus terminalibus, pedicellis 
cernuis, corolla punctata basi gibba. 

Observed on the summit of the Sugar Loaf Mountain, in the 
interior of Bencoolen. 

This is a large shrub or small tree much branched. Bark brown 
and spotted. Leaves alternate or scattered, short petioled, lanceo- 
late-linear, 2^-3 inches long, attenuated to both ends, somewhat 
bluntish at the point, entire, smooth, thickly sprinkled beneath 
with brown dots and green above with depressed points; the 
middle nerve is strong, the lateral ones scarce any. Stipules none. 
Flowers from a short terminal bud, which is at first closely invested 
by numerous imbricated broad bracts, which successively fall off 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 255 

and at length leave the short thick peduncle annulated by their 
cicatrices. It throws out near the point several nodding i -flowered 
pedicels, which are doited in the same manner as the leaves. 
Calyx very small, 5-toothed. Corolla crimson, tubular, expanding 
into a 5-lobed limb, sprinkled with callous dots, tube gibbous at 
the base and marked with 5 furrows. Stamina 10, leaning to one 
side, inserted on the very base of the corolla and about as long as 
its limb; filaments red; anthers yellow, opening at top by 2 
.oblique pores. Style a little shorter than the stamina. Stigma a 
round head marked with 5 indistinct rays. Ovary superior, oblong, 
5-sided, covered with brown spots, 5-celled, polysporous. 

Obs. I found this and the following species of Vaccinium on 
the very summit of Gunong Bunko, a remarkable insulated moun- 
tain in the interior of Bencoolen, commonly called by Europeans 
the Sugar Loaf, in reference to its shape. Its elevation is not 
estimated to exceed 3,000 feet, yet the character of its vegetation 
is decidedly Alpine. This character is probably more marked 
than it would be at a similar height on the side of a differently 
shaped hill, owing to the steepness, which refuses space for large 
trees ; and the consequent exposure and want of shelter on its 
sharp conical peak. 



VACCINIUM SUMATRANUM. W. J. 

Racemis axillaribus foliis brevioribus, foliis elliptico-ovatis in- 
tegerrimis coriaceis. 

Found on the summit of Gunong Bunko, or the Sugar Loaf 
Mountain, in the interior of Bencoolen. 

A small tree, with reddish brown bark and smooth branches. 
Leaves alternate, short petioled, elliptic ovate, acuminate, some- 
times obtuse, entire, edges a little reflexed, very smooth, firm, stiff 
and leathery, pale green beneath ; about 4 inches long. Stipules 
none. Racemes axillary, shorter than the leaves, often from the 
stem below them. Flowers white, pedicellate, alternate. Calyx 
small, cup-shaped, slightly 4-toothed. Corolla oblong ovate, con- 
tracted at the mouth; limb short, recurved, 4-parted. Stamina 
8 incluse, inserted on the base of the corolla ; filaments dilated at 
the base, pilose, tinged with red ; anthers 2-lobed, between which 
are 2 short filaments or processes, each lobe prolonged upwards 
into a membranaceous horn or awn, which is bifid at top and 
opens by a pore. Ovary semi-inferior, 4-celled, polysporous, ovula 
attached to the inner angles of the cells. Style columnar, a little 
longer than the stamina, incluse. Stigma round, obtuse. 



256 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 



HALORAGIS DISTICH A. W. J. 

Foliis alternis distichis obliquis integris, floribus axillaribus- 
subsolitariis, petalis tridentatis. 

Kayo kanchil. Malay. 

This species is not unfrequent in Sumatra, at Singapore, and 
other parts of the Malay Archipelago. 

A shrub with ferruginous pilose branches. Leaves alternate, 
distichous, arranged in two series, one of large leaves and another 
of very small ones which resemble stipulse, being regularly placed 
a little below the insertion of the large ones, so as to lie over their 
bases ; the large leaves are subsessile, rhomboid oblong, inequi- 
lateral, acute, entire, nearly smooth above, pilose with short 
appressed hairs beneath ; from an inch to an inch and a half long ; 
the small leaves are similar in shape, but more acute, and little 
more than a quarter of an inch long ; they are arranged on the 
anterior side of the branch and are closely appressed to it, so as 
to resemble stipules. Flowers axillary, generally solitary, subses- 
sile. Calyx 4-leaved, persistent. Petals 4, shorter than the calyx, 
trifid. Stamina 8, as long as the petals ; anthers 2-celled. Ovary 
inferior, 4-sided, ferruginous, 4-celled, tetrasporous. Styles 4, 
equal to the stamina. Stigmas simple. Drupe oblong ovate, red, 
containing a nut with 8 longitudinal furrows, and containing a 
single seed. Seed oblong oval; embryo central in an ample 
albumen. 

Obs. The general habit of this species is very peculiar, and 
has much the character of Australasian vegetation, to which 
country the genus principally belongs. 



ELODEA. ADANSON. 
Hyperirincz, fuss. 

This genus, which has been revived by a late author on 
American Botany, appears to be abundantly distinguished from 
Hypericum, and to form a good natural division. It is principally 
characterized by having the stamina united into 3 phalanges, 
which alternate with an equal number of nectaries. In the fol- 
lowing species the placentation is peculiar; I know not whether 
the American plants exhibit the same structure, as it is not men- 
tioned in any description which I have seen, but if it should prove 
on examination that they do, it should form part of the generic 
character. Loureiro's Hypericum Cochinchinense, which un- 
doubtedly belongs to Elodea, appears to be very nearly related to 
my E. Sumatrana, and his description of the seeds seems to indicate 
a structure similar to what I have observed. The Hypericum 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 2 5 7 

petiolatum of the same author seems also referable to this genus, 
and to be different from Lianseus's H. petiolatum, whk; 
native of Brazil. In all the species now referred to Elodea, the 
generic distinction appears to receive confirmation from certain 
differences of habit which may be remarked between them and 
the true Hyperica, particularly in the colour of the flowers, which 
in the latter is almost without exception yellow, but in Elodea is 
often red. 

ELODEA SUMATRANA. W. J. 

Foliis subsessilibus oblongis attenuato-acuminatis glabris rigi- 
diusculis, paniculis terminalibus foliosis, staminibus numerosis 
triadelphis, petalis basi nudis. 

Found at Tello Dalam, in the island of Pulo Nias. 

A large shrub or small tree; branchlets rather compressed, 
obscurely 4-sided. Leaves opposite, almost sessile, oblong, 
tapering to the point, acute, broad at the base, entire, smooth ; 
nerves proceeding from a middle rib, strong ; 6 or 7 inches in 
length ; the surface appears by the aid of the microscope to be 
dotted with opaque points. Panicles terminal, foliose, the lower 
divisions being axillary ; oppositely branched and rigid. Flowers 
dark red or purple. Bracts minute. Calyx 5-leaved, persistent, 
leaflets ovate, smooth, the outer ones smaller. Corolla cup-shaped, 
longer than the calyx, 5-petaled ; petals subrotund ; ungues naked, 
without pore or scale. Nectaries 3, yellow, inserted below the 
corolla and half as large as the petals, subrotund, doubled back- 
wards upon themselves in such a manner as to form a sac which 
opens behind near the base. Stamina numerous, their filaments 
united for about half their length into three phalanges, which are 
inserted 'alternately with the three nectaries; they are a little 
shorter than the corolla ; anthers yellow, 2-celled. Ovary oblong, 
3-celled, many-seeded. Styles 3, diverging. Stigmata 3, subro- 
tund. Capsule oblong, 3-celled ; each cell containing several seeds 
as long as the cell and attached to the bottom of the central 
column ; they are thin and flat, disposed regularly one within the 
other, forming concentric circles, which are particularly apparent 
in the transverse section of the capsule. 

Obs. This curious arrangement of the seeds is not a little 
remarkable ; they lie one within the other like skins of an onion, 
each occupying the full length and breadth of the cell, but 
diminishing regularly in size from the outermost to the middle in 
proportion to the different radius of the circle which it describes 
round the common centre. They are attached one above the 
other to the bottom of the cell at its inner angle. The leaves are 
destitute of pellucid dots, and have their lateral nerves strongly 
and distinctly marked. The nectaries which alternate with the 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. 



258 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

stamina are very peculiar, being saccate, apparently by being 
doubled backwards. This species differs from the following and 
those of America in having no scales at the base of the petals, and 
from the latter in having numerous stamina. It appears to be 
nearly related to Loureiro's Hypericum Cochinchinense, which, as 
already observed, belongs to this genus. 



ELODEA FORMOSA. W. J. 

Foliis petiolatis lanceolatis subtus glaucis pedunculis fasciculatis 
axillaribus, staminibus numerosis triadelphis, nectariis acutis. 

Kayo gaghak. Lampong. Sepadas Bunga. Malay. 

Native of Sumatra. 

A small tree with cinereous bark and smooth branchlets. Leaves 
opposite, elliptic oblong, acute, very entire, smooth, glaucous 
beneath, pellucidly punctate, two and a half inches long; the 
nerves proceed from a midrib. Petioles slender. Peduncles 
axillary, and from the axils of fallen leaves, fasciculate, i -flowered, 
slender, smooth. Flowers white, with a slight rosy tinge. Bracts 
several at the base of the peduncles. Calyx 5-leaved, smooth, 
leaflets acute. Corolla 5-petaled, longer than the calyx ; petals 
oblong, each furnished with a broad adnate scale a little above 
the base. Stamina numerous, united into 3 phalanges. Nectaries 
3, alternating with the stamineous fascicles, red, acute, carinate 
behind, fleshy. Ovary 3-celled, each cell containing several flat 
ovula lying one within the other, and attached by their bases to 
the lower part of the axis. Styles 3, long. Stigmas capitate. 
Capsules oblong, crowned by the persistent styles, 3-celled, many- 
seeded. Seeds thin, flat, attached by their bases to a central 
triangular column, on which they are inserted alternately in a 
double series. 

Obs. The arrangement of the ovula is similar to that observed 
in the E. Sumatrana ; they are thin, attached by their bases to the 
lower part of the cell, suberect, and concentrically disposed, but 
are inserted rather higher on the axis of the cell than in the 
former. This species agrees with those of America in having a 
scale at the base of the petals, but differs in having numerous 
stamina ; it therefore comes nearer to the E. Egyptica (Hypericum 
Egypticum, Linn.). 

TERNSTRCEMIA. 

The Malayan species of Ternstrcemia exhibit a remarkable 
agreement among themselves, at the same time that they differ 
considerably from the rest of the genus. They have a trilocular 
ovarium surmounted by 3 styles, which are inserted on the same 
point, but are separate to the base. In some the corolla is mono- 



DESCRIPTIONS OF If A I.. IV. LV PLANTS. 2 y> 

q)etalous with monadelphous stamina, in others it is 5-petaled with 
distinct stamina. The anthers are 2-celled and open at the top by 
2 oblique pores ; this is probably the case with the whole genus, 
though it has been omitted in the generic character, of which 
it ought certainly to form an essential part. It seems doubtful 
whether the monogynous species with bilocular fruit and definite 
seeds ought to be united with those which have 3 styles, 3 cells 
and numerous seeds ; but an examination of their ovaries and 
placentation is necessary to decide the question. I have met witli 
four species in Sumatra and the adjacent islands, two of which I 
have already described in the first volume of the " Malayan Miscel- 
lanies." Their common appellation in Malay is Ingor-ingor 
karbau, or Buffalo's spittle. 



TERNSTRCEMIA ACUMINATA. W. J. 

Foliis obovato-lanceolatis acuminatis spinuloso-denticulatis 
.glabris, floribus axillaribus solitariis polyandris, pedunculis squa- 
mosis, fructu triloculari. 

Found at Tappanuly on the West Coast of Sumatra. 

Branches round, somewhat flexuose. All the young parts green, 
with a few appressed scales. Leaves alternate, petiolate, obovate 
lanceolate, attenuated to the base, terminating in a long acumen 
or point, spinuloso-denticulate, smooth, with the exception of a few 
appressed scales on the lower surface ; about a foot in length. 
Petioles short, scaly. Peduncles axillary, solitary, i -flowered, 
scarcely so long as the petioles, covered with small scales. Calyx 
5-leaved, the 3 outer leaflets with appressed scalets. Corolla 
white, 5-petaled, little longer than the calyx. Stamina many, 
inserted on the base of the petals ; anthers large, truncate and 
opening by 2 pores at the top. Ovary 3-celled, many-seeded. 
Styles 3. 

Obs. This agrees with the T. pentapetala in having the corolla 
divided to the base, but the leaves are more acuminate, and the 
flowers are solitary and axillary. 



TERNSTRCEMIA SERRATA. W. J. 

Foliis obovato-oblongis cartilagineo-serratis glabris, pedunculis 
axillaribus binis, floribus monadelphis, laciniis corollae emarginatis, 
fructu triloculari. 

Frequent on the island of Pulo Nias. 

A small tree. Young parts furnished with brownish scales. 
Leaves alternate, petiolate, obovate oblong, acuminate, serrate 
with irregular cartilaginous uncinate serratures, smooth, pretty 
strongly nerved ; 7-8 inches long. Petioles brown, scaly. 

s 7. 



260 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

Peduncles generally 2, axillary, i -flowered, slender, about an inch 
long. Calyx 5-parted, whitish, leaflets unequal. Corolla white, 
inonopetalous, quinquefid, longer than the calyx, cup-shaped, lobes 
bifid or emarginate, generally oblique. Stamina shorter than the 
corolla, and inserted on its base ; filaments united below ; anthers 
oblong, bifid, 2-celled, each cell opening at top by an oblique 
cucullate pore. Ovary hairy, 3-celled, many-seeded ; placentas 
central. Styles 3, longer than the corolla, irregularly bent. Berry 
3-celled, many-seeded. Seeds angled, foveolate. 

Qbs. This differs from the other Sumatran species in having 
firmer leaves, with stronger nerves and thickened callous serratures. 
The peduncles are more slender, the styles longer, and the lobes 
of the corolla obliquely notched. 



TERNSTRCEMIA CUSPIDATA. W. J. 

Foliis obovato-ellipticis acuminatis dentato-serratis, serraturis, 
apice hamatis, fructibus 5-locularibus. pedunculis axillaribus 1-3 
floris. 

A tree, young parts ferruginous. Leaves petiolate, elliptic ovate, 
attenuated to the base, broader above, sharply acuminate, serrated, 
the narrow sharp toothlets generally curved or hooked at their 
points, smooth, often marked with whitish glandular dots on the 
nerves, veins,, and serratures ; 6-8 inches long. Peduncles axillary. 
1-3 flowered, smooth. Calyx 5-parted, segments orbicular, 
Corolla white, monopetalous, 5-parted. Stamina numerous ; 
anthers opening by two gaping pores. Ovary subglobose, 5-celled, 
ovula very numerous ; placentae from the inner angle of the cells. 
Style very deeply 5-parted. 

Obs. This species (received from Salumah during the printing 
of the present sheet) comes very near to the T. serrata ; it differs 
in having the leaves more sharply acuminate, with longer tooth- 
like serratures, and rather shorter petioles, the peduncles fre- 
quently bearing 2 or 3 flowers, and not so slender as in the former 
and in the 5-celled fruit. 



MILLINGTONIA. ROXB. 

Calyx 5-phyllus, foliolis duobus exterioribus minoribus. Corolla 
5-petala, petalis duobus minoribus squamiformibus. Stamina 
quinque, quorum tria sterilia difformia basi petalorum majorum 
inserta; duo fertilia basi minorum adnata, filamentis apice scyphum 
gerentibus cui anthene bilobse insident. Ovarium nectario annulari 
rinctum, biloculare, loculis disporis. Drupa mice plerumque 
monosperma. Embryo erectus, curvatus albumine nuilo aut 
]>arco. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS 

Obs. It will be perceived that I have made a considerable and 
material alteration in the terms of the generic description from 
that given by Roxburgh ("Fl. Ind." i. p. 102), which I conceive 
to be necessary towards explaining the true relations of the various 
parts of the flower, and thereby affording the means of tr;i< iiv^ 
more correctly its natural affinities. The principal point is to 
determine the real nature of what Roxburgh calls the nectarial 
scales at the base of his petals. I have no hesitation in consider- 
ing them as abortive stamina, which the examination of the flower 
before expansion places, I think, beyond a doubt. In that state 
the whole of the stamina connive over the pistil, the anther of the 
fertile ones is turned inward, so as not to be visible, and there is 
no considerable difference of appearance between them and the 
sterile ones. The anther-bearing hollow of the fertile stamina is 
applied to a corresponding hollow on the side of the sterile ones, 
and at the time of expansion the former separate themselves with 
a jerk and become erect, while the latter continue in their original 
position incumbent over the pistil. The petals on which the 
fertile stamina are inserted are much smaller and narrower than 
the others, as if exhausted by the greater development of the parts 
they nourish. These petals are called by Roxburgh outer lamina: 
of the filaments, which is contrary to all common analogy, while 
the other explanation might be supported by numerous examples 
of a similar structure. Thus in place of a diandrous flower with 
tripetalous appendiculate corolla and bifid stamina, we obtain 5 
as the primary number of all the parts, only modified by the 
partial abortion of 3 of the stamina. 



MILLINGTONIA SUMATRANA. VV. J. 

Foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis 3-6 jugis ovato-lanceolatis, petalis 
minoribus acutis, fructu ovato. 

Found on the island of Pulo Nias. 

It is a moderate-sized tree with grey bark. Leaves alternate, 
pinnate with an odd one which is rarely wanting ; leaflets from 5 
to 13, opposite, ovate, lanceolate, acuminate, entire, smooth, 6-9 
inches long. Common petiole flat above and marginate, thickened 
at the base. Panicles terminal, many-flowered, rather coarctate, 
with stiff rigid divisions, slightly tomentose. Flowers white. Bracts 
minute. Calyx small, 5-leaved, the outer 2 smaller, resembling 
bracts. Corolla 5-petaled, the outer 3 large, subrotund, the 
inner 2 much smaller, lanceolate, acute. Stamina 5, inserted 
on the bases of the petals; 2 fertile, upon the smaller petals, 
with broad filaments expanding at top into a kind of cup, on 
which the anther rests, and to whose outer edge it is attached ; 
the anther consists of 2 yellow lobes resembling masses of 



262 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA I 'AN PLANTS. 

pollen which burst transversely. The 3 sterile stamina which 
are inserted on the larger petals have thick filaments without 
anthers, but marked with an oblong cup-like cavity on each side 
corresponding to the cups of the fertile ones. Before expansion, 
the 5 stamina connive over the pistil in such a manner that 
the cup-like cavities are mutually applied to each other ; on 
expansion, the fertile stamina separate with a jerk, by which the 
pollen is in part dispersed, and the cup becomes erect with the 
anther resting upon it; the other 3 never separate but remain 
conniving over the pistil. Ovary embraced at the base by 
a nectarial cup with 5 toothlets; ovate, 2-celled, each cell 
containing 2 ovula attached to the centre of the partition. 
Style short. Stigma small. Berry ovate, oblique or recurved, 
somewhat less than an olive, containing a single i -seeded nut. 
Nut obovate oblong, acute and curved at the base, carinate along 
one side, and having a large umbilical hollow above the base 
on the other, smooth, i -seeded. Seed obovate oblong, acute 
at the base, covered with a dry loose brown skin ; albumen 
none ; embryo glutinous on the surface, erect, doubled on itself. 
Cotyledons thin, foliaceous, large, round ovate, reflected back 
wards upon the radicle, and half embracing it laterally. Radicle 
inferior, very large, thick, pointed, extending the whole length of 
the seed and partly doubled up or curved at the top. 

Ol>s. The cotyledons are wrapped round the embryo in such a. 
manner as to give the whole somewhat of a chrysaloid appear 
ance. This species has considerable resemblance to the M. 
pinnata of Roxburgh, but differs in having unequally pinnate 
leaves, with from 3 to 6 pair of leaflets, in having the smaller 
petals entire and acute, not tridentate, in the nectarial ring 
having 5 simple toothlets, not 3 bidentate angles, and in having 
a large ovate fruit with a smooth, not rugose nut. The abortive 
cell is generally observable near the umbilical foramen. 



LAURUS INCRASSATUS. W. J. 

Foliis ovato-lanceolatis venosis, pedunculis fructus incrassatis. 
rubris. 

Machilus medius. Rumph. " Amb." iii. p. 70. t. 41. 

Jaring-jaring tupai. Malay. 

J-'ound at Natal in the island of Sumatra. 

A tree. Leaves alternate, petiolate, ovate lanceolate or lanceo- 
late, acuminate, entire, very smooth, with lateral nerves proceed- 
ing from a middle rib ; about 5 inches long. Petioles short. 
1'cduncles axillary or lateral near the extremity of the branches, 
shorter than the leaves, supporting a small panicle of flowers. 
In the flower these peduncles and pedicels are slender and 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 263 

delicate, but as the fruit advances they become very much 
thickened, fleshy and red. Perianth 6-parted. Stamina 9, the 3 
inner ones glandular at the base and somewhat villous ; anthers 
opening by longitudinal valves. Style short. Stigma capitate, 
angled. Berry seated on the incrassated peduncle, and embraced 
at the base by the divisions of the perianth a little enlarged, 
about the size and shape of an olive, purple, i -seeded. Seed 
oval, exalbuminous. Radicle superior, far within the edge of the 
cotyledons. 

Obs. I have met with another species at Bencoolen with 
larger leaves, from 9 to 12 inches in length, in which the 
pedicels alone are thickened, the peduncles remaining unaltered. 
In this particular it agrees perhaps still better with Rumphius's 
figure than the plant above described. 



TETRANTHERA CORDATA. W. J. 
N. O. Laurincz. 

Racemis axillaribus, floribus umbellatis enneandris, filamentis 
pilosis, perianthii limbo sexpartito, foliis cordatis subrotundo- 
ovatis uninervibus costatis subtus ramulis pedunculis involucris- 
que ferrugineo villosis. 

West Coast of Sumatra. 

A moderate-sized tree. Leaves alternate, petiolate, cordate, 
sometimes sinuate-cordate, varying from subrotund-ovate to ob- 
long oval, rather acute, smooth above, tomentose beneath, nerves 
proceeding from a middle rib, veins transverse, subreticulate. 
Peduncles axillary, shorter than the leaves, bearing a raceme of 
involucred umbels. Involucres 5-leaved, leaflets roundish, to- 
mentose without, deciduous. Umbels sessile on the involucre, 
4-7-flowered; flowers pedicelled. Male. Perianth 6-parted. 
Stamina 9, hairy, the inner 3 filaments furnished with large 
glands ; anthers 4-celled. Female. Perianth 6-parted, segments 
narrow. Sterile stamina 9, the inner 3 with large double 
glands ; filaments pilose with long hairs. Style i, longer 
than the stamina. Stigma dilated, sublobate. Berry oblong, 
i -seeded. 

KNEMA CxLAUCESCENS. W. J. 
N. 0. MyristicecE. BR. 

Glomerulis axillaribus 2-6 floris, floribus pedicellatis, baccis 
oblongo-ovalibus subpulverulentis, foliis oblongis sursum attenuatis 
subtus glaucis, antheris 12-15. 

In the neighbourhood of Bencoolen. 

A dioecious tree. The young parts covered with rusty down. 
Leaves alternate, short-petioled, oblong, generally rounded at the 



264 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

base, attenuated upwards, acute, very entire, deep green and 
shining above, glaucous beneath, the adult leaves nearly smooth, 
the young ones furnished with short stellate pubescence on the 
under surface; lateral nerves simple; about 7 inches long by 
2 broad. Petioles somewhat rusty, a third of an inch in length. 
Stipules none. Flowers 2-6, glomerate on a short axillary knob, 
pedicellate ; pedicels as long as the petioles, ferruginously tomen- 
tose. A minute bract about the middle of each pedicel. Male. 
Perianth ferruginously tomentose without, deeply 3-parted, spread- 
ing, segments round ovate, thick ; aestivation valvate. Stamineous 
column central, slender, expanding at top into a peltate disc, 
whose edge is divided into 12 or 15 rays, to the lower surfaces of 
which are attached an equal number of 2-celled anthers. Female. 
Fruit axillary, generally solitary, hanging, oblong oval, consider- 
ably smaller than an olive, somewhat pulverulent and rusty, burst- 
ing into 2 valves. Nut invested by a thin aril, which is laciniate 
only at the top. Seed with ruminate albumen. 

Obs. The seed has a pungent taste and slightly aromatic smell. 
Mr. Brown has recognized the propriety of separating Knema 
from Myristica. 

CONNARUS. LINN. 

This genus, with Cnestis, has been removed by Mr. R. Brown 
from the Terebintaceae of Jussieu, and formed into a separate 
and very natural family under the name of Connaraceae. They 
are rather a numerous tribe in the Malay islands, and besides the 
following species of Connarus and Cnestis, I have to add the new 
genus Eurycoma, which appears to be sufficiently distinct from 
both the former. I am doubtful whether the species which I 
have referred to Cnestis really belong to that genus, as they have 
all smooth capsules with arilled or carunculate seeds, or whether 
they ought not to be separated from those whose capsules are 
clothed with prurient hair. Some confusion appears also to have 
existed between the species of Cnestis and Connarus, the ripe 
capsules of the former being often solitary from the abortion of 
the remaining ovaries, and I am much inclined to think that 
Connarus santaloides, and mimosoides of Vahl in particular, are in 
reality species of Cnestis, a supposition which is supported by the 
analogy of the inflorescence, which is almost without exception 
terminal in Connarus and axillary in Cnestis. This distinction is 
of some importance between genera so nearly related. 

CONNARUS FERRUGINEUS. W. J. 

Eerrugineo-tomentosa. foliis pinnatis, foliolis oblongis coriaceis 
subtus ferrugineo-villosis, paniculis terminalibus. 
Bunga burutta. Malay. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA YAN PLANTS. 265 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A small sized tree. Branches round, covered with ferrugin- 
ous wool. Leaves alternate, pinnate, leaflets 9, sub-opposite, 
oblong lanceolate, acuminate, very entire, margins reflexed, coria- 
ceous, green and tomentose above, ferruginously villous beneath. 
Petioles round, villous, thickened at the base. Stipules none. 
Panicles large, terminal, sometimes with a few axillary racemes. 
Flowers numerous, white. Bracts roundish, often curved, ferrugin- 
ously villous, as well as the calyces and the whole panicle. Calyx 
5-parted, laciniae erect, oblong, acute. Corolla white, sprinkled 
with red dots, 5-petaled, longer than the calyx, petals erect, 
lanceolate. Stamina 10, erect, united at the base, the alternate 
ones much shorter. Anthers ovate. Style shorter than the long 
stamina. Stigma capitate, 3-furrowed. Capsule follicular, ferru- 
ginous, rather inflated, oblique, gibbous behind, opening on one 
side, i -celled, i-seeded. Seed bean-shaped, appendiculate at the 
umbilicus. Umbilical appendage or caruncle large, and glandular. 
Embryo dicotyledonous, conform to the seed, without albumen ; 
radicle at a distance from the umbilicus. 

Obs. This fine species is well distinguished by its thick 
leathery leaves, and the ferruginous pubescence of their lower 
surface and of the branches and panicles. 



CONNARUS VILLOSA. W. J. 

Villosissima, foliolis 5-7 lanceolatis longe acuminatis supra 
glabris, paniculis terminalibus dense stellato-villosis ferrugineis. 

Native of Sumatra. 

The whole plant densely and ferruginously woolly. Branches 
round. Leaves alternate, pinnate, leaflets 5 or 7, subopposite, 
oblong lanceolate, narrowing towards the base, terminating in a 
long acumen, entire, smooth above, villous beneath with stellate 
pubescence \ about 6 inches long. In young leaves the upper 
surface is covered with deciduous pubescence. Panicles large, 
terminal, and from the upper axils densely villous, ferruginous. 
Bracts long, linear, thick, curved, villous. Calyx 5-parted, 
villous. Corolla 5-petaled, limb spreading. Stamina 10, united 
into a ring at the base, the alternate ones shorter. Ovary densely 
pilose with plumose hairs. Style longer than the stamina. 
Stigma capitate. 

Obs. This plant is covered with denser and rougher wool than 
the preceding, particularly on the panicles, and the leaves are 
much longer, acuminate, and not coriaceous. 



266 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA YAN PLANTS. 



CONNARUS SEMIDKCANDRA. W. J. 

Foliis pinnatis, foliolis 3-5 lato-lanceolatis subtus villosiusculis, 
paniculis terminalibus axiilaribusque villosis, filamentis alternis 
sterilibus. 

Mangul, also Akar sedinka. Malay. 

Abundant in thickets at various places on the West Coast o 
Sumatra. 

It is a small tree, with wrinkled bark ; the young shoots and 
leaves are softly and ferruginously villous. Leaves alternate, 
pinnate ; leaflets from 3-5, ovate lanceolate, acuminate, entire, 
smooth above, slightly villous beneath, nerves lucid, 3-4 inches 
long. Panicles terminal or from the upper axils, villous and 
brownish. Flowers numerous. Bracts small. Calyx 5-leaved, 
erect, reddish, tomentose. Corolla of a light blush colour, 5- 
petaled; petals longer than the calyx, spreading at the limb. 
Stamina, filaments 5, fertile, exsert ; 5 alternate ones, short, sterile, 
all united into a ring at the base. Style somewhat shorter than 
the stamina. Capsule tomentose, ferruginous, follicular, 2-valved, 
i-seeded. Seed with an umbilical caruncle. 

Obs. This is one of the most common species in Sumatra, and, 
like all the rest of the genus, frequents thickets and copses, or 
what is called by the Malays " Beiukar," rather than the great 
forests. 

CONNARUS GRANDIS. W. J. 

Foliis pinnatis, foliolis quinis ovato-lanceolatis glabris, paniculis 
terminalibus, capsulis magnis glabris. 

At Tappanuly, in Sumatra. 

A moderate-sized tree. Leaves alternate, pinnate; leaflets 
generally 5, ovate lanceolate, acuminate, entire, smooth, 8 or 9 
inches long. Panicles terminal, long, smooth. Capsules large, 
oblique, red, smooth, follicular, bursting on one side, i -seeded. 
Seed with a large umbilical caruncle. 

Obs. I have not seen the flowers. It has larger leaves and 
fruit than any other species that I have met with, and is further 
distinguished by the smoothness of all its parts. 

CONNARUS LUCIDUS. W. J. 

Foliis pinnatis, foliolis glaberrimis nitidis emarginato-acuminatis, 
paniculis terminalibus ferrugineis, calyce persistente. 

Sumatra. 

A small tree, with long divaricate subscandent branches. Bark 
brown and wrinkled. Leaves alternate ; leaflets 5-9, ovate 
lanceolate or elliptic oblong, terminating in a long linear acumen, 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN 1'LANTS. 

which is emarginate at the point, entire, very smooth, shining and 
lucid, 2-2$ inches long. Panicles terminal, small and delicate, 
ferruginously tomentose. Flowers pale red. Calyx 5-leaved, 
tomentose. Corolla 5-petaled, petals narrow. Stamina 10, mon- 
adelphous at the base, the alternate ones short. Style i, longer 
than the staminn. Capsule obovate, less oblique than usual in 
the genus, embraced at the base by the enlarged persistent calyx, 
smooth, bursting on one side, i-seeded. Seed attached nearly at 
'the base, the umbilicus half embraced by the cup-shaped carun- 
cula, which is rather smaller than usual. 

Obs. This is a small delicate species, having smooth, shining 
leaves with emarginate points ; the panicles are small and seldom 
bring more than i or 2 fruit to perfection. 

CNESTIS EMARGINATA. W, J. 

Foliolis 5-7, acuminatis apice emarginatis racemis axillaribus 
paucifloris, capsulis solitariis glabris, seminis umbilico caruncula 
semiamplexo. 

Found in the neighbourhood of Bencoolen. 

A small tree with weak diffuse branches. Leaves alternate, 
pinnate, leaflets 5-7, from ovate to oblong ovate, terminating in a 
long acumen which is emarginate at the point, entire, very smooth, 
the middle nerve pubescent underneath ; the upper leaflet is the 
largest, and frequently 5 inches in length. Petiole thickened at 
top and bottom, almost articulate under the terminal leaflet. 
Racemis axillary, subsolitary, short, few-flowered. Pedicels alter- 
nate, i -flowered; a bract at the end of each pedicel, small, 
tomentose as well as the peduncle. Calyx 5-parted, smooth, 
persistent. Corolla 5-petaled, petals oblong, acute. Stamina 10 
distinct, the alternate ones shorter. Ovaries 5, smooth, with a 
line of hairs along the suture. Styles 5, shorter than the stamina. 
Stigmas emarginate. Capsule solitary, 4 ovaries aborting, em- 
braced at the base by the thickened calyx, orange-coloured, 
smooth, bursting on one side, containing a single black seed. 
Seed furnished at the base with a cup-shaped orange-coloured 
fleshy caruncle which partially surrounds the umbilicus. Embryo 
inverse, without albumen. 

Obs. The umbilical caruncle in this species is similar in shape 
and situation to that observed in the Connarus lucidus, being 
smaller than usual in this tribe. 

CNESTIS FLORIDA. W. J. 

Foliolis 3-5, rarius solitariis, oblongo-ovatis acuminatis glaber- 
rimis, racemis fasciculatis axillaribus, seminibus arillo subinclusis. 
Confer cum Connaro santaloide. Vahl, anne eadem ? 



^68 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

Found in Sumatra and the island of Pulo Nias. 

A small tree, with somewhat rigid divaricate branches. Leaves 
alternate, pinnate, leaflets 3-5, sometimes solitary, oblong ovate, 
attenuated into a longish blunt acumen, very entire, very smooth, 
rather rigid, shining above, veins reticulate, about 3 inches long. 
Racemes axillary, fasciculate, slender, shorter than the leaves, the 
lower pedicels 3-4 flowered. Calyx almost 5-leaved, erect, tinged 
with red towards the base. Corolla 5-petaled. Stamina 10, 
distinct, nearly equal, filaments flat and broader at the base. 
Ovaries 5, oblong, erect. Styles i to each ovary. Stigmas simple. 
Capsule solitary, the remainder aborting, ovate, pointed towards 
both ends, somewhat oblique, smooth, bursting on one side, 
i -seeded. Seed almost enclosed in a bright red lleshy aril, origi- 
nating from the umbilicus, and in its expansion enveloping the 
whole seed. Albumen none. Cotyledons plano-convex, solid. 
Radicle remote from the umbilicus, as in Gcertner's Omphalobium. 



CNESTIS MIMOSOIDES. W. J. 

Foliis pinnatis subdecemjugis, foliolis ovato-oblongis emarginatis, 
seminibus arillo subinclusis. 

Connarus mimosoides. Vahl and Willd. 

Found at Tappanuly. 

I can scarcely entertain a doubt of this being the very plant 
referred by Vahl to Connarus, and aptly named Mimosoides. Its 
analogy with the preceding is very close, having the seeds simi- 
larly enclosed in a large red aril, and the racemes axillary. I 
have not seen the flowers, but the four abortive ovaries are quite 
distinct at base of the perfect one. In all these three species only 
one capsule ripens, in which particular, as well as having smooth 
capsules and arilled seeds, they seem to differ from Cnestis. 

EURYCOMA. W. J. 

Pentandria Monogynia. N. O. Connaracecc. BROWN. 

Calyx 5-partitus. Corolla 5-petala. Stamina quinque. Glan- 
dulse decem staminibus alternse. Ovarium 5-lobum, lobis mono- 
sporis. Stylus i. Stigmata quinque. Capsulee 3-5, folliculares, 
glabree, monospermse. Semen nudum. 

Polygama, foliis pinnatis fastigiatis, floribus paniculatis. 

EURYCOMA LONGIFOLIA. 

Kayu kabal. Malay. 

Found at Tappanuly and Bencoolen, in Sumatra, and at 
-Singapore. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

This is a small tree, whose branches are thick, rough with the 
vestiges of fallen leaves and foliose at their summits. I 
crowded at the extremity of the branches, 2 feet long, pinnated 
with numerous leaflets, which are oblong lanceolate, acute, very 
entire, very smooth, 2-3 inches in length. Panicles axillary, very 
long. Flowers male and hermaphrodite on different plants. 
Calyx small, 5-parted. Corolla longer than the calyx, purple, 
tomentose without, with glandular hairs, petals erect with inflexed 
.margins. Stamina 5, erect, shorter than the petals, alternating 
with 5 pair of villous corpuscles, which are large and distinct in 
the male flower, very small in the hermaphrodite. Ovary 5-lobed, 
lobes monosporous, in the male very small and abortive. Style i, 
short, curved. Stigmata 5, thick, recurved. Capsules from 3 to 5, 
nearly ovate, smooth, bursting on one side, i-seeded. Seed naked 
(without aril or caruncle), exalbuminous. 

Obs. The corpuscles interposed between the stamina are 
remarkable in the male flower, being roundish, erect, yellow bodies, 
with somewhat the appearance of abortive anthers ; in the herma- 
phrodite, however, they become simple scales. The genus differs 
from Cnestis in the number of the stamina, the single style, and 
the smoothness of the capsules, and from Connarus in the number 
of the ovaries and stigmas, and the want of the umbilical 
caruncula. 

PERONEMA. W. J. 

Didynamia Angiospcrmia. N, O. Verberacece. BR. 

Calyx 5-partitus. Corolla tubo brevi, limbo irregulari 5-lobo, 
laciniis secundis. Stamino duo, exserta ; rudimenta duorum ste- 
rilium. Stigma refractum. Fructus siccus, 4-partibilis, 4-spermus. 

Arbor, foliis pinnatis petiolo alato, panicula; terminal! opposite 
corymbosa. 

PERONEMA CANESCENS. 

Sungkei. Malay. 

A large tree, native of Sumatra. 

Trunk straight, but little branched. Leaves opposite, pinnate, 
nearly 2 feet long, with 7-9 pair of leaflets, which are alternate or 
subopposite, lanceolate, attenuated to both ends, acute, somewhat 
recurved, entire, smooth above, canescent beneath, veins reticulate 
on the under surface, 8-9 inches long. Petioles winged, finely 
and delicately tomentose, wings decurrent from the insertion of 
the leaflets. Stipules none. The branches are crowned by a vast 
terminal oppositely corymbose panicle, of which the ultimate 
divisions are dichotornous, with a flower in the bifurcations ; the 
whole is finely tomentose and hoary. Bracts small, acute. Flowers 
inconspicuous, whitish. Calyx 5-parted, segments acute, erect. 



270 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA YAN PLANTS. 

Corolla not much longer than the calyx, limb expanding, irregular, 
5-lobed, segments secund, the two upper ones diverging, the 
lowermost considerably longer than the rest. Stamina 2, reflexed 
backwards between the upper segments of the corolla, filaments 
subulate, thickened towards the base. Anthers long. Rudiments 
of 2 abortive stamina. Ovary 4-celled, ovula erect. Style rather 
longer than the stamina. Stigma simple, refracted. Fruit seated 
on the calyx, villous, dry, separating into 4 portions, each of which 
contains a single seed. 

Obs. This is a valuable timber tree, the wood being hard and 
tough, well suited for carriage shafts, which require to combine 
strength and elasticity with lightness. When long buried in the 
earth, it is said to become petrified. The genus is related to 
Vitex, but is abundantly distinct therefrom. 



RHODAMNIA. W. J. 

Icosandria Monogynia. N. O. Myrta, 

Calyx superus, quadrilobus. Corolla tetrapetala. Stamina 
numerosa. Ovarium uniloculare, pluri ovulatum, placentis duobus 
parietalibus. Bacca unilocularis oligosperma. 

Arbuscula, foliis trinerviis, inflorescentia axillari. 

RHODAMNIA CINEREA. 

Frequent on the Western Coast of Sumatra and the islands 
which skirt it. Its Malay name is Marpuyan. 

There are two varieties of this species, the one of which is 
larger than the other and has broader leaves, which are more 
decidedly tomentose below. These differences are scarcely 
sufficient for a specific distinction. 

A small tree with greyish wrinkled bark and pilose branchlets. 
Leaves opposite and alternate, petiolate, roundish- ovate in the 
large variety, and broad lanceolate in the small one, acuminate, 
very entire, 3-nerved, often with a less distinct pair near the 
margin, smooth above, somewhat hoary beneath, pubescent, 
particularly on the nerves, but in the small variety nearly smooth, 
with little more than a glaucous tinge on the under surface. 
Petioles short, tomentose. Stipules small, linear. Peduncles 
short, axillary, i-flowered. Flowers white. Calyx tomentose, 
persistent. Corolla twice as long as the calyx. Stamina inserted 
on the calyx, almost as long as the corolla. Ovary i -celled, con- 
taining many ovula attached to 2 parietal placentae. Style i, 
erect. Berry reddish, subglobose, crowned with the calyx, i- 
celled, containing a few seeds attached to the parietes, many of 
the ovula proving abortive. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN /'/ 

Obs. This genus, which is nearly related to Myrtus, appears to 
be sufficiently distinguished by its ovary and plac entation, from 
which, rather than from the fruit, the most important characters in 
this family are to be derived. It is peculiar in having 3-nerved 
leaves, in which particular it has a resemblance to Myrtus 
tomentosa, but differs widely from that species in its fruit and 
ovary. 

ADINANDRA. W. J. 

Polyandria Monogynia. 

Calyx 5-partitus, persistens, basi bibracteatus. Corolla penta- 
petala, petalis basi latis. Stamina 30, pluriseriata, subpolyadelpha, 
interioribus brevioribus ; antheris bilocularibus apice mucronatis. 
Stylus unicus, subulatus. Bacca supera, stylo persistente acumi- 
nata, 5-locularis, polysperma, placentis ab angulo interiore loculos 
bipartientibus. 

Arborescens foliis alternis exstipularibus, floribus axillaribus. 

ADINANDRA DUMOSA. 

Daun saribu. Malay. 

Abundant in thickets throughout Sumatra and various parts of 
the Malay islands. 

It grows to be a small tree ; the bark is dark brown, and the 
branches are smooth. Leaves alternate, short petioled, elliptic 
oblong, acute at both ends, sometimes rounded, with an obtuse 
acumen at top, entire or obsoletely serrate, smooth, slightly glau- 
cous beneath, almost veinless ; 3-4 inches long. Stipules none. 
Peduncles axillary, subsolitary, i-flowered, shorter than the leaves, 
recurved calyx bibracteate at the base, 5-parted, segments thick, 
subrotund, overlapping each other. Corolla white, twice as long 
as the calyx, erect or conniving, 5-petaled, petals ovate oblong, 
broad at the base, acute. Stamina about 30, closely arranged 
in several circles, the inner ones shorter; filaments divisible to 
their bases, but closely pressed against each other, sericeously 
pilose, particularly on their outer side; anthers of 2 parallel 
lobes, adnate to the sides of the filament, which is prolonged into 
a mucro at the summit. Ovary superior, smooth, 5-celled, poly- 
sporous ; the cells are almost biparted by placentae which project 
from the inner angle, and to whose edges the ovula are attached. 
Style single, subulate. Stigma simple. Berry globose, embraced 
at the base by the calyx, and acuminated by the persistent style ; 
5-celled, many seeded. 

Obs, In general habit and in the texture of the leaves this 
plant has some resemblance to Dyospyros, but differs widely in 
fructification. 



272 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA YAN PLANTS. 



IXONANTHES. W. J. 

Calyx 5-passim 6-partitus, foliolis subrottmdis. Corolla 5 vel 6- 
petala, glutinosa. Stamina 10 vel 20. Nectarium germen cingens. 
Stylus i. Capsula supera, calyce corollaque persistentibus cincta 
ovato-acuminata, 5-locularis, 5-valvis, valvularum marginibus 
introflexis. Semina singulo loculo duo, margini interior! dissepi- 
mentorum affixa, compressa, in alam membranaceam producta. 
Albumen semini conforme, embryone inverse foliaceo, piano. 

Arbores, foliis alternis simplicibus, floribus, dichotome corym- 
bosis axillaribus. 

IXONANTHES RETICULATA. 

Floribus decandris, foliis integerrimis. 

Found at Tappanuly, on the West Coast of Sumatra. 

A tree with smooth compressed branchlets. Leaves alternate, 
petiolate, elliptic oblong, emarginate, somewhat attenuated to the 
base, entire, smooth, firm and rigid, with thick revolute edges, 
shining above, rather glaucous beneath, veins reticulate, about 3 
inches long. Petioles short, flattened above. Stipules minute, 
deciduous. Peduncles axillary on the younger shoots, much 
longer than the leaves, smooth, dichotomous at the summit, with 
a pedicel in the bifurcation, bearing generally about 7 flowers, 
which are small and green. Calyx 5-parted, segments rounded. 
Corolla glutinous as well as the calyx, 5-petaled, petals roundish. 
Stamina 10; filaments inserted below the petals; anthers yellow, 
2-celled. Ovary surrounded at the base by a yellow fleshy nec- 
tarial ring, 5-celled, lo-seeded. Style erect. Stigma capitate. 
Capsule surrounded at the base by the persistent calyx and corolla, 
somewhat enlarged, oblong, pointed, smooth, 5-valved, 5-celled, 
septa formed by the introflexed margins of the valves, cells 
2 -seeded, but frequently only one comes to perfection ; they are 
separated from each other by a ridge which projects from the 
middle of the valves. Seeds compressed, oblong, angular, winged 
at the lower end. Albumen conform to the seed. Embryo 
inverse, central. Cotyledons flat, oval. Radicle superior, cylin- 
drical, not so long as the cotyledons. 



IXONANTHES ICOSANDRA. 

Floribus icosandris, foliis crenatis. 

Found in the interior of Bencoolen. 

A tree. Leaves alternate or scattered, short-petioled, lanceolate 
oblong, emarginate, dentato crenate, very smooth, shining above ; 
about 6 inches long. Stipules small, deciduous. Peduncles axil- 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 273 

lary, nearly as long as the leaves, bearing a trichotomous umbel 
or corymb of greenish flowers. Bracts small. Calyx 5-6-parted. 
Corolla 5-6-petaled, glutinous as well as the calyx, petals spreading, 
subrotund, pale, and somewhat transparent. Stamina 20, much 
longer than the corolla, Nectarial ring crenate on the margin by 
the compression of the filaments which are inserted round it. 
Ovary 5-6-celled, each cell containing 2 ovula. Style a little 
longer than the stamina. Stigma capitate. Capsule ovate, pointed 
smooth, 5-6-celled, 5-6-valved, margins of the valves introflexed. 
Seeds 2 in each cell, attached by their middle to the inner edge 
of the valvular partitions, oblong, membranaceous to both ends, 
bifid at the lower. 

CHIONOTRIA. W. J. 

Decandria Monogynia. 

Calyx 5-partitus inferus. Corolla 5-petala. Stamina 10, erecta. 
Ovarium 2 loculare 2 sporum, ovulis pendulis. Stylus i. Stigme 
capitatum. Bacca monosperma. Semen exalbuminosum apice 
umbilicatum. Cotyledonibus maximis convexo-planis, radicula 
supera minima, 

Frutex, foliis simplicibus oppositis pellucido punctatis, racemis 
axillaribus. 

Genus Aurantiis affine. 

CHIONOTRIA RIGIDA. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A shrub with corrugated grey bark. Leaves opposite, very 
fihort-petioled, ovate lanceolate, acuminate, narrow at the base, 
very entire, very smooth, pellucidly punctate. Stipules subulate, 
acute. Racemes axillary, erect, rigid, branched, strict, shorter 
than the leaves, pedicels short, rigid, many-flowered. Flowers 
greenish, inconspicuous. Bracts very small. Calyx very small, 
5-parted. Corolla a little longer than the calyx, 5-petaled. Sta- 
mina 10, exsert, erect. Anthers incumbent. Ovarium superior, 
2-celled, 2-seeded, seeds pendulous. Style thick, as long as the 
stamina. Stigma capitate, obtuse. Berry of the size of a cherry, 
snow-white, globular, and somewhat flattened, umbilicate, con- 
sisting of a spongy farinaceous pulp, and containing a single large 
round seed. Seed globose, attached superiorly and there umbi- 
licate. Integument coriaceous, marked with veins which diverge 
from the umbilicus. Albumen none. Embryo inverse, conform 
to the seed. Cotyledons plano-convex, of a deep green colour, 
somewhat rugose externally, and punctate on the inner surface. 
Radicle superior, obverse to the umbilicus, short, straight, cylin- 
drical, obtuse, covered with ferruginous down ; it is elongated into 
a short conical plumule. 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. T 



2 74 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 



SPHALANTHUS. W. J. 
Decandria Monogynia. N. O. Combretaceiz. BR. 

Calyx tubolosus, hinc gibbus, deciduus, limbo 5-partito. Co- 
rolla 5-petala, summo tubo calycis inserta et ejusdem laciniig 
alterna. Stamina 10, corolla breviora. Stylus tubo calycis hinc 
accretus. Ovarium uniloculare, ovulis paucis ab apice loculi 
pendulis. Capsula 5-alata, monasperma, semine 5-angulato. 
Semen exalbuminosum, cotyledonibus convexo-planis, radicula 
minima conica. 

SPHALANTHUS CONFERTUS. 

Kayu sumang. 

A shrub with round nearly smooth branches. Leaves generally 
alternate, large and reflexly bifarious, short-petioled, ovate oblong, 
acuminate, subcordate at the base, entire, very smooth. Petiole's 
short, somewhat recurved. Stipules none. Spikes 1-3, terminal, 
bending in an opposite direction from the leaves. Flowers 
crowded, sessile. Bracts lanceolate acute, much shorter than the 
flowers. Calyx superior, very long, tubular, gibbous on one side 
below, reddish and somewhat tomentose without, limb 5-parted, 
somewhat reflex, laciniae acute, broader at the base. Corolla 
5-petaled, white at first, becoming red after expansion, a little 
longer than the calyx, petals ovate oblong, acute. Stamina 10, 
inserted in a double series on the calyx, erect, shorter than the 
coralla ; anthers oblong, yellow. Ovary small, oblong, i-celled, 
containing 3 pendulous ovula, attached by filaments to the 
summit of the cell. Style green, filiform, rather longer than the 
stamina, adhering to or concrete with the tube of the calyx on 
one side along its whole length. Stigma simple. Capsule large, 
not crowned with the calyx, oblong, with 5 membranaceous wings, 
smooth, i-celled, i-seeded. Seed oblong, with 5 obtuse angles. 
Integument membranaceous, easily separated. Albumen none. 
Embryo conform to the seed. Cotyledons plano-convex, angled 
exteriorly. Radicle conical, very small. 

Obs. The structure of the seed is here different from what 
generally obtains in the Combretacese, the cotyledons being solid, 
not convolute. 

PYRRHANTHUS. W. J. 
Decandria Monogynia. N. O. Combretacea. BR. 

Calyx 5-fidus, superus, persistens. Corolla 5-petala, calyce 
longior. Stamina 5-10, erecta, corolla duplo longiora. Ovarium 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 275 

uniloculare, ovulis 3-5 pendulis. Drupa caryophylliformis, calyce 
coronata ; nuce oblonga monosperma. 

Arbor litorea inter Rhizophoras crescens ; foliis crassis ad apices 
ramorum confertis, floribus subcorymbosis. 



PYRRHANTHUS LITTOREUS. 

Malay, Miri batu, and in Sumatra Kayu api-api. 

Native of Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula, growing among 
mangroves in salt swamps and near the mouths of rivers. It is 
one of the most ornamental trees that occur in these situations. 

It grows to be a large tree, generally with an irregular crooked 
trunk. Leaves irregularly crowded at the extremities of the 
branches, which are rough with their persistent vestiges, subsessile, 
cuneiform, retuse, attenuated at the base into a very short petiole, 
obtusely crenate, often nearly entire, smooth, thick and fleshy, 
almost veinless. Stipules none. Racemes short, simple, terminal, 
subcorymbose. Flowers pedicellate, crowded. Bracts 2, small, 
acute, at the base of each flower. Calyx superior, 5-cleft, seg- 
ments erect, thick, rather obtuse. Corolla crimson, 5-petaled, 
petals spreading, twice as long as the. calyx, acute. Stamina 
varying in number from 5 to 10, erect, twice as long as the corolla, 
filaments red, subulate ; anthers oblong, purple, attached by the 
middle. Ovary inferior, about the size and shape of a clove, 
i -celled, containing from 3 to 5 ovula, which are pendulous from 
the top of the cell. Style i. Berry or drupe somewhat com- 
pressed, obtusely angled, crowned by the thick persistent calyx ; 
nut oblong, with 2 prominent angles, i -seeded. Seed exalbumi- 
nous. Embryo inverse. Cotyledons convolute. 

Obs. The number of the stamina is very variable, 7 is perhaps 
the most frequent ; 5 and 6 are common, but 10, the complete 
number, is rare. The number of ovula varies also. The genus 
is most nearly related to Laguncularia of Gaertner, but seems to 
differ in its corolla and stamina. It has some resemblance to 
Kada kandel (Rheed, "H. Mai." vi. p. 67, t 37), a figure which 
has not, I believe, been quoted, and may possibly be another 
species of this genus. Kayu api-api is the name generally given 
to this tree in Sumatra, but is applied by Rumphius to his Man- 
gium album ("H. A." iii. p. 115, t. 66), which is a species of 
Avicennia, probably the A. resinifera of Forster, known in Sumatra 
by the name of Pelandok kayu. It appears to be distinct from 
A. tomentosa, having lanceolate acute leaves, white beneath, but 
not tomentose, and the fruit being much smaller. 



T 2 



.276 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 



PHALERIA. W. J. 

Octandria Monogynia. 

Perianthium coloratura, tubulosum, inferum, limbo 4-partito. 
Stamina 8, exserta. Ovarium biloculare, 2-sporum, ovulis pendulis. 
Stigma capitatum. Bacca bilocularis, disperma. Semina exalbu- 
minosa, embryone inverse. 

Frutex, foliis suboppositis, floribus axillaribus. 

This genus is related to the Thymelaese, but differs in having a 
"bilocular ovary and fruit. 

PHALERIA CAPITATA. W. J. 

Native of Sumatra. 

A shrub with smooth branches. Leaves opposite, or suboppo- 
site, short petioled, ovate lanceolate, terminated by a long, sharp 
acumen, entire, very smooth, 8 inches long. Petioles thickened. 
Stipules none. Peduncles axillary, sometimes from the axils of 
fallen leaves, very short, bearing a head or umbel of sessile flowers 
which is embraced by an involucre composed of several oblong- 
ovate leaflets or bracts. Flowers large and white, resembling 
those of the jasmine. Perianth inferior, tube long, faux pervious, 
smooth, limb 4-parted, segments ovate. Stamina 8, inserted on 
the faux, exsert, rather long; anthers 2-lobed. Ovary embraced 
by a thin white nectarial cup, oblong, attenuated into a style, 
2-celled, cells monosporous, ovula attached to the summit of the 
cell by a thread, which, passing along the back of the ovulum, is 
inserted into its base, so that the ovulum seems as if doubled 
upon its filament. Style a little shorter than the stamina. Stigma 
capitate, papilose. Berries crowded, somewhat pear-shaped, 
rounded above, acute at the base, cortical, 2-celled, 2-seeded. 
Seed exalbuminous, embryo inverse, cotyledons plano-convex; 
radicle small, superior. 



PTERNANDRA. W. J. 

Octandria Monogynia. 

Calyx ovatus, limbo quadridentato. Corolla 4-petala. Stamina 
octo, antheris introflexis, compressis, basi postice calcaratis, bilo- 
cularibus, loculis longitudinaliter dehiscentibus. Ovarium calyci 
infra adnatum, 4-loculare, polysporum, placentis parietalibus. 
Stylus declinatus. Bacca polysperma. 

Habitus Melastomarum, foliis oppositis trinerviis, floribus 
paniculatis. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 277 



PTERNANDRA CGERULESCENS. 

Native of Pulo Pinang. 

A large smooth shrub, with round branches. Leaves opposite, 
short petioled or subsessile, ovate, acuminate, tapering at the base 
into short petioles, very entire, very smooth ; coriaceous, paler 
beneath, with 3 strong nerves, and 2 less conspicuous along the 
margins ; the transverse veins are few and not prominent. Sti- 
pules none, but the petioles are connected by an interpetiolar 
line. Panicles oppositely corymbose, short, terminal, sometimes 
also from the upper axils. Peduncles 4-sided, smooth. Bracts 
small. Calyx united to the ovarium beneath, ovate, reticulately 
squamous, almost entire or obsoletely 4-toothed. Corolla blue, 
lighter at the margin, 4-petaled, petals ovate, acuminate, inserted 
into the calyx. Stamina 8, blue; filaments nearly erect, incurved 
at the apex. Anthers large, pointing inwards, compressed, 
elongated behind into an acumen or spur, cells anteriorly gibbous 
and bursting longitudinally. The anthers, before expansion, are 
turned downwards, as in the Melastomse, but their points do not 
reach much below the top of the ovary. Style declinate, about as 
long as the stamina. Stigma conical and rather obtuse. Ovary 
adnate to the calyx, 4-celled, polysporous, ovula attached to 
convex parietal placentae. Berry 4-celled, many-seeded. 

Obs. In general habit and appearance this plant has a close 
resemblance to my Melastoma glauca, and at first sight appears 
only to differ in having smaller flowers, and leaves with less 
distinct nerves and veins. In the structure of the anthers, how- 
ever, it differs essentially from Melastoma, and has some affinity 
to Memecylon ; the fruit and mode of placentation differs from 
both. The ovary might either be considered inferior, or superior 
and adnate to the calyx; the analogy of Melastoma has led me to 
assume the latter. 



MEMECYLON PANICULATUM. W. J. 

Foliis petiolatis ovatis obtuso-acuminatis, paniculis axillaribus 
brachiatis. 

Found at Tappanuly and on Pulo Bintangor, on the West Coast 
of Sumatra. 

A large shrub, with grey bark and smooth branches. _ Leaves 
opposite, short-petioled, ovate or oblong ovate, terminating in a 
rather obtuse acumen, entire, very smooth, shining above, paler 
beneath, with pretty distinct nerves, which unite into a line near 
the margin ; 7 or 8 inches long. Petioles short and thick. Sti- 
pules none. Panicles axillary, sometimes from the axils of fallen 
leaves, oppositely branched. Peduncles 4-sided, purplish ; there 



278 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

is generally a single i -flowered pedicel placed immediately below 
each of the principal divisions of the panicle, springing as it were 
from the same point. Flowers numerous, bluish. Bracts minute. 
Calyx nearly entire. Corolla light blue, 4-petaled, petals broad, 
acute. Stamina 8; filaments subulate; anthers blue, prolonged 
behind into a thick spur, the upper surface of which is marked 
with a nectariferous cavity ; cells on the anterior surface perpen- 
dicular to the spur, which is nearly horizontal, bursting longitudi- 
nally. Ovary i-celled, containing about 8 erect ovula attached 
to a small protuberance in the base of the cell, its disc marked 
with radii corresponding to the faces of the anthers, which are 
incurved before expansion. Style subulate. Stigma acute. Berry 
globular, i-seeded. Seed erect, exalbuminous. Cotyledons pel- 
tate, hemispherical, their flat surfaces a little irregular or waved. 
Radicle erect, rising perpendicularly between the cotyledons to 
their centre, where it is inserted. 

Obs. This peculiar structure of the embryo is different from 
what obtains in all the other species of Memecylon that I have 
examined, where the cotyledons in place of being solid and hemi- 
spherical, are foliaceous and contortuplicate. 



OCTAS. W. J. 

Octandria Monogynia. 

Calyx 8-partitus. Corolla 8-loba. Stamina octo, laciniis 
corollas alterna. Stigma sessile, 8-radiatum. Bacca 8-sperma, 
supera. 

Frutex, foliis simplicibus alternis, spicis axillaribus. 

OCTAS SPICATA. 

Found at Tappanuly on the West Coast of Sumatra. 
A shrub, with long branches, the young parts tomentose. 
Leaves alternate, petiolate, lanceolate oblong, acuminate, entire, 
smooth, 5 inches long. Stipules, small, acute. Spikes or 
racemes 2 from each axil, rather shorter than the leaves, many- 
flowered; pedicles in threes. Flowers small, white. Bracts 
minute. Calyx small, 8-parted. Corolla monopetalous, spread- 
ing, divided at the margin into 8 round lobes. Stamina 8, 
as long as the lobes of the corolla ; anthers white, subsaggitate. 
Ovary superior, globular, 8-celled, 8-seeded. Stigma large, 
sessile, composed of 8 fleshy coadunate lobes. Berries about 

he size of peppercorns, purple, containing 8 seeds, which are 

ngled interiorly. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 279 



CCELOPYRUM. W. J. 

Octandria Monogynia. 

Calyx 4-partitus. Corolla 4-petala. Stamina 8, alterna bre- 
viora. Stigma obtusum subsessile. Drupa supera, nuce biloculari, 
loculo exteriore lunato alterum fovente. Semen unicum, loculo 
altero vacuo. 

Arbor, ramis apice foliosis, foliis simplicibus, floribus racemosis. 



CCELOPYRUM CORIACEUM. 

T&gntang. Malay. 

In forests in the neighbourhood of Bencoolen. 

A tree with thick branches, which are foliose at their summit. 
Leaves alternate, petiolate, elliptic, obtuse or emarginate, entire 
with reflexed margins, firm and leathery, smooth above, pale and 
tomentose beneath, costate with strong parallel ribs or nerves, 10 
-12 inches long. Petioles about 3 inches long, marginate and 
flattened above. Racemes axillary, erect, shorter than the leaves, 
branched ; flowers numerous, yellowish, small and inconspicuous, 
in small racemules or spikelets. Bracts small, acute. Calyx 
inferior, spreading. Corolla 4-petaled, petals longer than the 
calyx, ovate. Stamina 8, the alternate ones shorter. Ovary 
surrounded and nearly immersed in a large fleshy nectarial ring, 
whose sides are angled by the compression of the filaments. 
Style scarce any. Stigma obtuse. Drupe ovate, acute, smaller 
than an olive, containing a single nut. Nut 2 -celled, cells unequal 
and dissimilar, the outer and lower crescent-shaped, and embrac- 
ing the other, which is smaller, oblong and always empty; the 
larger cell contains a single conform seed. 

Obs. The structure of the fruit is very peculiar ; the empty 
cell is placed obliquely in the upper part of the nut, the fertile one 
is, as it were, wrapped round the other. The extreme minuteness 
of the ovary prevented me from satisfactorily ascertaining its 
.structure. 



PETROCARYA EXCELSA. W. J. 

Heptandria Monogynia. N. O. Rosacecz. Juss. 

Foliis oblongis acuminatis glabris, calycibus ore obliquis, 
staminibus undecim fertilibus. 

Kayu balam pangkat. Malay. 

A large timber tree. Leaves alternate, short, petioled oblong, 
acuminate, entire, smooth 4-5 inches long. Stipules longer than 



28o DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

the petioles, deciduous. Racemes axillary and terminal, forming 
a panicle towards the top, strict, erect, little branched; flowers 
very short, pedicelled and appressed to the principal peduncle ; 
the whole ferruginous and tomentose. Bracts broad, deciduous. 
Calyx infundibular, ferruginous and tomentose, oblique at the 
mouth, furnished with a ring of stiff hairs which point downwards,, 
lowest on the side to which the fertile stamina and ovary are 
attached, limb 5 -parted, subreflex. Corolla 5-petaled, inserted on 
the mouth of the calyx and scarcely longer than its limb, petals 
subrotund. Stamina n, fertile, twice as long as the petals, 
inserted in one phalanx along the lower edge of the mouth of the 
calyx, on the upper edge is a ring with 8 processes or abortive 
stamina. Ovary adnate to the side of the calyx below the fertile 
stamina, densely pilose, disporous. Style lateral, inserted near 
the base of the ovary, as long as the stamina. Stigma simple. 
Drupe enclosed in the enlarged calyx, which becomes adnate to it 
and crowned by its persistent limb ; obliquely ovate, about the 
size of a filbert. Nut smooth, i-seeded, with an abortive cell 
generally above the fertile one. Seed curved, corresponding ta 
the cell, albuminous ; embryo cylindrical inverse ; radicle superior, 
clavato-cylindrical, longer than the ligulate cotyledons. 

PETROCARYA SUMATRANA. W. J. 

Foliis elliptico-oblongis subtus canescentibus, calycis ore 
regulari, staminibus septem fertilibus. 

A tree. Branchlets pilose. Leaves alternate, short petioled, 
elliptic-oblong, 6-8 inches long, terminating in a bluntish acumen, 
acute at the base, entire, the adult leaves smooth above, some- 
what hoary, with close short wool beneath, the younger ones 
covered with deciduous pubescence above, nerves prominent 
beneath, veins reticulate. Petioles about a quarter of an inch in 
length, stipules longer than the petioles, oblong, acute. Racemes 
axillary and terminal, shorter than the leaves, tomentose ; pedicels 
mostly 3-flowered, divaricate. Bracts rather large, concave, at 
the base of the peduncles, pedicels and flowers. Calyx tubular or 
campanulate, tomentose without, pilose at the faux, which is equal 
and regular, limb spreading, 5-parted, segments acute. Corolla 
5-petaled, white, petals inserted on the mouth of the calyx, and as 
long as its segments. Stamina 14, of which 7 upper are fertile 
arranged in one phalanx, and the opposite 7 abortive; fila- 
ments short, flat, anthers roundish, 2-lobed. Ovary adnate ta 
the upper side of the tube or calyx, pilose, 2-celled, containing z 
erect ovula. Style lateral, inserted at the base of the ovary, as 
long as the stamina. Stigma capitate. 

Obs. These two species, though nearly related, present abun- 
dant points of distinction. In the P. excelsa the leaves are 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN IV. ANTS. 28 1 

smaller, smoother, and less strongly nerved, while the flowers are 
larger, the racemes longer, more erect and compact, and the 
stamina longer and more numerous than in the P. Sumatrana. 



WORMIA EXCELSA. W. J. 
N. O. 



Fpliis ellipticis acutis denticulatis, pedunculis multifloris opposi- 
tifoliis, pedicellis clavatis. 

Kayu sipur. Malay. 

In forests near Bencoolen. 

A large tree. Leaves alternate, petiolate, from elliptic ovate to 
elliptic-oblong, acute, denticulate or obsoletely serrate, smooth, 
8-12 inches long. Petioles deeply channelled above. Peduncles 
oppositifolious at the summit of the branches, many-flowered; 
pedicels alternate, clavate. Flowers large, yellow, 3 inches in 
diameter. Calyx 5-leaved, leaflets subrotund, concave, unequal, 
Corolla 5-petaled, spreading, petals ovate oblong. Stamina very 
numerous, the outer ones yellow, spreading, shorter than the inner, 
which are purple, erect and recurved above ; anthers, lobes adnate 
to the filament. Ovaries 6-8, connate, polysporous. Stigmas as 
many, flat, recurved, diverging. Capsules 6-8, whitish, semi- 
transparent, bursting at the inner angle, and then spreading, 
containing no pulp. Seeds attached to the edges of the capsules, 
enveloped in a red aril. 

Obs. This is a large forest tree, which yields excellent timber, 
the wood having some resemblance to oak. 



WORMIA PULCHELLA. W. J. 

Foliis obovatis integerrimis, pedunculis solitariis axillaribus 
unifloris, floribus pentagynis. 

Found at Natal. 

A small tree. Branches round, rather smooth. Leaves alternate,, 
petiolate, oblong obovate, rounded at top, with a short round point, 
sometimes retuse, very entire, very smooth, thick and rather 
coriaceous, about 5 inches long. Petioles smooth, channelled 
and marginate above, less than an inch in length. Peduncles 
axillary and sub terminal, solitary, i -flowered, angled, about 2 
inches long. Bracts none. Calyx 5-leaved, leaflets subrotund, 
smooth. Corolla 5-petaled. Stamina numerous. Ovaries 5, 
collected into a globe, terminating in as many flat, reflexed 
diverging styles. Stigmas thickened. Capsules 5, of a light 
semi-transparent rose-colour, bursting at their angles, and then 
spreading like a corolla. Seeds attached to the inner edges of the 



282 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

capsules, a few only coming to perfection, partly embraced by a 
red pulpy aril, which originates from the umbilicus. 

Obs. This species is very beautiful when in fruit, from the 
delicacy of the colours which the capsules exhibit. 



FICUS OVOIDEA. W. J. 

Foliis cuneato-obovatis apice rotundatis, nervo medio dichotomo, 
fructibus axillaribus binis pedunculatis. 

Found at Singapore, and on several parts of the West Coast of 
Sumatra and its islands. 

A small tree, with smooth brownish bark. Leaves alternate, 
petiolate, cuneato-obovate, rounded above, attenuated to the base, 
very entire, very smooth, the middle nerve dichotomous ; from i j 
to 2 inches long. Petioles nearly half an inch long, round, with a 
slight furrow above, and covered with grey bark like the branchlets. 
Peduncles in pairs, sometimes solitary, axillary, shorter than the 
petioles, i-flowered. Involucres embraced at the base by 3 short 
subrotund bracts, nearly globose, smooth, shut at the mouth by 
scales, and containing numerous pedicellate florets. Seeds naked, 
hard. 

Obs. The leaves are peculiar in having the middle nerve 
dichotomous, a character by which this species may be readily 
distinguished from its congeners. 



FICUS DELTOIDEA. W. J. 

Foliis obcuneato-deltoideis apice latis v. retusis, nervo medio 
dichotomo, fructibus axillaribus binis pedunculatis. 

A small tree, native of Sumatra, and very similar to the 
preceding, but having the leaves proportionally broader, more 
decidedly deltoid, and retuse or truncate, not rounded at top; 
the peduncles also are in pairs from the axils of the leaves and 
longer than the petioles. The breadth of the leaves is generally 
greater than their length in this species, which is not the case 
with their preceding ; they are, however, precisely similar in their 
leathery texture, and in having the nerve dichotomous and not 
prominent. 

FICUS RIGIDA. W. J. 

Foliis ovatis lineari-acuminatis rigidis, fructibus pedunculatis 
axillaribus globosis glabris. 
Seribulan. Malay. 
Sumatra, &c. 
A tree, with grey cinereous bark and smooth branchlets. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 283 

Leaves alternate, petiolate, ovate or obovate, with long linear 
acumina which are obtuse or emarginate at the point, attenuated 
to the base, 3-4 inches long, entire, firm and rigid, smooth, 
shining above, rugose, with reticulate veins beneath ; nerves pro- 
minent beneath, the lowermost pair springing from the base and 
running along the margins until they anastomose with the upper 
ones. Petioles brown with cracked skin. Berries 1-3, axillary, 
pedicelled, pedicels shorter than the petioles, smooth. Involucra 
globose, orange-coloured when ripe, smooth, with some whitish 
spots as large as a currant. Florets numerous, pedicellate. Female 
ones with a 4~5-parted perianth. Style inserted laterally. Seed 
naked. 

Obs. The bark of this species is fibrous, and I am informed 
that it is employed in Menangkabau in the fabrication of a coarse 
kind of paper. 

JONESIA. ROXB. 
N. O. Leguminosa. 

Calyx tubolosus, basi bibracteatus, limbo 4-lobo. Petalla nulla. 
Stamina 3-7, summo tubo calycis inserta. Ovarium pedicellatum, 
pedicello calyci hinc accreto. Legumen oligospermum. 

Frutices, foliis abrupte pinnatis, floribus fasciculatis. 

The alteration I have here made in the terms of the generic 
description from that given by Roxburgh will remove all obscurity 
as to the true affinities of this genus, and establish its near relation 
to Macrolobium. The bracteal leaflets (the diphyllous calyx of 
Roxburgh) are found in both genera, though less conspicuous and 
not coloured in Macrolobium, the stamina are similarly inserted 
on the mouth of the tubular calyx, and are equally variable in 
number ; the pedicel of the ovary is accrete to the calyx in both, 
and the only difference consists in the presence or absence of the 
single petal which is found in Macrolobium and is wanting in 
Jonesia. 

JONESIA DECLINATA. W. J. 

Foliis 6-8 jugis, foliolis oblongis, floribus fasciculato-paniculatis 
tetrandris. 

Kayu siturun. Malay. 

A small straggling tree found generally in thickets ; native of 
Sumatra. 

Branches depending, whence the native name. Leaves alternate, 
composed of from 6 to 8 pair of leaflets, of which the lowest are 
situated on the base of the petiole; they are opposite, from 10 to 
12 inches in length, oblong, rounded at the extremity, but termi- 
nating in a short thick recurved point, entire on the margin, 
Smooth. Petiole roundish, thickened at the base. Stipule intra- 



284 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

petiolar, embracing the stem, broad at the base, ovate and pointed. 
Flowers in lateral fasciculate panicles, 2 subrotund bracts below 
each flower. Pedicels slender, the whole very smooth and deli- 
cate, and of a light semi-transparent red colour. Calyx reddish 
yellow, tubular tube narrow ; limb 4-parted, flat, segments sub- 
rotund, about the same size as the bracts. Corolla none. Stamina 
4, more than twice the length of the calyx and inserted on its 
tube, their upper part deep red. Anthers deep purple, subrotund, 
2-celled, each cell streaked with white. There are no rudiments 
of abortive stamina. Germen pedicellate, pedicel accrete to the 
tube of the calyx. Style long, red. Stigma round. Legume 
pedicellate, flat, compressed, containing several seeds. 

The large branches of delicate flesh-coloured flowers render 
this a very beautiful shrub during the period of infloresence. 

BAUHINIA EMARGINATA. W. J. 

Foliis cordatis subrotundo-ovalibus glaberrimis acumine brevi 
obtuso emarginato, floribus octandris, staminibus tribus superiori- 
bus fertilibus. 

Dadaub. Malay. 

Native of Sumatra. 

A strong woody climber. Lea.ves alternate, petiolate, cordate, 
subrotund oval, terminating in a short blunt emarginate acumen, 
very entire, 4 inches long, 7-9 nerved with reticulate veins, very 
smooth. Petioles rather short. Cirrhi long, simple, revolute. 
Racemes terminal or sometimes lateral, corymbose, many flowered ; 
pedicels long, tomentose. Calyx 5-parted, tomentose, bursting 
into 2 or 3 segments. Corolla large, 5-petaled, spreading, petals 
nearly equal, unguiculate. Stamina 8 ; 3 superior fertile, longer, 
with large 2-lobed anthers ; 4 inferior short, with small abortive 
anthers; the fifth and lowest being a little longer, and entirely 
sterile. Ovary tomentose. Style about the length of the fertile 
stamina. Stigma peltate, round. 

Obs. The form of the leaf is very peculiar, and readily dis- 
tinguishes this species from the others. 

BAUHINIA BIDENTATA. W. J. 

Foliis cordatis acuminatis apice bidentatis glaberrimis, corymbis 
terminalibus, floribus octandris, staminibus tribus superioribus 
fertilibus. 

Native of the Malayan forests, where it climbs over trees, and 
shows its flame-coloured blossoms on their very summits. 

Shrubby, climbing far over the trees in its neighbourhood; 
bark brown ; branches round, flexuose ; branchlets covered with 
ferruginous tomentum. Leaves alternate, petiolate, cordate, acute, 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 985 

bifid at the point (not 2-lobed), divisions approximate, with a 
short thread interposed, very entire, 7-nerved, very smooth, the 
younger ones rather silky beneath with ferruginous deciduous 
hairs. Petioles thickened at the top and base. Tendrils simple, 
revolute. Corymbs terminal. Pedicels clavate, striated, tomen- 
tose. Calyx 5-parted, tomentose, for the most part bursting 
irregularly into three divisions. Corolla orange-coloured, becom- 
ing red after expansion, 5-petaled, petals nearly equal, subrotund, 
unguiculate, spreading. Stamina 8, ascending, of which the .3 
upper are longer and fertile, and the 3 lowest short and sterile. 
Anthers subrotund. Ovary pedicellate, compressed, oblong, con- 
taining from 6-8 ovula. Style declinate, incurved at the point. 
Stigma large, capitate and glutinous. 

Obs. This species is at once distinguished by the peculiar 
form of the leaves, which are not 2-lobed as usual in the genus, 
but have the apex divided so as to make the leaf terminate in 2 
acute points. The flowers are large and showy. 



INGA BUBALINA. W. J. 
N. O. Mimosea. BR. 

Inermis, foliis conjugato-pinnatis, foliolis bijugis glaberrimis, 
capitulis paucifloris paniculatis, paniculis axillaribus et terminali- 
bus, legumine recto cylindrico. 

Bua karbau. Malay. 

Sumatra, &c. 

A tree, unarmed, with grey bark. Leaves alternate, conjugate 
pinnate, leaflets 2-paired, ovate, with rather an obtuse acumen, 
very entire, very smooth, nerves lucid, the upper pair of leaflets 
the largest. Primary petiole short, thickened at the base, bearing 
a gland at the point, secondary petioles without glands. Capitula 
few-flowered, panicled. Panicles axillary and terminal, peduncled, 
divaricate, shorter than the leaves. Bracts small. Calyx short, 
tubular, 5-dentate. Corolla white, much longer than the calyx, 
campanulate, 5-parted, segments spreading. Stamina many, 
monadelphous at the base, long and white. Style filiform, as long 
as the stamina. Ovary pedicellate. Legume dark green, straight, 
cylindrical, about 4 inches long, thick, obtuse, many-seeded, fetid. 
Seeds crowded, orbicular, piled one above the other and thus 
flattened above and below by their mutual compression. 

Obs. This species is nearly allied in habit and inflorescence to 
the Inga Jiringa (" Mai. Misc." vol. i.), but differs in the shape of 
the legume, which has a very offensive smell, but is eaten by 
the natives in the same manner as that of the Petek (Acacia 
graveolens, W. J.). Karbau in Malay signifies the Buffalo, 
whence the specific name. 



286 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA YAN PLANTS. 



INGA CLYPEARI^ W. J. 

Inermis, ramulis acutangulis, foliis bipinnattis, foliolis lo-jugis 
rhomboideis subtus tomentosis, paniculis terminalibus, leguminibus 
contortis rubris. 

Clypearia rubra. Rumph. "Arab." iii. p. 176, t. 112. 

Jering munet. Malay. 

A large tree. Branchlets smooth, acutely 5-angled, almost 
winged. Leaves alternate, bipinnate ; pinnae about 4 pair ; leaf- 
lets about 10 pair, rhomboidal, inequilateral, rather acute, entire, 
smooth above, tomentose or silky and glaucous beneath, they are 
of unequal size, the uppermost often 2 inches long. Petiole or 
rachis acutely 4 or 5 angled, thickened at the base, eglandular. 
Panicles large, terminal; peduncles fascicled. Flowers white, 
pedicellate, in small capitula or heads. Calyx small, 5-parted. 
Corolla much longer than the calyx, quinquefid. Stamina 
numerous, monadelphous at the base. Style one. Legume red, 
flat, 2-valved, spirally contorted, containing many subrotund 
somewhat compressed black seeds. 

Obs. This species, which agrees with that described by Rum- 
phius, is found in forests in the neighbourhood of Bencoolen, but 
I am not aware that it is there put to any particular use. These 
two species, together with the I. Jiringa, might perhaps with equal 
propriety be refered to Acacia, as the seeds are not arilled, though 
the legume (as in I. bubalina) is fleshy and esculent ; the stamina 
are those of Inga and the paniculate inflorescence is more frequent 
in that genus than in Acacia. The distinction between these two 
sections of the Linnean genus Mimosa is an artificial one, and 
the characters of the present species are in some degree inter- 
mediate between the two. 

TABERN^MONTANA MACROCARPA. W. J. 

Foliis ovato-ellipticis basi attenuatis, corymbis terminalibus 
dichotomis, folliculis maximis subglobosis. 

In the interior of Bencoolen. 

A tree, branches smooth, somewhat compressed in contrary 
directions between each pair of leaves. Leaves opposite, petiolate, 
from elliptic-ovate to elliptic-lanceolate, tapering to the base, 
broader above with a short point, very entire, very smooth ; 
nerves transverse, uniting into submarginal arches; 10-12 inches 
long. Petioles embracing the stem and uniting with the base of 
the opposite one. Peduncles 3-4, terminal, dividing at their 
summits into dichotomous corymbs. Flowers rather large, yel- 
lowish. Calyx 5-cleft, erect, thick. Corolla much longer than 
the calyx ; tube gibbous, almost globose at the base, narrowing 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 287 

upwards; limb rotate, 5-parted; segments oblong, oblique. 
Stamina 5, within the tube. Ovary double. Styles 2, shorter 
than the stamina. Stigma small. Follicles 2, baccate, as large 
as citrons, red, diverging, subglobose, exuding a milky juice when 
cut, with a ridge along the middle and one at each side which 
unite in a short blunt point, i-celled, many-seeded ; the cell is 
recurved into the form of a crescent. Seeds contained in red 
fleshy arils or lobules which are angled by mutual compression, 
oblong, chrysaloid, hollowed on the one side with incurved 
rounded edges, convex on the other and longitudinally corrugated. 
Embryo contained in a conform albumen ; cotyledons flat, round, 
cordate; radicle centripetal, cylindrical, longer than the coty- 
ledons. 

FAGRCEA CARNOSA. W. J. 

Foliis subrotundo-ovatis mucronatis caraosis, floribus terminali- 
bus solitariis. 

In the neighbourhood of Bencoolen. 

A parasitic shrub growing on trees, with smooth greyish bark 
and somewhat dichotomous branches. Leaves opposite, petiolate, 
subrotund with a short reflexed point, entire with reflexed 
margins, very smooth, thick and fleshy. Petioles compressed, 
embracing the branch and furnished with an intrapetiolar ligula or 
stipule. Flowers terminal, solitary, nearly sessile, embraced at 
the base by a few sheathing bracts. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla of 
a dull yellowish white colour ; tube about 4 inches long, expand- 
ing into a 5-parted limb. Stamina 5, rising a little above the tube ; 
anthers large. Style little more than half the length of the tube. 
Stigma 4-lobed. Berry as large as a small egg, seated on the 
persistent calyx, ovate, rather pointed, 2-celled, many-seeded; 
seeds nidulant. 

Obs. This is the fifth species of Fagrcea that I have met with 
in the Malay Islands ; the others have been already described in 
Roxburgh's "Flora Indica." The F. racemosa grows to be a 
small tree, and the F. volubilis, doubtfully proposed by Dr. 
Wallich as a distinct species, is the same plant. The F. auricu- 
lata is a large shrub, and from the size of its flowers is the most 
splendid of the genus. I originally met with it at Singapore, but 
have since found it also at Tappanuly. The following particulars 
may be added to the description given by Dr. Wallich. 

F. Auriculata. Flowers terminal, generally 3, rarely 5, on short 
thick pedicels, each embraced by 4 opposite calyculate bracts, of 
which the outer 2 are the smallest. Corolla very large, yellowish- 
white. Stamina inserted near the bottom of the tube. Stigma 
large and flattened. Ovary 2-celled, polysporous ; the edges of 
the placentae revolute. Fruit as large as a duck's egg, acuminated 
by part of the persistent style ; seeds numerous, nidulant. 



288 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 



IXORA NERIIFOLIA. W. J. 

Foliis linearibus acuminatis glabris, corymbis terminalibus. 

Bunga Saluang. Malay. 

Native of the West Coast of Sumatra. 

A shrub, with round smooth branches. Leaves opposite, short 
petioled, linear, tapering to the point, acute, about 9 inches long, 
by little more than half an inch broad, entire, with revolute edges, 
very smooth. Stipules interpetiolar, subulate, longer than the 
petioles. Corymbs terminal, erect, trichotomous. Flowers red. 
Bracts small, acute. Calyx small, 4-toothed. Corolla tube long, 
slender; limb spreading, 4-parted, segments lanceolate, acute. 
Stamina 4, alternate with the laciniae of the corolla. Style a little 
longer than the tube. Stigma clavate. Fruit a berry. 

Obs. The long narrow leaves readily distinguish this species ; 
it is a handsome, delicate shrub. 



LECANANTHUS. W. J. 

Pentandria Monogynia. N. O. Rubiacea. Juss. 

Calyx campanulatus, ampliatus, coloratus, irregulariter divisus. 
Corolla tubo brevi, limbo 5-partito. Ovarium biloculare, poly- 
sporum, placentis centralibus convexis. Stylus bifidus. Stigmata 
2, linearia crassa. Fruticosa, floribus capitatis involucratis termi- 
nalibus, sestivatione valvata. 

LECANANTHUS ERUBESCENS. 

Found in the interior of Bencoolen. 

A small erect shrub ; stem 4-sided, 2 of the angles acute. 
Leaves opposite, short-petioled, ovate lanceolate, acute at both 
ends, rather attenuated to the point, entire, smooth; about 8 
inches long. Stipules interpetiolar, large, ligulate, carinate towards 
the base. Flowers pale red, densely aggregated within the hypo- 
crateriform cup of the involucre, forming a head which is terminal, 
nearly sessile, and turned backwards. Involucre monophyllous, 
entire. Pedicels none. Calyx superior, coloured, tomentose, 
thick and fleshy, much wider than the corol, expanding into from 
2 to 4 irregular unequal obtuse lobes ; the calyces of the outer 
flowers are often so much produced on one side as to seem bila- 
biate. Corolla, tube short, segments 5, acute, thick. ^Estivation 
valvate. Stamina 5, inserted on the tube ; anthers large. Ovary 
crowned with a prominent nectarial ring, 2-celled, polysporous ; 
ovula arranged round central, semi-cylindrical placentae. Style 
bifid. Stigmata 2, thick and linear. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 289 



PSILOB1UM. W. J. 

Pentandria Monogynia. IV. O. Rubiaceic. Juss. 
Calyx patens, 5-partitus. Corolla tubo brevi, limbo 5-partito. 
Stamina basi corollae inserta. Stigma clavatum, lo-alatum, 
turn. Fructus cylindricus siliquae formis, foliolis calycinis 
tentibus coronatus, bilocularis, polyspermus. Semina duplici serie 
axi affixa. 

Fruticosa, pedunculis axillaribus paucilloris, zestivatione valvatu. 

PSILOBIUM NUTANS. 

Found in the interior of Bencoolen. 

Stem erect, 4-sided, with rounded angles. Leaves opposite, 
petiolate, lanceolate, attenuated to both ends, acute, entire, smooth. 
Stipules interpetiolar, broad, acuminate, carinate. Peduncles 
axillary, drooping, bearing from 3 to 6 flowers. Bracts forming u 
kind of involucre at the base of the very short pedicels. Calyx 
superior, very large, composed of 5 leaflets or very deep segments, 
which are veined with red. Staminas. Filaments short ; anthers 
long, erect. Style short. Stigma long, exsert, oblong-ovate, 
longitudinally ic-winged, the 5 alternate wings smaller. Fruit 
long, cylindrical, siliquose, crowned with the large persistent calyx, 
2-celled, many-seeded ; seeds arranged in a double series in each 
cell. 

OPHIORRHIZA HETEROPHYLLA. W. J. 

Foliis oppositis subrotundo-ovatis, altero nano. 

Found in the interior of Bencoolen. 

This species is readily distinguished by the peculiarity of one 
of the opposite leaves being always dwarf or abortive ; the other 
is subrotund-ovate, with a bluntish acumen, smooth, pale and 
whitish beneath. The stem is erect and tomentose. Flowers 
in a small terminal cyrne. Capsule compressed, obcordate. 

QUERCUS RACEMOSA. W. J. 

Foliis lato-lanceolatis integerrimis glaberrimis, spicis masculis 
paniculatis, fructibus spicatis nuce umbilicato-depressa, calice 
fructus tuberculato. 

Punning-punning bungkus. Malay. 

Native of Sumatra. 

A large tree, with brownish bark. Branches smooth. Leaves 
alternate, short petioled, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, attenuated 
to the petiole, very entire, very smooth, nerves well-marked and 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. U 



2 9 o DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

reddish beneath ; 6-8 inches long. Stipules small, linear. Male 
spikes numerous, panicled, terminal, and from the axils of the 
upper leaves which are crowded round the thickened extremity of 
the branch, slender, hoary. Flowers sessile, aggregated. Female 
spikes at first terminal, becoming afterwards lateral by the shooting 
up of the branch. Flowers numerous, dense, sessile. Male. 
Calyx 6-parted, segments acute. Stamina 15-20. The centre of 
the flower is occupied by a densely villous disc. Female. Calyx 
rugose, turbinate, umbilicate. Ovary 3-5-celled, each cell con- 
taining 2 ovula attached by a thread to its summit. Acorns large, 
depressed, umbilicate, with a short mucro. Cup flat, embracing 
the nut for about half its height, nearly an inch in diameter, rough 
with angular imbricated tubercles, which are large towards the base, 
and become small towards the edge. 

Obs. This is a very splendid species, from the great size of the 
racemes and acorns. Punning-punning is the generic appellation 
of the oaks in Malay; in the .Rejang dialect they are called 
Pasang. 



QUERCUS URCEOLARIS. W. J. 

Foliis elliptico-oblongis acumine gracili integerrimis glaberrimis, 
fructibus spicatis, calyce fructus subhemisphserico limbo patente. 

Native of Sumatra. 

A tree, with rough bark. Leaves alternate, petiolate, elliptic- 
oblong, terminated by a long slender acumen, very entire, smooth, 
coriaceous, pale beneath ; 8-9 inches long. Fruit on lateral 
racemes. Acorns rounded and flattened at top, umbilicate in the 
centre and mucronate with the 3 short persistent styles, rather 
perpendicular at the sides, half embraced by the calyx, which is 
cup-shaped, marked on the outer surface with small acute scaly 
points concentrically arranged, and whose margin expands into a 
spreading, nearly entire, waved limb. The ovary is 3-celled, each 
cell containing 2 ovula, and is lodged in the bottom of the large 
funnel-shaped calyx. The acorn contains a single exalbuminous 
seed placed in a little obliquely. 

Obs. The spreading limb of the cups forms a good distinctive 
character, and renders this a very remarkable and curious species. 



ARECA TIGILLARIA. W. J. 

Frondibus pinnatis, foliolis acutis, spadicibus ramosis, flore 
unico femineo inter duos masculos, fructibus globosis. 

Nibong. Malay. 

Abundant in Sumatra and the Malay Islands, where it is much 
used in the construction of houses, &c. 



DESCRJPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 291 

Trunk erect, generally thicker than that of the common Pinang 
(Areca catechu), armed, particularly on tl. 
straight, slender, flattened spines. Fronds pinnate linear, 

acuminate, reflexed at the edges so as to make the upper surface 
convex, smooth, with a few brownish scales on the middle nerve 
of the younger ones ; they diminish in size to the top of the frond 
and the last 2 are partly united at their base. Stipes of the frond 
scaly while young, compressed, grooved above, the sheaths armed 
like the trunk. Spadix within the sheath of the frond, embracing 
the stem, flattened at the base, much branched ; flower bearing 
branchlets about 2 feet long, drooping, the lower ones 3-4 together, 
the uppermost solitary or in pairs. Spathe single, completely 
enclosing the spadix before expansion, compressed, 2-edged, deci- 
duous, partial spathes none. Flowers sessile, i female between 2 
males, the latter considerably the largest and deciduous. Male. 
Hermaphrodite. Perianth 6-parted, the outer leaflets small, the 
inner much longer, and acuminated with fine points. Stamina 6. 
Anthers sagitate. Ovary small, surmounted by 3 linear styles. 
Female. Perianth 6-parted; leaflets nearly equal, rounder and 
shorter than those of the male. Stamina none. Ovary monospo- 
rous. Styles none. Stigmata 3. Fruit globose, about the size 
of a carbine bullet, of a deep purple colour when ripe, with a 
glaucous tint, containing under a reddish pulp a single smooth 
globular nut. Nut i -seeded, having a thickened whitish scar on 
the side, and a small areola at the base opposite to the embryo. 
Seed solid ; albumen ruminated. Embryo basilar, short, cylin- 
drical, obtuse. 

Obs. This differs from the common Areca in the disposition 
of the flowers on the spadices, and in having the nut contained 
under a pulpy and not a fibrous covering. In A. catechu the 
ovary is likewise monosporous. 

ENCHIDIUM. W. J. 

Moncecia Monadelphia. N. O. Euphorbiacca. Juss. 

Calyx 5-partitus. Corolla 5-partita. Nectarium glandular 
decem. Mas. Filamentum columnare, lo-antheriferum ; antheris 
radiatim patentibus. Femina. Ovarium trilobum. Styli 3. 
Stigmata 6. 

Flores masculi et feminei in eadem spica. 

ENCHIDIUM VERTICILLATUM. 

Arbor spiculorum. Rumph. "Amb." iii. p. 167. t. 106. 
Not unfrequent on hills in Sumatra and the Malay Islands. 
A large shrub. I have not met with any that had attained to so 
great a size as mentioned by Rumphius. The leaves are arranged 

u 2 



292 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA YAN PLANTS. 

in a kind of irregular verticils at different distances along the 
branches, as exhibited in the figure quoted ; on the young shoots 
they are sometimes irregularly disposed along the whole length ; 
they are petiolate, lanceolate, acuminate, very entire, very smooth, 
firm and somewhat leathery, of various length, generally about 6 
inches long by 2\ broad. Petioles from i to 2-i- inches long, 
flattened above, striated. Spikes from among the upper verticils 
of leaves, bearing both male and female flowers, the former 
lowermost, all pedicellate. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla purple to- 
wards the centre, 5-parted, furnished with 10 callous nectaries or 
glands at the base. In the male the filament is columnar, bearing 
10 anthers which diverge in a radiated circle round the summit. 
Thefemate has a 3-lobed ovary surmounted by 3 styles with bifid 
stigmata. 

Obs. There can be little doubt of the identity of this plant 
with Rumphius's Arbor spicularum, of which he says he was never 
able to procure the flower. I have seen great numbers of these 
plants in the woods, but only once was successful in observing 
the flower, and have never met with the fruit. As the spike, how- 
ever, fortunately contained both male and female flowers, its 
characters have been sufficiently determined to assign its proper 
place. It comes nearest to Cluytia, but differs in the corolla and 
in having 10 anthers with filaments united into a central column. 
Both its fructification and habit appear to distinguish it from all 
the present genera of the Euphorbiaceous family. 

ANTIDESMA FRUTESCENS. W. J. 

Frutescens, foliis oblongo-ovalibus basi rotundatis supra glabris, 
racemis terminalibus et axillaribus subpaniculatis geminis solita- 
riisque, nectarii glandulis quinis cum staminibus alternantibus. 

Bencoolen. 

A small dioecious shrub, not exceeding a few feet in height. 
Branchlets tomentose. Leaves alternate, petiolate, oblong oval, 
rounded and sometimes subcordate at the base, acute, sometimes 
terminated by a short mucro, or awn, entire, smooth above, sub- 
tomentose beneath, chiefly on the nerves ; 3 inches long. Stipules 
long, subulate, acute. Racemes axillary and terminal, geminate 
and solitary, somewhat panicled, tomentose ; when geminate, the 
outer raceme is simple, and the inner branched ; male racemes 
generally longer than the leaves, female ones shorter. Pedicels 
solitary. Bracts shorter than the pedicels. Male. Calyx ^ 5- 
parted, tomentose. Nectary of 5 yellow pilose glands alternating 
with the stamina. Stamina 5 ; filaments much longer than the 
calyx ; anthers bifid, cells bursting transversely on the summits of 
the lobes. Pistil abortive, pilose. Female. Perianth 5-parted. 
Ovary superior, villous, oblong ovate, compressed, i-celled, vesi- 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLAK < 

cular, containing 2 ovula, which arc attached close together to 
one side near the top, and hang forward into the cell, whki: 
great part empty and inflated. Styles 2, i often biful. Drupe 
subglobose, purplish, about the size of a peppercorn; n> 
seeded. 

Obs. It has considerable resemblance to Roxburgh's A. pubes- 
cens ; that, however, is a tree, while this is a small shrub. The 
most important difference appears to be in the nectary of the male 
flower. 

SALACIA. LINN. 

This genus seems to require a little elucidation. It was origi- 
nally referred to Gynandria, the fleshy nectary on which the 
stamina are inserted, having been mistaken for the germen, and 
the real ovary, on account of its smallness, having escaped the 
observation of Linnaeus and Loureiro. This is now, I believe, 
generally admitted ; there can therefore be no doubt of the identity 
of Roxburgh's Johnia with Salacia, and his I. salacioides agrees so 
well with S. chinensis, particularly in having entire leaves, that it is 
questionable whether they are not the same, for it is to be observed 
that in most of the species the leaves are only subopposite and may 
occasionally on the same tree be found both opposite and alter- 
nate. Tonsella prinoides (Willd. "Berl. Ges. Nat. Fr. Mag." iv.) 
is also without doubt a true species of Salacia, if it be not in fact 
the same plant as the Johnia Coromandeliana (Roxb. "Flor. Ind." 
i. p. 173). Calypso salacioides of Aubert du Petit Thouars agrees 
exactly with these in the structure of the flower but differs in hav- 
ing many-seeded berries. Some of the species of Tonsella appear 
likewise to have polyspermous fruit, but those which have definite 
seeds are probably true species of Salacia. It may be questioned 
whether the distinction founded on the number of seeds be really 
of generic value where the agreement is so exact in all other 
respects, especially if it should be found that a gradation exists 
from the one to the other in the fruit of the different species. 
This, however, can only be determined by an accurate examination 
of the ovaries and fruit of the various plants, at present ranged 
under Tonsella. 

In the natural arrangement Salacia undoubtedly bears the 
greatest affinity to Hippocratea, it being scarcely possible to 
distinguish the two genera when only in flower. It also agrees in 
many particulars with the Celastrinoe, but differs in having exalbu- 
minous seeds. The union of the Hippocraticeae and Celastrinai 
has, however, been suggested by Mr. Brown in his remarks on the 
Botany of Terra Australis. Under the above view the genus will 
be characterized as follows : 

Calyx inferus 5-fidus. Corolla 5-petala. Stamina, 3, disco 



294 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

carnoso inserta. Ovarium 3-loculare, loculis 1-2 sporis, ovulis axi 
affixis. Bacca 1-3 sperma. 

Frutices vel arbusculae, foliis suboppositis simplicibus. 

I have met with 2 species in Sumatra, i with anthers sessile on 
the nectary, which agrees very nearly both with S. chinensis and 
Roxburgh's I. salacioides ; the other with anthers supported on 
filaments and nearly related to I. Coromandeliana Roxb. 

VITIS RACEMIFERA. W. J. 

Tetrandra, foliis quinatis, foliolis spinescenti-serratis subtus 
incanis, cirrhis oppositifolis racemiferis, racemis compositis long- 
issimis, baccis dispermis. 

Akar charikan, or Bayur akar. Malay. 

Native of Sumatra. 

A large, strong, woody climber. Branches round, villous. 
Leaves alternate, quinate, leaflets pedicellate, oblong obovate, 
acute, subspinoso-serrate, the serratures being formed by the spin- 
escent termination of the nerves, smooth above, hoary beneath, 
frequently with a ferruginous shade. Petioles villous. Cirrhi 
opposed to the leaves, very long, simple or bifid, when bifid i 
branch becomes the peduncle. Racemes very long, compound, 
consisting of numerous densely flowered racemuli inserted on a 
peduncle formed of the thickened tendril. The whole raceme is 
often a foot and a half in length. Peduncles ferruginously villous. 
Flowers sessile on the partial peduncles, small, green. Calyx 
minute, embracing the base of the corolla, quadridentate. Corolla 
deeply 4-parted. Stamina 4, anthers yellow. Ovary surrounded 
by a fleshy ring, tetrasporous. Style scarce any. Stigma thick, 
Berry of the shape of an olive and nearly as large, purple, juicy, 
2-seeded. 

Obs. This would be a species of Cissus according to the 
Linnean division, but that genus has now been united to Vitis by 
Mr. Brown, as they differ in nothing but the number of parts. 

RHOPALA OVATA. W. J. 

Foliis subsessilibus ovatis utrinque acutis integerrimis, pedicellis 
brevissimis cum calycibus ovariisque levissime tomentosis. 

Found at Tappanuly. 

A small tree. Leaves alternate and opposite, almost sessile, 
broad ovate, acute, sometimes acuminate, entire with revolute 
edges, very smooth, nerves distinct; 10 inches long by 6 broad. 
Petiole none, save the thickened base of the middle nerve. Ra- 
cemes below the leaves from former axils. Pedicels 2-flowered; 
a bract at the base of each and at the subdivisions. Perianth, 
together with the pedicels, slightly tomentose or nearly smooth. 
Nectarial scales 4. 



DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 295 



LINOCIERA ODORATA. W. J. 
Diandria Monogynia. N. O. Oleina. 

Foliis lanceolatis utrinquc acutis glabcrrimis, paniculis axillari- 
bus foliis brevioribus. 

At Natal and on Pulo Mosella. 

A large shrub, with subdichotomous branches. Leaves sub- 
opposite, short-petioled, oblong-lanceolate, acute at both ends, 
entire, smooth and coriaceous ; 4-5 inches long. Panicles axil- 
lary, opposite, much shorter than the leaves ; peduncles opposite, 
3-5 flowered. Flowers subsessile, fragrant. Bracts small, oblong, 
Calyx 4-parted. Corolla white, almost 4-petaled, petals long, 
linear, united by pairs, by means of the filaments, slightly coher- 
ing at the other divisions. Stamina 2 ; anthers large, emarginate 
at the apex. Ovary 2-celled, each cell containing 2 linear pen- 
dulous parallel ovula. Style scarce any. Stigma bifid. 



The following species have been discovered since the printing 
of this paper, and may be here briefly noticed : 

ADINANDRA SYLVESTRIS. W. J. 

Baccis trilocularibus. 

Suka beranak. Malay. 

A large forest tree, found at Moco Moco. 

PTERNANDRA CAPITELLATA. W. J. 

Floribus axillaribus capitellatis. 
Found at Moco Moco. 

PTERNANDRA ECHINATA. W. J. 

Pedunculis axillaribus terminalibusque, calycibus ovariisque 
echinatis. 

A large tree, found at Kataun. The leaves are 3-nerved in al 
the species. 

PSILOBIUM TOMENTOSUM. W. J. 

Tomentosa, floribus axillaribus subsessilibus. 
At Kataun. The fruit is baccate. 



296 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 



NOTE. 

Since the foregoing article On Malayan Plants was printed, Sir J. D. 
Hooker has kindly supplied the Editor with the following references, 
while the Hon. D. F. A. Hervey has added some valuable corrections 
and suggestions concerning the Malay names. The former are here 
given in Italic, the latter in Roman type. 

p. 211. Psychotria Malayana. (Flora Brit. Ind. iii. 165.) Bayam 
badak, i.e., rhinoceros spinach, probably relished as food by 
that animal. 
Rondeletia corymbosa. Grcenia Jackii, W. and A, (Ib. 

iii. 41.) 
p. 212. Phyteuma begonifolium, Roxb. Pentaphragma bcgonifoliiim, 

Wall. (Ib. iii. 437.) 

Curculigo Sumatrana. (Wight, Ic. PL Ind. or. t. 2042.) 
Kalapa, cocos nucifera, piiyu, a fish so named ; but this is 
probably a mistake for piiyuh, the larger of the two quails 
found in the Archipelago, which frequents this plant, 
p. 213. Loranthus coccineus. (P"lora Brit. hid. v. 206.) 

Loranthus ferrugineus. (Ib. v. 210.) 

p. 214. Nephelium lappaceum, Linn. (Ib. i. 687.) There is a 
variety called rambutan pachat (i.e., leech rambutan) dis- 
tinguished from the ordinary variety by the smaller size 
of the fruit, and the way in which the soft spines of the shell 
curl over, looking like the leech on his way to attach himself 
to some fresh point. It is used medicinally with other 
remedies in small-pox. 
Sapindus rubiginosus, Erioglossnm edule, Blumc. (Ib. i. 

672.) Kulit layu, withered, faded bark, 
p. 215. Melia excelsa. (7#. i. 544.) 

Microcos tomentosa. Grewia paniculata, Ro.rb. (Ib. i. 393.) 
p. 216. Mimosa jiringn, W. J. Pithecolobium lobatum, Benlli. (lb.\\. 
305.) Mimosa Kaeringa, Roxb. Buah jering, a fruit eaten 
by Malays. Other varieties are jering tupai (squirrel j.), 
Pith, oppositum, and j. hantu (spirit j.), Pith, bigeminum. 
p. 217. Clerodendrum molle. C. villosum, Bhcmc. (Ib. iv. 595.) 
p. 218. Gmelina villosa. (Ib. iv. 582.) 

Vitcx arborea. V. pubescens, Vahl. (Ib. iv. 585.) The wood 

is similarly used in the Peninsula, 
p. 219. Sphenodesme pentandra. (Ib. iv. 602.) 

Sterculia coccinea, Roxb. S. laevis, Wall. (Ib. i. 357.) 
This is an error of Jack's, it is not Roxburgh's coccinea, 
which is a N. Indian species. 

p. 220. Sterculia angustifolia. S. rubiginosa, Vent. (Ib. i. 358.) Filet 
makes this a variety of the Sundancse hantap. Roxburgh's 
S. angnst. is a different species, referred to S. Balan- 
ghas, 'L. 



NOTE. 



297 



p. 220. Calla humilis. Chamacladon hunrilc, Mi,,. (EnrUr Manoe 
Arac. t 345.) 

p. 221. Clala angustifolia. Chamacladon angustifolium, Schott. 

(Ib. 34,4..) 

Calla nitida. Aglaoncma nitidum, Knnth. (Ib. 438.) 
Flacourtia inermis. (Flora Brit. hui. i. 192.) Variety of the 
fruit known as "rokam" or "rukam," probably ' rokam 
manis," or the sweet variety, also described as Flacourtia 
rukam. There are other varieties viz., " r. asam " (Flacourtia 
sapida), and "r. si-pat" (F. jangomas). 

p. 222. Rottlera alba. Mallotus albus, Muell. Arg. (De Cand. Prodr. 
xv. 2, 965.) Balik angin, turn wind, meaning that turns up 
its under side with the wind, and sh,ows the whiteness of it. 
p. 223. Didymocarpus crinita. (Flora Brit. Ind. iv. 351.) Temu'. 
There are several other varieties viz., tCinu kunchi 
(Kaempferia pandurata), " t. giring " (Curcuma viridiflora), 
and '* t. lawat " (Curcuma zerumbet). 
p. 224. Didymocarpus reptans. (Id. iv. 352.) Temu kunchi. 

Didymocarpus corniculata. (De Cand. Prodr. ix. 265.) 
p. 225. Didymocarpus frutescens. Didissandra frutcscens, Clarke. 

(Flora Brit. Ind. iv. 355.) 

Sonerila erecta. (Ib. ii. 530.) Sambau, according to Johor 
aboriginal tradition, one of the first plants seen by the first 
parents of mankind. Used medicinally, 
p. 226. Sonerila Moluccana. (Ib. ii. 537.) 
p. 227. Rhopala attenuata. Helicia attcnuata, Bl. (Ib. v. 190.) 

Rhopala Moluccana. Helicia pettolaris, Benn. (Ib. \. 190.) 
p. 228. Ixora pendula. (Ib. iii. 141.) 

Epithinia Malayana. Scyphiphora hydrophyllacea. (Ib. iii. 125.) 
p. 229. Morinda tetrandra. M. umbellata, Linn. (Ib. iii. 157.) 

Morinda polysperma. Lucinea morinda, DC C. (Ib. iii. 93.) 
p. 230. Euthemis leucocarpa. (Id. i. 526.) There is a very hard 
timber tree, named pelawan ("lawan" to resist), of which 
there are several varieties in hill, plain, and swamp, 
according to Malays. This shrub, E. leucocarpa, which 
Jack gives as " pelawan beruk," or the p. of the cocoa-nut 
monkey (Simius nemestrinus), is mentioned by Filet as mdta 
pelandok," eye of the Moschus javanicus, or an allied 
species, from the berry, which, when ripe, is of a lustrous 
black, but earlier of a bright scarlet, and perhaps white in 
the younger stages. 

p. 231 . Euthemis minor. (Ib. i. 526.) Filet gives, as the Malay of this, 
"putat ayer," indicating a swampy habitat, but Jack has no 
hint on this point. 

Celastrus bivalis. Microtropis bivalvis, Wall. (Ib. i. 614.) 
p. 232. Leucopogon Malayanum. (Ib. iii. 477.) Called "tt-ruta 

Bangka according to Filet. 

p. 233. Rauwolfia Sumatrann. (De Cand. Prodr. viii. 337.) Used 
medicinally in conjunction with many other plants : <; stSmbu 
badak," horn of rhinoceros; "tampal," is a piece, to mend 
or to patch, but I am unaware of its application here. 



298 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

p. 234. Tacca cristata. (.Miguel, Flora Ind. Bat. iii. 578.) " Puar 
lilipnn,''' at Palembang, according to Filet, and would no 
doubt be a ' ; puar ; ' of some kind in the Peninsula. These 
"puar," mostly zingibers, are many of them used medi- 
cinally. 

p. 234. Vcratrum Malayanum. Veratronia Malayana, MiqueL (Flora 
Ind. Bat. iii. 553.) 

p. 235. Memecylon coeruleum. (Flora Brit. Ind. ii. 559.) " Kulit 
nipis," thin bark. 

p. 236. Laurus parthenoxylon. Cinnamomum parthenoxylon, Meissn. 
(Ib. v. 135.)" Kayu gadis," virgin wood. Filet gives this as 
Parthenoxylon porrectum, Bl., Nat. Fam. Laurinea?, a sort of 
pseudo- sassafras. 

p. 237. Gomphia Sumatrana. (Ib. i. 525.) 

p. 238. Murraya paniculata, W. J. Murray a exotica, Linn., Van. (Ib. 
i- 53-) Filet gives it as " Kemuning Japan," or, as a Malay 
would say, "Jipiin." 
Aglaia odorata. (Ib. i. 554.) Filet, " Kemuning China." 

p. 239. Rhizophora caryophylloides. Bruguiera caryophylloides, 
Blume. (Ib. ii. 438.) Filet calls it'" Kandaka (or gendaga) 
nasi," i.e., boiled rice case. 

p. 240. Acrotrema costatum. (Ib. i. 32.) 

p. 241. Lagerstrcemia floribunda. (Ib. ii. 577.) 

Ternstrcemia rubiginosa. SauraiyaJackiana,Kort. (Miguel, 
Flora Ind. Bat. i. 2, 479.) 

p. 242. Ternstrcemia pentapetala. Sauraiya tristata, De C. (Flora 

Br. Ind. i. 287.) 
Elosocarpus nitida. (Ib. i. 401.)" Buah manik," jewel fruit. 

p. 243. Monocera petiolata. Elccocarpus Integra, Wall. (Ib. i. 408.) 

p. 244. Monocera ferruginea. (Ib. i. 409.) 

Tetracera arborescens. (Miguel, Flora Ind. Bat. i. 2, 9.) 

p. 245. Uvaria hirsuta. (Flora Brit. Ind. i. 48.) 

Careya macrostachya. Barringtonia macrostachya, Kurz. 
(Id. ii. 509.) 

p. 246. Clerodendrum divaricatum. (Miguel, Flora Ind. Bat. ii. 882.) 
HedychiumSumatranum. (Ib. iii. 608.) " Gandasuli hutan," the 
jungle or wild gandasuli, the ordinary being H. coronaium. 
" Ganda " seems to be Sanskrit for odour, which occurs in 
several Malay plant names, e.g., "gandapura" (Abelmoschus 
moschatus, Filet) and "gnndarusa" (Gandarussa vulgaris, 
Nees, or Justicia gandarussa.) " Suli" in this name comes, 
it is suggested, from the Sinhalese " sulinga," spiral (Rigg, 
quoted by Favre). 

p. 247. Alpinia elatior. (Ib. iii. 606.) " Bunga" flower ; " Kinchong," 
the meaning of this is not easy to fix, as it is not certain 
hovv the word should be sounded; it might be " Kinchang," 
" Kcnchang," or " Kinchong " i.e., strong, fine, or unfor- 
tunate. 

p. 248. Alpinia capitellata. (Ib. iii. 607.) 

Globba ciliata. (Ib. iii 592.)" Puar amas," golden puar. Filet 
calls it "puar amut," speaking of the Sumatran variety also. 



NOTE. 299 

p. 249. Aristolochia hastata. A.Jackiana,Steud. (Miguel, Flora Ind. 
Bat. i. i, 1067.) 

p. 250. Begonia caespitosa. (De Cand. Frodr. xv. i, 397.) 
Begonia orbiculata. (Id. xv. I, 398.) 

p. 251. Begonia sublobata. (Ib. xv. i, 353.) 

p. 252. Begonia fasciculata. (De Cand. Prodr. xv. i, 522.) 
Begonia pilosa. (Ib. xv. i, 398.) 

p. 253. Begonia bracteata. (Ib. xv. i, 316.)" Bunko " = Bengkok or 

Bongkok. [See note above, p. 57.] 

Begonia racemosa. (Ib. xv. i, 322.) " Lay.ing-la> ang," means 
both the swallow, and a flying kite ; " simpei '' is a hoop, 
circle or loop, also the name of a monkey (Semnopithecus 
melalophos). Probably the name means " monkey's kite,'' 
referring to the round capsules of the female. It is common 
for Malays to give names of this kind to plants. Filet 
calls it Diploclinium racemosum. 

Begonia geniculata, B. isoptera, Jack. (Ib. xv. i. 320.) Filet 
(No. 6910) gives this as Diploclinium bombycinum, Bl. 
" Rumput udang-udang," shrimp or prawn grass. The 
Malays call many plants grass e.g., Ruellia repanda is called 
" rumput mas," or golden grass, the Mimosa pudica is called 
" rumput kamaluan," the bashful grass, c. &c. 

p. 254. Sonerila heterophylla. (Miguel, Flora. Ind. Bat. i. I, 582.) 
Rhododendron Malayanum. (Flora Brit. Ind. iii. 462.) 

p. 255. Vaccinium Sumatranum. (Miguel, Flora Ind. Bat. ii. 1063.) 

p. 256. Haloragis disticha. Anisophyllea disticha, Hook. (Flora Brit. 
Ind. ii. 442.) " Kayu," wood, ' Kanchil," small deer, 
(variety of Moschus javanicus), the cunning animal in Malay 
tales, like the fox in others. 

p. 257. Elodea Sumatrana. Cratoxylon Sumatranum. (Miguel, Flora 
Ind. Bat. i. 2, 516.) Tello Dalam, i.e., fi Telok dalam,' 
deep bay. 

p. 258. Elodea formosa. Cratoxylon formosum, Benth. and Hook. f. 
(Flora Brit. Ind. i. 258.) " Kayu gagak," crow tree; 
" pedas," pungent, "bunga," flower. This would apparently 
indicate that there is another plant of the same name which 
is not supposed to flower. 

p. 259. Ternstrcemia acuminata. Not taken up in later works. 

Ternstrcemia serrata. (Miguel, Flora Ind. Bat. \. 2, 488.) 

p. 260. Ternstrcemia cuspidata. Not taken up in later works. 
Salumah is probably " Sri Lt-mak," one of the districts in 
the Menangkabau country in Sumatra. 

p. 261. Millingtonia Sumatrana. Meliosma Sumatrana, Hook. f. 
(Flora Brit. Ind. ii. 6.) 

p. 262. Laurus incrassatus. Dehaasia microcarpa, Blume. {Ib. v. 
126.) " Jcring-jering tupei," the squirrel jering. ^Filet gives 
it as Pithecolobium oppositum, the ordinary jering as P. 
lobatum, jcring hantu as P. bigeminum, N.O. Mimoseac. 

p. 263. Tetranthera cordata. Litsoea cordata, Hook.f. (Ib. v. 177.) 
Knema glaucescens. (?) Myristica glaucescens. (Ib. v. in.) 

p. 264. Connarus ferrugineus. (Ib. ii. 51.) 



300 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALAYAN PLANTS. 

p. 265. Connarus villosus. (Miqttet, Flora Ind. Bat. i. 2, 666.) 

p. 266. Connarus semidecandrus. (Flora Brit. Ind. ii. 52.) Filet calls 

it Karabu. If it is called "akar," it should be a creeper. 
Connarus grandis. (Ib. ii. 53.) Sundanese native name 

" Kilaja," Filet. 
Connarus lucidus. (Miquel, Flora Ind. Bat. i. 2, 666.) 

p. 267. Cnestis emarginata. Not taken up in later ivorks. 

Cnestis florida. (?} Rourea simpticifolia. (Ib. i. 2, 659.) 

p. 268. Cnestis mimosoides. (?} Rourea concolor, Blumc. (Flora 

Brit. Ind. ii. 49. 

Eurycoma longifolia, W. J. (Ib. i. 521.) " Kayu kdbal " the 
invulnerable wood, whether used superstitiously or because 
the wood is hard. Jack gives no hint. Filet gives the 
Sumatran designation, ' babi kurus,' thin pig, but without 
stating whether the porcine tribe value the fruit for anti- 
Banting properties. 

p. 269. Peronema canescens, W. J. (Flora Brit. Ind. iv. 599.) 
Javanese name " Kilangir " (Filet). It is also used for fences 
and for sheaths of common knives. 

p. 270. Rhodamnia cinerea, W. J. R. trineura, Blumc. (Ib. ii. 468.) 
Filet gives it as " marampuyan," and also mentions 
R. concolor, and says <; beide hooge boomen," so that the 
specimen Jack saw could not have been full grown. The 
"merpoyan" of the Peninsula gives a hard wood, and is 
used in carpentering, and also, with other ingredients, 
medicinally in diarrhoea. 

p. 271. Adinandra dumosa, W. J. (Ib. i. 282.) In the Peninsula 
there is a shrub called " ribu-ribu," which seems to corre- 
spond with the description here given, but the berry is red, 
and Jack is silent as to the colour. It is used medicinally 
in a variety of ways, and is called " mcrkasih," by the 
aborigines of Johor. The Ligodium scandens is called 
"puku" or "rumput saribu," the epithet " ribu," thousand, 
having reference doubtless in this case, as in the text, to the 
countless number of leaves. 

p. 272. Ixonanthes reticulata, W. J. (Ib. i. 417.) 
Ixonanthes icosandra, W. J. (Ib, i. 416.) 

p. 273. Chionotria rigida, W. J. (/) Glycosmis pcntaphylla, Corr. 
(Ib. i. 500.) Called " biarang " in Bangka. 

p. 274. Sphalanthus confertus, W. J. Quisqualis densiflora, Wall. 
(Ib. ii. 460.) 

p. 275. Pyrrhanthus littoreus. Lumnitzera coccinca, Wd. and A. (Ib. 
ii. 452.) "Miri " for "kemiri" (?) "bfitu/' stone, meaning 
hard variety. 

p. 276. Phaleria capitata, W. J. Drymispcrmum phaleria, Meissn. 
(Miquel, Flora Ind. Bat. i. i, 884.) 

p. 277. Pternandra ccerulescens. (Flora Brit. Ind. ii. 551.) 

Memecylon paniculatum. (Miquel, Flora Ind. Bat. i. I, 572.) 

p. 278. Octas. Genus not taken up by later authors. 

p. 279. Ccelopyrum. Genus of unknown affinity. 

Ccelopyrum coriaceum. Filet gives " Tarantang " simply as 



NOT/ . 3 o, 

' Iludianania auriculata," IJI.,jN. O. Anacarcli.iccrv, and refers 
to B. macrophylla, which t-.ivc name 

of ' mrdan^ sangka." Then there are B. scss. 
B. splendens, native names "t. ayam " an 1 "t. 1 urong" 
respectively. Leaves and root of >vrer, 

Malacca), used medicinally. 

p. 279. Petrocarpa excelsa. Parinarium (?) Jackinnum, Benth. (Flora 
/!>:(. Ind. ii. 312.) " Balam" is applied to one of thegutta- 
(gctah) producing trees, and generally to a icd variety of any 
species. " Pangkat '"' means elevation, rank, and may refer to 
the situation or the good quality of this variety. 

p. 280. Petrocarpa Sumatrana. Parinarium costatum, Blttmc. (?), (Ib. 
ii. 309.) Filet ^ives the Sumatran name of this as ' taij.is " 
(tayas), N.O. Chrysobalanese. 
p. 281. Wormia excelsa. (Miguel, Flora Ind. Bat. i. 2, 10.) 

Wormia pulchella. (Flora Brit. Ind. i. 36.) 
p. 282. Fictis ovoidea. Urostigma ovoideum. (Miguel, Flora Ind. 

Bat. i. 2. 345.) 

Ficus deltoidea and Ficus rigida. Not taken up in later works. 
" Sen," the complexion, glorious, illustrious ; " bulan,'' 
the moon : this may refer to the appearance of the fruit, 
bark, or the leaves in the moonlight, 
p. 283. Jonesia. Saraca, Linn. 

Jonesia declinata. Saraca declinata, Miguel. (Miguel, Flora 

Ind. Bat. ii. 84.)" Siturun," from " turun," to descend, 
p. 284. Bauhinia emarginata. (Flora Brit. Ind. ii. 278.) 

Bauhinia bidentata. (Ib. ii. 278.) Malay name " akar ka- 
katup ; " used medicinally, the root being boiled with those 
of other plants, and the decoction drunk for diarrhoea, 
p. 285. Inga bubalina. Pithecolobium bubalinum, Benth. (Ib. ii. 304.) 
p. 286. Inga clypearia. Pithecolobium clyperia, Benth. (Ib. ii. 305.) 
"Jering munyet" *'.., the monkey variety of jering, pro- 
bably because that animal feeds on the fruit. Filet 
gives the Bangka name as "kabu-kabu" (which, in the 
Straits, is applied to the tree producing the cotton-pods), 
and says of it, "they make large canoes of the trunk, which 
are light, but not very durable, because the wood absorbs too 
much water and thus does not easily become dry again ; they 
also make shields or " salowakkos " of it. The bark is used 
for the tanning of fishing-nets." 
Tabernsemontana macrocarpa. (Ib. iii. 649.) 
p. 287. Fagrcea carnosa. (Ib. iv. 82.) 

Fagrcea auriculata. Filet only gives the Chinese name " Fan- 

nyin-won " as the native equivalent. 

p. 288. Ixora neriifolia. Not taken up in later works. Whether it be 
"bunga," flower, or "kayu" or "poko," tree, makes no 
difference ; the name "saluang," is taken from a fish which in 
form and dimensions resembles the leaves of this shrub. 
Lecanthus erubescens, W. J. (Ib. iii. no.) 

p. 289. Psilobium nutans, W. J. (Miguel, Flora Ind. Bat. ii. 199.) 
Ophiorrhiza heterophylla. (Ib. ii. 175.) 
Quercus racemosa. Oucrcus spicata^ Smith. (Dc Cand. Prodr. 



302 DESCRIPTIONS OF MALA VAN PLANTS. 

xvi. 2, 85.) "Prning-pening bungkus." The spelling in the 
text was a rough attempt to convey the sound which the 
word has in the Mi-nangkfibau dialect. "Empening" and 
" hempening" are other forms. 

p. 290. Quercus urceolarius. (Id. xvi. 2, 89.) 

p. 290. Areca tigillaria. Oncosperma filameniosa, Blumc. (Miguel, 
Flora hid. Bat. iii. 13.) It is also used for floors and 
for boat decks, being split up into fine laths ; poles of 
this also, with sharpened ends, arc often used with fatal 
effect in riots. 

p. 291. Enchidium. Trigonostemon, Blumc. 

Enchidium verticillatum. (Ib. i. 2. 363.) 

p. 292. Antidesma frutescens. (De Cand. Prodromus, xv. 2, 250.) 

p. 294. Vitis racemifera. Not taken up by later authors. Filet 

identifies" bayur akar" with Canthium glomerulatum, Miq.. 

N.O. Rubiaceac. 
Rhopala ovata. Helicia ovata, Benn. (Miquel, Flora Ind. 

Bat. i. i, 984.) 
p. 295. Linociera odorata. (Ib. ii. 554.) 

Adinandra sylvestris. Not taken lip by later authors. " Suka 

boranak" i.e., fond of having children. 
Pternandra capitellata. (Flora Brit. Ind. ii. 551.) 
Pternandra echinata. Kibassia simplex, Korth. (Ib. ii. 533.) 
Psilobium tomentosum. Not taken up by later authors. 



GENERAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL 
INDEX. 



ACHEH, Achfn, i. 214, 215 
'Adat sagala raja-raja Malayu, ii. 46 
Ambergris island, i. 222 
Ant-eater, ii. 200 ff. 
Arjuna vijaya, ii. 89 
Aru, i. 216, 217 
Attar of roses, i. 261 
Ayer etam, i. 12 
kiti, ii. 58 

BAB AD, ii. 91 

Bade, wadah, ii. 140 ff. 

Bale, ii. 99, 141 

Bali, i. 138, 139, 183, 184; 11.69-200 
meaning, ii. 70; language, 71; 
its ingredients, 74 ff. ; litera- 
ture, 77 ff. ; religion, 97 ff. ; 
places of worship, 100 ff. ; 
the gods worshipped, 102 ff. ; 
Siva's attributes, 104 ; the cre- 
ation, 114 ff. ; religious cere- 
monies and offerings, 12 1 ff. ; 
dress of panciitas, 124; dress 
of the gods, 126 ; feasts, 127 ; 
details of worship, 130 ff . ; 
rishis, 136; trimurti, 137; cre- 
mations, i37ff.; castes, 151 ff. ; 
Brahmans, 154 ff. ; Kshatri- 
yas, 158 ff. ; Wesyas, 160 ff. ; 
princely families, 162 ff. ; 
further remarks on the castes, 
183 ; feudal system, 184 ; 
^udras, 1 86 ; caste in Java, 
189 ; calculation of time, 191 ; 
calendar, 193 

Bali-sangraha, ii. 70 

Banjermasin, i. 227 

Banka, i. 202 

Bantam, i. 179, iSl 

Barata Yudda, ii. 86 ff. 

Baruna, ii, 109 



Batu Bayas, i. 1 1 

Birtam, i. II 

Lanchong, i. n 
Beaju, i. 228 
Bela, ii. 146 
Bencoolen, ii. 57 ff. 
Benko, Bengkok, ii. 57 
Bidayatu-lhidayat, ii. 48 
Billiton, i. 148, 151, 201 
Bomakavya, ii. 89 
Brahma, ii. 105 
Brahmans, ii. 154 ff. 
Brunei, i. 223 
Bukit China, i. 4 

Jalutong, i. 12, 1 6 

Kandfs, ii. 60 

Merah, i. 12, 16, 17 

Tangah, i. 13 

Burning of widows, ii. 145 ff- 
Bustanu-l'ariffn, ii. 41 

ssalatin, ii. 15 

CAMPHOR-BAROS, i. 260 
Cassowary, i. 262 
Chang-kwang, i. 133 
Character of Balinese, ii. 189 
Charitra nabl Allah Musa, ii. 39 
Chinese geographical literature, i. 1 26 



DAFTAR shajarah Charibon, ii. 22, 56 
Duraka Juru, i. 13, 18, 19 
Dvipas, ii. 117 

EXPIATORY feasts, ii. 128 



FANTSUR, i. 164 ; ii. 51 

Farquhar Collection of Malay MSS. 

ii. 45-49 
Funan, i. 239 



3 o 4 GENERAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX, 



GANA, Ganesa, ii. in 
Giau-chi, i. 127, 128, 205 
Grisse, i. 173, 179, 180 
Grooved rocks, i. 25 
Gunong Bau, i. 22 

Bubu, i. 10 

Belumut, ii. 60 

Benko, Journey to, ii. 57 IT. 

Jcrai, i. 12 



HAKANG, i. 179, 181, 182 
Hamzah, his works, ii. 51 
Harivangsa, ii. 90 
Hikayat Ahmad Bisnu, ii. 35 

Bakhtiyar, ii. 39 

Bayan Budiman, ii. 6 

Bikermaditya, ii. 38 

Budak miskin, ii. 53 

Barma Shahdan, ii. 12 

chabut tunggul, ii. 30 

Charang Kulina, ii. 13, 56 

Chikat Waning Pali, ii. 19 

Dalang Indra Kftsuma, ii. 19 
Panguda Asmara, ii. 17 

Daniar Bulan, ii. 6 

Dewa Mandu, ii. 31 

endang Malat Rasmi, ii. 20 

Fatimah kawan, ii. 39, 54 

Ghulam, ii. 40 

Hang Tuah, ii. I 

Ind&ra Kryangan, ii. 36 
Putra, ii. 10 

Isma Yatim, ii. 14 

Kalflah wa Damanab, ii. 28 

Khojah Meimun, ii. 6 

Maharaja 'Ali, ii. 42 
Boma, ii. 13, 52 

Mesa Indara Dewa Kitsumn, 

ii. 32 
Lari Kasumah, ii. 30 

Naga Barsaru, ii. 21 

P&landuk Jinaka, ii. 41 

Pandawa lima, ii. 18 
Jaya, ii. 3, 52 

Pangeran K&suma Agung, ii. 17 

Panji Wila K&suma, ii. 21 

partan islam, ii. 32 

Putri Bilkis, ii. 39 

Johor Manikam, ii. 37 

raja Babi, ii. 134 
Iskandar, ii. 46 

raja-raja Pasei, ii. 41 

Ranga Ari} a Kuda, ii. 5 

S&ri Rama, ii. 19 

Shah Kobad, ii. 22 

Shamsu-lbarri, ii. 38 

Si Miskin, ii. 35 

tamimu-ddari, ii. 34 



Iluiku, i. 232 

Human sacrifices, ii. 129, 145 

ICHNEUMON, ii. 205 flT. 
Indra, ii. 108 
Indragiri, i. 200 

JAVA, Chinese accounts of, i. 131 
Jilahati, i. 184 
Jih-nan, i. 128 
Johore, i. 254 

KALA, i. 241, 243 

Kalah, i. 243 

Kalang, i. 149 

Kaling, i. 138, 140, 183 

Kandali, i. 185, 192, 193, 200 

Kanyoh, i. 226 

Karimata, i. 157, 236 

Kataun, ii. 64, 65 

Kaulan, Kolan, i. 201, 236 

Kavvi language, i. 282 ff. ; ii. 73 IT. 

Kelantan, i. 257 

Kenhangrok, ii. 91 

Kianchou, i. 239 

Klaebang, i. 5, 7 

Kora, i, 241, 243 

Kubera, ii. no 

Kukang, i. 168, 169, 195, 197, 199, 

200 

LAMBRI, i. 169, 219, 220, 221 
Land-shells of Pinang, i. 87 ff. 
Langga, i. 135 
Langpi, i. 140, 141 
Law-books, ii. 93 
Laye, Lais, ii. 59, 62 
Lignum-aloes, i. 260 
Lingga, i. 203 
Litai, i. 208, 219 
Lubu Puar, ii. 58 

MAHABHARATA, ii. 84 ff. 
Majapahit, Mojopait, i. 149, 171 ; ii. 

77, 7Q, 159 

Makota sagala raja-raja, n. 15 

Malacca, i.' 1-9, 243-254. 

Malagasy language, i. 263-286 ; its 
affinities, 263 ; grammatical 
structure, 266 ; idiosyncrasy, 
267 ; Sanskrit and Arabic in- 
gredients, 269 ; phonetic sys- 
tem, 271 

Malat, ii. 97 

Malay Archipelago, Notes on, from 
Chinese Sources, i. 126-262 

Malay character, i. 17 



GENERAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL 



Malay Manuscripts, Account of, ii. 

1-56 

Pantuns, ii. 65 ff. 
Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia, i. 

72 ff. 

Plants Described, ii. 209-302 
Mantras, Account of the, i. 286-307 ; 

other native tribes, 287 ; 

origin, 288 ; traditions, 289 ; 

habits and customs, 290 ; 

weapons, 292 ; character, 292 ; 

games, 293 ; ceremonies, 295 ; 

religion, 297 ; government, 

301 ; language, 303 ; missions, 

35 

Marbukit, i. 22 
Marigi, ii. 58 
Mausu, i. 224, 257 
Mayitung, i. 202 
Ma'zijat rasul allah, ii. 32, 39 
Milikii, Moluccos, i. 183, 237 

NAKUR, i. 208, 218 
Nuruddin, his works, ii. 49 

PADANDAS, ii. 99 ff., 156 

Pahang, i. 255, 257 

Palembang,i. 163, 168, 184, 185, 188, 

199 

Pamendanga, ii. 92 
Panditas, ii. 157 
Passier Ries, i. 21 
Pekalongan, i. 166 
Perak, i. 10 
Permatang Pau, i. 12 
Pinang, i. 9, 20, 87 ff. 
Poli, i. 203, 205, 207, 242 
Polo, i. 222 
Porcupine, ii. 207 ft. 
Prye, i. 12, 19, 20 
Pulo Kindi, i. 10 

Riman, i. 10 

rondo, i. 222 

Sejahat, i. 23 

Tarn (Ktam), i. 22, 39 

Tikang, i. 22, 26 

Ubin, i. 21 ff.; its rocks, plutonic 

and volcanic, 45 
Puni, 5. 225, 229, 257 
Punjong, ii. 58 
Purohita, ii. 157 
PyahTrubong, i. 12 

RAFFLES' Collection of Malay MSS., 

ii. 1-45 

Ramayana, ii. 80 ff. 
Rangga Lawe, ii. 91 
Rejak Bessi, ii. 58 

SECOND SERIES. VOL. II. 



Rejang, ii. 58, 62, 63 

Rindowati, n. 10 

SALANGOR, i. 10 

Salat Tambroh, i. 22 

Salsalah raja-raja di tanahjawa, ii. 2 

Samarkand f, ii. 53 

San-bo-tsai, i. 187, 192, 193, 197 

Sarbaza, i. 187, 200 

Sarfbu-masail, ii. 38 

Satya, ii. 146 

Serawi, ii. 62, 63, 69 

Sha'ir AngSreni, ii. 40, 56 
Bidasari, ii. 7 
buang, ii. 48 
ikan, ii. 35 

Tambara, ii. 10 
Javan Tamasa, ii. 53 
johan anak raja Perak, ii. 48 
Ken Tambuhan, ii. 8, 40 
Kumpani Wolanda, ii. 46 
prang Angres di Batawi, ii. 43 
S&ri Buniyan, ii. 9 
Silindung dalima, ii. 9, 54 

Shajara Malayu, ii. 16 

Shamsuddin, his works, ii. 52 

Shrew-mouse, ii. 203 f. 

Sillebar, Selebar, ii. 62 

Simpang ayer, ii. 58 

Sivaites, ii. 98 ff. 

S'kodo, i. 29 

Smaradahana, ii. 88 

Soli, i. 166 

Sukitan, i. 179 

Sulu, i. 225, 227 

Sumana Santaka, ii. 89 

Sumatra, i. 162, 184. 208, 21 1 

Sunda language, ii. 64, 69 

Sungei Baru, i. 19 
Jara, i. 19 
Kalim, i. 19 
Labu Marijam, i. 19 
Lamau, Lemau, Limau, ii. 58 

Surabaya, i. 171, 179 

Sutasoma, ii. 90 



TijU-sSALATfN, ii. 1 6, 30 
Tanjong Agung, ii. 58 
Jangy, i. 21 
Kling, i. 3 
Pamudang, i. 34 
Pongal, i. 21 ' m 
Sanei, ii. 61 
Tajam, i. 32, 33 
Tello Anou, ii. 6l 
Tiehli, i. 184 
Timor, Timun, i. 236 
Tiongkalo, i. 182, 237 



306 GENERAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX. 



Tuban, i. 171, 179 
Tulloh Kumbar, i. 10 
Tumapol, i. 149, 162, 165 
Tunsun, i. 239, 240 
Tuturs, ii. 93 

UNDANG-UNDANG, ii. 26 
raja Malaka, ii. 46, 49 

Usana Bali, ii. 70, 92 
Java, ii. 92 



VIVAHA, ii. 88 
Vishnu, ii. 106 

WES Y AS, ii. 1 60 

Wriga Garga, ii. 191, 199 

YAMA, ii. 109 
Yortan, i. 179 



INDEX OF LATIN TERMS. 



ABLABES flaviceps, i. 84 
Acrotrema cospatum, ii. 240 
Adinandra dumosa, ii. 271 

sylvestris, ii. 295 
Aglaia odorata, ii. 238 
Aglaonema nitidum, ii. 297 
Alpinia alatior, ii. 247 

capitellata, ii. 248 
Alycseus gibbosulus, i. 95 
Amonaum biflorum, ii. 210 
Anisophyllex disticha, ii. 299 
Antidesma frutescens, ii. 292 
Areca tigillaria, ii. 290 
Aristolochia hastata, ii. 249 

jackiana, ii. 298 
AquUaria agallocha, ii. 260 

BARRINGTONIA macrostachya, ii. 298 
Bauhinia emarginata, ii. 284 

bidentata, ii. 284 
Begonia bracteata, ii. 253 

csespitosa, ii. 250 

fasciculata, ii. 252 

geniculata, ii. 253 

isoptera, ii. 299 

orbiculata, ii. 250 

pilosa, ii. 252 

racemosa, ii. 253 

sublobata, ii. 251 

Bruguiera caryophylloides, ii. 298 
Bulimus atricallosus, i. 1 14 

interrupts, i. 114 . 

CALAMARIA stahlknechti, i. 80 
Calla angustifolia, ii. 221 

humilis, ii. 220 

nitida, ii. 221 
Cantoriana, i. 109 
Careya macrostachya, ii. 245 
Celastrus bivalvis, ii. 231 
Chamaeladon humile, ii. 297 

angustifolium, ii. 297 
Chionotria rigida, ii. 273 
Cinnamomum parthenoxylon, ii. 298 



Clausilia filicostata, i. 116 

penangensis, i. 115 
Clerodendrum divaricatum, ii. 246 

molle, ii. 217 

villosum, ii. 296 
Cnestis emarginata, ii. 267 

florida, ii. 267 

mimosoides, ii. 268 
Coelopyrum coriaceum, ii. 279 
Connarus ferrugineus, ii. 264 

grand is, ii. 266 

lucidus, ii. 266 

semidecandra, ii. 266 . 

villosus, ii. 265 
Cratoxylon formosum, ii. 299 

sumatranum, ii. 299 
Curculiga sumatrana, ii. 212 
Cyclophis tricolor, i. 83 
Cyclophorus borneensis, i. 89 

malayanus, i. 88 
Cyclostomacea, i. 88 

DEHAASIA microcarpa, ii. 299 
Dendrophis caudolineatus, i. 84 
Didissandra frutescens, ii. 297 J 
Didymocarpus corniculata, ii. 224 

crinita, ii. 223 

frutescens, ii. 225 

rep tans, ii. 224 
Draco fimbriatus, i. 80 

quinquefasciatus, i. 79 
Drymispermum phaleria, ii. 300 

ELJEOCARPUS integra, ii. 298 

nitida, ii. 242 
Elodea formosa, ii. 258 

sumatrana, ii. 257 
Enchidium verticillatum, ii. 291 
Ennea bicolor, i. I2O 
Epithinia malayana, ii. 228 
Erioglossum edule, ii. 296 
Euprepes olivaceus, i. 79 
Eurycoma longifolia, ii. 268 



308 



INDEX OF LATIN TERMS. 



Euthemis leucocarpa, ii. 230 
minor, ii. 231 

FAGRCEA auriculata, ii. 287 

carnosa, ii. 287 
Ficus deltoidea, ii. 282 

ovoidea, ii. 282 

rigida, ii. 282 
Flacourtia inermis, ii. 221, 297 

GLOBBA ciliata, ii. 248 
Glycosmis pentaphylla, ii. 300 
Gmelina villosa, ii. 218 
Gomphia sumatrana, ii. 237 
Gonyosoma oxycephalum, i. 84 
Greenia jackii, ii. 296 
Grewia paniculata, ii. 296 
Gymnodactylus pulchellus, i. 79 

HALORAGIS disticha, ii. 256 
Hedychium sumatranum, ii. 246 
Helicacea, i. 98 
Helicarion permolle, i. 105 
Helicia attenuata, ii. 297 

ovata, ii. 302 

petiolaris, ii. 297 
Helix similaris, i. 113 
Hipsirhina alternans. i. 86 
Hystrix cristata, ii. 207 

torquatus, ii. 208 

INGA bubalina, ii. 285 

clypearia, ii. 286 
Ixonanthes icosandra, ii. 272 

reticulata, ii. 272 
Ixora nerufolia, ii. 288 

pendula, ii. 228 

JONESIA declinata, ii. 283 

KIBASSIA simplex, ii. 302 
Knema glaucescens, ii. 263 

LAGERSTRCEMIA floribunda, ii. 241 
Lagocheilus, i. 96 

striolatus, i. 97 

trochoides, i. 96 
Laurus incrassatus, ii. 262 

parthenoxylon, ii. 266 
Lecananthus erubescens, ii. 288 
Leucopogon malayanum, ii. 232 
Linociera odorata, ii. 295 
Litsaea cordata, ii. 299 
Loranthus coccineus, ii. 213 

ferrugineus, ii. 213 
Lucinea murinda, ii. 297 
Lumnitzera coccinea, ii. 300] 

MACROCHLAMYS stephoides, i. 104 
Mallotus albus, ii. 297 



Manis brachyura, ii. 201 

macrura, ii. 201 

Megalomastoma sectilabrum, i. 94 
Melia excelsa, ii. 215 
Meliosma sumatrana, ii. 299 
Memecylon coeruleum, ii. 235 

paniculatum, ii. 277 
Microcos glabra, ii. 216 

tomentosa, ii. 215 
Microcystis palmicola, i. 105 
Microtropis bivalvis, ii. 297 
Millingtonia sumatrana, ii. 261 
Mimosa jiringa, kaeringa, ii. 216, 296 
Monocera ferruginea, ii. 244 

petiolata, ii. 243 
Morinda polysperma, ii. 229 

tetrandra, ii. 229 

umbellata, ii. 297 
Murraya exotica, ii. 298 

paniculata, ii. 238 
Myristica glaucescens, ii. 299 

NEPHELIUM lappaceum, ii. 214 

OCTAS spicata, ii. 278 
Olibanum, ii. 261 
Oscosperma filamentosa, ii. 302 
Ophiorrhiza heterophylla, ii. 289 

mungos, ii. 205 
Ophites albofuscus, i. 85 

subcinctus, i. 85 
Opisthopotus penangensis, i. 92 

solutus, i. 93 
Oxycalamus longiceps, i. Si 

PARINARIUM costatum, ii. 301 

jackianum, ii. 301 
Pentaphragma begonifolium, ii. 296 
Peronema canescens, ii. 269 
Petrocarya excelsa, ii. 279 

sumatrana, ii. 280 
Phaleria capitata, ii. 276 
Philomycus, i. 116 

pictus, i. 118 

Phyteuma begonifolium, ii. 212 
Pithecolobium bubalinum, ii. 301 

clypearia, ii. 301 

lobatum, ii. 296, 299 
Psilobium nutans, ii. 289 

tomentosum, ii. 295 
Psychotria malayana, ii. 21 1 
Pternandra capitellata, ii. 295 

cocrulescens, ii. 277 

echinata, ii. 295 
Pupa, i. 119 

orcella, i. 120 

palmira, i. 120 
Pupina aureola, i. 94 
Pupisoma, i. 119 



INDEX OF LATIN TERMS. 



39 



I'yrrhanthus litoreus, ii. 275 

QUERCUS racemosa, ii. 289 
spicata, ii. 301 
urceolaris, ii. 290 

ensiflora, ii. 300 



RAN A fusca, i. 76 

lymnocharis, i. 77 

plicatella, i. 77 

porosissima, i. 78 
Rauwolfia sumatrana, ii. 233 
Rhizophora caryophylloides, ii. 239 
Rhodamnia cinerea, ii. 270 

trineura, ii. 300 

Rhododendron malayanum, ii. 254 
Rhopala attenuata, ii. 227 

moluccana, ii. 227 

ovata, ii. 294 
Rhysota cymatium, i. 98 
Rondeletia corymbosa, ii. 211 
Rottlera alba, ii. 222 
Rotula bijuga, i. 101 
Rourea simplicifolia, ii. 299 

concolor, ii. 300 

SALACIA, ii. 293 
Sauraiya jackiana, ii. 298 

tristata, ii. 298 
Sapindus rubiginosus, ii. 214 
Saraca declinata, ii. 301 
Scyphiphora hydrophyllacea, ii. 297 
Simotes bicatenatus, i. 82 

cruentatus, i. 82 

catenifer, i. 82 
Sitala carinifera, i. 103 
Sonerila erecta, ii. 225 

heterophylla, ii. 254 

moluccana, ii. 226 
Sorex musaraneus, ii. 203 
Sphalanthus confertus, ii. 274 
Sphenodesme pentandra, ii. 219 



Sterculia angustifolia, ii. 22O 

coccinca, ii. 219 

kevis, ii. 296 

rubiginosa, ii. 296 
Storax liquida, ii. 261 
Styphelia, ii. 232 

TABERN>EMONTANA macrocarpa, ii. 

286 

Tacca cristata, ii. 234 
Tanarius major, i. 261 
Ternstroemia acuminata, ii. 259 

cuspidata, ii. 260 

pentapetala, ii. 242 

rubiginosa, ii. 241 

serrata, ii. 259 

Tetracera arborescens, ii. 244 
Tetranthera cordata, ii. 263 
Trachia penangensis, i. 112 
Trigonostemon, ii. 302 
Trimeresurus wagleri, i. 87 
Trocomorpha castra, i. 108 

timorensis, i. 109 

UROSTIGMA ovoideum, ii. 301 
Uvaria hirsuta, ii. 245 

VACCINIUM sumatranum, ii. 255 
Vaginulus birmanicus, i. 121 
Veratronia malayana, ii. 298 
Veratrum malayanum, ii. 234 
Veronicella birmanica, i. 122 
Vitex arborea, ii. 218 
pubescens, ii. 296 
Vitrina nucleata, i. no 
Viverra mungos, ii. 204 
Vitis racemifera, ii. 294 

WORM i A excelsa, ii. 281 
pulchella, ii. 281 

ZINGIBER gracile, ii. 209 



INDEX OF MALAYAN AND CHINESE 
TERMS. 



Aji, i. 158, 189 
Akar charikan, ii. 294 

kakatup, ii. 301 

sedingka, ii. 266 
Aksara g'de, ii. 72, 76 

murda, ii. 72, 76 
Anak-tumiang, i. 292 
Anting-anting, ii. 134 
Apus kupak, ii. 126 
Aquilaria agallocha. i. 260 
Aturan, ii. 132 

BABAD, ii. 91 
Babadong, ii. 126 
Babandong, ii. 134 
Babedatti, ii. 126 
Babing, i. 294 
Bade, ii. 140 
Badong, ii. 82 
Baju, i. 290 
Baju-panjang, i. 290 
B'kel, ii. 161, 187 
Balai, bale, i. 3 ; ii. 62, 99 
Balam pangkat, ii. 301 
Bale, ii. 139 
Balian, ii. 136 
Balik angin, ii. 222, 297 
Bambu ribut, i. 294 
Banten, ii. 132 

dagan, ii. 143, 148 
Bapang, ii. 126 
Batin, i. 288, 298, 301, 302 
Batu-kapala, i. 130 
Bayam badak, byumbada, ii. 211, 296 
Bayur akar, ii. 294, 302 
Begandai, ii. 63 
Bela, ii. no, 146 
Bcladan, i. 172 
Bemban, ii. 66 
Beo, i. 174, 206 
Berduwi, ii. 63 
Biarang, ii. 300 



Bindang, i. 4 

Biola, i. 294 

Buah jring, ii. 216, 296 
karbau, ii. 285 
manik, ii. 242, 298 

Bunga saluang, ii. 288, 301 
burutta, ii. 264 
kgnchong, ii. 247, 298 
yarum, ii. 228 

CATI, i. 177 
Chaler, ii. 126 
Chan-pi, i. 196 
Charu, ii. 132 
Chechandian, ii. 134 
Chiang-chin-hsiang, i. 220 
Ch'ien, i. 177 
Chingkau, ii. 6l 
Chinkani, i. 301 
Chintayn, ii. 67 
Chitseh, i. 253 
Chuundung, ii. 133 
gripada, i. 135, 161 

DADAUB, ii. 284 
Daun saribu, ii. 271 
Dinar, i. 210 
Dnkun, ii. 136 
Durian, i. 209 
Duung, ii. IOI, 104 

FAN-NYIN-WON, ii. 301 
Fuyung, i. 187 

GAMBANG, ii. 63 

(iandasuli hutan, ii. 246, 298 

G'de, ii. 168 

G'dong chantel, ii. IO2 

tarik, ii. 102 
Gc-kuei, i. 246 
Ggndaga nasi, ii 298 
Glang i. 290 



INDEX OF MA LA VAN AND CHINESE TERMS. 31 1 



Glang batis, ii. 126 

kana, ii. 126 

kupak, ii. 134 
Glung chandi, ii. 126 

kurung, ii. 126 
Gomuti, i. 138 
Guduha, ii. 104, 125, 134 

pawilan^an, ii. 134 
Guling buntut, ii. 129' 
Gusti, ii. 130, 151 

HlPO-BATANG, i. 292 

Hsiang-chen hsiang, i. 261 
Hwo-siang, i. 240 

IDA, ii. 151 

Inga jring, ii. 285 

Ingor-ingor karbau, ii. 259 

ATA, ii. 124 

awat, ii. 126 

awi pikan, i. 7, 9 

ennang, i. 302 

ring-jgring tupei, ii. 262, 296 

dring munit, muiiet, ii. 286, 299, 301 

uru-krah, i. 295, 302 

KABAHIA, i. 290 

Ka.bu-ka.bu, ii. 301 

Kadigjayan, ii. 87 

Kahyangan, ii. 101 

Kain kasoh, i. 299 

Kajang, i. 166, 211, 244, 254 

Kalapa puyuh, ii. 212, 296 

Kalintang, ii. 63 

Kalung, ii. 126 

Kamben, ii. 126 

Kampulan badan, ii. 137 

Kampara, i. 204, 206 

Kanda, ii. 81, 84 

Kandis, ii. 59 

Kan-man, i. 260 

Kapas, kapeh, ki-pei, i. 142, 185, 

206, 229, 259 
Kara, i. 143 
K'au-ni, i. 217 
Kavi, ii. 73 
Kavin, ii. 73 
Kayu api-api, ii. 275, 300 

balam pangkat, ii. 279 

briang, ii. 218 

gadis, ii. 236, 298 

gagak, ii. 258, 299 

kabal, ii. 268, 300 

kanchil, ii. 256, 299 

sipur, ii. 281 

siturun, ii. 283, 301 

sumang, ii. 274 
Kekavin, ii. 73 



KOmuning, ii. 238, 239, 298 

Kidung, ii. 77, 91, 137 

Kiiat bah 11, ii. 134 

Kilin, i. 249 

Kladiayer, ii. 220 

Kobang, i. 177 

Koorkup, ii. 221 

Koyan, i. 15, 19 

Krd, ii. 61 

Kramat, ii. 57 

Kranti, i. 294 

Kris, i. 292 

Kulak, i. 178 

Kulang kaya, i. 246 

Kulit layu, ii. 214 

Kulit nfpis, ii. 235, 296, 298 

Kunchah, i. 19 

Kuniet, i. 295 

Ku-pa, i. 206 

Kun-tun-lu-lin, i. 143 

Kwan, i. 249 

LADANG, ii. 61 

Lalakon, ii. 3 

Landak, ii. 208 

Langsap, i. 174 

Larak, i. 176 

Layang-layang simpei, ii. 253, 299 

L6ban, ii. 218 

Lemu, i. 300 

Li, i. 128 

Liak, ii. 114 

Liao-ko, i. 174 

Lichi, i. 244 

Lineher, ii. 126 

Lintangan, ii. 194 

Lo-ki-lien, i. 143 

Lumut, ii. 60 

MANGI-MANGI chengke, ii. 240 
Mangul, ii. 266 
Manis, ii. 201 
Mangku, ii. 130 
Marpuyan, ii. 270, 300 
Mata p^landok, ii. 297 
Mavinten, ii. 132 
Mdyin mandrah, i. 1 8 
Mayong, i. 1 8 
Mdang-sanka, ii. 3C 
Mengure glung, ii. 127 
M^ngkudii kcchil, ii. 229 
Mcnpuyan, ii. 300 
Mntada, ii. 232 
M^rkasih, ii. 300 
Miri batu, ii. 275, 300 
Mutiara, i. 143 

NATO, i. 178 
Nakhoda, i. 246 



312 INDEX OF MALA VAN AND CHINESE TERMS. 



Nalih, i. 19, 178 
Nangka, i. 245 
Natar, ii. 128 
Nibong, ii. 290 
Nipa, i. 211 
Nyambri, ii. 63 

ORANGkaya, i. 246, 288 

piitih, i. 4 
Orlong, i. 1 8, 19 

PABRISSIAN, ii. 140 

Padanda, ii. 99 

Palanduk, ii. 41 

Panah, ii. 100, 104 

Panataran, ii. 101, 104 

Pangalasan, ii. 8 

Pangaskaran, ii. 140 

Pangastanan, ii. 101 

Pangeran, i. 224 

Panghulu, i. 15 

Panluang, ii. 197 

Pantun, ii. 13, 35, 49, 63 

Panggoling, ii. 201 

Papudukan, ii. 126 

Pa-ra-man, i. 145 

Parang, i. 292 

Pararyangan, ii. 101 

Parmata, ii. 134 

Pasang, ii. 290 

Patitis, ii. 126 

P'au, i. 150 

Pauh, ii. 226 

Pavan, i. 300 

Pedang, ii. 101, 104 

Pglandok kayu, ii. 275 

Palawan, ii. 297 

Pdning-pening bungkus, ii. 289, 290, 

301 

Permatang, i. 4, 12 
Petek, ii. 285 
Petinggi, i. 211 
Pi, i. 193, 253 
Pien, i. 204 
Finding, i. 290 
Pinka, i. 140 
Pi-pa, i. 174 
Po-ho, i. 144 
Po-ho, bahara, i. 210 
Po-ho-pi-ni, i. 144 
Po-lut, i. 261 
Prakulit, ii. 122, 131 
Pu, i. 1 88 
Pfiar amas, ii. 248, 298 

lilipan, ii. 234, 297 
Pfltat aygr, ii. 297 
Futu, ii. 169 

RAGA, i. 293 
Rambutan, ii. 214, 296 



Rokam, rukam, ii. 297 

Ronron, ii. 126 

Rumbing, ii. 127 

Rumput udang-udang, ii. 253, 299 

SADKAHYANGAX, ii. 100, 104, 107 

Sagung, ii. 180 

Sahala, i. 253 

Sambau, ii. 297 

Sambuk, ii. 101, 104 

Samir, ii. 126 

Sampat, ii. 126 

Sanggar, ii. 101, 134 

Sarbacane, i. 292 

Sarong, i. 172, 260, 290 

Sa-tien, i. 191, 259 

Satya, ii. no, 146 

Sawah, i. 4 ; ii. 6r 

Sawit, ii. 126 

Sembu badak, ii. 233, 297 

Senenan, i. 176 

Sepddas bunga, ii. 258, 299 

Seramba, ii. 63 

Seribulan, ii. 282, 301 

Sheng, i. 178 

Shew-chu, i. 2 

Siamang, ii. 61 

Siburu, ii. 237 

Silimpal, ii. 126 

Simpai, ii. 61 

S'ingo-ingo, ii. 241 

Sin-tsai, i. 143 

Siturun, ii. 301 

S'kar taji, ii. 126 

Slendang, i. 172; ii. 63 

Sloka, ii. 76, 78 

So-fu, i. 260 

Subong, ii. 127 

Suka branak, ii. 295, 302 

Summow, sambau, ii. 226 

Sumpitan, i. 292 

Sungkei, ii. 269 

TABU, i. 292 
Tael, i. 177 
Tambedana, ii. 126 
Tampal badak, ii. 233, 297 
Tandak, ii. 122 
Tanggal, ii. 197 
Tangkal, i. 300 
Tarantang, ii. 279, 300 
Tayas, ii.*3Or 

Tazi, i. 139, 142, 145, 222 
Tekan, ii. IQ4 
Tfimu, ii. 223, 297 

kechil, ii. 224 

kunchi, ii. 297 
Teratap, ii. 297 



INDEX OF MALAYAN AND CHINESE TEA'M 



T'ieh, i. 206 
Ti-mi, i. 143 
Titiran, ii. 68, 149 
Todak, ii. 25 
Togog, ii. 132 
To-lo, i. 193 
To-lo-ni, i. 260 
Tongkok, 
Tou, i. 178 
Toya tirtn, ii. IOO 
Trang-teja, ii. 127 
Tuak, ii. 100, 104, 107 
Tugu, ii. 132 
Tu-man, i. 260 
Tumbak, ii. 100, 104 



Tumiang, i. 292 
Tutur, ii. 74, 91 

UBAS-UBAS, ii. 104 
Unka piiteh, i. 287 
Unting-unting, ii. 217, 296 
Unting-uming bsar, ii. 220 

WADAH, ii. 140 
Wawalen, ii. 122, 130 
Wayang.i. 1 8 

VAM-PA, i. 209 
ZANGGI, i. 140 



END OF VOL. II. 



PRINTED BY BALLANTYNE, HANSON AND CO. 
LONDON AND ED1NHI 1: II 



SECOND SERIES. VOL. IF. 






i 

o 

si > 

M 



UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO 
LIBRARY 




Acme Library Card Pocket 

Under 1'at. " Kef. Index 
Made by LIBRAE! BUREAU